The

Illuminati

Facts&Fiction

MarkDice

TheResistanceSanDiego,CA

The Illuminati: Facts &Fiction©2009byMarkDiceand The Resistance AllRightsReservedPublishedbyTheResistanceSanDiego,CA

Nopartof thetextwithin

thisbookmaybe reproducedor transmitted in any formand by any means, graphic,electronic, or mechanical,including photocopying,recording, taping, or by anyinformation storage retrievalsystem, without the writtenpermission of the publisherandtheauthor.

Printed in the UnitedStatesofAmericaFirst edition printed in April

2009Visitwww.MarkDice.comE-Book Edition ISBN: 0-9673466-7-3

TableofContents

IntroductionPreIlluminatiOrganizationsTheLuciferianDoctrineInside the Mindset of theIlluminatiWhy are the Jews AlwaysBlamed?

FixingtheFightMainstreamMediaEconomicControlNonfictionBooksPurportedIlluminatiTextsAlleged Defectors andVictimsActivistsandEyewitnessesAliensandReptiliansMentions in MainstreamMediaDocumentaryFilmsSnuffFilmsSexMagic

FictionalBooksGames&CollectorCardsFictionalFilmTelevisionShowReferencesCorporateLogosMusicReferencesSolutionsIlluminati ControlledOrganizationsBibliography

Preface

The Illuminati:Facts&Fiction is a book thatseparates and analyzes thevarious claims and evidenceabout the Illuminati, theirhistory, beliefs, members,organizations, and activities.

This is a supplement for myfirstbookonthesubject,TheResistance Manifesto, whichfocuses more on the NewWorld Order, the 9/11attacks,BigBrother,andhowthe political agendas of elitesecret societies are fulfillingBibleprophecy.

The Illuminati:Facts&Fiction focuses more on theIlluminati secret society andhistorical evidence pointing

to its existence and actions.The trail of informationdiscussing the Illuminati istraced back to the originalsources, as each one isanalyzed with regards to itsauthorship and theinformation found in eachsource. This book is alsoabout debunking variousfrauds, exaggerations, anddisinformation involving theorganization and alsohighlights the rare instances

that the Illuminati orsubsidiary organizations arementioned in mainstreammedia or incorporated intofictionalfilms,books,andTVshows. The motives for thewriters incorporating suchideas in their fictional worksare also analyzed. Theirintentions are not always toeducate people about theIlluminatiortellacaptivatingstory, but instead issometimes an attempt to

spread disinformation andmake the audience believethat certain actualconspiracies are the creationof Hollywood or a novelist,when in fact they actuallyhappened.

The deeper one goesdown the rabbit hole, themore bizarre the informationbecomes. When one is newto this path, what appears tobe a misunderstanding, an

exaggeration,oralie,oftenisfound to be factual andthoroughly documented byreliablesources.InthisbookIhavetakenanobjectiveandskeptical view of the topicand have sifted through thevolumesofinformationtogetto the truth and the sourceswhichleadtoitsdiscoverysowe can leave the fiction,distortions, and lies by thewaysideandnotbefooledordistracted by them. While

some of the allegations andstories about the Illuminatisound far-fetched, you willfind, as the cliché goes, thetruthisstrangerthanfiction.

AbouttheAuthor

For most of his lifegrowingupMarkDicehadaburning desire forunderstanding the spiritualand mystical principles at

work in theworld and in hisownlife.Hisquestfortruth,knowledge, andwisdom leadhimonapathtofindanswersto the difficult questions onecan ponder when seeking acomprehensiveunderstandingoftheirexistence.

Hesearchedforanswersto the struggles of humanity,of war and poverty, of loveand hate, of wealth andpower. His hunger for

knowledge led him todiscover a powerful secretsociety and their pivotal, yethiddenrole in theworld. Hefound that the mysteries oflife and world events werenot so mysterious once hebegan to understand theworkingsoftheIlluminati.

Mark meticulouslyresearched and documentedhis findings to share withanyone who had the same

burning desire to understandthe world and their place init. In2005hepublishedTheResistance Manifesto, hismagnum opus exposing thehidden Illuminati’s plans fora NewWorld Order and theorganizations andphilosophies that accompanyit. He immediately becameactive in exposing the liescoming from the eliteIlluminati who maintainpolitical power around the

world. While being onlytwenty-eight years old whenTheResistanceManifestowasfirst published, Markimmediately gained therespect and endorsement ofbest-selling authors twice hisage. VeteranresearchersJimMarrs, TexeMarrs, AnthonyJ. Hilder, and other youngerfilm makers such as AlexJonesgave theirendorsementtoMarkandhisManifesto.

Mark has a gift forexplaining esoteric andcomplex issues in away thatcan be easily understood byalmost anyone andmeticulouslycitesthesourcesofhisevidence.

Whilehavingrespectforall authentic religions andbelief systems,Mark Dice isa Christian and holds abachelors degree incommunication. He lives in

SanDiego,California.

Introduction

TheinfamousIlluminatisecret society has remainedthe focus of so-called“conspiracy theorists” forhundredsofyears.Theyhavebeen called the puppetmasterswhosecretlypull the

strings of the world’s eventsfromelections to revolutions,and from businessmonopolies to stock marketcrashes. A significantnumber of researchers andordinary citizens havevarying degrees of suspicionthat somehow, somewhere, asecret agenda is continuouslylurkingbehindthescenes.

Whenunexpectedeventsoccur in the world, these

people don’t see them as arandomoccurrence,butasthework of an unseen handwhich has orchestrated orencouraged these events tohappen for the personal,professional,orfinancialgainof certain individuals. Oftensuch speculation is given thelabelofa“conspiracytheory”and dismissed as imaginativethinking. Yet many of theworld’s events don’t makecomplete sense, even to the

so-called experts who studythem. Something is missingfrom a solid explanation.There is more to the storythanmeets the eye, but thesesupposed experts are oftenafraid to speculate on whatthat missing piece of thepuzzleis.

People look atcatastrophic events like theattacks on the World TradeCenter on 9/11 and wonder

how such a thing couldhappen without lawenforcement and intelligenceagencies knowing about it.People look at the mortgagecollapse of 2008 and thefollowing economicrepercussionsofbankfailuresand government bailouts andwonder how such a thingcould happen. People seetheirstandardof livinggoingdown and a two incomehousehold barely able to get

by and wonder how can thisbe?Peoplehearonthenewsthat child molesters andrapistsgetoutofprisonafteronly a few years, yet othersare locked up for decadesafter getting busted withsomemarijuana.

So people turn to thetelevision to keep their mindoff such things. With thepushofabuttontheirmindisrelaxed with the soothing

images ofwatching beautifulcontestantscompetetobethisseason’s American Idol, ortheygetanadrenalinerushastheir favorite football teamscores a winning touchdownwith just seconds left on theclock. These things makesense to them, and it’s whatotherswilltalkaboutthenextdayatworkand if theywantto feel connectedwith othersthen they had betterparticipate in these pointless

activities.

Thefactofthematteristhatwhen you step back andtakeacloserlookattheworldthat we are living in and atwhat really matters, at thesources of information wehabitually rely on, andassemble various pieces ofthis mysterious puzzle calledlife,adifferentpicturebeginsto emerge. What should bethe top story on the evening

news is mitigated to a smalland unsuspecting article inthebackhalfofthepaperandis completely omitted frombroadcastnews.Whatshouldbe contained in celebritygossipmagazines is foundasthetopstoryonthemajorTVnetworks. Why does thishappen?

Whenonediscovers theveryconcreterealityofsecretsocieties and their influence

andpower,onebegins to seethings much differently.When one discovers, as inrecent years, the growingcredible information aboutthese secret societies, theirmembership, goals andaccomplishments, one sees agapinghole in the legitimacyand accuracy of mainstreammedia and generalknowledge.

Any talk about a

“conspiracy”orsecretagendabeing carried out by anorganization of rich andpowerful men is almostalways countered withlaughter by the average Joewho mindlessly follows theherd.

Isit thathardtobelievean organization of powerfulmen has made a pact witheach other to secretly furthertheiragendas? Is it thathard

to design a self-perpetuatingstructure that would allowsuch an organization tocontinuously functionregardlessofwhospecificallyoccupies any one position atany given time? Is it far-fetched to think that theseindividuals would purchaseand control the mainstreammedia and use this powerfultooltofurthertheirgoals?

One of the first reality

showsevercreatedwascalledSurvivor, which began airingin May of 2000. The showfeatured sixteen people whowereputonasecludedislandandcompetedforonemilliondollars as each week acontestant was voted off theshow by their fellowcastaways.Astheshowwenton, several people on theisland would secretly makean agreement to help eachother out at the expense of

others who were not part oftheir agreement. Theoutsidershadnoideasuchanagreement was made, and ifand when ill will fell uponthem, they didn’t suspectanythingotherthanbadluck.But unknown to them, theywere a victim of aconspiracy. A victim of theworkings of a secret societywithin the group ofcontestants.

As future seasons ofSurvivor were aired, thesecret alliances wouldbecome a common theme oftheshowtoviewerswhohadaneagle eyeof theworkingsof all who were on theisland. Devious contestantsalways found such an idea apracticalandeffectivewaytogetahead.

If the formation of asecret alliance among

membersonSurvivorbecamea common method to gainadvantage over others and to“survive,” is it that far-fetchedtobelievethatsimilarsecret alliances occur inbusinessorpolitics?Itseemsthat the idea to forma secretalliance exclusively for thebenefitof those involved isaperfectlylogicalidea,andthebest way to protect such analliance and ensure itssuccess is to prevent others

whoarenot apartof it frombecoming aware that such athingevenexists.

Weknowforafactthatsecret societies exist inpolitics, business, andreligion. Many of theseassociations have existed forhundreds of years. Theexistence of such societiesspawns speculation fromoutsiders, and sometimesparanoia. With little

information to work from toformulateareliabletheoryasto what these people aredoing and what theconsequencesof their actionsmaybe,itisoftendifficulttoaccurately understand theworkings of a secret societyor alliance. But just like themost careful criminal, secretsocieties often leave cluesbehind.Nomatterhowmanyprecautions one takes toprevent any knowledge of

their actions, it is nearlyimpossible to execute a plotflawlessly and withoutleaving evidencebehind. Aswith some murder cases, theevidence may not beunderstood immediately afterthecrime,or itmaynotevenbenoticedasevidenceatall.As time passes, other cluesfrom similar crimes mayemergeandshednewlightonthings that were onceoverlooked.

In regards to theIlluminati, clues have beendiscovered over the lastseveral hundred years.Something isdefinitelybeingkeptsecretbysomeveryrichand powerful individuals. Anetwork, anagenda, a sourceofwealthandpower,areasonforthesecrecy,andmore.Inmoremoderntimesstartinginabout the late 1970s, variouspeople have come forwardand claimed to be actual

members of this illusivegroup and said they haddefected and turned toChristianity.Thesemenhavetold stories claiming toexpose some of the history,beliefs, and goals of theIlluminati secret society.Some of their claims seemreasonable,othersstretchesofthe imagination, and othersobviouslies.Theirtestimonyalong with anyinconsistencies will be

addressedinthisbook.

Also covered arecompilations of countlesspieces of evidence about theIlluminati, including originalwritings that were seized in1786fromthehomeofoneofthemembers.Thesewritingsare indeed authentic, andthere is no scholar orhistorian who will refutethat.Theonlyrefutationsareas to whether or not the

organizationwasabletocarryon its work in the yearsfollowing its originalexposure to the public, overtwo hundred years ago.Whenonereadsthewordsoffounder Adam Weishaupt, itseems impossible that theorganization didn’t continueto exist, and later thrive. Itseems foolish to believe thattheir goals would simply beabandoned because itsleadershipwasdiscovered.

Had Adam Weishauptnot formulated anddocumented the plans forsuchanorganization,surelyitseems that another powerhungrydiabolicalmanwouldhave done the same. Afterall,ifThomasEdisonhadnotinventedthelightbulb,surelyyou would not be readingthese words by candle light.Another man would haveharnessed the power ofelectricity justaseffectively.

Such an invention wasinevitable, and other menwho had no connection withEdisonwereworkingtowardsthe same goal. Culturesaround the world throughouthistory that have had nocontact with each other havemade similar and oftenidentical discoveries andinnovations. Mankind’scuriosities are similar aroundthe world, just as our moralshortcomingsare.

The very concept of asecretallianceamongmen tofurther each other’s goals atthe expense of others andunder a shroud of secrecysurly isn’t a novel idea.Mafias and organizedcriminal enterprises havesprung up around the worldand have similar structuresand methods, yet few havebeeninfluencedbyanother.

The idea of a secret

group which has pledgedallegiance to each other overall others should be asfundamental to our lives asfalling in love. And just asthis human condition ofinterpersonal relationshipshasbecomeaclassicthemeinHollywood movies, weshould suspect that a similarbasic theme would be foundas well. And it is. Asecretive group of bad guyswho plot greed, harm, or

destruction.

WhileanarrayofclassicHollywood narrativescontinuetobeproduced,withmany of them involvingsecret criminalalliances, it isinterestingthatararenumberof them will actuallyincorporateplotsverysimilarto events in reality that areattributed to the workings ofthe Illuminati. Even morerare, thename“Illuminati” is

actually used to describe thegroup that is behind theevents in these films. Afteranalyzing Illuminati themes,symbolism, and references inpopular Hollywood movies,one can come to no otherconclusion than the writersand producers of those veryfilms have detailedknowledge of the Illuminatiitself.

While they are not

producing a documentaryfilm trying to expose theorganization like the variousonesthatwillbediscussedinthis book, one can’t help butthink that they are trying toget the point across to theaudience in a similar way.After all, one can learn alessonfromreadingthefacts,or by hearing a story aboutsuch events in the form of afable or allegory much likeAesop’s fables contain

underlying moral messagesthat are conveyed throughfictionalstories.Someofthethemes in these Hollywoodmovies include plotlinessurrounding terrorism, mindcontrol, Big Brother, secretsocieties, and occultmysticismandmagic.

Whilesomeuninformedskeptics believe that whensomeone talks about theIlluminati they got the idea

fromaHollywoodmovie,thereverse is actually true, andmany writers and producershave actually gotten theirideas from the historical andfactualIlluminati.

In October of 1963 aman named Joe ValachitestifiedbeforetheMcClellanCongressional Committee onorganized crime where heproceeded to tell theauthorities about the inner

workingsoftheItalianMafiaand how far-reaching theirorganization was. Heexplained how theycontrolled an array ofindustriesandhadpoliceandjudges in their pockets fromeither threats or payoffs.WhenValachiwasfirsttakenintocustodyandbegantellingpolice about the Mafia, thestory was too unbelievablefor the authorities. Theycouldn’t understand how a

secret criminal enterprisecould be so successful andoperate without notice in somany sectors of society.Valachiwaslockedawayinamental hospital and wasthought to be insane. OnlylaterdidauthoritiesrealizehewastellingthetruthandasLaCosa Nostra was uncovered,the extent of their criminalempire began to beunderstood.

The subject of “theMafia”continues to fascinatepeopleandifonedidn’tknowtheir history, they maybelieve that well knownHollywood movies such asGoodfellas and Casino areentirely fictional, but in factare based on true stories andthe gangsters portrayed inthese films did live lives ofluxury and incredibleinfluence. They were alsoruthlesskillers.

One can’t help butnotice the strange anddeafening silence on certainissuesbyso-calledexperts inthemainstreammedia. Howisit thatyearafteryearRushLimbaugh, Sean Hannity,Alan Colmes, Bill O’Reillyand others ignore issuessurrounding the Illuminati?Issues with tangible solidevidence that is undeniable.The annual Bilderbergmeeting for example, or the

Cremation of Care ceremonyat the Bohemian Grove, ortrue workings of the FederalReserve Bank. Surely theseareatleastinterestingenoughstories for an occasionalsegment, yet for decadesthese so-called politicalexperts and commentatorsmysteriously omit anymention of such issues andorganizations from theirshows.

Theanswer is thatmostof these individuals knowverywellabout these issues.Many of them are willingaccomplices and participantsinsuchthings. Thesepeoplearepaidmillionsofdollars ayear to entertain the publicwith issues of littlesignificance, and to set theagenda of the publicmindsetin a way that excludes anyreal answers to what is atstake and what is happening

in Washington. Thesepropagandists parrot talkingpoints that are given to themdailyby thepeoplewhosigntheir paychecks and arecareful to act as gate-keeperswhenever a sensitive issuemay be addressed. Thesetalking heads can’t pleadignorance because they areoftenapartof thevery innercircle ofwhich they protect.Evenduringcall-inradiotalkshows when the format is

relaxed and the hosts tell theaudience that “any topic isfair game,” they don’t reallymean what they say. Anyrelevant question that fallsoutside of the prescribedparadigm they areperpetuating is dropped bythe call screener, or if itmakesitontheairwaves, thecaller gets hung up onimmediately and theirquestion either ridiculed orignored.

Some key players inpositions of power andinfluence may not be amember, or even aware thatthey are serving theIlluminati, or that the societyexists at all. Theseindividualsarecarryingoutaself-serving agenda for thebenefit of those who havepromised them rewards inreturn, or advancements fortheir participation. Whilethese players know that they

are a part of a private orsecretive agreement pushingan agenda, many do notrealizethattheyareapawnina larger conspiracy. Theironly motives are money,power,andprestige.Someoftheir activities are criminal,and some have been caughtandsenttoprison.Thepointis that there are countlesswillingservantswhogoalongwithIlluminatischemeswhilenot seeing the underlying

forces that are directing alargeroperation.

Information is power,andtheIlluminatiknowthis.Havingaccesstoaccurateandreliableinformationispower,and the ability to dispensefalse and misleadinginformation is also power.Asonereadsthewordsoftheoriginal writings of theIlluminati, one finds that thefounding members

understood this in the late1700s, well before thecommunication age. Bymonopolizingthemainstreammedia in all forms as itdeveloped; print, radio, andtelevision, they have beenable to contain informationand dispense misleading oruseless stories to the public.Ifpeopledidn’tseeitonFoxNews or CNN, then it mustnotbehappening,theythink.It has only been through

books published by smallindependent publishers, andin the later years the adventof the Internet that hasallowedthosewhoarehungryforthetruthtofindsomethingsolid to satisfy their desires.Websites like Infowars.comand to a lesser extent,DrudgeReport.com haveallowed us to bypass themonopoly control ofinformation dispensed by themainstreammedia.

In the following pagesthisauthorhascompiledbothinformation from theoriginalwritingsoftheIlluminatiandsome of the first authors towrite books exposing themandtheirgoals,aswellasthemost accurate writers andresearcherswho have carriedon that tradition. You willfindthetestimonyofmenandwomenwhoeitherclaimedtohave been a part of theIlluminati, or a victim of

some of its members. Youwillalsofindacompilationofthe rare instances thatIlluminati related topics arementioned or alluded to inmainstream media sources.Many, if not most of theconfirmed or suspectedIlluminati created andcontrolled organizations arealso rarely mentioned in themainstream news, and theseuniqueoccurrenceshavebeencompiled in this book.

Finally, you will find asummary of variousreferences, both direct andindirect to the Illuminati andtheir activities that are foundin popular Hollywood films,TVshows,andnovels. Suchobscure mentions gounnoticedbyviewerswhoareunaware of the deepermeaningsthattheseplotlinesandcharactershave.

With bits and pieces of

reliable information aboutsome fairly prominent secretsocieties and organizationslike the Skull and Bonessociety,theBohemianGrove,and the Bilderberg groupbeing released to the public,wehaveconcreteevidenceofjust who is involved withsuch organizations.Authentic membership listshavebeenstolenorotherwiseobtained from the BohemianGrove, and guest lists have

been obtained in similarfashion regarding Bilderbergattendees. In some cases, aswith President George W.BushandSenatorJohnKerry,men have publicly admittedbeing members of Skull andBones, but refused anycommentbeyondthat.Sowehave a clear idea of who isinvolved in suchorganizationsandwecanseeby their résumés that theyhave achieved personal,

political, and financialsuccess far beyond othercompetitors. It would befoolish not to see a clearpatterninallofthis.

These secret societies,organizations, and meetingsexist. This isoftenbeyondadoubt andwithmountains ofindisputable evidence tosupportthisconclusion.Theyexist for apurpose, andhaveoften existed for hundreds of

years. Their existence andpurpose goes beyond a meresocial gathering, as this iswhat cocktail parties anddinnersarefor.Afterlookingat all the evidence, oneshould reasonably concludethat they exist partly tofurther each other’s careersbymeans of secret alliances,and quid pro quos, a Latinphrase meaning “somethingfor something” or a mutualagreement between two

parties where each otherprovidesagoodorservice inreturn for a goodor service.Oncethisisrealized,onehasa better idea of how thepoliticallandscapeisformed.There is also a larger agendathat is being carried out, andisdirectedby thoseathigherlevels of power within theIlluminati. Thereisasatanicandoccultagendafuelingtheconstruction of the NewWorld Order and the

systematicenslavementofthehumanrace.

If this level ofunderstanding is reached byan outsider, it is only theresultoftheirparadigmbeingchallengedaftertheydiscoverthe reality of mysticism andoccult philosophies andritualsthatareapartofmanyof these organizations. It isone thing to observe andunderstand secret alliances

among the rich and powerfulmeant for their own personaland professionalenhancement.Itissomethingentirelydifferent to see thesealliances in the context ofelaborate and bizarre satanicrituals, as in the case of theinitiation into the Skull andBones society, or the annualCremation of Care ritual inthe secluded redwood forestoftheBohemianGrove.

Thesearegrownmenweare talking about. Themostsophisticated, educated, andwealthy men in the worldfrom prominent families, yetthey participate in suchthings. At first it seems sofar-fetched that it isunderstandable how onecould easily dismiss suchallegations as fancifulrumors,ortheramblingsofamentally deranged person.Yet,thecloseronelooksinto

these things, the moreirrefutable such claimsbecome.

Onewho ponders theseissues also ultimately arrivesat thequestionofwhat is theIlluminati’s ultimatepurpose? Why construct theNew World Order globalgovernment? What then?What role do the occultrituals andmysticism play inall of this? The answers are

foundbothinBibleprophecy,and within the teachings ofoccult and New Ageorganizations. They eerilyparalleleachotherallthewaytotheirconclusions,atwhichpoint they dramaticallydiffer.

New Age and occultteachings predict that whenthe New World Orderinfrastructure and ideologiesare complete, that from

within the hierarchy of theIlluminatiwillarrivethelongawaited messiah. Theybelieve that he will unite alltheworld’sreligionsintoonecompatible formula, and thathe will fulfill all propheciesof the coming world savior.Theyalsosaythatatthistimethe secret hierarchy ofenlightenedmasterswill thenbeable tocomeout fromtheshadowsinwhatiscalledtheexternalization of the

hierarchy, and then finallyshowthemselvestotheworldandrevealthehiddenwisdomthat they had kept shelteredforcountlessgenerations.

The appearance of thisNew Age Christ will theneliminate all pain andsufferingfromtheworld.Allpoverty and sickness, allprejudice and crime. Allshortages and scarcity, allfearsandanxiety.Itisatthis

point that the world and allwho inhabit itwill finally beable to live in perfect peaceandharmonywitheachotherthanks the revelations of thisIlluminati messiah and thehierarchy. Theyhadtoworkin secret and deny theirexistence for thousands ofyears, in order to protectthemselves from theirenemies. It is only now thattheir great work is finishedthat they may finally reveal

themselves without any fearof repercussions. This is all,of course, according to theteachings in New Ageenlightenment circles andoccult hierarchies. Theseteachings report that thisIlluminatiChristwillbesomekindofsuper-humandemigodorevenabeingfromanotherplanetordimension.

Incontrast,accordingtoChristianity, and even to

some extent Islam and otherreligions, the New WorldOrder global empire will betaken control of by theAntichristandhissupporters.In this view, amanwill alsoclaimtobethemessiahoftheworld, and hold the key tosolving humanity’s troubles.Onlyinthisview,thecoreofhumanity’s problems includethosewhodon’tagreethatheis themessiah. The freedomfrom prejudice that he

promises is impeded byChristiansandotherswhoseehim as a counterfeit Christand the Antichrist. Theperversions and immoralitythatheispreachingisresistedand denounced by faithfulChristians who see suchbehaviors as sinful andsocially and spirituallydestructive.

Just as Adolf Hitlerpromisedpeaceandeconomic

prosperity in Germany oncetheJewswereeliminated,theAntichristwillofferthesamesolution and single out theresistantChristiansandothersas the obstacle to peace andprosperity. These oldfashioned Christians withtheir outdated traditions andbeliefs are what is holdingback the unity of mankind,the Antichrist will tell theworld. People who stillbelieve in private property,

personal privacy, and theprinciples laid out in theoriginal Constitution of theUnited States are the oneswho are disrupting the newsystem. Those whowill notaccept implantablemicrochips and trackingdevices, or neural interfaceswireddirectlyintotheirbrainand those who speak outagainst such things are thepeople who need to beeliminated for there to be

peace. This, of course,according the to theIlluminati messiah and hissupporters.

At some point duringthisordeal,ChristiansbelievethatJesuswill return toearthand the Apocalypse willoccur, exposing thecounterfeitChristandcastinghimintoHell.Godissaidtofinallyunveilthemysteriesofexistenceandthestrugglesof

life, and destroy or punishthosewhodid not followhisrules.ThosefaithfultoGod’sprinciples will then beeternally rewarded for theirrighteousnessandcourage.

PreIlluminatiOrganizations

Mostof the informationdistributed surrounding theIlluminati stems from theKnights Templar, theFreemasons,andtheBavarian

Illuminati founded inGermany in 1776. It’simportant to note thatessentially the same type ofan organization had existedearlier, for hundreds, if notthousands of years. TheKnightsTemplardatebacktothe1100sandtheFreemasonsto the late 1500s, but beforethese organizations hadformed; secret societieswhich possessed supposedsecretknowledgehadexisted

muchearlier,andwouldlatergrow into these newer andmoresophisticatedgroups.

Knowledge has alwaysbeen a source of power, anddating back to ancient Egyptand Greece, groups of menhadkeptcertainknowledgetothemselvesandonlyrevealedit to others in incrementallevels within what werecalled the Mysteries, or theMysteryschools.Asscience,

medicine, and art wereevolvingandnewdiscoverieswere being made, the adeptsor initiates of these Mysteryschoolswere theoneson thecutting edge. Theseorganizationswerefrequentlymadeupofthebrightestmeninsociety.

The Mystery schoolsalso served as a method forspiritual enlightenment aswell. Mystical and spiritual

principles were taught andacted out in the form ofrituals and ceremonies as away to convey allegoricalmeanings to the initiates.While theseMystery schoolsmay not have facilitated anyill motives or plotted anydiabolical schemes againstnon-membersandsocietyasawhole, one can understandhowinitiatesintheMysteriescould develop a superioritycomplexandusethecoverof

theorganizations toaid themin carrying out their politicaland professional agendas.Some believe that theMysteryschoolsoncehadthehighest standards regardingcharacter and integrity of themembers, and they wereslowly corrupted and suchvirtues were replaced withselfishnessandevil.

TheLuciferianDoctrine

It is clear from thewritings of prominentFreemasons and Illuminati

authors that the religion andphilosophy of the elitemembers is that ofLucifierianism or Satanism.Whetherthisisaliteralbelieforametaphoricorallegoricalbeliefisoflittledifference.Ifit were literal, it would thenbe metaphoric as well. If itweremetaphoric, then it alsoexpands into a literal fashionas the actions of theparticipants manifestthemselves.

To sum upLuciferianism or Satanismone must understand thedifference between atheisticSatanism, and theisticSatanism.AtheisticSatanismwas popularized in the late1960s by Anton LaVey, thefounder of the Church ofSatan and the author of TheSatanic Bible. Whilemisleadingandconfusing,heandhisfollowersprofessthatthey are atheists and don’t

believe in a literal Devil, oreven God. They don’tbelieve in an afterlife or aHeavenorHell,either.Theseindividuals choose to callthemselves Satanists and usethe symbol of Satan for itsrebellious and nonconformistconnotations. This topic isexpanded in greater detail inthesectionofthisbookwhichcoversTheSatanicBible.

Theistic Satanism, on

theotherhand,isthebeliefina God and a Devil, andsupernatural beings. TheseSatanists take the oppositeside of the Christian viewconcerning the Garden ofEdenandtheFallofMan.InJudaism andChristianity, thebook of Genesis describeshow God created Adam andEveandhowtheylivedintheGarden of Eden. God wassaid to have told them thatthey were not to eat the

forbidden fruit from the treeof knowledge of good andevil, for if they did, theywouldsurelydie.

Asthestorygoes,Satanappeared to Eve in the formofasnakeandtemptedhertoeat the fruit. Genesis 3:1-7reads, “The woman said totheserpent,“wemayeatfruitfrom the trees in the garden,but God did say, ‘You mustnoteatfruitfromthetreethat

isinthemiddleofthegarden,andyoumustnot touchit,oryouwilldie.’”

“You will not surelydie,” the serpent said to thewoman. “For God knowsthat when you eat of it youreyeswillbeopened,andyouwill be like God, knowinggoodandevil.”

“When the woman sawthatfruitofthetreewasgood

for food and pleasing to theeye, and also desirable forgaining wisdom, she tooksome and ate it. She alsogave some to her husband,whowaswithher,andheateit. Then the eyes of both ofthem were opened, and theyrealized they were naked; sothey sowed fig leavestogether and made coveringsforthemselves.”

Theistic Satanists and

LuciferiansbelievethatSatancame to the Garden of Edento save Adam and Eve andmankindfromignorance,andthatGoddidn’twant themtohave the knowledge becausethen they wouldn’t be hisslaves. In this view, God isseenastheoppressorandtheevilone,andSatanisseenasthe hero and savior. This iswhy in such books as TheSecret Doctrine, authorHelenaBlavatsky calls Satan

theholyspirit.

She wrote, “Thus“SATAN,”onceheceases tobe viewed in thesuperstitious, dogmatic,unphilosophical spirit of theChurches, grows into thegrandiose image of one whomade of terrestrial a divineMAN; who gave him,throughout the long cycle ofMaha-kalpa the law of theSpirit of Life, andmade him

free from the Sin ofIgnorance,henceofdeath.”

“Thetruemeaningisfarmore philosophical, and thelegend of the first “Fall” (ofthe angels) assumes ascientific colouring when

correctlyunderstood.”[2]

This is one of thereasons the Illuminati has ahierarchical structure, andonly dispenses knowledgelittle by little as membersclimb the ranks. Knowledge

ispower,andtheyhavetakenthe fruit from the tree ofknowledge of good and evilandhavehiditaway,usingitas a carrot to entice lowerlevel initiates to do theorganization’s bidding sothey may be rewarded withnot only their financial andsocial support, but with theforbidden occult knowledgeof Man’s past and of thenature of reality itself. Suchforbidden knowledge, they

believe, holds the potentialfor a man to become god-like.

ThetermLucifer,whichis synonymouswithSatan, isLatin for “light bearer,”whichiswhyLuciferiansandSatanists believe that theDevil is the source ofknowledge andwisdom, thushe is good. While inChristianity, Jesus is said tobe the lightof theworld, the

Illuminati designate thisattribute toLuciferorSatan.The name Satan actuallymeans “adversary” oraccuser, and is hence theadversary of God. The titleof Lucifer is given to Satanbecause he brings theforbidden wisdom that Goddid not want humanity tohave.

In Christianity, as wellas Luciferianism and other

religions, the term “light”represents love, knowledge,and wisdom. One maindifference between mostreligionsandLuciferianismisthat Christianity and mostreligions openly teach theirmessage and welcomeeveryone to learn it andunderstand it, whereoccultism keeps its messagehiddenfrommostpeopleanddoesn’t share its knowledgewithothers.Thewordoccult

means “hidden.” The maindifference betweenLuciferianism andChristianity is that traditionalChristianity teaches thatsalvation comes only bybelieving in Jesus, whereoccultists believe that one issaved by learning the secretknowledge. While this ideaof salvation by knowledge isnot overtly evil anddiabolical, it is what theIlluminatihavedonewiththis

conceptthatprovestheyareacabalofliars,hypocrites,andtyrants. The term IlluminatiisLatin for Illuminatedones,and is also a reference tolight, Lucifer, andbrilliance.

InsidetheMindsetof

theIlluminati

When one fullyunderstands the religion ofthe Illuminati and its

subsidiary branches such ashigh level Freemasons, Skulland Bones members, andBohemian Grove attendees,one can wrestle with thereality of this Luciferiandoctrine. While manypubliclyknownorganizationssuchastheFreemasonspridethemselvesoninstillingmoralcharacter in their members,how is it that these elitemembers can be evil Satanworshipers? Do they really

have the truth? Is Satanreally the good god, and theGod of the Bible is the evilone who is holdingknowledge and blessingsbackfrommankind?

If the Illuminatihas thetruth regarding the history ofour creation and existenceand the nature of God, thenare they betraying their owngod by keeping that truth,knowledge,andwisdomfrom

others? Whataboutnotonlykeeping that supposed truthfrom people, but lying tothem, or ruthlessly takingadvantage of others orstealing from them?Whatevertheythinkthetruthis, they are keeping it forthemselves and dispensing aconstant stream ofpropaganda, disinformation,andout-right lies, inorder toprevent others from findingthattruth.

While practically everyreligion on the planet fromChristianity, to Islam, toBuddhism and Hinduism,wants everyone to have anunderstanding of what theyconsider to be the truth, it isthe Illuminati who do notabide by these ideals. Elitemembers do not follow thegolden rule of life, that oftreating others the way thatyou want to be treated,instead they violate nearly

every major moral code thatis found in religions aroundtheworld.Donotlie,donotsteal, do not murder, do notcovet, these rules meannothing to the elitemembersof the Illuminati and itssubsidiaryorganizations.

These revelations oftenlead to the question ofwhether these individualsbelieve in an afterlife or ajudgmentfromGodafterthey

die. Most religions believethatwhenonedies, theywillstand before God and bejudged for their sins. Underthis belief system, even ifsomeone gets through lifewithout getting caught fortheirmisdeeds, theywill oneday pay the price in theafterlife in a purgatory fortemporary punishment, orburning in Hell for aneternity. Therefore onewonders what the Illuminati

believe will happen to themwhentheydie.Howwilltheyescape Divine justice for alloftheircrimes?

There are twoexplanations for this. One isthat they don’t believe in anafterlife, and thatwe are justsophisticated animals whohave no souls, and when wearedead,thereisnoafterlife,nor judgment. This wouldexplain theirsocialDarwinist

world view and their unfairparasitic practices which robothersoftheirmoney,health,freedom,andsanity.Anotherexplanation is that theIlluminati believe that Goddoesn’tjudgeusinapersonalway, but in an impersonalfashion based on a scale ofgooddeedsvs.baddeeds.Inthis view, one is believed tobe able to balance out theirKarma,sotospeak,andavoidany unwanted repercussions

fortheirindiscretions.

Both of theseexplanations lead to otherquestions. Is the Illuminaticorrect?Arewejustanimalswith no soul or afterlife? Ifweareareligiousperson,arewe the ones living a lie?Let’s just say for argument’ssakethattheyarecorrectthatthere is no afterlife and nojudgmentfromGodafteronedies. I certainly hope this is

not true, but even if it is thecase,ifweallweretolivebytheirphilosophy,thensocietywould be a dangerous place,and unfulfilling andmeaningless. If every manwas out for himself and weall would break the basicmoral code of the civilizedworld,thenlifewouldbeHellon earth. If there is noafterlife or judgment fromGod,noHeavenorHell,thenthe brief life that we live on

this planet would still beinfinitely more enjoyable,fulfilling,andsafeifwewereto live by Biblical principlesthanifweweretolivebytheIlluminati’s code of do whatthouwilt.

TheIlluminatimayhavethe entire truth, or they mayhave a piece of it and thinktheyhaveitasawhole,likeablind man who grabs anelephant’staleandthinksthat

itisanelephant,notknowinghe is only holding a smallpartofanelephantandcannotbegin to imagine what anelephant really is, based onthe small part that he isholdinginhishand.

Despite their supposedsuperior knowledge andwisdom, the Illuminati havebeenwronginthepast.Theyhave been blinded by theirown pride and drunk from

their own power. AdolfHitler along with his eliteinnercircleofNazisbelievedthattheywouldruletheworldand build a new race ofenlightenedsuper-men.Theybelievedthatmysticalpowerswere on their side, and theirdestiny was to build athousand year empire withAdolf Hitler as its highpriest. Instead, their planscrumbled and Hitler and hisclosest allies were forced to

commitsuicideinacowardlyactofdefeat.

Jesus said thereare tworules in life. The firstone isto love God with all yourheart,andthesecondoneistolove your neighbor asyourself. Luke 10:25-28reads, “On one occasion anexpert in the lawstoodup totest Jesus. “Teacher,” heasked, “what must I do toinheriteternallife?”

“What is written in thelaw” he replied. “How doyoureadit?”

Heanswered:“LovetheLord yourGodwith all yourheart and with all your soulandwithallyourstrengthandwith all yourmind, and loveyourneighborasyourself.”

“You have answeredcorrectly.”Jesusreplied.“Dothisandyouwilllive.”

In philosophy, aconsideration called Pascal’swager proposes that if onewere to live as though therewas no God or finaljudgment, and they werewrong, they would have atremendous loss. But ifsomeone were to live asthough there is a God, thatGodhasestablished rules forus to follow, and that eachindividual will be repaid or

punishedfortheirdeeds,thenif they were wrong, theywould lose nothing andwouldhavehada safermorefulfillinglifeanyway.PascalproposedthateventhoughwecannotprovetheexistenceofGod through reason orscientific inquiry, thatpeopleshould wager as though hedoes exist because one haspotentiallyeverything togainandnothing to lose by doingso.

Regardless of one’sreligion,thereisanotherstoryin the Bible which helps toexplain thephilosophyof theIlluminati.InMatthew4:8-9,it explains how Satan tookJesustothetopofamountainand told him he would givehim control over all thekingdoms of the world ifJesus would worship Satan.Jesus,ofcourse,didn’tacceptthis offer, but this storyconveys a deeper meaning

than what appears on thesurface.ByworshipingSatanand turning one’s back onGod’s rules, it is possible togain control over vastempiresandgatherenormousriches.Butthesegainscomewith a price which is notalways seen at the time.Later, when repercussionscomefrombreakingtherules,theempireandrichesonehadgainedwillbecometheirveryundoing.SowhenSatantold

Jesus,“All this Iwillgive toyouifyouwillbowdownandworshipme,”hewaspartiallytelling the truth. He justwasn’t disclosing theconsequences that wouldoccurfromsuchactions.

So do not let theLuciferian doctrine and theIlluminati’s philosophypoison your mind and leadyou to abandon the goldenrule of life. While learning

the details of occultphilosophy can cause one towrestle with their faith, onemust understand there arevery real consequences andreactionstothewaywechosetoliveourlives.

Whateverone’s faith is,there is a universal code ofconductintheworld,anditisclear that the Illuminatihabitually breaks that code,while presenting a false face

to society that they abide bythe same rules everyone elseisexpectedtofollow.

WhyaretheJewsAlwaysBlamed?

One can’t discuss theIlluminati or the NewWorldOrder at any length without

coming across anti-Semitism. For aminority ofthose who are against theNew World Order, the Jewsare at the heart of everyproblem,andat thepinnaclesof power. The “Jewishbankers” and the “Jews inHollywood” control it all,they claim. Some stillbelieve thatThe Protocols ofthe Elders of Zion areauthentic Jewish documentsthat prove the Zionists’

sinister plans, and that theIlluminati is controlled byJewsattheverytop.

The Protocols are aseries of documents whichwere written from a Jewishperspectivewhichoutline thenecessary steps for worlddomination. They describethe need to control thebanking system, the media,and political institutions inorder to accomplish these

goals. They are essentiallytheIlluminatiplanforcontrolwritten up from theperspectiveofJews.

When the documentswere “discovered” in 1905word was spread that theywere created by a governingbody of the Jews, and theProtocols have been usedever since to inflame hateagainst the Jewish people.Hitler believed the Protocols

were authentic and todaysome still believe that is thecase. The Protocols areexamined in further detaillaterinthisbook.

One source of anti-Semitism comes from theidea that some Jews believetheyareGod’schosenpeopleand God’s favorite race ofhumans. Many see the Jewswho hold these views asracist and Jewish

supremacists. The fact thatmany Jews believe that Godgave them the land of Israelin the Middle East, and thatthePalestinians thenhavenorightful claim to it continuesto be a source of conflicttoday as the two differentcultures argue and kill overwhoselanditrightfullyis.

Some see the centraltheme of Judaism as beingsecretive in nature, and an

inner circle of Jews secretlycontrolling the religion andinternational banking.Certainly the JewishPharisees (the religiousteachers in the past) kept thespiritual teachings aboutJudaism to themselves andpurposefully kept the massesignorant and uninformedabout the nature of God andthe Torah (the OldTestament).Jesusdenouncedthis control, and his main

theme of his teaching wasthat people didn’t need thePharisees to have aconnectionwithGod,andthattheycouldhavedirectaccesstoGodthemselvesanddidn’tneed a “middle man” so tospeak.

Some point to theTalmud and Cabala as acontinuation of themonopolization of spiritualinformationonthepartofthe

Jews and see parts of theTalmud as Jewishsupremacistintheirteachingsand give justification forsome Jews to believe thattheir race is the one divinelyordained by God to rule theworld.

A rare and unorthodoxinterpretation of the Book ofGenesis and the Fall ofManalso fuels anti-Semitism.Adherentstotheserpentseed

theorybelieve thatSatanhadsexwithEveinthegardenofEden and caused Eve tobecome pregnant with Cain,makinghimhalfhuman,halfDevil. Later, as this theoryclaims, Adam and Eveconceived a child of theirown,beingAbel.Thetheorycontinues that Cain is thepatriarch of the Jewishpeople,andhencetheyarealldescendantsofSatan.

Some whitesupremacists believe thatwhite people, or Aryans, areactually God’s chosen race,and that the Jews are falselyclaiming they are the chosenones. This is the case withthe Christian Identitymovement, who are racistChristians who seethemselvesasthetrueheirstoGod’s blessings, and see theJews as enemies andcounterfeits.

In the Book ofRevelationchapter2verse9,theBiblereads,“Iknowyourafflictions and your poverty—yet you are rich! I knowthe slander of thosewho saytheyareJewsandarenot,butareasynagogueofSatan.”

Later inchapter3verse9, Jesus says, “I will makethose who are of thesynagogue of Satan, whoclaimtobeJewsthoughthey

are not, but are liars—I willmake them come and falldown at your feet andacknowledge that I havelovedyou.”

These are twopowerfulpassagesthatthosewhooftentarget the Jews as being theroot of the world’s problemswilluseasevidencethatevenJesus saw that there werecounterfeitJewsattemptingtofool the people as to their

actual beliefs andmotives.

Christian Identity’sbeliefs are in common withBritish Israelism, whichteaches thatwhite Europeansare the literal descendants ofthe Israelites through the tentribes that were taken awayinto slavery by the armies ofAssyria.

These beliefs hold that

Jesus was an Israelite fromthe tribe of Judah, and thatwhite European Israelites arestill God’s chosen people.They also believe that thosewhich most people callmodern Jews are notdescendants from theIsraelitesnorHebrewsbutareinsteadactuallyKhazarswhodescended from people withTurco-Mongolianblood.

Adolf Hitler seemingly

subscribed to these theoriesand theywereused to justifytheactionsof theHolocaust.Several Aryan Nationorganizationsandotherwhitesupremacist groupsincorporate similar beliefsand are used to support theirideologiesandactions.

Some Christianssubscribe to what is calledreplacement theology whichteaches that people who

follow the teachings of Jesusand become Christians areGod’schosenpeople,andthatthe body of Christ, or thechurch, replaced the Jews asthe chosen people. This iscertainly not mainstreamChristianity which continuestoteachthattheIsraelitesareGod’s chosen ones.Supporters of replacementtheology aren’t necessarilyracists or white supremacistsand should not be confused

with Christian Identitybelievers.

WhiletheJewscontinueto be at the center ofcontroversy and blameregarding their allegedcontrol of the Illuminati, itshould be emphasized thatmembers of all races arefoundwithinthehierarchyofpower. While it is easy topoint out wealthy Jews, orpowerful Jews in Hollywood

and the media, it is moreeffective to point out thecorrupt nature of someone’ssoul, rather than their racialheritage. While there areJews who arrogantly placethemselvesandtheirpersonalvalue above all othersbecause of their racialidentity, there are evenmorewho see themselves as mostpeopledo,thatofmembersofthe human race and equal toallothersregardlessofraceor

religion.

FixingtheFight

Most people whoidentify strongly with aparticular political partybelieve that most, oreverything that their party

doesorstandsforisright,andthat most or everything thattheopposingparty stands foriswrong. This same “us vs.them”attitudeisalsodirectedtowards prominent membersin each political party, andparty leaders. Republicansupporters believe that theDemocratic party andleadership are stupid,incompetent, and sometimescriminal,whilebelieving thatmembers of the Republican

partyaresaints,andhavethepeople’s best interests inmind. The same is true ofDemocratic supporters, inthat they blindly view theirparty as above reproach, andsee the opposing party asincompetent, ideologicallyincorrect, and at timescriminal.

This false, left/rightparadigm prevents manypeople from seeing that the

leadership at the top of bothpolitical parties is controlledbythesameprivateinterests.The Illuminati own bothhorses in the race, so tospeak, as was clearlyillustrated in the 2004presidential election whenboth John Kerry and GeorgeW. Bush were facing offagainst each other for thepresidency, and both aremembers of the ultra-eliteIlluminati branch, the Skull

andBonessociety.

The man credited withfounding the Illuminati in1776, Adam Weishaupt,wrote “By this planwe shalldirect all mankind. In thismanner, and by the simplestmeans, we shall set all inmotion and in flames. Theoccupations must be soallotted and contrived, thatwe may, in secret, influenceallpoliticaltransactions.”

“Thiscanbedoneinnoother way but by secretassociations, which will bydegrees, and in silence,possess themselves of thegovernmentoftheStates,andmakeuse of thosemeans forthispurpose…”

“…theOrderwill,foritsown sake, and thereforecertainly,placeeveryman inthatsituationinwhichhecanbemosteffective.Thepupils

are convinced that the Orderwill rule the world. Everymember therefore becomes aruler.”

“I shall therefore pressthe cultivation of science,especially such sciences asmayhaveaninfluenceonourreception in the world; andmay serve to removeobstacles out of the way…Onlythosewhoareassuredlyproper subjects shall be

picked out from among theinferiorclassesforthehighermysteries…Andinparticular,everypersonshallbemadeaspy on another and on allaroundhim.”

“Nothingcanescapeoursight; by these means weshallreadilydiscoverwhoarecontented, and receive withrelish the peculiar state-doctrines and religiousopinions that are laid before

them; and, at last, thetrustworthy alone will beadmitted toaparticipationofthe whole maxims andpolitical constitution of theOrder.”

“In a council composedof such members we shalllabor at the contrivance ofmeanstodrivebydegreestheenemies of reason and ofhumanity out of the world,and to establish a peculiar

morality and religion fittedfor the great Society ofmankind.”

High levelRepublicans,andRepublicanpresidentsarethe right foot of theIlluminati,andDemocratsaretheleftfoot.Onefoottakesastep forward, then the other,andtheprocessisrepeatedasthe twofeetwork together tomove the Illuminati forwardto accomplish their goals of

which both conservative andliberalpoliticiansaresecretlyaiding. This iswhywe findpoliticians and presidentswhoseactionsarecompletelycontradictorytotheirpartyorthe promises they made onthe campaign trail. GeorgeW. Bush, a supposedconservative, increasedgovernment spending morethan all previousadministrations combined,and while continuously

talking about keepingAmerica safe from terrorists,he refused to increase bordersecurity and denounced theMinuteMen,whovoluntarilypatrol the U.S. Mexicanborder,as“vigilantes.”

Theownersof theNFL(National Football League)couldn’tcarelesswhichteamwins the Super Bowl eachyear, because no matterwhich team it is, the NFL

makesmoney.TheIlluminatiis the same way when itcomes to politics. ThepresidentoftheUnitedStatesis like a manager at a fastfoodrestaurant. Heseemstobe the one in charge and theone who takes the brunt ofcustomer complaints, but heis merely working forsomeone who the customerswill never see, or never hearabout.Thefastfoodmanageris working for the franchise

owner,justasthepresidentoftheUnitedStates is simply aspokesman who is carryingout the orders and agenda ofhis boss which remainsunseen by the public. Thisboss, is of course, theIlluminati.

MainstreamMedia

The control ofinformation, as well asdisinformation, is one of themost powerful tools at theIlluminati’s disposal. The

best way to do this, as theydiscovered hundreds of yearsago, is toown thesourcesofmainstream media.Television, newspapers,magazine publishers, radionetworks,andfilmstudiosarelargely owned and controlledbyIlluminatibranches.

Editorialpoliciesareputin place and producers andeditors are positioned to actas gate-keepers to prevent

any unwanted informationfrom being presented to themasses. While not 100%effective, they have proventheir ability to minimize theamount of news stories frommakingit intoprintorontheairwaves that will beunfavorable to Illuminatigoalsandoperations.

Aside from acting asgate-keepers, theseindividuals also receive

information from theirhandlers as to what storiesshouldbeproduced,andwhatangle they should have. If aparticular issue or personneeds to be presented in afavorable light, then this iswhat will happen. In 2008,former White House presssecretary Scott McClellanreported on CNN that theWhite House gave regulartalkingpointstoseveralhostsat the Fox News Channel.

The 2004 documentaryOutfoxed: Rupert Murdoch’sWar on Journalism detailshow Fox News was used asboth a mouth piece and anattack dog for the Bushadministration. Leakedmemos showed that orderscamedownfromthe topFoxexecutivesastowhichstoriesto run and what points tofocus on, so that broadcastswouldfitaprescribedagenda,and not be “fair and

balanced” as Fox Newsclaims.

Operation MockingbirdisaprogramthattheCIAandotherbranchesofgovernmentimplemented back in the1950s in order to control themainstream media inAmerica,aswell asmedia inforeign countries. Throughcongressionalhearings itwasrevealed that hundreds ofmillions of dollars had been

paid to reporters, and thateditors in key mediaintuitions were also on thepayroll who often killedcertain stories from beingprintedoraired.

This shouldcomeasnosurprise.Lookingbackattheoriginal writings of theBavarian Illuminati founder,AdamWeishaupt,onecanseethatbackinthelate1700sheunderstood the power in

controlling information.Weishaupt wrote, “Byestablishingreadingsocieties,andsubscriptionlibraries,andtaking these under ourdirection,andsupplyingthemthrough our labours,wemayturn the public mind whichwaywewill.”

“Inlikemannerwemusttry to obtain an influence inthe military academies (thismay be of mighty

consequence) the printing-houses, booksellers shops,chapters, and in short in allofficeswhichhaveanyeffect,either in forming, or inmanaging, or even indirecting the mind of man:painting and engraving arehighlyworthourcare.”

Illuminatimembersalsounderstood how powerfulcontrolling newspapers couldbe to smear their enemies.

One letter found in theoriginal Illuminati writingsreads,“Wegetalltheliteraryjournals. We take care, bywell-timed pieces [articles],to make the citizens and thePrinces a little more noticedforcertainlittleslips.”

It’s not just print andbroadcast news that theycontrol. The entertainmentbusiness has been fullyinfiltrated and is now

dominated by Illuminatihandlers. Whenonelooksathowoverjustonegeneration,television showswent from ILoveLucyshowingahusbandand wife sleeping in twoseparate twin beds becausethenetworkwouldn’tallowacouple to be shown in bedtogether, to DesperateHousewives and Nip/Tuckbordering on soft-corepornography, it is clear arapid decay in the moral

quality of the programminghas occurred. Onemust noteven look back as far as thedaysofILoveLucytoseethedramatic change instandards. This authorremembersgrowingupinthe1980s with such shows asFamily Ties and GrowingPains,whichatthetimewerebothentertaining,andusuallyhad a moral to the story.Such shows are now almostnonexistent and have been

replacedwithutterfilththatisnowcommonplace.

While many ignorantpeople claim that televisiondoesn’t affect an individual’sbehaviors, the social andcultural effects of suchchanges are clearlynoticeable. Sexualimmorality, violence, anddisrespectful and destructivebehaviors are celebrated andencouraged by today’s most

popular television shows andmusicians.

The Illuminati eliteknew they could change themoral climate of society bygiving the impression thatwomendidn’tneed to followthebasicpatternsofbehaviorthat were expected of them.Weishaupt wrote, “There isnowayofinfluencingmensopowerfullyasbymeansofthewomen. These should

therefore be our chief study;weshouldinsinuateourselvesinto their good opinion, givethem hints of emancipationfrom the tyranny of publicopinion, and of standing upfor themselves; it will be animmense relief to theirenslaved minds to be freedfrom any one bond ofrestraint,anditwillfirethemthemore, and cause them toworkforuswithzeal,withoutknowing that they do so; for

they will only be indulgingtheir own desire of personaladmiration.”

With most peopleknowing more about whichcelebrity recently gotpregnantorhadaruninwiththelaw,thantheyknowaboutwhat’s happening in nationalpolitics or their community,theIlluminatieasilycontinuesto thrive with littleopposition. It is no accident

thatpettyissuesandcelebritygossip are the top stories inthemedia,andthemajorityofthe public is oblivious toreality.Theyaremesmerizedbythemainstreammediaandunconcerned and oftenunaware of their ownignorance.

EconomicControl

Mostpeopledonothavethe faintest clue about whatmoney really is, how it iscreated, andhow it functionsin a society. The financial

system is so complicated,manychosenot to learnhowit works. The Dow JonesIndustrial Average, Stocks,Bonds, Treasury Bills, putoptions, 401k, IRAs, CDs,interest rates, inflation, theDepartment of the Treasury,theFederalReserve,etc.etc.It’salottodigest.

You will often hearpeople say “the middle classis shrinking” or “the middle

class is going to disappear”and wonder how that couldhappen. When youunderstand that theIlluminati’s central means ofpower is by controllingmoney, and when you learnabout the mechanisms theyuse to do this, a clearerunderstanding of bothpersonal and global financeswilloccur.

TheIlluminatilearnedat

leastasfarbackasthetwelfthcentury, that they could loanmoney to individuals andgovernments,andthenchargethem interest on the moneythat they had loaned them,thus making money withoutworking. Most people backthen,andeventoday,havetoprovide a product or servicein order to then sell it tosomeone else interested inthat product or service, andthatwayearnaprofit.People

worked to build things, growfood, or offer numerousservices including preparingfood,cleaning,orfeedingandtendingtolivestock.

When civilization wasevolving, if someone grewcorn, then they could trade abushelofcornforacowtoafarmer who raised cows.They could also trade thatbushelof corn to amanwhoassembled clothes in

exchange for a new pair ofpantsandsomesandals.Thisis known as the bartersystem.Buttherewouldbeaproblemifthemanwhogrewcornwantedtotradethecornforacowbutthefarmerwiththecowdidn’twantanycorn,but instead wanted somewheat,whichthecorngrowerdidn’t have. For this reason,people agreed on a mediumofexchange.Thismediumofexchange, we’ll use gold

coins for example, wassomething that they couldtrade their corn for, and thentake thegold coins and tradethose coins for a cow, or forwhatever else they wantedthat was for sale at themarket. The more valuablethe product or service wasthat they provided, the moregold coins theywould get inexchange for that product orservice. Throughout history,many different items have

been used asmoney, such assea shells, stones, and goldcoins. This itemwouldhaveto be rare enough so thatpeople couldn’t just createmore of it, thus creating freemoney for themselves. Forthousands of years, gold andsilver coins have been astandardmediumofexchangebecause of their rarity, anddifficultytocounterfeit.

Metalcoinswereoftena

burden to carry, so a systemwas devised where peoplewould turn in their gold orsilver toabankand in returnthey would get paper moneywhichrepresentedtheamountof gold and silver theydeposited. At any timepeople could go back to thebankand trade in their papermoney for its equivalent ingold and silver. The papermoneywasbasicallyareceiptfortheactualmoneythatthey

haddepositedatthebank.Inthe market place, peoplewouldacceptthesereceiptsaspayment for goods andservices instead of gold andsilver coins. Bankers wouldalsoloanoutthemoney(goldand silver coins) people haddeposited in their vaults, andcollect interest on thoseloans. These bankers alsorealized that they could loanout money to people theydidn’tactuallyhave,andthen

collect the interest on thoseloans as well. Loaning outmoney they don’t havedoesn’tseempossible,butallthey needed to do toaccomplish thiswaswriteupa receipt and loan thatout tosomeone, and the personwould be able to use thatreceiptinthemarketplaceandnobody would know that itdidn’t actually represent anygold or silver that someonehaddepositedinthebank.It

seems hard to believe, butwhen you understand howfiat currencies work, it isactually a genius idea on thepart of the bankers. It’s theultimate con, and fewpeopleareawareofit.

This same system is inplace today and has evolvedinto a complex globaleconomy, but it still operatesin the same way. Hundredsof years ago the Illuminati

discoveredhowpowerfulofasystem this is, and that theoneswhocontrolthecreationand loaning of money canhaveanunlimitedsupplyofitwithout actually working.Thisisthebigbankingsecretof the Federal Reservesystem, and the reason theIlluminati have becomeknown as internationalbankers.

Their ultimate financial

goal is to create a socialistsystemwherethegovernmentwill control all aspects ofindustry, society, healthcare,real estate, and finances. Bybuilding aNewWorldOrderwhereeveryonemust relyonthe government for jobs,healthcare, education, andbasic services, the Illuminatiwill be able to easily dictateto the people what they canand cannot do. Their aim isto permanently establish a

two class society where asmall percentage of people(the Illuminati and theirsupporters) will own andcontrol all infrastructure,wealth, and real estate, andthe rest of the world will bereducedtoslaveswithnorealassets or power. This isidentical to the caste systemin ancient India where thechildren of a laborer wasdestined to be a laborer, andsowouldhischildren,andso

on. At the same time, theupperclasscastemaintainsaneliteandelegantlifestylethattheir childrenwill enjoy, andso will their children’schildrenandsoon.

The NewWorld Orderwill be a self-sustainingstructure and intelligentpeoplelookingtoavoidsocialand economic slavery willfind it nearly impossibleunless they are willing to

perpetuate the system. Mostof the public will willinglyaccepttheirpresentstatusandeconomic enslavement sincethey are amused withtelevised entertainment andsedated with any number ofprescribed pharmaceuticalswhich alleviate theiranxieties, unhappiness, ordesire to improve theirsituation. Any extra moneythey have at the end of themonth is usually squandered

away on alcohol or otheritemsofnorealvalue,whichkeeps them fromaccumulating any tangibleassets.Interestpaidoncreditcard debt also continues tosiphon off money that couldbe used to improve theirliving conditions. Most ofthe items purchased withthose credit cards were notnecessary, but the user’sinabilitytoresisttheirurgetomindlessly consume and

purchase excessivelyexpensive items which haveno purpose other than toattempt to convey a socialstatusthatthepersondoesnothave, caused them tocompulsivelyspend.

TheIlluminati’screationandcontrolofmoney,interestratesandinflationallowthemto fuel economic boomswhich they know willultimately end as they

hemorrhage into bubbleswhich burst and leave a pathof economic devastationbehind for the averagecitizen. Since the Illuminatiownreal tangibleassets, theyare immune from thedevastating effects ofeconomic bubbles bursting,orstockmarketscrashing.

In 2007 and2008PeterSchiff, the president of EuroPacific Capitol, a brokerage

firm had been warning thatthe mortgage bubble wassoon to burst and the stockmarket would crash andthrow the country into arecessionorworse.Hewasafairlyfrequentguestoncablenews shows and his forecastwasalways180degreesfromthehostandotherguests.Attimes other guests on thesegments laughedout loudatSchiff’s predictions. Schiffwas chosen by Congressman

RonPaul tobehis economicadviser when he ran forPresidentin2008.Schiffalsopredicted the collapse in his2007 Book Crash Proof:How to Profit from theComingEconomicCollapse.

One of the mostrespected trend forecasters,Gerald Celente, the CEO oftheTrendsResearchInstitute,made news late in 2008 bysaying that the American

economy would completelycollapseandthat therewouldbe hyperinflation causingprices for food and othergoods to skyrocket, causingshortages, long lines, andgovernment price controls toprevent rising prices onnecessities. Despite thesewarnings nothing changedand the American economybegancollapsingandsetoffachain reaction around theglobe.

Soon after the collapsebegan, in October 2008 anunprecedented 700 billiondollar bailout for failing andstruggling banks wasproposed. 700 billion is asevenwithelevenzerosafterit. $700,000,000,000represented $2,300 for everyman woman and child inAmerica. HenryPaulson theTreasurer Secretary at thetime, Ben Bernanke theChairman of the Federal

Reserve, and others weresaying that if the bailoutdidn’t pass a vote whichallowed it to happen, thatwithin weeks the stockmarket would crash, and thecountry would sufferunimaginableconsequences.

Some members ofCongress were privately toldthat if thebailoutdidn’t passa vote, America wouldcompletely break down and

martial lawwouldhavetobeimposed to thwart massivecrime and civil unrest.Congressman Brad Shermanblew the whistle on suchthreats and called themunjustified fear mongering.[3] CaliforniaSenatorDianeFeinstein publicly admittedthat her office received91,000phonecallsandemailsabout the bailout, and that85,000ofthemwereopposed

to it, but she voted for thebailout anyway becausepeople were “confused” and“didn’tunderstandit”andshedidwhat she saidwas in thebestinterestofthecountry.

Immediately after thebailout was passed byCongress, Ben Bernanke,Henry Paulson, and othersdecidedtoallot themoneytootherareas,insteadofbuyingbad mortgage debt that they

hadoriginallyproposed.Themoneywas already approvedby Congress, and no stepsweretakentoholdthesemento their original promise ofwhere the money would go.Theysimplydecidedtospendthe money differently afterthe “economic stimulus”waspassed, and the money wastheirs. Months later, theFedrefused to disclose therecipients of two trilliondollars in loans which came

from taxpayermoney,[4]andmany CEOs of failedfinancial institutions whichreceivedbillionsofdollarsoftaxpayers money were stillallowed to collect theirChristmas bonuses ofmillions, and in some casestensofmillionsofdollars.

In November of 2008,Barack Obama was selectedtobethenextpresidentofthe

UnitedStates,andafterbeingsworn into office on January20th 2009, he quicklyproposedasecond“economicstimulus” package whichexceeded the size of the firstone, just months earlier.Contrary to common sense,president Obama and hiseconomicadvisers insisted totheAmerican people that theonlythingthatwouldpreventAmerica from going into a

depression was if thegovernment would spendnearly 800 billion moredollars.

On February 13th 2009the 787 billion dollar“stimulus plan” was passedbyCongresswithouta singlemember even reading it. Seriously, not a singlememberofCongressreadthebill, but passed it anyway.Thebillwasover1100pages

long,andfromthetimeitwaspublished to the time of thevotewas less than12hours.The Obama administrationhad used fear mongering toscareCongressintopassingitimmediately and said if theydidn’t approve it, theeconomy and the countrywould collapse. Even afterthe bill was passed byCongressandthensignedintolaw a few days later byPresident Obama, the stock

market kept droppinghundredsofpointsadayandby the end of February, theDow Jones IndustrialAverage had dropped morethan50%fromitshighayearearliertounder7000.

As a result of these“bailouts” and “stimuluspackages,” the United Statesgovernment has become thelargest shareholder innumerous financial

institutions,thusnationalizingthem. These once failedbanks used to be completelyindependently owned andoperated, but can now becontrolled by thegovernment. The autoindustryalsoreceivedbillionsofdollarsin“bailout”money,and nowmust answer to thefederalgovernmentinregardsto what kind of cars andtrucks to produce. The freemarketsystemandCapitalism

itselfhavebeenreplacedwithsocialismasaresult.Mostofthe ignorant public wasrelieved that the governmentwas trying to “save theeconomy” from thisunforeseen disaster whichoccurred as a result of themortgagebubblebursting,butin reality the entire ordealwas orchestrated by theIlluminati. Many expertswarned that the “stimulus”packages would only make

the economy worse, but theObama administrationrammed their plans throughasquicklyas theycouldwithnooversight.

In her 1934 book, ATreatise on White Magic,IlluminatiauthorAliceBaileywrote about the financialcontrol of the Illuminati, notto expose theirmethodologies,buttoeducate

membersoftheorganization.She explains, “[the] groupcontrolsandordersthemeanswherebyhe[mankind]exists,controlling all that can beconverted into energy, andconstituting a dictatorshipoverallmodesofintercourse,commerce and exchange.They control the multiplicityof form-objects whichmodern man regards asessential tohismodeof life.Money,asIhavebeforesaid,

isonlycrystallizedenergyorvitality,—what the orientalstudentcallspranicenergy.Itis a concretisation of ethericforce. It is therefore vitalenergy externalized, and thisform of energy is under thedirection of the financialgroup. They are the latestgroup in point of data, andtheirwork(itshouldbebornein mind) is most definitelyplanned by the Hierarchy.They are bringing about

effects upon the earth which

aremostfarreaching.”[5]

Datingback to thedaysof theKnights Templars, theIlluminati had learned howpowerfultheycouldbeiftheywere to become the mastersofmoney and banking. Warhas always been a bigbusiness for the Illuminati aswell. The weaponsmanufactures earn a

continuous stream of profitsby supplying the increaseddemand, and privatecontractors such asHalliburton earn enormousamounts of money and arepaidbythegovernmenttodojobs that can often becompletedbythemilitaryatafraction of the cost. Apowerful film titled Iraq forSale shows just how muchmoneytheprivatecontractorsare making with no-bid

contracts.

Anton LaVey, thefounder of the Church ofSatan, had his grandsonStanton Zaharoff LaVeynamed after Sir BasilZaharoff,anarmsdealer,andin LaVey’s authorizedbiography it talks about howmuch he admired this armsdealer for his cunningnessbecause he would sellweapons to governments of

both sides of a conflict in

ordertomakemoney.[6]

Suchapracticehasbeenused for decades, if notcenturies.Privatebankshavelentmoneytogovernmentstofinanceconflictionsandwars. Interest is then earned ontheseloans,makingthebanksa hefty profit. But theirscheme doesn’t end there.Throughout history, these

private banks have loanedmoney to both sides of aconflict, thus not onlyprolonging the conflict, butearning interest from bothgovernments thatare fightingeachother.

The well-known saying“theloveofmoneyistherootofallevil”canbeunderstoodwith a deeper level ofunderstanding when theconceptsofmoneyand loans

are fully comprehended.Since amediumof exchangeis necessary for today’ssociety to function, it shouldcome as no surprise that theIlluminati has wrapped itstentacles around institutionsneeded for money to becreatedandregulated.

NonfictionBooks

Nonfiction booksexposing the Illuminati havebeen in publication since atleast the late1700swhen theBavarian Illuminati was

exposed after some of thegroup’s writings had beenseized by authorities. Sincethen, a variety of authorshave published books, bothexposing the Illuminati andtheirsubsidiaryorganizations,as well as writing bookstargeted for elitists andoccultists to spread thesatanic and occult teachingsalong with the political andfinancial aspirations of thesecretbrotherhood.

Books range fromfocusing specifically on theoriginal Illuminati, toexposing Skull and Bones,the Bohemian Grove, theFederal Reserve, theBilderberg group, andmore.Titles and descriptions ofseveral of the most reliableandwell known books to doso are to follow, as well assome of the information thatthe authors have uncovered.Also included are books by

occultists who wanted toopenlyspreadtheIlluminati’sphilosophiesandplans.

ProofsofaConspiracy

Oneofthefirstandmostpopular books written aboutthe Illuminati was publishedin 1798 by John Robison, aprofessor of naturalphilosophy at EdinburghUniversity in Scotland. ThefulltitleofthebookisProofs

of a Conspiracy Against allthe Religious andGovernments of EuropeCarried on in the SecretMeetings of Freemasons,Illuminati, and ReadingSocieties. It isoften referredto by the shortened titleProofs of a Conspiracy. Acopyofhisworkwassent toGeorge Washington, wherehe responded with a lettersayingthathewasawarethatthe Illuminati had diabolical

plans of separating peoplefromtheirgovernment.

Robison’s book isextremely important becauseitwaswrittenat the time theIlluminati was first exposedtothepublic.ItisbasicallyafirsthandaccountofwhattheIlluminati were doing andhow they became known tothe public. Robison saw theimportance of documentingwhat was happening and his

writings remain essential foranyone looking to fullyunderstandtheIlluminati.Heincluded large portions oforiginal writings of AdamWeishaupt and othermembers which were madepublic shortly after theirdiscovery. By reading thewords of Weishaupt and theplansoutlinedinhiswritings,it becomes clear he hadintricate sinister goals, andknew exactly how the

Illuminati could seize controlof the government, media,and other key institutions ofinfluence.

Robison writes, “Theassociation of which I havebeenspeaking,istheorderofIlluminati, founded in 1775,by Dr. Adam Weishaupt,professorofCanonlawintheUniversity of Ingolstadt, andabolished in 1786 by theElector of Bavaria, but

revived immediately after,underanothername,andinadifferent form, all overGermany. It was againdetected and seeminglybroken up; but it had by thistimetakensodeeprootthatitstill subsists without beingdetected, and has spread intoallthecountriesofEurope.Ittook its first rise among theFreemasons, but is totallydifferent from

Freemasonry.”[7]

Robison explains indetail how information aboutthe Illuminati began to beuncovered, and how theiroriginal papers had beenfound and made public. Hewrote, “In the beginning of1783, four professors of theMarianen Academy, foundedby the widow of the lateElector, viz. Utschneider,

Cossandey, Renner, andGrunberger, with two others,were summoned before theCourt of Enquiry andquestioned, on theirallegiance, respecting theOrderoftheIlluminati.Theyacknowledged that theybelonged to it, and whenmore closely examined, theyrelated several circumstancesof its constitution andprinciples.Theirdeclarationswere immediately published,

and were very unfavorable.TheOrderwassaid toabjureChristianity, and to refuseadmission into the higherdegreestoallwhoadheredtoany of the three

confessions.”[8]

“Acollectionoforiginalpapers and correspondencewas found by searching thehouse of one Zwack [Xaviervon Zwack] (a member) in

1786. The following year amuch larger collection wasfound at the house of BaronBassus; and since that timeBaron Knigge, the mostactive member next toWeishaupt, published anaccountofsomeofthehigherdegrees, which had been

formedbyhimself.”[9]

InaworktitledLiteraryMemoirsofLivingAuthorsof

Great Britain, published inLondon in 1798 for R.Faulder it reads, “In theautumn of the year 1797,Professor Robison publishedan octavo volume, entitledProofsofaConspiracy.Thisvolume has been favorablyreceived, and although toohasty a performance for awork of so muchconsequence, iswell entitled,both from its subject and itsauthenticity, to the serious

attention of every reader. Itarrives at the sameremarkable conclusion as thecelebrated Memoirs of theAbbeBarruel, illustrating thehistoryofJacobinism,thoughthe authors were perfectlyunconnectedwitheachother,andpursuedtheir inquiriesinvery different ways. It hasraised (we are sorry for suchanappearance)aconsiderableclamorandenmityagainsttheProfessor, though it was

written, we are fullyconvinced from the bestmotives.Wecannotconcludethis articlewithout observingthattheprinciples,andhonestzeal, which ProfessorRobison has displayed uponthis occasion are highlycredibletohim,andmeritthewarmest acknowledgmentsfromsocietyingeneral.”

Reverend Dr. Erskine,who was a neighbor to John

Robison, wrote in a letterdated September 25, 1800 inEdinburgh,“I thinkhighlyofProfessor Robison’s book.Some of the most shockingfacts it contains, I knewbefore itspublication, fromaperiodical account of thechurch history of the times,by Professor Koester atGiessen, ofwhich I lent himall the numbers relating tothatsubject. For threeyears,that valuable work has been

discontinued, whether fromthe artifices of Illuminatibooksellers,topreventitssaleand spread, or from theauthor’s bad health, I knownot.”

These testimonials andothersshowthatRobisonwasnot a “conspiracy theorist”but was simply documentingwhat the Illuminati was andwhat their goals were,immediately after their

discovery.

In Proofs of aConspiracy, Robison alsodescribes the initiationceremony into the “RegentDegree” of the Illuminatiwhich was the near thehighest level in thehierarchy. It bears a strikingresemblance to the satanicritualforentryintoSkullandBones at Yale. Robisondescribes that during the

Illuminati’s ceremony, theinitiate faced a skeleton, andatitsfeetwereacrownandasword. He was then asked“whether that is the skeletonof a king, nobleman, or abeggar.” Despite his choice,the president declared, “Thecharacter of being a man isthe only one that isimportant.”

ThewritinginsideSkulland Bones headquarters

knownasthe“Tomb”atYalereads, “Wer war der Thor,wer Weiser, Bettler oderKaiser? Ob Arm, ob Reich,imTode gleich.” InEnglishit says, “Who was the fool,who was the wise man,beggar or king? Whetherpoororrich,all’sthesameindeath.” This is just one ofmany identical connectionsfound between the BavarianIlluminati and the Skull andBones society. One of the

foundersofSkull andBones,William Huntington Russell,had just returned fromstudying abroad in Germanyshortly before starting Skulland Bones in 1832.“Bonesmen” who willactually talk about theorganization admit thatRussell had obtainedpermission from “a Germansecret society” when he wasstudying there, and thenreturned to America to start

Skull and Bones. ThisGerman secret society wasnone other than theIlluminati.

John Robison’s Proofsof a Conspiracy is still inprinttodayandthankfullyhasnot been lost in history.Asidefromgivingthehistoryof the Illuminati and thecircumstances surroundingtheir discovery, Robisonincludes entire letterswritten

byAdamWeishaupthimself,as well as other high levelmembers. From theseoriginal writings, one learnsthat the Illuminati were notsimply a group of“freethinkers” who fearedpersecutionfromtheCatholicChurch, but were devious,power hungry immoral menwho did not want to freesociety from the grip of theCatholic Church, but insteadwanted to replace that

positionofpower themselvesandthentheycouldruleoversocietyaskings.

Memoirs Illustrating theHistoryofJacobinism

In 1797 aFrench Jesuitpriest named Abbe Barruelpublishedaseriesofbooksonthe Jacobins and theirinfluence on the FrenchRevolution. The Jacobinswereapowerfulpoliticalclub

in France which helpedorganizetherevolutioninthelate 1700s. Today the termJacobin or Jacobinism issometimes used to describeleft-wing revolutionaryideas.

Barruel wrote fourdifferent volumes titledMemoirs Illustrating theHistory of Jacobinism inwhich he explained that theFrench Revolution was the

result of secret societies,largely the BavarianIlluminati. Two of thevolumesfocusextensivelyonAdam Weishaupt and theIlluminati, and Barruel’swritings remain importanttoday because they werewrittenatthetimeWeishauptand his cohorts werediscovered and had theirplansexposedtotheworld.

Barruel’s writings

contain some of the samewarningsandinformationthatJohn Robison’s Proofs of aConspiracy includes, but thetwo authors had no contactwith each other, and wereunawareofeachother’sworkuntilafteritspublication.

Barruel wrote, “Thethird conspiracy,which I amnow about to investigate, isthat of the atheisticalIlluminees,whichatmyoutfit

Idenominated theconspiracyof the Sophisters of Impietyand anarchy against everyreligion natural or revealed,not only against kings, butagainst every government,against all civil society, evenagainst all property

whatsoever.”[10]

BeforeexpandingontheIlluminati’s goals andactivities, Barruel explains

how Weishaupt’s and otherswritingswerediscoveredandmade public. “The first is acollection entitled “Some ofthe Original Writings of theSect of Illuminees,” whichwere discovered on the 11thand 12th of October, 1786 atLandshut, on a search madein the House of the SieurZwack, heretofor Counselorof the Regency; and printedbytheOrderofHisHighness

the Elector [in] Munich, byAnt. Franz, Printer to theCourt. The second is asupplement to the OriginalWritings, chiefly containingthosewhichwere foundonasearch made at the castle ofSandersdorf, a famous hauntof thee Illuminees, by orderofHisHighness theElector.Munich, 1787. These twovolumes contain irrefragableproofs of themost detestableconspiracy.Theydisclosethe

principles,theobject,andthemeans of the Sect; theessential parts of their code,the diligent correspondenceoftheadepts,particularlythatof their chief, and statementof their progress and future

hopes.”[11]

WhileAdamWeishauptis credited with creating theIlluminati,itissuspectedthathehadmerelybeenchosento

modernize the organizationand formulate updated goalsandmethodsofoperation foran advancing society.Barruel had also raised thisissue,saying“Itisnotknown,and it would be difficult todiscover, whether Weishaupteverhadamaster,orwhetherhe is himself the greatoriginal of those monstrousdoctrines on which he

foundedhisschool.”[12]

Regardless of whetherWeishaupt was the actualmastermind at the top of theIlluminati,ormerelycreditedwith the task ofmodernizingit, theirobjectives remain thesame. “The destruction ofReligion, the destruction ofsocietyandthecivillaws,thedestruction of all property—thatwasthepointatwhichhealways aimed,” wrote

Barruel.[13]

Weishaupt said, “Yes,princes and nations shalldisappearfromoffthefaceofthe earth; yes, a time shallcome when man shallacknowledgenootherlawbutthegreatbookofnature:Thisrevolution shall be the workof the secret societies, andthat is one of our grand

mysteries.”[14]

ProofoftheIlluminati

Originally published in1802,Proof of the IlluminatibySethPaysonisstillinprintandavailabletoday.Itisoneof the three primary booksthat were published at thetime that the Illuminati wasorganizedandstartedgainingpower and influence, theothers being the works ofRobisonandBarruel.

PaysonwasanAmericanand served in the New

Hampshire state senate from1802-1805. Part of hiscampaign platform was hisalarming message found inhisbook.Paysondrawsfromthewritings ofAbbeBarruelandJohnRobison,andquotesboth them, as well as theoriginal writings of theIlluminati that werediscovered in 1786. Whilesome writers who supportedthe Illuminati attempted todiscredit the work of John

Robison,Paysonstartsoffhisbook with numerous lettersfrom prominent Europeanpublications and otherscholars who all praiseRobison’s character and hisbook, Proofs of aConspiracy.

One endorsementPayson included in his bookcamefromamanhesaidwasone of the most respectablewriters inScotlandwhosaid,

“Professor Robison’scharacter is so wellestablishedamong thosewhoknowhimbest, that itwouldbe ridiculous, at Edinburgh,tocallinquestionhisveracityorability.Ihadreadmanyofhis authorities in Germanoriginalsbeforehisbookwaspublished;andthefirstnoticeI received of it was in thepreface to Dr. Erskine’ssketches of ecclesiasticalhistory, where you will see

the honorable testimony thathegivesMr.Robison,andthegreat expectation that he had

fromhispublication.”[15]

Payson understood thesinister nature of theIlluminati and made it hismissiontoinformothers.Hewrote, talking about AdamWeishaupt,that,“Hisschemeappears to be calculated, notso much for uniting persons

of similar sentiments in onesociety,asforseducingthoseof opposite inclinations, andby a most artful anddetestable process, graduallyobliterating from their mindsevery moral and religioussentiment. It is in this viewprincipally that this plan ofseduction calls for theattention of mankind, as itdevelops the secret, insidiouspolicy by which the agendasof faction and infidelity lead

on their disciples, stillconcealing their real designs,untilthemindisinvolvedinamazeoferror,orentangledinsnaresfromwhichthereisno

retreat.”[16]

Although there was nosuch thing as radio ortelevision, Payson saw howthe Illuminati controlled theflow of information that wasavailable at the time, saying,

“But the principlemeans, onwhich they depended forcorrupting the public mind,were literary societies, orreading clubs; which theylabored to set up in everytown. These weremodificationsofWeishaupt’sminerval schools; theybecameverynumerous;anditwas the business of thesecretaries, and initiatedbooksellers, to have themfurnished with books of the

most Anti-Christian

character.”[17]

Payson also explainedhow members of theIlluminati are indoctrinatedwith corruption and taughtthatitisacceptabletouseanymeans necessary to furthertheirorder. “He isplaced insituationswhere he hears themore artful sophistry used toprove that patriotism and

privateaffectionsarenarrow-minded prejudices; that thebonds of marriage andparental authority areencroachmentson thenaturalrights ofman; that suicide islawful; that sensualpleasurescorrespond with the law ofnature,andthatitispropertoemploy, for a good purpose,those means which wickedmen use for evil

purposes.”[18]

While these old bookssuch as Seth Payson’s,AbbeBarruel’s, and JohnRobison’s explain that theIlluminati existed and hadsinister motives and detailedplans, theyonly show the tipof the iceberg since theIlluminati was only in itsinfancy. As the years wentby, instead of theorganizationdisbanding, theycontinuedtheirchartedcourseand grew stronger and more

powerful than any of thesewriters would be able toimagine.

Secret Societies andSubversiveMovements

In1924awomannamedNesta Webster published abook titled Secret Societiesand Subversive Movementsthat discussed the Illuminatiand how secret societiesthroughout history have used

their covert networks toorganize revolutions andmonopolizepowerinsociety.Webster begins her analysisby stating, “Let it be saidonce and for all, secretsocieties have not alwaysbeen formed for evilpurposes. On the contrary,many have arisen from thehighest aspirations of thehumanmind—thedesireforaknowledge of eternalverities. The evil arising

from such systems hasusually consisted in theperversion of principles thatonce were pure and

holy.”[19]

She goes on toacknowledge that secretsocieties have been used topursueesotericknowledgeaswell as being used forpolitical purposes noting theFrench and Bolshevik

revolutions. Regarding theesoteric and mysticalaspirationsofsecretsocieties,Webster explains “Forwhilstreligious leaders such asBuddha and Mohammedsought for divine knowledgein order that they mightimpart it to the world, theInitiates believed that sacredmysteries should not berevealed to the profane butshould remain exclusively intheir own keeping. So

although the desire forinitiation might spring fromthe highest aspiration, thegratification, whether real orimaginary,ofthisdesireoftenled tospiritualarroganceand

abominabletyranny.”[20]

RegardingtheIlluminati,Webster discusses whetherAdamWeishaupthadcreatedthe organization on his ownaccord, or whether he was

working on behalf of others,and looks for the source ofhis inspiration. Earlywritersand researchers link AdamWeishaupt with a JutlandmerchantnamedKolmerwhohad studied occultism inEgypt and later came toGermany. It is believed bysome that Kolmer metWeishaupt and initiated himinto the secret doctrine.Other researchers believeWeishaupt was

commissioned by theRothschildfamilytoorganizeand modernize the goals oftheMysteryschools.

Webster wrote, “Itwould therefore appearpossible that Weishaupt,although undoubtedly a manof immense organizingcapacity and endowed withextraordinary subtlety, wasnot in reality the sole authorif Illuminism, but one of a

group,which recognizing histalents and the value of hisuntiring activity, placed the

directioninhishands.”[21]

Webster also lists theoriginal writings of theIlluminati for anyonequestioning the authenticityof the quotes from AdamWeishaupt or other originalIlluminati members. Thosesourcesare:

1. EinigeOriginalschriften desIlluminatenordens (Munich1787)

2.NachtragvonweiternOriginalschriften, etc. (Munich,1787).

3.DieneuestenArbeitendes Spartacus und Philo indem Illuminaten-Orden(Munich,1794).

Shegoesontosay,“Allthese consist in thecorrespondenceandpapersofthe Order which were seizedby the Bavarian Governmentatthehousesofthemembers,Zwack and Bassus, andpublishedby theorderof theElector. The authenticity ofthese documents has neverbeen denied even by theIlluminati themselves;Weishaupt, in his publisheddefense, endeavored only to

explain away the mostincriminating passages. Thepublishers, moreover, werecareful to state at thebeginningofthefirstvolume:“those who might have anydoubts on the authenticity ofthis collection may presentthemselves at the SecretArchives here, where, onrequest, the originaldocumentswillbelaidbefore

them.”[22]

SomehavelabeledNestaWebster anti-Semitic for herwritings about Judaism, theTalmudandtheCabala.Thisis indeed a sensitive subjectand often simply addressingthe Jewish component of theIlluminati is opposed withclaims of anti-Semitism.Websterwrote, “Itmustnot,however, be forgotten that tothe Jewish mind the humanrace presents a dual aspect,being divided into two

distinct categories—theprivileged race to whom thepromises ofGodweremade,and the great mass ofhumanity which remains

outsidethepale.”[23]

As was the case withChristianity during theInquisition, and Islam in the21st century, Judaismcontains a radical faction ofself-appointed leaders who

use their theology to justifytheir beliefs and actions andplace themselves and theirreligion above others andbelieve they are divinelyordainedbyGod tocarryoutcertain acts or to holdprivileged positions insociety. Jesus denouncedsuch Jewish views, sayingthatGod’sloveandpromiseswere for everyone, butmanyJews still hold suchprivileged views. Webster

wrote, “theconceptionof theJews as the Chosen Peoplewhomusteventually rule theworld forms indeed the basisof Rabbinical Judaism…it isin theCabala, stillmore thanintheTalmud,thattheJudaicdream of world-dominationrecurs with the greatest

persistence.”[24]

Webster knew thedangers of making such

statements, saying, “For itwill be noticed that anyonewho attempts to expose thesecret forces behind therevolutionary movement,whether hementions Jews inthisconnexion[sic]orevenifhe goes out of his way toexoneratethem,willincurthehostilityoftheJewsandtheirfriends and will still bedescribed as “anti-Semite.”The realization of this facthas led me particularly to

include the Jews in the study

ofsecretsocieties.”[25]

OccultTheocrasy

In 1933 a two volumeset titled Occult Theocrasywas published in one bookwhich consists of over 700pages of information aboutsecret societies, theirhistories, and their plans forworlddomination. Thebook

was written by a womannamedEdithStarrMiller,andpublished shortly after shedied. Manypeople think thetitle is spelled OccultTheocracy, but it is actuallyspelled Theocrasy, with an“s” which has a differentmeaning. Theocrasy meansthemergingofseveraldeitiesor gods into one, and adefinition is provided in thebeginningpagesofthebook.A theocracy means a

government ran by priestswho claim some kind ofdivinerighttorule.It’slikelyMiller meant to have bothmeaningsappliedasaplayonwords, since the Illuminati isa religious group whichbelieves that they hold thedivinerighttoruletheearth.

It’sincrediblehowmuchinformation is compiled inEdithMiller’sbook,althoughOccult Theocrasy is not

mentioned that often whendiscussing the history of theIlluminati. While the impactof Occult Theocrasy wasn’tas powerful as JohnRobison’s work or AbbeBurruel’s, it is still animportant piece of historyregardingtheevolutionoftheinformation exposing theIlluminati, and is included inthis book for that reason.Occult Theocrasy alsocontains chapters on

Mormonism, the Jesuits, theAssassins, and a long list ofoccult societies andphilosophies.

Throughout OccultTheocrasy, Edith Millerdemonstrates a thoroughunderstanding of even themost esoteric occultphilosophies. She explains,“Luciferians never call theirinfernal master “Spirit ofEvil” or “Father and Creator

ofCrime.” AlbertPike evenforbade the use of the wordSatan under anycircumstances…Luciferiansor the initiates of kindredrites, while still labouringunder a strange delusion, actdeliberately and glorifyLucifer as the principle ofgood. To them he is theequal of the God of theChristians whom theydescribe as the principle of

evil.”[26]

MillergoesontodiscussFreemasonryandthatat theircore is a doctrine ofLuciferianism. She explainsthat the letter G representsgeometry to the outer levelMasons, but Gnosticism tothe inner circle. Miller alsoknew that the foundingmembers of the KnightsTemplar had learned strange

and mystical teachings fromthe Muslim Assassins. Shewrote, “Having embracedGnosticism while inPalestine, and in touch withthe sect of theAssassins, theTemplar order degenerated,and some of its members,under the influence of thatsect, were said to practicePhallicism or sex-worshipandSatanismandtovenerate“The Baphomet,” the idol oftheLuciferians.Thecrimeof

Sodomy was a rite of

Templarinitiation.”[27]

EdithMillerdisplaysanimpressive amount ofknowledgeaboutthehistoriesandinterconnectionsofoccultsocieties that would laterevolve into the Illuminati.She explains, “As theorganizationof the Illuminatideveloped, so did itsambitions, which ended in a

plot to subvert Freemasonryto its aimofworlddominionby any and all means…religiously, it was anti-Christian. Itsmemberswerepledgedtoblindobediencetotheir superiors and this wasinsured by a strict system ofsecret confessions, andmonthly reports checked bymutual espionage. Eachindividual used a pseudonyminstead of his own name tohelp disguise his

identity.”[28]

On page 185 sheexplains the top priorities oftheIlluminatias:

1. The destruction ofChristianity and of allMonarchicalGovernments.

2. The destruction ofnations as such in favour ofuniversalinternationalism.

3.Thediscouragementofpatriotic and loyal effortbranded as narrow mindedprejudice, incompatible withthe tenets of goodwill to allmenandthecryof“UniversalBrotherhood.”

4.Theabolitionoffamilytiesandofmarriagebymeans

ofsystematiccorruption.

5.The suppressionof the

rights of inheritance andproperty.

Milleralsoretellsastorythat is difficult to verify, butcontinuestobetoldregardinghowacollectionofIlluminatiwritings were allegedlydiscovered. The story goesthatonJuly10th 1785amannamedJacobLangwasstruckbylightningandkilled(somesay while riding his horse,otherssaywhilewalkingwith

Adam Weishaupt) and whenhisremainswereexamined,aset of documents werediscovered sewn into hisclothesandwerehandedoverto theBavarian government.It is not clear whether thisactuallyhappened, andcitingthis story as a reference forhow the Illuminati paperswere discovered should beavoided. History hasdocumented clear andverifiable references for how

and where the originalwritings of the Illuminatiwere discovered, thereforethe tale of the lighteningstriking and killing one oftheir members should not beused as evidence of theIlluminati’sdiscovery.Nevertheless, this isonestorythathas become part of theIlluminati legend, and thereadershouldbeawareoftheuncertainty about itsauthenticity.

Edith Miller has beenlabeled a “fascist supporter”because of her marriage toAlmeric Hugh Pagent, 1stBaronQueenboroughin1921and was said to be friendlywith Brigadier GeneralRobert Byron DruryBlakeney, who was thesecond president of theBritish Fascisti and wasactive in various fascistorganizations such as the

British Fascisti and theImperial Fascist Club. Shewould later divorce Almericclaiming he was abusive.Regardless of her supposedconnections to questionablepolitical groups, EdithMiller’s book, OccultTheocrasy must be includedin the list of literaturedetailing the Illuminati andtheir occult philosophies aswe trace the timelineof suchmaterial from its beginning

uptotoday.

None Dare Call ItConspiracy

In 1972 a man namedGaryAllenreleasedathinbutpowerful book titled NoneDare Call It Conspiracy. Alot of time had passed sincethe works of John Robisonandothers,andtheIlluminatihad been hard at work theentire time. They had not

only been able to continuetheir planned course ofaction, but over the lastnearly two hundred years,they had made incredibleprogressandachievedalargeportionoftheirgoals.

The forward to Allen’sbookwaswrittenbyaUnitedStates Congressman namedJohnG.Schmitz,andthefirstprinting in 1972 consisted of350,000 copies which sold

out, and was soon followedwith 1,250,000 which alsosold out, and was finallyfollowed by another4,000,000 in April of 1972.[29] That’s more than fiveand half million copies in ayear. Astonishing numbers.People back in the 1970swere obviously moreinformed and concernedabout the political affairs ofthe country than they are

today. Most books on thesubject todaywouldbeluckyto sell 10,000 copies, withmost of the public moreinterested in Harry PotterthantheIlluminati.Membersof the John Birch societywere largely responsible forpromoting and handing outcopies ofNone Dare Call ItConspiracy.

GarryAllendoesn’tusethe term “the Illuminati” but

rather “the Insiders” todescribe the organizationsandstrategiesheexposes.Hewas obviously aware of theIlluminati and whilementioningtheminthebook,he chose to label theconspirators the Insiderssince it accurately describesthegroupwithoutattachingaformal name to theirnetwork. Allen shows atremendous amount ofknowledge regarding the

political climate andmechanisms of the day. Heprimarily focusesonhowtheelite banking cartels andfamilies secretly financeCommunismandspecializeingetting governments in debttothem.

Hewrites,“Itshouldbenoted that the originator ofthistypeofsecretsocietywasAdam Weishaupt, themonster who founded the

OrderofIlluminationMay1,1776, for the purpose ofconspiracy to control theworld. The role ofWeishaupt’s Illuminists insuch horrors as the Reign ofTerror is unquestioned, andthe techniques of theIlluminati have long beenrecognized as models forCommunist methodology.Weishaupt also used thestructure of the Society ofJesus (the Jesuits) as his

model, and rewrote his code

inMasonicterms.”[30]

Aside from exposingwealthy business titans andprivate organizations like theFederal Reserve, he alsoknew thedangersofblamingthe entire conspiracy on onegroup and warned that somepeople, “will take smallfragments of legitimateevidence and expand them

into a conclusion that willsupport their particularprejudice, ie., the conspiracyis totally “Jewish,”“Catholic,” or “Masonic.”These people do not help toexpose the conspiracy, butsadly play into the hands ofthosewhowant thepublic tobelieve that allconspiratorialists are

screwballs.”[31]

Allen demonstrated anunderstandingofthepowerofthe media by explaining,“Because the Establishmentcontrols the media, anyoneexposing the Insiders will bethe recipient of a continuousfusillade of invective fromnewspapers, magazines, TVandradio.Inthismanneroneis threatened with loss of“social respectability” if hedares broach the idea thatthere is organization behind

anyoftheproblemscurrently

wrackingAmerica.”[32]

He also knew why sofew people even cared aboutwhat was happening to thecountryandhowthe Insiderscould get away with suchthings. “They believe thatmost business andprofessional men are tooshallow and decadent, toostatus conscious, too tied up

in the problems of their jobsand business to worry aboutwhat is going on in

politics.”[33]

Allen also lays out thecase that similargroupshaveexistedinthepast,andthatitisfoolishtothinksuchthingsdon’t continue to operate.“…there have been Hitlersand Lenins and Stalins andCaesars and Alexander the

Greats throughout history.Whyshouldweassumethereare no such men today withperverted lusts for

power?”[34]

Allencontinuestodetailhow international bankersfinanced Hitler as well asCommunismfromNewYorkand London, and how theCouncilonForeignRelationsandtheFederalReservehave

secretly maneuveredthemselves into having astranglehold over thegovernment and economy.Allen even discussed theBilderberg group and knewthe organization was formedin 1954 andmeets each yearat elite resorts to discussplans for the New WorldOrder.

Inrecentyearsmoreandmore people are starting to

learnandcareabouttheNewWorld Order, and it isinteresting to read GaryAllen’s warnings from theearly 1970s and to see howhis analysis and warningshave unfortunately beenaccurate.

BloodlinesoftheIlluminati

Bloodlines of theIlluminatiisanover600pagebook first published in 1999

by Fritz Springmeier. Thebook is an exhaustinganalysis of the history of 13families believed to beinvolvedwith the Illuminati.Those 13 bloodlines are:Astor, Bundy, Collins,Dupont, Freeman, Kennedy,Li, Onassis, Rockefeller,Rothschild, Russell, VanDuyn, and the Merovingianbloodline. A revised editionwas released in 2002, butBloodlinesoftheIlluminatiis

currently out of print. Usedcopies may still availablefromonlinebooksellers.

In the introduction theauthorexplains,“Thegoalofthis book is to lay out thehistorical facts about theseelite bloodlines; it is thereader’s responsibility andprerogativetodecidewhatheor she wants to do with thisfascinating information.There is no doubt that this

information has far reachingimplications. For instance,once one understands thesebloodlines, wars betweenkings no longer appear aswars between elite factions,but often can be recognizedas contrived wars created tocontrol the masses of bothsides by their greedy

Machiavellianmasters.”[35]

“The Illuminati

themselvesdecidedtoelevate13 bloodlines. The number13 is extremely importantmagically, and these 13occult tribes mock the 13tribesofIsrael(rememberthe13thtribe,theTribeofJosephwas split into Ephraim &Manasseh). This does notmean that only 13 Illuminatibloodlines are powerful.There are other families thathave risen to prominence.Further, worldwide there are

other families of greatoligarchial power who haveallied themselves to theIlluminati in thepoliticalandeconomic realms withouthaving to intermarry into the

Illuminati.”[36]

Springmeier was afrequent speaker on thesubject, and one of his mostwell-known lectures is a twoandahalfhourtalktitledThe

Top 13 Illuminati BloodlineswhichwasgivenatProphecyClub ministries and can beviewedonGoogleVideoandother online video sites.While much of the author’sclaims are sourced, someviewersaredisturbedbywhatis considered to be a far-fetched and unsubstantiatedclaim that the Illuminati hadbuilt and maintains a spacestation on Mars. Whilenothing in his book is

mentionedaboutthis,hedoesmention it in the videolecture.Manyfeelthissinglestatement casts a shadow ofdoubt onSpringmeier’s bodyof work. Others are able tooverlook this statement, andfocus on the documentableand verifiable informationthat is compiled inSpringmeier’sbook.

Another blow toSpringmeier would come in

March of 2001when hewasarrestedforallegedlygrowingmarijuana and thenimplicatedinabankrobbery.[37] Information regardingthis incident is conflicting,and what actually happenedand why remains a topic ofdebate. A newspaper inOregon, The Oregonian,reported that on February 9th2001,agents raidedhishomeand seized what they called

military-style weapons andallegedly fifty marijuanaplants. The police wouldlater admit that the weaponswere not illegal guns. Thearticle stated that authoritiesalso allegedly seized a smallamount of ammoniumnitrateand fuel oil which they saidcould be made into anexplosive. There is someconfusion about this article,and it is believed that TheOregonian got their facts

wrong,andthatthemarijuanawasfoundattheresidenceofTonyHuntington,whowouldlater claim that Fritz wasinvolvedwithabankrobberyHuntington and his housemate, Forrest E. Bateman Jr.hadallegedlycommitted.

In2003Springmeierwassentenced to nine years inprison for his allegedinvolvement in an armedrobbery of a bank that had

occurred in Portland,Oregonyears earlier in 1997.Prosecutors claimed that heandanaccomplice,ForrestE.Bateman Jr. detonated ahomemade pipe bomb at anadultvideostoreontheotherside of town as a diversion,and then robbed theDamascus branch of theKeyBank of Oregon. Hisparticipation is disputed andbothheandhiswifemaintainhisinnocence.

Theysaywhathappenedis that Huntington andBateman had actuallycommitted the robbery, andhad been acquainted withFritzbecausetheylivedinthesame area and had read hisbook, Bloodlines of theIlluminati sometime earlierand had sought Fritz out totalk about such issues.Allegedly unknown to Fritz,Huntington and Batemanwere facing a lengthy prison

sentence for committing therobbery in question, and hadstruckadealwithprosecutorsthat if theywere to tell themof any other crimes theyknew of or were connectedwith, that they would reducetheir sentence. Since thesemen knew that Fritz hadwritten extensively about theIlluminati, they figured hewould be an easy target forprosecutors so they claimedthat Fritz was involved with

therobbery.Prosecutorsthenpainted Fritz as a right winganti-government nut becauseofhiswritingsandlectures.

Fritz had done radiointerviews shortly before hissentencing and stillmaintained he waswrongfully implicated byHuntington and Bateman.After being sentenced, Fritztold the judge and thecourtroom, “I’m innocent.

I’m looking forward todiscovering the divinebenefits of the sentence thatyou give me. If theGovernment is trying to ruinmy life, theywillhave to tryharder.” Months later hiswifePatriciaspokewithradiohost Alex Jones, andmaintained that Fritz wasused as a scapegoat for theactual perpetrator to get areduced sentence and that nomarijuana was found on

Springmeier’sproperty.[38]

The Lexicon ofFreemasonry

The Lexicon ofFreemasonry was firstpublished in 1845 by AlbertG. Mackey, a 33rd degreeFreemason and one of thetwentieth centuries mostprominent scholars on thesubjectofFreemasonry. The

bookcontainsanalphabetizedlist of most Masonic termsanddefinitions.Itisoverfivehundred pages thick and isone of the most respectedreference guides on thefraternity.

Whileitisfullyadmittedthat Adam Weishauptinfiltrated Freemasonry in1786 and created a secretsociety within the secretsociety where his Illuminists

could then use the cover andstructure of Freemasonry forIlluminati goals, Freemasonshave denied that any currentassociation between the twoexists, and insist Weishauptandhis“Illuminatedmasons”were eradicated upon theirexposure several hundredyearsago.

Albert Mackey’s entryontheIlluminatiisextremelyinteresting, in that it shows

AdamWeishauptwasnotjusta freethinker who waslooking to better mankindthrough his organization, assome scholars continue toclaim to thisday,but thathewasinfactamanwithseveremoralshortcomings.

On page 201 and 202,Mackey’s entry reads:“Illuminati. Illumines(Signifying in Latinenlightened.) This was a

secret society instituted inBavaria, in 1776, by AdamWeishaupt, Professor ofCanonLaw in theUniversityofIngolstadt.Weishauptwasa radical in politics, and aninfidel in religion; and heorganized this association,not more for purposes ofaggrandizing himself, thanoverturning Christianity andthe institutions of society.Withtheviewofcarryinghisobjectsmore completely into

effect,heunitedhimselfwitha lodge of Freemasons inMunich, and attempted tografthissystemofIlluminismupon the stock ofFreemasonry.”

“Many Freemasons,misledby theconstructionofhisfirstdegrees,wereenticedinto the order, but thedevelopments made in thehigher degrees, so aversefrom all the virtuous and

loyal principles of Masonry,soon taught them the errorthey had committed, andcaused them to abandonIlluminism with greaterrapidity than thatwhich theyhadembracedit.”

“Among thosewhohadabandoned the order, somewent so far as to betray itssecretprinciples.TheelectorofBavariabecomingalarmedat the political tenets which

weresaidtobetaughtintheirassemblies, instituted ajudicial examination into themerits of the charges madeagainst them, and theconsequence was, that theIlluminati were completelyextinguished in histerritories.”

“The serpent had,however,onlybeenscotched,not killed; and the orderafterwards made rapid

progress in other parts ofGermany, and especially inFrance, where it had beenintroducedin1787,twoyearsbeforetheexecutionofLouisXVI. It was an institutioncreated at the period, whenthelocustplagueofinfidelityand atheism was blighting,with its destructiveinfluences, the peace andorder of Europe; with thereturn of sense and virtue, itceased to exist. Illuminism

belongsonlytothehistoryofthepast.”

What is even moreinterestingisafootnoteintheentry in which Mackeypraises the writings of JohnRobisonandhisworkon theIlluminati, saying, “SeeRobison’s Proofs of aConspiracy, which, althoughtheworkof an enemy toourorder, contains a veryexcellent exposition on the

nature of this pseudo-Masonicinstitution.”

The reason Mackeylabels Robison an enemy oftheir order is because asidefromexposingWeishauptandhisassociates,heincludedanattack on Freemasonry ingeneral,andbelievedthat theorganization even withoutIlluminated masons, was infact a dangerous den whichbred corruption and anti-

Christiansentiment.

MoralsandDogma

Often considered to bethe bible of Freemasonry,Morals and Dogma waswritten by a 33rd degreeFreemason named AlbertPike and published in 1872.Thebookcontains the thirty-three different levels ofphilosophical teachings that

are foundwithin the ScottishRite branch of Freemasonrytoday. For many years thecontents of the book was aclosely guarded secret andwas only given to a Masonafter he had achieved thehighest level ofmembership,the33rddegree. ThecopyofMoralsandDogmathatthesemen were given had printedonthecoverthatitwastobereturnedtothelodgeuponthe

death of theMason, in orderto prevent the text fromcirculating and having itsteachings discovered by non-Masons,orthosewhohadnotrisentothe33rddegree.

The book is anexhausting read, but severalpassages give a revealinglook into the philosophies ofthe most closely guardedsecrets in Freemasonry. Inthe chapter dedicated to the

28th degree, titled Knight oftheSunorPrinceAdept,Pikewrote, “The TrueWord of aMason is to be found in theconcealed and profoundmeaning of the IneffableName of Deity…and whichmeaningwaslonglostbythevery precautions taken toconceal it. The truepronunciation of that namewas in truth a secret, inwhich, however, was

involved the far moreprofound secret of itsmeaning. In thatmeaning isincludedallthetruththatcanbeknownbyus, in regard to

thenatureofGod.”[39]

Whatheissayingisthatthe Masons know the truename of God, and byknowing that name, it givesthem access to unimaginablespiritual powers when one

understands what he calls“the profound secret of itsmeaning.”

Within the bookAlbertPikealsorevealsthatlyingismorally acceptable andnecessary in Freemasonry,saying “Masonry, like all theReligions, all the Mysteries,Hermeticism and Alchemy,conceals [emphasis inoriginal] its secrets from allexcept theAdeptsandSages,

or the Elect, and uses falseexplanations andmisinterpretations of itssymbolstomisleadthosewhodeserveonly tobemisled; toconceal the Truth, which it[theMason]callsLight,fromthem,andtodrawthemaway

fromit.”[40]

He goes on to write inthe 19th degree of GrandPontiff, “Lucifer, the Light-

bearer! Strange andmysterious name to give tothe Spirit of Darkness!Lucifer, the Son of theMorning! Is it hewhobearsthe Light, and with itssplendors intolerable, blindsfeeble, sensual, or selfish

souls?Doubtitnot!”[41]

Earlierinthebook,Pikehas this to say about thesubject, “…forSatan isnota

blackgod,butthenegationofGod. The Devil is thepersonificationofAtheismorIdolatry. For the Initiates,this is not a Person, but aForce, created for good, butwhichmay serve for evil. ItistheinstrumentofLibertyofFree Will. They representthis Force, which presidesover the physical generation,under the mythological andhorned formof theGodPan;thence came the he-goat of

the Sabbat, brother of theAncient Serpent, and the

Light-Bearer.”[42]

Many defenders ofFreemasonry insist that theorganization is simply amen’s fraternity and nothingmore, but Pike explains,“Every Masonic Lodge is atemple of religion; and itsteachings are instruction in

religion.”[43]

Whenonewonderswhythe discrepancies in what istoldtothepublicversuswhatis actually practiced andbelieved, a betterunderstandingcancomefromPike himself who explains,“The people will alwaysmock at things easy to bemisunderstood; it must [and]needs[to]haveimposters.A

Spirit…that loves wisdomand contemplates the Truthclose at hand, is forced todisguise it, to induce themultitudes to accept it…Fictions are necessary to thepeopleandtheTruthbecomesdeadly to those who are notstrongenoughtocontemplateitinallitsbrilliance…Infact,whatcantherebeincommonbetween the vile multitudeand sublime wisdom? Thetruthmustbekeptsecret,and

the masses need a teachingproportioned to their

imperfectreason.”[44]

TheSecretTeachingsofAllAges

There are some withinthemodernMystery schools,suchas theFreemasons,whofeel that the knowledge andphilosophical teachingscontained within should be

more widely available to thepublic. ManlyP.Hallwroteabout the symbolism,philosophies, and history ofthe Mysteries, not to“expose” them as part ofsome sinister plot againstmankind, but to spread themto others seekingenlightenment teachings whowere not directly connectedwithanorganization.

Arguably the most

popularof suchbooks isTheSecret Teachings of All Ageswhich was published byManly P.Hall in 1928. Thebook is considered hismagnumopus,andconsistsof747pages.

TheSecretTeachingsofAllAgescontainsavarietyofchapters includingexplanations of the signs oftheZodiac,aswellasesotericexplanations of countless

mystical organizations,teachings, and ancient godsand goddesses. Manly P.Hall is considered to be oneof Freemasonry’s greatestphilosophers and was a 33rddegreeMason.

While Hall doesn’tdisclose all of the teachingscontainedwithin theMysteryschools,heopenlytalksaboutquite a few, including avariety of topics and

interpretations of symbolsthat frequently confirm thesuspicions of so-called“conspiracytheorists.”

One such confirmationcomes regarding themysterious pyramid with aneye as the capstone that isfoundon thebackof theonedollar bill. While mostFreemasons and others denythat the symbol is anythingmore than merely a symbol,

Hall states, “Europeanmysticismwasnotdeadatthetime the United States ofAmerica was founded. Thehand of the Mysteriescontrolled in theestablishment of the newgovernment,forthesignatureof theMysteriesmay still beseenon theGreatSealof theUnited States of America.Careful analysis of the sealdisclosesamassofoccultandMasonic symbols chief

among them, the so-calledAmerican Eagle...only thestudentofsymbolismcanseethrough the subterfuge andrealize that the Americaneagle upon the Great Seal isbut a conventionalized

phoenix…”[45]

Hecontinues,“NotonlyweremanyofthefoundersoftheUnitedStatesgovernmentMasons,buttheyreceivedaid

fromasecretandaugustbodyexisting in Europe whichhelped them to establish thiscountry for a peculiar andparticular purpose knownonlytotheinitiatedfew.TheGreatSeal is thesignatureofthis exalted body—unseenand for the most partunknown—and theunfinished pyramid upon itsreverse side is a teeterboardsetting forth symbolically thetasktotheaccomplishmentof

which the United StatesGovernment was dedicatedfrom the day of its

inception.”[46]

From reading Hall’swork, one doesn’t get theimpression that he harborsany ill motives, or sinisterplans, but he does admit thatin the ancient pastphilosophic and religiousdoctrines were divided into

several levels, and that theteachings, symbols, andmeanings given to the publicdo not contain the trueessence of what they mean.This esoteric meaning isreserved for the inner circleortheelect.Hallisundertheimpression that theMysteriesare not evil and that theinitiates and adepts were ofhighmoralcharacter,butthatat some point in time, “Withthe decline of virtue, which

has preceded the destructionofeverynationofhistory,theMysteries became perverted.Sorcery took theplaceof the

divinemagic.”[47]

Many people remainsuspicious ofHall, and pointtoapassageinanotherofhisbookswherehestates,“WhentheMasonlearnsthattheKeytothewarriorontheblockisthe proper application of the

dynamo of living power, hehaslearnedtheMysteryofhisCraft. The seething energiesof Lucifer are in his handsand before he may steponward andupward, hemustprove his ability to properly

applythisenergy.”[48]

Letmemakeitclearthatmany, if not most meninvolved in esoteric schoolssuch as the Freemasons,

Rosicrucians, or otherfraternal orders, harbor no illmotives, are not part of anyevil conspiracy, and are justseeking to understand andexpand their spiritualknowledge in their quest forenlightenment. With thatsaid,itcertainlyisinterestinghowManlyP.Hallandothersconfirm many of theaccusations by “conspiracytheorists” regarding secretsymbols and history. The

factthatHallandothershaveintroduced a large portion ofthe “secret teachings” to awider audience doesn’treduce the possibility thatwithin these schools ofenlightenment operates anetwork of criminalenterprises who use theirsuperior intelligence andwisdom, not for thebetterment of mankind andself-actualization, but toruthlessly take advantage of

those less informed or in alowersocioeconomiclevel.

Let’srememberthatHallhimself states that theMystery schools becameperverted, and in alllikelihood, this corrupt corecontinues to exist today andgrew into what we now calltheIlluminati.

Bohemian Grove: Cult ofConspiracy

In 2003one of the firstbooks on the BohemianGrovewaspublishedbyMikeHansonafterheandhisfriendAlexJonessecretlyinfiltratedthe club in the summer of2000 and were able tovideotape the Cremation ofCare ritual which was thenreleased in Jones’ filmDarkSecrets: Inside BohemianGrove. Hanson’s book,Bohemian Grove: Cult ofConspiracy is, and probably

will remain forever, themostextensive work on the clubeverproduced.

Since its publication in2003, the topic of theBohemian Grove has foundits way into other books onso-called “conspiracytheories” as secret societiessuch as the Freemasons andthe Knights Templar werebrought to mainstreamawarenesswiththepopularity

of Dan Brown’s Da VinciCode, and the revelationduring the 2004 presidentialelection year that GeorgeBush and John Kerry aremembersofSkullandBones.Practically every author tojump on the secret societybandwagon owes a debt ofgratitude to Alex Jones andMikeHanson.

Hanson’s book is 420pages long and contains

interviews withMaryMooreof the Bohemian GroveAction Network, anorganization that hasmonitored and infiltrated theclub for decades, as well asinterviews with NebraskaSenator John DeCamp andBritish journalist JonRonson. Hanson covers thehistory of the Grove, anddetails some of the politicaldevelopments that werehatchedfromwithintheclub.

He also discusses thesignificanceoftheCremationofCareceremony,theannualhuman sacrifice ritual usingan effigy which issymbolically sacrificed toMoloch,anancientCanaanitegod to whom children weresacrificed to. For over 100years this same ritual hasbeen reenacted inside theGrove using a life-size papermache effigy. But thisstrange, seemingly harmless

ritualisonlythebeginningofthe dark activities that arebelievedtooccurinside.

It has been known fordecades that prostitutionplaysafairlylargeroleintheparties inside the BohemianGrove.Foryearsithadbeenrumored that the MitchellBrothersO’FarrellTheatre inthe Tenderloin red-lightdistrict of San Franciscowasa primary source of strippers

and high-class call girls forthe club. Several prostituteshavegonepublicwithclaimsthey worked in the Grove,and these allegations comewith no surprise to thosefamiliarwithit.

Mike Hansoninterviewed four MitchellBrothersdancersforhisbook,and they all confirmed thatprostitutionwas the accepted“unofficial” policy at

BohemianGrove,andthatthegirls were expected to“perform” sexually for themeninattendance.Onesuchinterview by Hansonuncovered more startlingallegationsabouttheclub.

Hanson details anaccount of stripperswho hadclaimedtoworkattheGrovewriting,“Whenthegirlswentup to change for the show,theynoticedabriefcaseinthe

room that had apparentlybeenleftbehindbyoneoftheGrovers. Curiosity got thebetter of them, and theypeeked inside. What theyfound shocked them. Insidewas an owl mask, a longblack robewith a gold hood,ritual gear, and a longbutcher’sknife thatwasvery

oldandrusty.”[49]

Hanson quotes one of

the girls saying, “The knifelooked like it had been usedtokillbefore.Itwasoldandveryornateinitsdesign,withold stains on the blade.Whether itwas rust or blood

stains, I don’t know.”[50]One stripper admitted tosteeling a laptop computerbecause the attendeeswouldn’tpayher fordancingafter she refused to have sexwith them. She toldHanson

that after she got thecomputer home, she foundpictures and videos on thehard drive of children beingraped and tortured. FormerSenator John DeCamp andother well respected officialshave made identicalallegationsaboutthekindsofactivitieswhichoccurinside.(See The Franklin Cover-Uppage 120) (See Sex Magicpage 305) (See Snuff Filmspage301)

CommonSenseRenewed

In 1986 a little knownbook was published titledCommonSenseRenewed thatwas written by a man usingthe pseudonym “RobertChristian,” who admitted tobeing the man behind themysterious GeorgiaGuidestones. TheGuidestonesareanenormousgranite monument consisting

of four stone slabs standingalmost twenty feet tallwhichhave an inscription of tendifferent commandmentsengraved on the eightdifferentsidesofthestonesineightdifferentlanguages.Thecommandments are bizarre,tosaytheleast,andsomeareveryunsettling. Numberoneis to maintain the world’spopulation at 500 millionpeople. Othercommandments or “guides”

speak of creating a worldcourt and a world language.The monument has been thetopic of both mystery andcontroversy, as it sits onpublic property in the smalltown of Elberton, Georgia.The true identity of theman,“R.C. Christian” whorepresented the group whofinanced the project hasremained unknown since thestoneswereerectedin1980.

The publication ofCommonSenseRenewedshedsomelightonthesubject,buthisrealname,andthatofthegroupherepresentedremainsa mystery. The bookexplains, “Robert Christian”isthepseudonymofaprivateAmerican citizen who isconcerned about the growingevidence of a decline in thepolitical and economicstrengths of our country. Itgoes on to say that the first

two printings of CommonSense Renewed were sent toseveral thousand politicalofficialsandshapersofpublicopinionthroughouttheworld,and all members of theUnitedStatesCongress.

Aside from admitting“Robert Christian” is theauthor of the GeorgiaGuidestones,heexplains thathe “has chosen to remainanonymous in order to avoid

uselesscontroversyandbetterfocus attention on histhoughts rather than on

himself.”[51]

ThebookisdedicatedtoThomas Paine (a Deist);author of Common Sense,hence the title. Onpage six,theauthorexplainsoneofthepurposes for the monumentsaying, “The hearts of ourhuman family must be

touched and warmed towelcome a global rule byreason.”

This mysterious manalso alluded to thetranshumanistcombinationofman and machine saying,“We suggest that scholarsthroughout the world beginnow to establish new basesupon which later generationscan develop a totally newuniversal language for men

and machines. It will beadapted to our speechmechanism and to thelanguage faculties andpatterns impressed in ournervous systems. Its spokenand printed forms will becapable of accurateinterchange byelectromechanical

means.”[52]

It should be noted that

when this man firstapproached the ElbertonGranitAssociationwithplansfor the project, he identifiedhimself as “R.C. Christian,”which is a label used bymembersoftheRosicrucians,a secret society withconnections to theEnlightenment andIlluminati. He also admittedthathehadnotcomeupwiththis project by himself, butthathemerelyrepresentedthe

organizationwhichdid.

When one reads the“guides”engravedinthesideof the monument andunderstands that the stones’creators desire the world’spopulation to be reduced bysix billion people, it can beunsettling. What’s worse isthe fact that reducing theworld’s population by 80 to95% has been a goal of theIlluminati for quite some

time.TedTurnerthefounderof CNN, Prince Phillip fromEngland,Dr.EricPianka,andotherextremelypowerfulandinfluential men have openlystated thatsuchagoalwouldbebeneficialfortheearthanditsinhabitants.

The Guidestones werenosmallprojecttocreate.Itsdesign, engraving, andinstallationwas an extremelylabor intensive venture with

coststhatmusthaveexceededtensofthousandsofdollarsormore. Theirexistenceservesas a scary reminder that theIlluminati plans to one dayeliminate the majority of theearth’spopulation inorder toconserve the planet’s naturalresources. Their rationale isthat when the New WorldOrder’s infrastructure iscomplete,onlyamaintenanceforce of slaves will beneeded, and the rest of

humanity are simply uselesseaters consuming the earth’sresources that the Illuminatiwanttokeepforthemselves.

TragedyandHope

In1966anestablishmentinsider published a bookwhich openly admitted thatelite secret societies,networks, and organizationsdid in fact exist and werebeing used as an engine for

creating a world governmentandfinancialsystem.CarrollQuigley wrote Tragedy andHope, not as an exposé ofthese activities, but as awaytoteachotherswhowouldbeinclined to participating insuch things. After all, mostof the public is distractedwith videogames, television,and other novelties that arecontinuously presented tothem which keep them busyand unconcerned with issues

ofanysignificance.

Quigleywasnoordinaryauthor. HestudiedhistoryatHarvard and had a B.A.,M.A.,andPhD,andtaughtatPrinceton and Harvard. Hewas also a consultant to theDepartment of Defense andtheNavy.

In 1992 during hisacceptance speech at theDemocratic National

Convention, Bill ClintonnamedQuigley as one of hismost important influences incollege. “As a teenager, Iheard John Kennedy’ssummons to citizenship.Andthen, as a student atGeorgetown, Iheard thatcallclarified by a professornamed Carroll Quigley,” hesaid.

Tragedy and Hopecontains over 1300 pages of

what many may see as dryhistory, but within thisvolume are found multiplestunning admissions.Quigley wrote, “There doesexist, and has existed for ageneration, an internationalAnglophile network whichoperates, to some extent, inthe way the radical RightbelievestheCommunistsact.In fact, this network, whichwemayidentifyastheRoundTable Groups, has no

aversion to cooperating withtheCommunists,oranyothergroups, and frequently doesso. I know of the operationsof this network because Ihave studied it for twentyyears and was permitted fortwoyears,intheearly1960’s,to examine its papers andsecret records. I have noaversiontoitortomostofitsaims and have, for much ofmy life, been close to it andtomanyof its instruments. I

have objected, both in thepastandrecently,toafewofits policies (notably to itsbelief that England was anAtlantic rather than aEuropeanPowerandmustbeallied,orevenfederated,withthe United States and mustremainisolatedfromEurope),but in general my chiefdifferenceofopinionisthatitwishes to remain unknown,and I believe its role inhistory is significant enough

tobeknown.”[53]

“Attheendofthewarof1914,itbecameclearthattheorganization of this systemhadtobegreatlyextended.... Lionel Curtis . . .established, in England andeach dominion, a frontorganization to the existinglocal Round Table Group…This front organization,called the Royal Institute of

International Affairs, had asits nucleus in each area theexisting submerged RoundTable Group…in New Yorkit was known as the Councilon Foreign Relations, andwas a front for J. P.Morganand Company in associationwiththeverysmallAmericanRound Table Group. TheAmerican organizers weredominated by the largenumber of Morgan‘experts’…TheRoundTable

for years (until 1961) wasedited from the back door ofChatham House grounds inOrmond Yard, and itstelephone came through theChatham House

switchboard.”[54]

Not only does Quigleyadmit that a secret society isoperating behind the scenesand created the Council onForeign Relations as a front,

but he also explains that thetwopartysysteminAmericangovernmentworks in concertto fulfill the goals of thissecretagenda.

“The chief problem ofAmerican political life for along time has been how tomake the two Congressionalparties more national andinternational…(therefore the)argument that the twopartiesshould represent opposed

ideals and policies, one,perhaps,of theRightand theotherof theLeft, isa foolishidea acceptable only todoctrinaire and academicthinkers…Instead the twoparties should be almostidentical, so that theAmerican people can ‘throwthe rascals out’ at anyelection without leading toany profound or extensive

shiftsinpolicy.”[55]

While people still scoffat the idea that the FederalReserve a privately ownedbanking cartel which wascreated insecretand isbeingused to get governments andcitizens in debt to them,Quigley openly admitted,“The powers of financialcapitalism had (a) far-reaching aim, nothing lessthantocreateaworldsystemoffinancialcontrol inprivatehands able to dominate the

political system of eachcountry and the economy ofthe world as a whole. Thissystem was to be controlledin a feudalist fashion by thecentral banks of the worldacting in concert, by secretagreements arrived at infrequent meetings andconferences.Theapexofthesystems was to be the Bankfor International Settlementsin Basel, Switzerland, aprivate bank owned and

controlled by the world’scentral banks which werethemselves privatecorporations. Each centralbank...sought to dominate itsgovernment by its ability tocontrol Treasury loans, tomanipulate foreignexchanges, to influence thelevel of economic activity inthe country, and to influencecooperative politicians bysubsequenteconomicrewards

inthebusinessworld.”[56]

Most of the bookswrittenabouttheIlluminatiorsimilar secret societies thatarepartofthesamenetwork,are written from theperspective of an outsidertrying to show how theseorganizations operate, whattheir beliefs are, and howthey affect the world. Withvery few books written by

insiders and supporters ofsuch groups, the words ofCarroll Quigley should betaken quite seriously, andthey clearly confirm whatmany outsiders have beenclaimingfordecades.

TheNewWorldOrder

In 1991, Pat Robertsonpublished a book titled TheNew World Order which issurprisingly accurate in

regards to the Illuminati’splansforaglobalgovernmentand the physical, financial,and spiritual enslavement ofthe human race. Now, ofcourse, Pat Robertson didn’tsit down at a computer andtype the book up himself, heobviously had a ghostwriterdotheworkforhim,whichiscommon among celebritiesand politicians who publishbooks. The most interestingthingaboutthisbookisthatit

mentions the Illuminati bynameandgivesa fewdetailsabout their goals andaccomplishments.

On page 67, the bookreads,“OnMay1,1776(MayDay is still considered to bethe key annual holiday forCommunists), a Bavarianprofessor named AdamWeishaupt launched a smallsecretsocietycalledtheOrderof the Illuminati.

Weishaupt’s aims were toestablishaNewWorldOrderbased on the overthrow ofcivil governments, thechurch, and private propertyand the elevation to worldleadershipofagroupofhand-picked “adepts” or“illumined”ones.”

It goes on to say, “In1782 Weishaupt succeed atthe international conventionof Freemasonry held in

Wilhelmsbad, Germany withhisplanned infiltrationof theContinental Masonic Orderand the creation of what hetermed IlluminatedFreemasonry.”

So whoever did theghostwriting for this bookincluded some factual yetobscureinformationabouttheIlluminati. This is extremelyrare, if not unheard of, for amainstream Christian author,

especiallyoneaswell-knownasPatRobertson. Robertsonshould have at least read themanuscript before approvingitforpublication,sohelikelysaw the entry about suchthings. This is puzzlingbecausesomebelievethatPatRobertson is actuallyinvolved with the Illuminatihimself. Whatever the case,Robertson isoneof themostwell-known Christianevangelicals, and his show

The 700 Club has aired onnational television since1966.

There was nothingmentioned about the Skulland Bones society or theBilderberggroupinthebook,and the author showssympathy for then PresidentGeorgeH.W.Bushandseemsto think that Bush simplywasn’tawarehewasaidinginthe construction of the New

WorldOrder. In reality, andomitted from Robertson’sbook,isthefactthattheBushcrime family has been activewith the Illuminati forgenerations.

SomeofPatRobertson’sactions expose him as acharlatan who has profitedtremendously from sellingChristianity, including hisbizarre conversations withGod,whereonhisbroadcasts

God tells him of peoplewatching with variousailments and then heproclaims “God is healingthat right now.” Also at theend of each year heannounces his “prophecies”for the next twelve monthswhich he claims God tellshim will happen. In reality,these “prophecies” arenothing more than theforecasts of political andeconomic trend analyzers,

which can be read innewspapers, and in no wayreflect any sort of DivinerevelationbyRobertson.

Never the less, it issurprising that he is the“author” of a book whichcontains information aboutthe Illuminati. Perhaps hedidn’t even read themanuscript that hisghostwriterpreparedforhim,orperhapsheallowedittobe

included thinking it wouldincrease his market.Whatever the case, it issignificant that suchinformation was publishedwith Robertson’s nameattachedastheauthorandtheinformation about thehistorical Illuminati issurprisingly accurate,although The New WorldOrder is extremely limitedregarding the key Illuminatiorganizations and

operations.

America’s SecretEstablishment

In the early 1980’s,someone anonymouslydelivered an 8-inch thickpackage of documentscontaining information andmembershiplistsfortheSkulland Bones society to acollege professor namedAntony Sutton. Sutton

reports that he didn’tunderstand exactly what theinformationwasanditsatforalmost two years before helooked through it again, andthen noticed it read like awho’s who of theestablishment. “Glancingthrough the sheets it wasmorethanobvious—thiswasno ordinary group. Thenames spelled Power, with acapitol P. As I probed eachindividual a pattern

emerged…and a formerlyfuzzy world became crystal

clear,”Suttonwrote.[57]

“After16booksand25years in basic research Ithought I’d heard it all…theworld was a confused mess,probably beyondunderstanding and certainlybeyond salvation—and therewas little I could do aboutit.” Sutton admits that prior

to his discovery about Skulland Bones, that the world’seventsdidn’tmakesenseandcreated what he called aninsolvablepuzzle. “Whydidwe build the Soviet Union,while we also transferredtechnology to Hitler’sGermany? Why doesWashington want to concealthese facts? Why have weboosted Soviet militarypower? And simultaneouslyboosted our own?” he

pondered.[58]

His book, America’sSecret Establishment: AnIntroduction to the Order ofSkull and Bones wasoriginally published in 1983andwasthefirstbookonthesubjecttocomeintoprint.Inthe preface to the 2002edition, theauthorwritesthathis book, “has received littlepublicity, few reviews,—

ignored by mainlinedistributors yet, it has soldsteadily for thepast 16yearsat therateofseveralhundredcopiesamonth.”

Antony Sutton was aResearch Fellow at theHoover Institution, StanfordUniversity from 1968 to1973. He is a formereconomics professor atCalifornia State UniversityLosAngeles.Hewasbornin

Londonin1925andeducatedattheuniversitiesofLondon,GottingenandCaliforniawitha D.Sc degree fromUniversity of Southampton,England. Hepassedaway in2002attheageof77.

Sutton was not aChristian fundamentalist or aconspiracy theorist likemanytry to label those who areinterested in subjects such asSkull and Bones or the

Illuminati. His book is anentirely secular and scholarlyapproach to the subject. Itincludes reprints from oldarticles and pamphletsincluding one titledThe FallofSkullandBones,whichisadocument detailing an illegalbreak-in by a rival secretsocietycalledtheOrderoftheFile and Claw, whosemembersbrokeintotheSkulland Bones headquarters in1876 for the purpose of

investigatingtheclub.

Anotherarticlereprintedin the book is one from theOctober13,1873issueofTheIconoclast, which was astudent newspaper that ran astory detailing the operationsanddangers of theSkull andBonessociety.

Sutton writes, “Theactivities of The Order aredirected towards changing

our society, changing theworld, to bring about a NewWorldOrder. Thiswillbeaplanned order with heavilyrestricted individual freedom,without Constitutionalprotection, without nationalboundaries or cultural

distinction.”[59]

“Theselectionprocedurefor new members of TheOrder has not changed since

1832. Each year 15, nevermore, never fewer, areselected. In the past 150years about 2500 Yalegraduates have been initiatedinto The Order. At any onetime about 500-600 are aliveand active. Roughly aboutone-quarter of these take anactive role in furthering theobjectivesofTheOrder.Theothers either lose interest orchangetheirminds.Theyaresilent drop-outs. A Yale

Junior cannot ask to join.There is no electioneering.Juniorsareinvitedtojoinandaregiventwooptions:acceptor reject. Apparently someamount of personalinformation is gathered on

potentialmembers.”[60]

“EntryintoTheOrderisaccompanied by an elaborateritual and no doubt bypsychological conditioning.

For Example: Immediatelyon entering Bones theneophyte’sname ischanged.Heisnolongerknownbyhisname as it appears in thecollege catalog but like amonk or Knight of Malta orSt. John, becomes Knight soand so. The oldKnights arethen known as Patriarch soandso.Theoutsideworldareknown as Gentiles and

vandals.”[61]

Through his researchSutton realized the extent oftheSkullandBonesinfluenceon society in their quest tobuild a New World Order.“TheOrder has either set uporpenetratedjustabouteverysignificant research, policy,opinion-making organizationin the United States, inaddition to the Church,business, law, governmentand politics. Not all at thesame time, but persistently

and consistently enough todominate the direction ofAmerican society. Theevolution of Americansociety is not, and has notbeen for a century, avoluntary developmentreflecting individual opinion,ideas, and decisions at thegrass roots. On thecontrary,the broad direction has beencreated artificially and

simulatedbyTheOrder.”[62]

It is impossible not tosee striking similaritiesbetween the goals of theBavarianIlluminatiandthoseof Skull and Bones. Skulland Bones was founded in1832 byWilliamHuntingtonRussell and Alphonso Taft.Russell had returned from atrip toGermany immediatelypreceding his creation ofSkull and Bones. This wasalso a short period of timeafter Adam Weishaupt had

created the Illuminati inGermany,and it isnostretchof the imagination to thinkthat Russell was grantedpermission and giveninstructionsonhowtoexpandthe Illuminati in America.Many admit that this was infact the case. Another pieceofevidencesupportingthisisthat the members of the Fileand Claw society who brokeinto the Skull and Bonesheadquartersin1876reported

thattheysawacardplacedina frame and hung on a wallwhich read, “From theGerman Chapter. Presentedby Patriarch D.C. Gilman ofD.50.”

Fleshing Out Skull andBones

Another of the mostcomprehensive books everwritten on the Skull andBonessocietyisFleshingOut

Skull and Bones:Investigations into America’sMostPowerfulSecretSocietywhich was edited by KrisMillegan. This 700 pagebook was published in 2004and contains an array ofphotos, documents, andmembership lists from thiseliteIlluminatibranch.

Several authorsincluding Webster GriffinTarpley, Antony Sutton,

Howard Altman, Dr. RalphBunch, and Anton Chaitkinhavecontributedtothebook.

One of the documentsprinted in thebook isa letterby Shirley Green, who wasthe acting press secretary tothe Vice President in 1983denying George Bush was amemberofany“sordidsecretsociety.”Someonehadsentaletter to the White Houseinquiring about Bush 41’s

membership in Skull andBones,andGreenhadartfullydodged the issue by addingthe word “sordid” in herdenial.BothBush41andhisson George W. Bush havepublicly admitted beingmembers of the society andwouldn’t comment anyfurther.

Some of the historicalpictures printed in the bookinclude photos of the Tomb

(the group’s headquarters)and various Skull and Bonesmembers sitting around atable which contains a realhumanskull.Suchphotosaretakeneachyearwiththenewfifteenmembers.

Asidefromsimplybeinga history of the organization,FleshingOutSkullandBonescontains various articlesdetailing the criminalactivities of the network.

Suchactivitiesincludeopiumsmugglinginthe1800sbytheclub’s founders, as well asmodern narcotics traffickingthat is done by Skull andBones,asinthecaseofBarrySealand the infamousMena,Arkansascocaineoperationinthe 1980s. (SeeTheClintonChroniclespage281)

There are countlessfascinating articles in thebook, including discussions

about the number 322whichisoftenusedbytheclubasasort of calling card oridentifier. One analysis ofthegroup’ssignaturesymbol,the skull and cross bones,showsthattheorganizationisthoroughly interested inesoteric mysticism and thesecretteachingsoftheancientMysteryschools.

An article on page 413explains, “The skull

represented the Temple ofWisdom, which was laterChristianizedforconcealmentand referred to as the upperroom. It is the room at thetop of the 33 vertebra of thespine which represented thepath to the upper room; theequivalent of the journeythrough life or the road toenlightenment. … Thecrossed bones represent thetwopillars,whichstandatthethreshold to the pathway to

theTempleofWisdom.Onebone represents Knowledgethe other representsUnderstanding. ThisTempleofWisdomisbelievedbytheoccultists to be the structurewithin which the humanconsciousnessresides. Whenthe neophyte becomes thedweller at the Threshold, hesymbolically stands at theintersection of the crossedbones. Ifhechooses topassthrough the threshold, he no

longer resides only in theouter, material world; but hehas become a dweller in alandofnewconsciousness togrow in self-awarenessthrough Knowledge andUnderstanding. Theneophytesymbolicallydiesorfallsasleeptotheouterworldas the consciousness turnsfrom outward concerns toinner concerns, knowingwhenhearrivesattheTempleofWisdomhewillawakenor

become resurrected to a new

worldorder.”[63]

SecretsoftheTomb

In 2002, Secrets of theTomb: Skull and Bones, theIvy League, and the HiddenPaths to Power waspublishedbyaYalegraduateandmember of a similar butless powerful secret society,Scroll and Key, Alexandra

Robbins. She was a formerwriter for The New Yorkerand interviewed around onehundred Skull and Bonesmembers for her book. Sheacknowledges that most ofthe people she approacheddeclinedtobeinterviewed,oreven threatened her forinvestigating theorganization.

Several years laterduring the build up to the

2004 presidential election,both thebook, andSkull andBones started getting newscoverage by the mainstreammediabecausebothopposingcandidates George W. Bushand JohnKerry aremembersof the society. Most cablenews shows had a briefsegment about the issue and60 Minutes on CBS aired ashort interview withAlexandra Robbins, butlabeled the society a

fraternity,andusedpasttenseterminology falselyexplaining that Bush andKerry were members, whilefailing to identify thatmembers aren’t recruiteduntil spring of their junioryearandthattheorganizationis geared towards the postgraduate network that theseindividualswillenjoy.

Robbins’bookisashortread of just over 200 pages,

but doesn’t compare to thedepth and quality of theinformation found inAmerica’s SecretEstablishment or FleshingOut Skull and Bones, whichwill remain the authoritativeworksontheorganization,itsmembership, philosophies,andgoals.

Out of the one hundredmembers that grantedRobbins an interview, it is

safe to say that all of themwere on the outer levels, ornot even actively involvedwiththeorganization.SuttonandMillegan have identifiedthat only one quarter of themembers take an activeinterest in the goals andworkings of the organizationand form the inner circlewhich contains secrets andpractices that less committedmembersareobliviousto.

One of the mostinteresting aspects ofRobbins’bookare thenamesof Skull andBonesmembersthat George W. Bush placedinto positions of power afterhebecamepresident.

“Frederick W. Smith(Bones 1966) was reportedlyGeorge W.’s top choice forsecretary of defense until hewithdrew from the runningbecause of a heart problem.OneofPresidentBush’s firstappointments was 1968Bones clubmate Robert D.McCallum, Jr., to the

$125,700-per-yearpositionofassistant attorney general,civil division, the largestlitigation component in the

JusticeDepartment.”[64]

“Bush also nominated1968clubmateRoyAustinasambassador to Trinidad andTobago. His administrationappointed Evan G. Galbraith(Bones1950)asthesecretaryofdefense’s representative in

Europe and as the defenseadvisertotheU.S.missiontoNATO. In addition, Bushannounced the appointmentofVictorAshe—whoinApril2001wasoneoffourmayorsto attend a private meetingwithBush in theOvalOfficebeforeBushspoketoagroupof thirty-fivemayors—to theboard of directors of theFederal National MortgageAssociation (Fannie Mae),the country’s largest source

of financing for home

mortgages.”[65]

WhileBushappointedsomanyofhis fellowSkullandBonesmembers to suchhighpositions, the mainstreammedia didn’t take notice.Every mainstream mediaoutlet that bothered tomention that both Bush andKerry are members of theorganization, played it off

like it was only a collegefraternity for rich kids andnothingmore.

September 11th 2001TerroristAttacks

The most credible andwell known books writtenexposingtheliessurroundingthe September 11th attacksdon’t mention the Illuminatior anything about secret

societies. Its hard enough tounderstand that elementswithin the U.S. governmentwouldpurposefully allow thecountry to be attacked, butafterlookingatthepatternsofhistory and the evidence ispieced together, this is theonly conclusion that makesanysense.Understandingtherealityofthe9/11attacksandthe mechanisms involved inthe event is one thing, butunderstandingtheIlluminati’s

existence and involvement isonawholeotherlevel,whichis the reason many authorswho have written about 9/11keep theirdiscussion focusedon specific governmentagencies, procedures, andevents involved in theattacks.

David Ray Griffin hasbecome the most prominentauthor of books whichsupport the idea that the

attacks were an inside job,and thatelementsof theU.S.government aided in theattacks and blockedinvestigations to ensure thatthey happened. His booksThe New Pearl Harbor andthe9/11CommissionReport:Omissions and Distortionsare two of his most popularworks.

Another author whosebook is just as powerful, if

not more so, is that of PaulThompson. His 590 pagebook The Terror Timelinedetailsonlymainstreamnewsreports about inconsistenciesand lies found in the versionof events that has beenparroted by the governmentand the 9/11 Commissionwhich investigated theattacks.

Unlike Griffin andothers, Thompson doesn’t

ever take the stance that theattackswere an inside job orthat elements withinintelligence agencies knewthey were coming and aidedintheirexecution.Rather,hejust laysoutall theclearandundeniable evidencecomplete with their sourcesand leaves itup to thereadertodecideforthemselveswhatactually happened. Afterlookingoverjustafractionofthe evidence, the only

reasonable conclusion onecan come to is that, at aminimum, the attacks werepurposefully allowed tohappen as a pretext for theWar on Terror, or thatintelligenceagenciesaided intheir execution. Thompsonleaves himself out of thatequation, something that hasperhaps earned him a littlemore credibility withincertaincircles.Thefilm9/11Press for Truth which

featured numerous widowsincluding the “Jersey Girls”who were instrumental ingetting the government toinvestigate the attacks, waslargelybasedonThompson’sbookand included interviewswithhim.

Over time a variety ofcredible people who hadachieved prominent positionsin various governmentoffices,includingCIAanalyst

Ray McGovern, formerprogram director ofAdvanced Space ProgramsDevelopment LieutenantColonel Bob Bowman,former German Minister ofTechnology Andreas vonBuelow, as well as largenumbers of firefighters,engineers, and architectscame forward asking toughquestionsabout theeventsofSeptember 11th or concluded

that theattackswereallowedto happen on purpose, orwereaidedbyelementsoftheCIA and Mossad (Israel’sintelligence agency) toadvanceapoliticalagenda.

Some of the firstindividuals to come forwardand make headlines was theformer chief economist forthe Department of Laborduring George W. Bush’sfirst term,MorganReynolds,

professor James Fetzer, andformer British Intelligenceagent David Shayler. All ofthem gave credibility to theidea that the 9/11 attackswere an inside job, and theywerefrequentlyreferencedbyindividuals when trying toinform their family andfriendsaboutthetruthbehindthe events. These threemenwould later change the topicof their focus to bizarre andfanciful theories which

causedthemtobeshunnedbyalmost all other researchersand individuals in the 9/11TruthMovement.

Morgan Reynoldsappeared on Fox News onSeptember10th2006,onedaybeforethefifthanniversaryof9/11, and started saying thatthe planeswere cartoons anddidn’t really exist, and thatsomeone used computergraphics to insert them on

television screens. JamesFetzerwouldsupportMorganin his new “research” andcame up with his own newexplanation ofwhy theTwinTowers collapsed, which heproposed was the result ofsome kind of energy beamweapon. David Shayler, theformer British Intelligenceagentwhowasseenasoneofthemost credible in the 9/11Truth Movement due to hiscredentials, laterclaimed that

there were no planes that hittheWorld TradeCenter, andthat missiles were used incombination with threedimensionalhologramswhichgave the appearance of jets.Soon after he begandispensingthistheory,healsoclaimedtobethemessiah.

Whileonemightsimplywrite them off as insane,another explanation is morefitting. The government

frequently employs people tobreak up and discreditorganizations it feels are adanger to its operations, andthemostlikelyexplanationisthat these individuals werepaid Illuminati operativeswhose ridiculous claims areused to discredit thework ofserious researchers. Whentheuninformedpublic is toldaboutthelies,cover-ups,andinconsistencies in thegovernment’saccountof9/11

from a concerned friend orfamily member, they caneasily dismiss them becausethey had already heard aboutthese “crazy conspiracytheories” on the news thanksto such people as Reynoldsand Shayler. This tactic isknown as “poisoning thewell”andworksbymixingina small amount of fraudulentinformation with the facts,and then exposing the falseinformation hence trying to

debunk the entire group ofclaims that are attached tothem.

Despite attempts by theIlluminati to focus attentionon the disinformation agentsand their ridiculous claims,more and more credible andlegitimatepoliticians,militarypersonnel,andscientistshavepublicly questioned theofficial account of eventsfromthatmorning,oroutright

stated it was a false flagattackandkeyofficialsintheU.S. knew exactly what wascoming our way and wantedit to jump-start the War onTerror and later invadeIraq.

The Creature from JekyllIsland

A book that isconsideredbymanytobethedefinitive exposé on the

Federal Reserve bankingsystem isThe Creature fromJekyll Island,whichwasfirstpublished in 1994 by G.EdwardGriffinandhassincebeen reprinted at leastseventeen times due tocontinuousdemand.

In1972Griffinproduceda film titled The CapitalistConspiracy, which presentedthe case that internationalbankers had taken control of

the banking system andmaintain their power byloaning money togovernments at interest, apractice which was securedby thepassingof theFederalReserve Act in 1913 whichcreated the Federal ReserveBankingSystem that remainsinplacetothisday.

When one understandsthe circumstancessurrounding the Federal

Reserve Act of 1913, oneunderstands why the title ofGriffin’s book is called TheCreature from Jekyll Island.He explains, “The basic planfor the Federal ReserveSystemwasdraftedatasecretmeetingheldinNovemberof1910 at the private resort ofJ.P.Morgan on Jekyll Islandoff the coast of

Georgia.”[66]

Griffin goes on toexplain how the creation ofthe private Federal ReserveBankwouldeventuallybetheundoingofthegoldstandard,whichmeantthateverydollarincirculationrepresentedonedollar worth of gold. Oncethe gold standard wasremoved in 1971, moneybecame fiatmoneyandsincethedollarisnolongerbackedby gold, the Federal Reservecanprintasmuchofitasthey

desire to loan out togovernments or other banks,thus increasing the moneysupply and inflation, whichmakes each dollar incirculation worth less anddrivesthecostofgoodsup.

“Fiat money is papermoney without precious-metal backing and whichpeoplearerequiredbylawtoaccept. It allows politiciansto increase spending without

raising taxes. Fiat money isthecauseofinflation,andtheamountwhich people lose inpurchasing power is exactlythe amount which was takenfrom them and transferred totheir government by thisprocess.Inflationthereforeisahidden tax. This tax is themost unfair of all because itfalls most heavily on thosewhoareleastabletopay:thesmall wage earner and thoseon fixed incomes. It also

punishes the thrifty byeroding the value of their

savings.”[67]

If one is to trulyunderstand the Illuminati andthe New World Order, thehistoryofmoneyandbankingmust be studied. When onelooks at the current financialsystem of private bankscreating money out ofnothing and loaning it to the

people, as well asgovernments at interest, onebegins to understand why atwoincomehouseholdisstillbarely able to make endsmeet. One also begins tounderstand why so muchsecrecywentintocreatingtheFederal Reserve system tobegin with. The secretivemoney manipulation by theancient Knights Templars isstillbeingusedtoday,onlyassocietyhasadvanced,sohave

the methods of the moneychangers. (See EconomicControlpage37)

TheSatanicBible

The Satanic Bible waswritten byAnton LaVey andpublishedin1969,andisstillwidely available today in the

occult section of bookstoresaround theworld. The bookis really just a way tointroduce teenagers to theoccult, and doesn’t comparein any way to moresophisticated and esotericsatanicphilosophy.Theideaspresented within LaVey’sbook are basically socialDarwinsistic and encourageonetosimplydowhateverhewantsandtonotworryaboutsocial norms or moral codes

ofconduct.

It is bizarre that manysupporters of The SatanicBible claim to be Satanistswhileatthesametimesayingthey are atheists. They saytheyuse the symbolofSatanbecauseitrepresentsrebellionandachallenge toauthority.Thus, many “Satanists” willsay that Satanists don’tworshipSatan,andaresimplyatheists. To clarify this, a

distinction should be drawnbetween a Satanist, and a“LaVeyan Satanist.”LaVey’s view of atheisticSatanism has created someconfusion among those notfamiliarwiththeoccultorthedifferences between atheisticSatanism and theisticSatanism. Like Luciferians,theistic Satanists believe in,and worship Satan as asupernatural being or a god,while atheistic Satanists

simply adopt the name as aformofsocialprotest.

So when a supposed“Satanist” calls themselves aSatanist, but says they don’tworship Satan and are reallyan atheist, their limitedunderstanding of satanismbecomes clear. They oftenwill not distinguish aLaVeyan Satanist from aplain Satanist (a theisticSatanist). AtheisticLaVeyan

Satanists are also frequentlyunaware that Satanism inanother formexists, and theythink that all “Satanists” areatheistswhohavereadAntonLaVey’sbook.

ItisoddthatLaVeyandhis followers deny that Godexists and profess to beatheist while using the labelofaSatanist,butwhatisevenmore perplexing is the factthat in his authorized

biography,TheSecretLifeofa Satanist, he talks at lengthabout placing curses onpeople and believed that hehad supernatural powers.LaVey actually prayed toSatanononeoccasionhopingthathewouldhealawoundedchild of his friend Jane

Mansfield.[68] Manyconsider this hypocriticalcontradiction of atheisticSatanists to be foolish, but

somehow such incompatiblebeliefs haven’t spurredLaVeyan Satanists to re-examinetheir“faith.”

SeveralyearsbeforeTheSatanic Bible was published,LaVeycreated theChurchofSataninSanFranciscowhichconsisted of parties, lectures,and satanic rituals whichwere held in his home.LaVey remained High Priestof the organization until his

death in 1997 at the age of67. His secondwife,BlanchBarton, later wrote hisauthorizedbiography.LaVeyhastwodaughters,ZeenaandKarla, both of who wereinvolved with the Church ofSatan, and practicingSataniststhemselves.HealsohasasonnamedXerxes,whowas born in 1993. Thecurrent High Priest, Peter H.GilmoredescribestheChurchasfollows:

“The organization is acabal, a shadowy,undergroundnetworkof like-mindedindividualswhoworkto lever against the inertiaofthe world, towards endsfavorable to Satanism. Dr.

LaVey[69] used Orwell’s1984 as a model for a cell-system in which eachmember didn’t haveawareness of exactly who

elsemightbeinvolved.”[70]

The Church of Satanpromotes claims that everyindividual can be their owngod and doesn’t need toworry about sin or breakingany of society’s rules,because a Satanist lives bytheirownrules.Satanisusedas a symbol and metaphorrather than the name of theactual god or fallen angel,

following in line with thephilosophies of The SatanicBible.

LaVeywas instrumentalinmodernizingSatanism andbringing it public in the1960s. When The SatanicBible was released in 1969,three years after the Churchof Satan was founded, theyhadclaimedamembershipof

morethan10,000.[71]

Unlike ordinaryChurches, the Church ofSatan does not have tax-exempt status, and unlikeother satanic organizationssuch as the Skull and Bonessociety, or Illuminatihierarchies like theFreemasons, the Church ofSatan is largely for socialmisfitswhohavenopowerorinfluence in society andwhofeel compelled to denouncemorality and social standards

and find satisfaction incalling themselves“Satanists,” because of therebelliousconnotations.

TheBookoftheLaw

The infamous 20thcentury Satanist AleisterCrowleypublished a book in1904 titled The Book of theLaw which he claimed was

dictated to him by a demonwho temporarily possessedhis wife when they werevisiting Egypt. Crowleyclaims he didn’t write thebook, and that he simplywrote down what the demonhad told him. This book iswhere the satanic saying ‘Dowhat thou wilt’ comes from,whichmeans to do whateveryou want, and don’t worryabouthowyouractionsaffectothers, and that you are the

only one that matters in thisworld.

TheBookof theLaw isusedas thebible at theOrdoTempli Orientis (O.T.O.)(Order of the Temple of theEast,ortheOrderofOrientalTemplars), an internationalsatanic secret society whichcontinues to exist in theshadowsofsocietytoday.

Someoccultandsatanic

defenders claim that AntonLaVey orAleister Crowley’swritings don’t encourage orcondone violence towardsothers,andthattheyarejustapath to enlightenment andpersonal fulfillment. Whenone actually reads the worksof such authors, thesedefenses prove to be blatantlies.

Onpage31oftheBookof the Law, it reads,

“Compassion is the vice ofkings : stamp down thewretched&theweak:thisisthe lawof thestrong : this isour law and the joy of theworld…Now let it beunderstood: If the body ofthe King dissolve, he shallremain in pure ecstasyforever.”

Onpage40of thebookit instructs the reader to,“Worship me with fire &

blood; worship me withswords & with spears. Letthe woman be girt with asword before me: let bloodflow to my name. Trampledown the Heathen; be uponthem, o warrior, I will giveyou of their flesh to eat!Sacrificecattle,littleandbig:afterachild.”

The book continues onthe following page to read,“Mercy let be off : damn

them who pity! Kill andtorture; spare not; be uponthem! The Best blood is ofthe moon, monthly: then thefresh blood of a child, ordropping from the host ofheaven:thenofenemies;thenof the priest or of theworshipers: last of some

beast,nomatterwhat.”[72]

Finally,Crowley(orthedemonwhoallegedlydictated

the book to him) shows hisutter hatred for Jesus saying,“I am in a secret fourfoldword, the blasphemy againstall gods of men. Cursethem! Curse them! Cursethem!WithmyHawk’sheadIpeckattheeyesofJesusas

hehangsuponthecross.”[73]

Crowley’s brutalphilosophy gets even moresadistic in another of his

books titled Magick: InTheoryandPractice.

Magick: In Theory andPractice

In his 1929 book,Magick: In Theory andPractice, Aleister Crowleywrote some very unsettlinginstructions for black magicrituals. He and other so-called magicians used thespelling“magick”witha“k”

on the end. In the chaptertitled “Of the BloodySacrifice”onpage95and96,Crowley wrote, “But thebloodysacrifice,thoughmoredangerous, is moreefficacious;andfornearlyallpurposes human sacrifice isthe best…The animal shouldthereforebekilledwithin theCircle,ortheTriangle,asthecase may be, so that itsenergy cannot escape. Ananimal should be selected

whose nature accords withthat of the ceremony—thus,by sacrificing a female lambone would not obtain anyappreciate quantity of thefierce energy useful to aMagician who was invokingMars. In such case a ramwouldbemore suitable.Andthis ram should be virgin—the whole potential of itsoriginal total energy shouldnot have been diminished inanyway.”

“Forthehighestspiritualworking one mustaccordingly choose thatvictim which contains thegreatest and purest force. Amale child of perfectinnocence and highintelligence is the mostsatisfactory and suitablevictim.”

Crowley himself was adegenerate bisexual heroinaddict and enjoyed

participating in the mosthorrific and disgustingpracticesimaginable.Shortlybefore the Italian dictatorBenito Mussolini had himdeported, rumors spread thatCrowley once had his loverLeah Hirsig have sex with agoat, which he sacrificedafterward. Hirsig then had anervous breakdown and theirchilddiedsoonafterward.L.RonHubbard, the founder ofScientologywas friendswith

Aleister Crowley, and in anaudio clip available on theInternet he called him his“verygoodfriend.”

TheSecretDoctrine

In 1888 a two volumesettitledTheSecretDoctrinewas released by a Russianmystic named HelenaBlavatsky. The book wouldturn out to be one of AdolfHitler’s favorites and he

reportedly kept of copy nextto his bed. Aside fromwriting that the Fall of Manwas a spiritual evolutiontowards godhood, HelenaBlavatsky explains themystical significance of theswastika, and of course,Satan. This book sits in theoccultorNewAgesectionofmostbookstores.

Blavatsky repeats thecommon belief that the real

mysticalsecretsregardingthepowersofGodandtheoriginof the earth and human racearebeingkeptasecretwithinthe Illuminati. “For no one,not even the greatest livingadept,wouldbepermittedto,orcould—evenifhewould—give out promiscuously, to amocking, unbelieving world,that which has been soeffectually concealed from it

forlongeonsandages.”[74]

While most otherwritings of Illuminatisupporters will only makeveiled references to Satan,Blavatsky’s book has quite abit to sayon thesubject, andopenly presents the case thatSatanisaheroandateacher,andthattheChristianChurchis responsible for spreadingliesabouthim.

“It was left with theearly and ignorant Christian

fathers to degrade thephilosophical and highlyscientific emblem (theDragon) into the absurdsuperstition called the

Devil.”[75]

Whenthisauthor(MarkDice) had first begunresearchingtheIlluminatiandtheoccult,Ihadreadsomeofthese quotes posted onvariouswebsites but doubted

theirauthenticity.Itwasonlyafter purchasing the two-volumesetand reading it formyself that I realized suchquotes were authentic. Thefollowing quotes were readdirectlyoutofthecopythatIown, and were typed by thesame hands typing thesewords as I satwith the bookinfrontofme.

“Thus Lucifer—the spiritof Intellectual Enlightenmentand Freedom of Thought—ismetaphorically the guidingbeacon, which helps man tofind his way through therocksandsandbanksofLife,forLuciferistheLogosinhis

highest.”[76]

“Blessed and sanctifies isthe name of the Angel of

Havas—Satan.”[77]

“Satan will now beshown, in the teachingof theSecret Doctrine, allegorizedasGood,andSacrifice,aGod

ofWisdom.”[78]

“It is the Lord God,evidently, who was the realcause of all themischief, the“agent provocateur,” and theSerpent—only a prototype of

Azazel,“thescapegoatforthesinof(theGodof)Israel,”thepoorTragoshavingtopaythepenalty for his Master’s and

Creator’sblunder.”[79]

“But in antiquity andreality,Lucifer, orLuciferus,is the name of the angelicEntitypresidingoverthelightof truth as over the light of

theday.”[80]

“Lucifer is divine andterrestrial light, the “HolyGhost” and “Satan,” at oneand the same time, visibleSpace being truly filled withdifferentiated Breathinvisibly; and the AstralLight, the manifested effortsof two who are one, guidedand attractedbyourselves, isthekarmaofhumanity,bothapersonal and impersonalentity…The Fall was theresult of man’s knowledge,

for his “eyes were opened.”Indeed, he was taughtWisdom and the hiddenknowledge by the “FallenAngel”…And now it standproventhatSatan,ortheRedFiery Dragon, the “lord ofPhosphorus” (brimstone wasa theological improvement),and Lucifer, or “Light-Bearer,” is in us: it is ourMind—our tempter andRedeemer, our intelligentliberator and Savior from

pure animalism…Withoutthis quickening spirit, orhuman Mind or soul, therewould be no differencebetween man and

beast.”[81]

The Externalization of theHierarchy

Alice Bailey was amystic from the 1900’s whoworked as a spiritual and

occultwriter and teacher. Aprimary source of publishingandpromotingsuch literatureis foundwith the creation ofLucisTrust,originallynamedLucifer’sTrust in1922whenit was founded. Lucis Trust(alsocalledLucisPublishing)continues to publish thenumerous books written byAlice Bailey. Theirheadquartersislocatedat120Wall Street, New York, NY10005, just blocks from the

New York Stock Exchange.Anyonewhoknowsanythingabout commercial real estateknowsthattherentonsuchaprime property isastronomical,andthefactthatsuchalittleknownNewAgepublisher is able to affordsuch absorbent costs isextremelysuspicious.

One of Alice Bailey’smost popular books is TheExternalization of the

Hierarchy which outlinesdetailed plans the Illuminatihas for takingover theworldand is likely mandatoryreading for all high levelSkull and Bones members,Freemasons, and youngIlluminatirecruits.

Letmejustsaythatthisauthor(MarkDice)ownsthisbook and the followingquotes that Iamgoing to listwere not copied and pasted

from some random website,butwere in fact typedbymeas I read them directly fromthebookwhichIown.Totheresearcherwhowants togaina fuller understanding aboutthe Illuminati and theirbeliefsandtheirplans,mayIsuggest that you do not goand purchase books like TheExternalization of theHierarchy because it is notnecessary to financiallysupport such authors and

publishers. Within TheIlluminati: Facts & Fiction,and my previous book, TheResistance Manifesto, onewill find enough informationand documentation to gain acomplete understanding ofsuchissues.

ManyofthebooksthatIpurchasedinthecourseofmyresearch, I was fortunateenough to find at an obscureused bookstore and obtained

them for just a few dollarseach, which brought moneyin for the bookshop owner,and not the New AgepublisherswhoselltoBarnesand Noble or Amazon.com.With that said, several of themost telling quotes fromTheExternalization of theHierarchyfollow.

“Esotericallyspeaking,apointofcontact,amomentof“spiritual intercourse,” is

imminent, and out of thatmoment a new world can beborn…Ifthisspiritualcontactcan be brought about, itmeansthattheHierarchywillno longer be hidden andunknown, but will berecognized as present uponthe physical plane…Increasinglythenewgroupofworldserverswillbeactiveinevery nation and foundfunctioning throughout the

entireworld.”[82]

On page 107 of TheExternalization of theHierarchy,AliceBaileypointblanksays therulerofplanetEarthwillbeLuciferoncetheHierarchy’s plans arecompleted.

Bailey explains that thesecret hierarchy is workingtowards creating a new

religion, saying, “It hastherefore become possible tosynchronize the Approach ofthe divine to the human andtoinstruct themassesofmenin the technique of thusinvokingtheApproach. Thisattitudeofhumanitywillleadto a new revelation, to thenew world religion and tonew attitudes in the relationofman toGod (religion)andof man to man (government

orsocialrelationships).”[83]

She goes on to admitthatwhilethesecrethierarchydoesinfactexist,itisdeniedbythemasses,andsheadmitsthatsomewhoknowofitarededicated to resisting it. Shewrites, “The fact of theexistence of the Hierarchy isconsciously recognized byhundredsof thousands today,though still denied by the

orthodox; the general publicare familiar with the idea ofthe existence of theMasters,andeithergulliblyaccept themass of futile and idioticinformation handed out bymanytodayorfightfuriouslyagainst the spread of this

teaching.”[84]

She insists thatresistance is futile because,“So many know the truth

today; so many people ofintegrity and worth arecooperating consciously withMembers of this Hierarchythat the very foundations ofthe ecclesiastical antagonismand the belittling commentsoftheconcretemindedareof

noavail.”[85]

She even admits thatthere are secret Illuminatiagents who are working

within Christian Churches inorder to prepare the way forthe brotherhood’s plans.“Therewillbe the invocativework of the masses of thepeople, trained by thespiritually minded people ofthe world (working in thechurches, whenever possible,under an enlightened clergy)to accept the fact of theapproaching spiritualenergies, focused through thespiritual Hierarchy…This

work, when rightly carriedforward,will evoke responsefrom the waiting Hierarchy;through this response, thebelief of the masses willgraduallybechangedintotheconvictionof theknower. Inthis way humanity will betransformed and

spiritualized.”[86]

Bailey,likemanyothersalso confirms that

Freemasonryisattheheartofthe Illuminati, explaining,“There is no dissociationbetween the One UniversalChurch, the sacred innerLodgeofalltrueMasons,andthe innermost circles of theesoteric societies…It mustnot be forgotten that onlythose souls who are on theProbationaryPathorthePathofDiscipleshipwill form thenucleus of the coming new

worldreligion.”[87]

“The MasonicMovement when it can bedivorced from politics andsocial ends and from itspresent paralyzing conditionof inertia,willmeet theneedofthosewhocan,andshouldwield power. It is thecustodianof the law;it is thehome of the Mysteries andtheseatofinitiation.Itholds

its symbolism the ritual ofDeity, and the way ofsalvation is pictoriallypreserved in its work. Themethods of Deity aredemonstrated in its temples,andunder theAll-seeingEyethework can go forward. Itis a far more occultorganization than can berealized,andisintendedtobethe training school for thecoming advanced occultists.Initsceremonialslieshidthe

wielding of the forcesconnected with the growthand life of the kingdoms ofnatureand theunfoldmentofthe divine aspects in

man.”[88]

Bailey describes theextenttowhichtheIlluminatihasinfiltratedsociety,saying,“theywillappear inofficeofsome kind or another; theywillbethecurrentpoliticians,

business men, financiers,religious teachers orchurchmen; they will bescientists and philosophers,college professors andeducators; they will be themayors of cities and thecustodians of all publicethical movements. Thespiritual forcefulness of theirlives, their clear, purewisdom, the sanity and themodernacceptablenessof theproposed measures in any

department in which theychoosetofunction,willbesoconvincing that littleimpedimentwillbeset in theway of their

undertakings.”[89]

Near the end of thebook, Bailey brags that theIlluminati secretly shapes thevery fabric of civilization.“The Hierarchy directs andcontrols, more than is

realized, the unfolding cycliccultures and their resultantcivilizations. These can thenprovide adequate forms,temporarily useful for theemerging soul of humanity.The format of cultures andcivilizations receives special

attention.”[90]

It’s important to notethat these are not just theramblingsofaNewAgeguru

whoissimply imagining thatsuch things are underway.Somehow the LucisPublishingcompanyisabletoafford real estate on WallStreet,andthesmallrevenueswhicharetakeninfrombooksaleswouldn’tevenbeabletopayafractionof thesecosts.Lucis Publishing is eithergiven huge donations in therange of millions of dollars,or is involved in otherunknown business ventures

whichallowit tooperateandmaintain its prestigiouslocation.

However it financiallysustains itself, it continues topublish books such as TheExternalization of theHierarchywhichishiddeninplainviewandcontainslargeportions of the Illuminati’sgoalsforaNewWorldOrderand an Illuminati Christ torule the earth as a

supernaturalking.

CodexMagica

One of the greatestmodern resources forphotographic evidence aboutthe Illuminati is TexeMarrs’620pagebookCodexMagicawhich was published in2005. Texe has compiledhundreds of photographs ofMasonic handshakes,Illuminati symbols, occult

illustrationsandmore.CodexMagica is the size of a largephonebook. Two years afterits initial publication, Texereleased a similar follow-upbookfocusingspecificallyonmonuments and buildingscalled MysteriousMonuments.

Texe writes, “Why dothe Illuminati do what theydo? After many years ofresearch and investigation

into their behavior andconduct, and understandingtheirgoalsandambition,Iampersuaded these men fit thedefinition of psychopathicpersonalities. They arepsychopathsandassuchtheyare afflicted with thedangerous malady called

megalomania.”[91]

“Insum,thepsychopathpossesses a clear perception

ofreality—heknowsfullwellwhat he’s doing—but herefuses to abide by society’smorals. Instead, he pursuespersonal gratification in suchthings as criminal acts, drugaddiction and sexualperversion. Combined withfeelings ofmegalomania, thepsychopathhasvisionsofhisown omnipotence—he thinkshe is a god—and hasdelusionsofgrandeur. Sincehe is persuaded he is divine

and not bound by the rulesthatapplytoother,lessgodlybeings, the psychopath is adangerous person

indeed.”[92]

Texe isoneof themostreliable authorswhoseworkshave exposed the Illuminati,their symbols, philosophies,and goals. Within Texe’swork there is little to nospeculation or exaggeration

of claims, and his work isalways meticulouslydocumentedwithsourcesandreferences. Where someother authors simply makeclaimsandciteallegedquotesfrom occult books, Texe’sbibliographies provide thereader with original sources,ofwhich almost all are frommainstream publications andpolitical or Masonic authorsownbooks.

Interestingly,Texeisthepastor who performed thewedding ceremony of radiohost and film maker AlexJones and his wife Violet.Both Texe and Alex JonesliveinAustin,Texas.

Jim Tucker’s BilderbergDiary

In 2005 Jim Tuckerfinally published his longawaited Bilderberg Diary,

recounting 25 years of hisinvestigations into the ultra-elite and secret Bilderberggroup.ThisbookandDanielEstulin’s True Story of theBilderbergGrouparethetwomostcrediblebooks thatwillever be written on thesubject. Since Tuckerdiscovered the Bilderberggroup in the 1970s, he hasmade it his life’s mission toinfiltrate and report on thegroup’s annual conference.

Anyone who wants to fullyunderstand the Bilderberggroup and theiraccomplishments shouldavoid scouring the Internetfor random informationwithout sources, and insteadjust read one of these twobooks.

Tucker’s Diary beginswith a brief description andhistory of the Bilderberggroup, and then each

following chapter chroniclesyear after year where themeetings are held, who hasattended them, andwhatwasdiscussed.

The book reads, “TheBilderberg group is anorganization of politicalleaders and internationalfinanciers thatmeets secretlyevery spring to make globalpolicy. There are about 110regulars—Rockefellers,

Rothschilds, bankers, headsof international corporationsandhighgovernmentofficialsfrom Europe and NorthAmerica. Each year, a fewnewpeopleareinvitedand,iffound useful, they return tofuturemeetings. If not, theyare discarded. Decisionsreached at these secretmeetings affect everyAmerican and much of the

world.”[93]

While some reportersandso-calledwhistleblowerswho attempt to expose theIlluminati or New WorldOrder operations mix factwithfictioninordertocreatea buzz with the hopes ofselling books and lectures,JimTrucker is the real deal.He is a legitimate journalistwhose work is practicallyflawless. Someone new tothis kind of informationmayfind it hard to believe the

Bilderberg group exists, andconsistsofsuchpowerfulandwell known men, butTucker’s information hasbeen verified by otherqualified researchers, andthereisnodoubtamongthosewho follow New WorldOrdernewsthatJimTucker’sBilderbergresearchistruthfuland he has the bestintentions.

British journalist Jon

Ronson chronicled JimTucker’s investigation of the1999 Bilderberg meetingwhichtookplaceattheHotelCaesar Park in Sintra,Portugal. Ronson wasskeptical and appeared toeven ridiculeTuckerbutwaslater shocked to find limosand private cars arriving atthe hotel and was able toidentify several influentialpeople who were inattendance.Videoofhistime

with Tucker can be seen intheBilderbergsegmentofhisSecret Rulers of the Worldseries.

Tucker is also featuredin Alex Jones 2007 filmEndgame: Blueprint forGlobal Enslavement whereTucker, Jones, and otherstracked the Bilderberg groupto Ottawa, Canada and wereable to get clear photographsandvideofootageofmanyof

the high profile guestsarriving as they stepped outof their limos at the entranceof the Brookstreet Hotel.Several individuals spottedwere Queen Beatrix of theNetherlands, DavidRockefeller, Richard Hasswho is the president of theCouncilonForeignRelations,HenryKissinger,andothers.

An anonymous sourcefrom within the Bilderberg

group has secretly providedTuckerwithattendeelistsandtalking points for severalyears. Tucker has alsoreportedthathehaspaidstaffand waiters at the hotelswhere the conference is heldto listen closely toconversations and laterinform him what theyoverheard.

Despite the Bilderberggroupmeetingannuallyevery

year since 1954, virtually nonewscoverageisgiventotheevent. Year after year themost powerful politicians,business men, royalty andmedia moguls meet forseveral days of secret talks,yet it is never covered ontelevision or in print. Thisshows howmuch control thegroup has over the media,particularly in America.Operation Mockingbird hasbeen extremely effective in

preventinganyreportersfromcovering the event. Manyattendees of Bilderbergmeetings are owners andCEOs of major newspapersandtelevisionstudios.

Many Bilderbergattendees may also be inviolation of the Logan Actwhich is a United Statesfederal law that prohibitsunauthorized citizens fromnegotiating with foreign

governments. The law waspassed in 1799 and is still ineffect today. A violation oftheLoganActisafelonyandpunishable withimprisonment. Similarviolations likely occurannually at the BohemianGrove, as well. (See DarkSecrets: Inside BohemianGrovepage269)

The True Story of theBilderbergGroup

Continuing on the trailthat Jim Tucker had blazedexposing the Bilderberggroup isDaniel Estulin,whonexttoJimTucker,isseenasthe world’s foremost experton the organization. Estulinhas been doing his owninvestigations into the clubandwroteThe True Story ofthe BilderbergGroup, whichhas been translated intotwenty four languages andbecame an international

bestseller.

Estulinexplainshowhegot involved in investigatingthe Bilderberg group, “I’m aRussian ex-patriot who waskicked out of the SovietUnionin1980.Myfatherwasa dissident who fought forfreedom of speech who wasjailed, and tortured by theKGB.Whenthesepeoplegottiredofustheythrewusout.Wemoved toCanadaand12

years ago I came to Spain.Mygrandfatherwasacolonelin theKGB and the counter-intelligenceinthe1950s,soIam privileged somewhat toget a lot of the informationfromthesecretservicewhichare our best sources ofinformation. Not only theKGB people but the MI-6people,theCIAbecausemostof the people who work forthe secret service as youprobably know are patriots

and they love their countryand they’re doing it for thegoodofthenationandthey’rethe first ones absolutelyterrified of the plans of the

Bilderbergers.”[94]

Estulin’s writing isextremely accurate. Herefrains from speculation ortheorizingabouttheactivitiesof the organization, andinstead asks compelling

questions and documents thefacts. He writes, “Anymodern democratic systemprotects the right to privacy,butdoesn’t thepublichavearight to know what theirpolitical leaders are talkingabout when they meet thewealthiestbusinessleadersoftheir respective countries?What guarantees do citizenshave that the BilderbergGroup isn’t merely a centerfor influence trafficking and

lobbying if they aren’tallowed to know what theirrepresentatives talk about atthe Group’s secretgatherings? Why are theDavos World EconomicForums and G8 meetingsdiscussed in everynewspaper, given front-pagecoverage, with thousands ofjournalists in attendance,while no one coversBilderberg Group

meetings?”[95]

“Weareatacrossroads.And the roads we take fromhere will determine the veryfutureofhumanity.Wehaveto wake up to the trueobjectives and actions of theBilderberg Group and itsparallel kin if we hope toretainthefreedomsfoughtforbyourgrandfathers inWorldWarII.”

“It’s not up to God tobringusbackfromthe“NewDarkAge”plannedforus.Itis up to us! Whether weemerge from this century asan electronic global policestateorasfreehumanbeingsdepends on the actions we

takenow.”[96]

LikeJimTucker,Estulinis featured in Alex Jones’2007 documentary film

Endgame: Blueprint forGlobal Enslavement, whichdocuments theirinvestigations into theBilderberg group as theytrack themto theBrookstreetHotel in Ottawa, Canada in2006andcapturemembersonvideo as they enter the hotelunderenhancedsecurity.

In December 2007,Estulin reported that elitemembers of the Bilderberg

group had discussed theeffects of havingCongressman Ron Paulassassinated. Estulinemphasized that his sourcesaidtheywerenotplanningtodo it at the time, but wereopenly discussing it as apossibility,andweretryingtodetermine whether it wouldbe an effective strategy tosilencetheCongressman.

Ron Paul is known for

speaking out about theFederal Reserve system andfor publicly chastisingFederal Reserve ChairmanBen Bernanke on livetelevision regarding themonetary policies of thebank. Paul ran for presidenton the Republican ticket forthe2008election,butdidnotwin the Republicannomination. He revitalizedtrue conservatives who wanta return to sound monetary

principles, the end of biggovernment, and a non-intervention foreign policy.Paul isoneof the few, ifnotonly Congressman who hasnostringsattached tohimbyspecial interest groups or theIlluminati, and by himspeaking to a nationalaudience about what wasreally happening in thecountry,hewasatremendousthorn in the side of theBilderberggroupandposeda

danger to them by exposingtheiractions.

Daniel Estulin and hisfamily have received deaththreats and worse as a resultof his investigations into theBilderberggroup.

The Search for theManchurianCandidate

While some may befamiliar with the fictional

film titled The ManchurianCandidate about a secretgovernment program thatexperimented on soldiersusingbrainwashingandmindcontrol techniques, whatmanydonotknowisthereisa non-fiction book that wasreleased in 1979 whichdetailstheactualexistenceofsuch programs and thehorrendous crimes and abusethat were committed duringthoseexperiments.

JohnD.Marks,aformerState Department Officerwrote The Search for theManchurian Candidate: TheCIAandMindControl,basedoff of thousands of newlyreleased documents,behavioralsciencestudies,aswell as interviews withvictims.

His findings aredisturbing, not only becauseof the goals of such

programs, but the inhumaneand unethicalways that suchexperiments were carriedout. The MK-ULTRAprogram was an umbrellaname for these kinds ofexperiments, which ofteninvolved hallucinogenicdrugs, hypnotism, andtorture.

While the existence ofMK-ULTRAwasadmittedbythe government, the official

stanceon theprogram is thatit was abandoned and is nolonger in operation. Itdoesn’teventakeaskeptictothinkthatsuchstatementsarefalse, and in reality identicalprograms have secretlycontinued operating withextrasafetymeasurestakentoprevent their exposure fromhappeningagain.

Marks explains, “Thisbook has grown out of the

16,000 pages of documentsthat the CIA released to meunder the Freedom ofInformation Act. Withoutthese documents, the bestinvestigative reporting in theworld could not haveproduced a book, and thesecrets of the CIA mind-control work would haveremained buried forever, asthemenwhoknew themhadalways intended. From thedocumentarybase,Iwasable

to expand my knowledgethrough interviews andreadings in the behavioralsciences. Nevertheless, thefinal result is not the wholestory of the CIA’s attack onthemind.Onlyafewinsiderscould have written that, andtheychoosetoremainsilent.I havedone thebest I can tomakethebookasaccurateaspossible, but I have beenhampered by the refusal ofmost of the principle

characters to be interviewedand by theCIA’s destructionin 1973 of many of the key

documents.”[97]

The Search for theManchurian Candidatecovers the evolution of theCIA’s sinister experimentsbeginning in the 1950s.Unknowing subjects wereoften given powerfulhallucinogenic drugs

including LSD, so the CIAcould learn of the effects.One man, Dr. Frank Olsonended up committing suicidebyjumpingoutofatenstorybuilding in 1953. OlsonworkedasachemistwiththeU.S.Armyanditwasn’tuntildecades later that his widowand family learned the truecircumstances surroundinghis death. The CIA hadhopedthattheycoulddevelopvarious techniques that could

beusedtoextractinformationfrom people, as well as“program” them to beassassins. The ultimate goalofMK-ULTRAwas touse acombination of drugs andhypnosis to transform anyperson the CIA desired intoan assassin whowould carryout any orders they weregiven, regardless of theconsequences.

In his book, John D.

Marks explains one suchexperiment. “On February19, 1954, Morse Allensimulated the ultimateexperiment in hypnosis: thecreation of a “ManchurianCandidate,” or programmedassassin. Allen’s “victim”wasasecretarywhomheputintoadeeptranceandtoldtokeepsleepinguntilheorderedotherwise. He thenhypnotizedasecondsecretaryand toldher that if shecould

not wake up her friend, “herrage would be so great thatshe would not hesitate tokill.” Allen left a pistolnearby, which the secretaryhad no way of knowing wasunloaded. Even though shehadearlierexpressedafearoffire-arms of any kind, shepickedupthegunand“shot”her sleeping friend. AfterAllenbroughtthe“killer”outof her trance, she hadapparent amnesia for the

event, denying she would

evershootanyone.”[98]

Anyone who knowsanything about hypnotismknowsthatitisactualscienceand has very realapplications. Many peopleare also aware of post-hypnotic suggestions whichinvolve using a word orphrase to put a person backintoahypnotictrancedaysor

weeks after they had beenoriginallyhypnotized. Usingpost-hypnotic suggestions, apersoncanbefullyconsciousand going about their daywhenakeywordorphraseisuttered out loud, and whentheyhearthatwordorphrase,they will automaticallyrespond with whatevercommand they were givenwhen they were originallyhypnotized.

Anyone who has everseen a stage hypnotistperform knows how easilysomeone under hypnosis canbe manipulated. People seethings that aren’t there, theyhear things they are told tohear, and theycanbe trickedinto believing or doingpractically anything. It is nowonder the CIAexperimented to harness thisamazingpower.

One of the key figuresinvolvedinMK-ULTRAwasDr. Ewen Cameron whoworked at the AllanMemorialHospitalinCanadawhere many of theexperimentstookplace.Withsuch sinister activities, onewould suspect that theIlluminati had their hand inthe program, and one wouldbe correct. The RockefellerFoundation had donatedmoney to set up this

psychiatric facility at theMcGillUniversityHealthcareCenter which operated theAllanMemorialInstitute.

The Reappearance of theChrist and the Masters ofWisdom

In 1982 a man namedBenjamin Crème beganrunning advertisements innewspapers around theworldwhich read “The Christ is

now here” and claimed hewouldsoonannouncehimselfto the world on aninternational televisionbroadcast. Crème refers tothis “Christ” as Maitreya,which he says is the longawaited messiah and worldteacherthatallreligionshavebeen waiting for. He saysthis man is the “Avatar fortheAquarianAge.”

Crème describes in his

book, The Reappearance oftheChristandtheMastersofWisdom, “This will lead totheDayofDeclaration,whenHe will appear on the radioandtelevisionnetworksoftheworldlinkedbysatellite. Onthat day Maitreya willmentally overshadow thewhole of humanitysimultaneously.AllwillhearHis words inwardly in theirown language. Thistelepathic communication

will reacheveryone,notonlythose watching or listening,andhundredsofthousandsofmiraculoushealingswill takeplace throughout the world.On thatday, therewillbenodoubt that Maitreya is theChrist, the Imam Mahdi,Maitreya Buddha, KalkiAvatar: the World Teacher.His open worldwide mission

willhavebegun.”[99]

WhilesomemaydismissCrème’s predictions as therantings of a lunatic, upon acloser examination itbecomes clear that Crèmecasually confirms thesuspicionsofthosewhopointthe finger at Freemasonry asbeinginvolvedinthecreationof theNewWorldOrderandworking in conjunction withthe Illuminati. He writes,“The new religion willmanifest, for instance,

through organizations likeMasonry. In Freemasonry isembedded the core or secretheart of the occultMysteries—wrapped in number,

metaphorandsymbol.”[100]

Crème also reveals heunderstandstheforcesbehindCommunalismsaying,“Marxwas indeed a member of theHierarchy, of a certaindegree.Lookingattheeffect

ofhisworkovertheyears—thatcouldonlyhavebeenthework of a disciple of somedegree, an initiate of somelevel:firsttohavethevision,and secondly to have thecapacity to embody thatvisionso that theworkcould

spread.”[101]

While most who pointoutsuchconnectionsdosotohelp others understand the

larger forces behindCommunism, such as theinternational banks, andexposesuchconnectionswithhopes of preventing thebankingcartels fromcreatingtheir one world financialsystem, Crème does so bypraising those behind suchactions. Let’sbeclearthatitis no conspiracy theory thatKarlMarxwasworkingforasecret organization when hewrote The Communist

Manifesto. In the preface tothe1872Germaneditionitismade clear that Marx andEngelswerechosenbasicallyas secretaries to write andpublishthemanifesto.

It reads, “TheCommunistLeague(formerlycalled the “League of JustMen”)…which could ofcourseonlybeasecretone…commissioned theundersigned [Karl Marx and

Friedrich Engels], at theCongress held in London inNovember 1847, to draw upfor publication a detailedtheoretical and practicalprogram of the Party. Suchwas the origin of thefollowing Manifesto, themanuscript ofwhich traveledto London to be printed, afew weeks before theFebruaryRevolution.”

Crème’s claims of the

coming mystical Christ wereenthusiastically receivedwithin many New Agecircles,butasmoretimewentby and Maitreya didn’tappear, Crème’s supportersbegantodwindle.

It remains unclearwhatconnectionsifanyCrèmehaswith the Illuminati. It ispossible thathiswritingsandlectures are just those of amanwhosupportssuchideas,

but theenormousamountsofmoney that Crème has spentby taking out newspaper adsandpostingbillboardsshouldmake one take a closer lookat Benjamin Crème and hisconnections.

It should be clear thatCrème was not referring toJesusastheChristwhowouldappear, but instead a leaderthat would come forth fromthe secret hierarchy of the

Illuminati who have beenworking behind the veil ofsecrecy to prepare for this“leader’s”arrival.

TheFranklinCover-Up

The most disgusting anddisturbing book everwritten is possibly TheFranklin Cover-Up whichwas first published in 1992and later released withrevisionsin2005.Thebook

was written by formerNebraska Senator JohnDeCamp, and uncovers ascandal so large andperverted, thatmostpeoplesimplydonotwant tohearabout it, let alonebelieve itactuallyhappened.

The Franklin Cover-Upbegan with the FranklinCommunity Federal CreditUnion in Omaha, Nebraska

whichhadthirty-eightmilliondollars embezzled from it byits manager Laurence E.King. As the investigationproceeded,itwaslearnedthatthose involved in siphoningmillionsfromthecreditunionwere involved in far moresinisteractivities.Itturnsoutthat the money was beingused byLaurenceE.King topay off politicians and tooperate a child pornographyand prostitution ring. As if

this wasn’t bad enough,allegations of kidnapping,snuff films, and governmentmind control experimentswould also haunt thoseconnectedtothecase.

While moneylaundering, organized crime,bribes, and illegal businessesare common in politics, wewill briefly go over some ofthe darker and more uniqueaspectsofthiscase.

One of the centralvictimsof this scandalwas aboynamedPaulBonacciwhogave investigators unsettlingdetails abouthis involvementin child pornography andaiding in kidnapping otherchildren who would be soldinto sex slavery. Besidesbeing involved in suchunthinkable acts, the storygets even stranger and moreunsettling. Bonacci told hislawyer thatatone timewhen

he was involved in suchactivitieshewas taken intoaforest in Northern Californiawhichcontainedahugemosscovered statue that lookedlike an owl, and that menwearing robes performedsome kind of ceremonythere.Thiswasaround1984,hesays.

Later, after theFranklincredit scandal began tounfold, Bonacci drove with

his lawyer, JohnDeCamp, tothe place he said thisoccurred. Bonacci hadnavigated to a place whichturned out to be the entranceoftheBohemianGrove.(SeeDark Secrets: InsideBohemian Grove page 269)At the time, John DeCamphadnoideathateachsummera human sacrifice type ofritual was performed in theclubbymenwearingcoloredrobes, and that Bonacci was

describing Moloch, the 40foot tall stone idol which isthe focus of such ritual. AllDeCamp knew at the timewas that Bonacci had leadhim to the club and said thatwas where he was taken.Later, other children wouldidentify theBohemianGroveas the place they were takenandsexuallyabusedaswell.

Bonacci says thatwhenhe was inside this

campground in 1984 (lateridentified as the BohemianGrove), he was forced toparticipate in childpornography videos. As heparticipated in these videoshe was allegedly aneyewitness to the rape andritualistic murder of anotheryoungboy therewhohewasforced to have sex with onvideo. In Bonacci’s ownwordsinhisjournalhewrote“After that the men grabbed

Nicholas and drug him offscreaming. They put me upagainstatreeandputaguntomy head but fired into theair.Iheardanothershotfromsomewhere and then saw themanwhokilled theboydraghim like a toy. Everythingincluding when the men putthe boy in the trunk wasfilmed. The men took mewiththemandwewentupina plane. I saw the bag theboywas in. Wewentovera

very thick brush area with aclearing in it. Over theclearing they dropped theboy. One said themenwiththehoodswould takecareofthebodyforthem.”

Furthermore,Bonaccisaysthatamannamed“HunterThompson” was the onewhotookvideoofthisentireordeal. Later, a mannamed Rusty Nelson, whowas connected to the

FranklinCover-Upclaimedthat Hunter S. Thompson,thefamousgonzojournalistoffered him $100,000 toproduce a snuff film whenthetwohadmetataparty.[102] (See Fear andLoathinginLasVegaspage318) RustyNelsonwas thepersonal photographer forLawrence E. King, the keyperpetrator in theFranklinCover-Up. Nelson admits

that it was his job tosecretly take photos ofpeoplewhoattendedKing’sparties when they were in“compromising positionswith children.” Nelsondenies taking anypornographic photos, butdoes admit that he wouldoften witness andphotograph grown men“making out with boys.”The men who attendedthese parties were often

politicianswhoKingwouldthen blackmail with thephotos.

SenatorDeCampleftoutdetails of the gigantic owlstatueintheforestandmeninrobesintheinitialprintingofhis book because at the timehe thought it was, “too far-fetched for people tobelieve.” At the timeBonacci’s testimony was

recordedbyDeCamp,hewasunawareofBohemianGrove,the activities surrounding anowl statue, and themysterious rituals that wereperformedinside.Onlyinthepassing years did SenatorDeCamp learn about thedetails of Bohemian Groveandthechillingrevelationsofthe moss covered idol in theredwood forest of SonomaCounty California. Therevised edition of DeCamp’s

book includes all theinformation about PaulBonacci’sallegedhorrendousexperiences in the BohemianGrove.

The former head of theCIA, Bill Colby, toldDeCamp to forget everythinghe knew and to, “Get as faraway from this thing as youcan. Forget you ever saw itor know it, heard it or

anythingelse.”[103] Healsosaidthattherewereforcestoodark for DeCamp to handle.Onlyaftersayinghecouldn’twalk away, did Colby tellDeCamp he better get hisstory out before theperpetrators would have himmurdered.Hethenwroteandpublished his book, TheFranklinCover-Up.

On April 27, 1996 Colby

died in what was called acanoeing accident. Theincident happened at nightwhich is strange, becauseColbywouldn’tgocanoeingafter dark. He was alonewhen the incidenthappened,andhadnot toldhis wife that he was goingcanoeing. He was notwearinga life jacket,whichhis friends said he usuallywore, and many believe hewas murdered for aiding

DeCamp or for knowing tomuchaboutsuchthings.

Some of the thingsfound inDeCamp’sbookareeven worse than what ismentioned in this briefsummary. JohnDeCamphashad nothing to gain frombeing involved in exposingthe Franklin Cover-Up andwhenthisauthor(MarkDice)spokewithhimonthephone,

he said that he wished hewouldhaveneverheardaboutthe Bohemian Grove, or theFranklin Credit Unionscandal,andthathehaslivedinaconstant stateof fear forhislife,andthatofhisfamilyever since he becameinvolvedininvestigatingit.

Learning about suchhorrific and pervertedactivitiesleadsonetowonderwhyanyonewouldwanttodo

suchdisgustingandinhumanethings,especiallytochildren.How could a group of menpossibly find enjoyment insuchthings?Theanswersarefound in the deepest anddarkest secrets regardingSatanism and the occult.Such activities are a form ofsex magic and thepractitionersbelievethatsuchactivitiesare theonlyway toachieve a particular level ofaltered consciousness and

communicate with entitiesfrom other dimensions or toopen their minds up tobecome possessed by theseentities, or alter their brainchemistry in an attempt to“super-charge” their mindand metaphysically alterreality. (seeSexMagicpage305)

David Rockefeller’s

Memoirs

In his 2002 book,Memoirs, Illuminati kingpinDavid Rockefeller wrote onpage 405, “For more than acenturyideologicalextremistsat either end of the politicalspectrum have seized uponwell-publicized incidentssuch as my encounter withCastro to attack the

Rockefeller family for theinordinate influence theyclaim we wield overAmerican political andeconomic institutions. Someevenbelievewearepartofasecret cabal working againstthe interests of the UnitedStates, characterizing myfamily and me as“internationalists” andconspiringwithothersaroundthe world to build a moreintegratedglobalpoliticaland

economic structure—oneworld, if you will. If that’sthecharge,Istandguilty,andIamproudofit.”

“The anti-Rockefellerfocus of these otherwiseincompatible politicalpositions owes much toPopulism. “Populists”believe in conspiracies, andone of the most enduring isthat a secret group ofinternational bankers and

capitalists and their minionscontrol the world’seconomy.”

DavidRockefellerisoneof the grandchildren of JohnD.Rockefeller,thefounderofStandardOil, andat the timewhen he lived, John D. wastherichestmanintheworld.DavidRockefellerhashadhishands in nearly every majorNew World Orderorganization in existence in

thetwentiethandtwentyfirstcenturies. In fact, he is thefounder of the TrilateralCommission and is theformer Chairman of theCouncil on ForeignRelations. He also attendsnearly every Bilderbergmeeting. At the time of thiswriting, David Rockefeller(senior)is93yearsold.

Outside of RockefellerCenter in New York City

stands a huge gold coloredstatue of Prometheus holdingfire in one hand as he fliesthrough the air. Themythological Greek story ofPrometheusstealingfirefromthe Gods and giving it tomankind despite thepunishment he will face isseenbyoccultistsasidenticalto thestoryofLucifergivingmankind the knowledge ofgood and evil that God hadforbid us to have. So

essentially this statue whichstands outside of RockefellerCenter isa tributetoLucifer,which goes unnoticed by theaverage person unfamiliarwithIlluminatisymbolism.

ForeignAffairs

TheCouncilonForeign

Relations(CFR)ispartofthetriad of power that has beenopenly constructing the NewWorld Order with regards toAmerican foreign policy fordecades. The CFR is oftenused in succession with theTrilateral Commission andthe Bilderberg group, andtheir elite members haverapidly been achieving theirgoalsofglobalgovernment.

The CFR is a privately

owned and operatedorganization whose membersincludemanyelitepoliticiansandmedia moguls. Most oftheirmeetings are not secret,but instead are used togenerate and spreadpropaganda regarding whatpoliciesandcoursesofactiontheUnitedStatesgovernmentshould take concerningforeign policy. Because oftheir name, the Council onForeignRelationssoundslike

a government committee thatwould meet in Congress todiscussandformulatepolicieson international affairs. TheCFRissimilar to theFederalReserve in this manner, butboth organizations areprivatelyownedandoperatedby the Illuminati. TheCouncilonForeignRelationspublishes a quarterly journaltitled Foreign Affairs, whichis used to steer the US intothedirectionsthatthisprivate

organizationdesires.

In the May/June 2007edition of Foreign Affairsthere was an essay by BennSteil, the Director ofInternational Economics atthe CFR, titled The End ofNationalCurrency,wheretheCouncil appeared to endorsethe end of economicsovereignty.

Steil argued, “The right

course is not to return to amythical past of monetarysovereignty, withgovernmentscontrollinglocalinterestandexchangeratesinblissful ignorance of the restof the world. Governmentsmustletgoofthefatalnotionthatnationhoodrequiresthemto make and control themoneyusedintheirterritory.National currencies andglobalmarketssimplydonotmix; together they make a

deadly brew of currencycrisesandgeopoliticaltensionand create ready pretexts fordamaging protectionism. Inorder to globalize safely,countries should abandonmonetary nationalism andabolish unwanted currencies,thesourceofmuchoftoday’sinstability.”

Steil went on to say,“The lessons of gold-basedglobalization in the

nineteenth century simplymust be relearned... Sinceeconomic developmentoutside the process ofglobalization is no longerpossible, countries shouldabandon monetarynationalism. Governmentsshould replace nationalcurrencies with the dollar orthe euro, or, in the case ofAsia,collaboratetoproduceanew multinational currencyover a comparably large and

economically diversifiedarea.... Most of the world’ssmaller and poorer countrieswould clearly be best offunilaterally adopting thedollar or the euro, whichwould enable their safe andrapid integration into globalfinancial markets. LatinAmerican countries shoulddollarize; eastern Europeancountries and Turkey,euroize.”

Steil’s essay concludesby warning that ifgovernments fail to take theCFR’s advice that, “themarket may privatize moneyonitsown.”

One of the Illuminati’sultimate goals is to have theentire world use the samecurrency and then abandonthatcurrencyforacompletelyelectronic one. The use ofcashandcoinsasmoneywill

likelybeobsoleteintheNewWorld Order and replacedwith an RFID (RadioFrequency IdentificationDevice)suchastheVeriChipor similar device. This wayall purchases can be tracked,traced, and taxed. Such adevice isbelieved tobewhattheBiblecallsthemarkoftheBeast. The path to anelectronic currencymust firstaccomplish several regionalcurrencies and then later

merge those currencies intooneglobalunit.TheCouncilon Foreign Relations hasbeen pushing the agenda ofcreating what they call a“North American Union”which would merge thecurrencies of Canada, theUnited States, and Mexicointo one regional currency.TheeconomiccollapseintheUnitedStates stemming fromthemortgagebubbleburstingin 2008 spurred calls for a

regionalcurrency,andevenaglobal currency as a“solution” to the economicdisasterthatensued.

The CFR usually getswhat it wants, and if onedesires to have an advancedlook into the future ofAmerican foreign policy, theForeign Affairs journal willgive you that insight. It’sinteresting to note that thelogo for the Foreign Affairs

journal is a man riding awhitehorsewho isholdingabow. In the Book ofRevelation, the Bibledescribes the first horsemanof the apocalypse as a manridingonawhitehorsewhileholding a bow in one handand is considered thehorsemanofconquest. Sincethe CFR is an Illuminaticreated organization, such asymbolwaschosen to reflectthe dark forces that are

behind the council as theywork to construct the NewWorldOrder.

PurportedIlluminatiTexts

Over the centuriesseveral books have beenpublished, or rumored to

exist, which are allegedlyancient books that theIlluminati and occulthierarchies have kept secretand only allowed certaininitiates to learn the contentsof. Some of these allegedtexts are quite old, as in thecaseoftheEmeraldTabletofHermes and the Book ofThoth. Others such as TheNecronomicon and TheIlluminatiManifestoaremorerecent.

Uponevenaglance,thefraudulent nature of some ofthese supposed Illuminatitexts is obvious, while theexistence of others remainsambiguous and unclear. Inthe following pages youwillfind an examination of themost popular allegedIlluminati texts includingtheirhistoryandcontents.

TheNecronomicon

TheNecronomiconisthename of a book that horrorwriter H.P. Lovecraftincorporated into several ofhisstoriesintheearly1900s.In Lovecraft’s novels, thebook was said to containmagic spells and ancientoccult knowledge. Theinteresting thing is that someindividuals took this conceptand tried to cash in on it bypublishing what theymarketed as real versions of

TheNecronomicon.

In1973,abookthatwassaidtobeTheNecronomiconwas published by OwlswickPress which consisted of amade-uplanguage.Thebookcontains a preface by L.SpraguedeCampwhowasapopular science fictionwriter.

In the late1970samannamedJohnToddclaimed to

be a former Illuminatimember and told audiencesthat he had seen one of theonlythreecopiesinexistenceof The Necronomicon andthattheIlluminatiwereusingittopracticeblackmagic.InH.P. Lovecraft’swritings, hesaid that only five copies ofthe mystical book were inprint. The locations of thesefivebookswassaidtobe:theBritishMuseum,theNationalLibrary of France, Widener

Library of HarvardUniversity, the University ofBuenosAires, anda fictionallibrary Lovecraft calledMiskatonic University. ThestoryofJohnToddislengthyand fascinating and isexpanded in more detail inanother section of this bookwhich covers allegedIlluminatidefectors(SeeJohnToddpage157)

Anotherwriter trying to

cash in on gullible occultistswas George Hay whoreleasedaversionofthebookin 1979 titled TheNecronomicon:BookofDeadNames. Several years laterColinWilson,whowrote theintroduction for the book,would admit it was a hoax.[104]

Then in 1980 a manknownonly as “Simon”who

was said to have been astudentoftheoccultsincethe1960s published a bookcalled The NecronomiconwhichwasmarketedasarealEnglish translation of thesupposed ancient text. The“Simon Necronomicon” as ithasbeencalled,isreportedtohave sold several hundredthousand copies and is stillfoundonshelvesintheoccultsectionofmostbookstores.Itconsists of typical mystical

ramblingsandmagicspells.

The publisher claimed,“Simon was a young mandrawn to the mysteriousworld of the occult throughhis association with severalEastern Orthodox religionsand his friendship with theownerofanoccultbookstorein Brooklyn. In 1972 hestumbleduponastolentextinafriend’sapartment,unawarethatwhatheheldinhishands

wastherealNecronomicon—somethinglongthoughttobea creation of Lovecraft’sbrilliant mind and deft pen.After an arduous translation,done in the utmost secrecy(since the tome was in factstolen), Simon and his closecircle of friends unveiled thenow–infamous grimoire to aclamoringpublic.”

Only the most foolishoccultists, mainly young

teenagers, believed (orcontinue to believe)“Simon’s” book is anauthentic ancient mysticaltext.

In 1998 “Simon”released The NecronomiconSpellBookinanotherattempttocashinonthesubjectfromthe gullible occultists whobelieve the book to beauthentic. Then again in2006, the same author

published Gates of theNecronomicon which wasdescribed as a companion totheoriginalbook.Thatsameyear “Simon” also publishedDeadNames: TheHistory ofthe Necronomicon as ananswer to critics who claimhe and his book are frauds.Despiteseriousoccultistsandcriticsclaimsthatthebookisa complete fraud, “Simon”must be overjoyed andlaughed all the way to the

bank as he earned possiblyhundreds of thousands ofdollars from royalties fromsalesofthebooks.

In 1998 Daniel Harmsand JohnWisdom Gonce IIIpublishedTheNecronomiconFiles: The Truth Behind theLegendandtracedtheoriginsof the various supposedauthentic books and showedhowtheywereinfactfictionsbased H.P. Lovecraft’s

mentioning of the book andincorporating occultprinciplesandmysticismintobooks that were thenmarketed as legitimate, likethe“SimonNecronomicon.”

In 2004, yet anotheroccultist named DonaldTyson published TheNecronomicon: TheWanderingsofAlhazred, andsimilarly tried to cash in onthe controversy surrounding

thesupposedancienttext.

Some of thosewho areaware that the concept forTheNecronomicon,aswellasthe title, was the creation ofLovecraft’snovels,still thinksuch a book actually exists.These people believe thatLovecraft had knowledge ofsuch a book, and simplyincorporated it into hisfictionalstories.

EmeraldTablet

Another supposedancienttextthatsomebelievecontains esoteric wisdomaboutthenatureofrealityandthe secret of our existence isthe Emerald Tablet ofHermes. Legend has it thatthe Greek god Hermes (alsocalled Hermes Trismegistus)created the text. Alchemistssee the tablet as a

foundational work ofHermeticism. While popularopinion is under theimpression that Alchemyinvolved ancient scientistswho hoped of creating goldout of lead by means of achemical reaction, Alchemyin the esoteric enlightenmentcircles refers to a mysticalpractice which would purifythe soul, uncover valuablewisdom, and possibly allowone to achieve immortality.

Themetaphorofturningleadintogoldismeanttodescribeaperson’stransformationintoanenlightenedbeing.

AlthoughitiscalledtheEmeraldTablet,somebelieveif the tablet did in fact exist,that thewritingswerecarvedinto a slab of jade stonewhichisgreenincolor.

According toAlchemists, there are various

explanations and theories astoitsauthorship. Oneis thatHermes was a son of Adamand wrote the tablet to helpmankind redeem themselvesfrom his father’s sins in theGarden of Eden. Anotherpopular legend regarding thetablet’soriginsaystheobjectwas found in a cave or asecret chamber under thepyramid of Cheops around1350 BC by a man namedBalinias who then wrote

down the text in a Syriaclanguage, which has sincebecomethesourceofvarioustranslations.

Thecentralthemetothewritings on the supposedtablet is that our own minddetermines and influencesphysical reality and that onecan learn to manifest theirdesired reality throughknowledge of God and hisprinciples.

Intheopeningsequenceof The Secret (2006) byRhonda Byrne, a brief sceneshows someone making arubbing of the tablet inancient times, and it isalludedthatitscontentsmakeupsomeorallof“thesecret”whichtheDVDteaches.This“secret”or“lawofattraction”is supposedly that our mindcan create any reality wedesire and is directed by ourthoughts and beliefs. Like a

magnet, whatever you thinkabout, good or bad, ismanifested in your life. Thefilm’s opening sequenceexplainsthatthe“Secret”hadbeen carried on through thecenturies and kept for thebenefit of only those whowere aware of it. Anothershot in the opening sceneshows several business mensitting around a table, likelyreferring to the Illuminati.These men apparently knew

the“Secret”andwerehavingameetingtodiscusshowtheycouldkeepitfromgettingoutintothepublic. Thereareseveral translations of thesupposed contents of theEmerald Tablet, includingone said to be by IsaacNewton.Thistranslationwasnot something that Newtonhad publicized, and wassupposedly discovered in hispapers after his death. It isbelieved that Isaac Newton

wasamemberoftheInvisibleCollege, which was a secretgroup of scientists andphilosophers in Europe, andthrough this group he wouldhave been aware of suchmysticalandoccultideas.

The Emerald Tablet issometimesassociatedwith,orbelieved to be thephilosopher’s stone, whichaccording to alchemicallegends can give the owner

enlightenmentoreternallife.Someoccult legends say thatthe Emerald Tablet camefrom Lucifer himself, andcontained the knowledge ofgoodandevil thatwasgivento Adam and Even in theGarden of Eden. Mosthistorians consider the tableta legend, and no historicalartifact has ever beendiscoveredandreleasedtothepublic. Whatever theEmerald Tablet is, or if it

evenactuallyexistsremainsamystery.

TheBookofThoth

The Book of Thoth isbelieved to be an ancientbook containing secretknowledge and magic,according to some mysticsand occultists. Its actualexistence is often consideredonly a legend, but there arethose who claim and believe

the book to be authentic andkept hidden by theIlluminati.Thetalefollowingthe Book of Thoth says thatthe bookwas buriedwith anEgyptian Prince namedNeferkaptah. This is not tobe confused with a bookAleisterCrowleypublishedinthemid-1900stitledtheBookof Thoth, which is aphilosophicaldescriptionofadeck of Tarot cards thatCrowley designed called

ThothTarot.

The respected mysticand philosopher Manly P.Hallwrote,“Nothingdefiniteis known concerning thecontentsoftheBookofThothother than its pages werecovered with strangehieroglyphic figures andsymbols,whichgavetothoseacquainted with their useunlimited power over thespirits of the air and the

subterranean divinities.When certain areas of thebrain are stimulated by thesecret processes of theMysteries, the consciousnessofman is extendedandhe ispermitted to behold theImmortals and enter into thepresence of the superiorgods. The Book of Thothdescribed the methodwhereby this stimulationwasaccomplished. In truththerefore it was the Key to

Immortality.”[105]

“The book is still inexistence and continues tolead the disciples of this ageinto the presence of theImmortals. No otherinformation can be given totheworld concerning it now,but the apostolic successionfrom the first hierophantinitiated by Hermes himselfremainsunbroken to his day,

and thosewho are peculiarlyfitted to serve the Immortalsmay discover this pricelessdocument if they will searchsincerely and tirelessly for

it.”[106]

Could such a bookactually exist, and could theIlluminatibeinpossessionofit? If so, could theknowledge contained withinitspagesbethesourceof the

Illuminati’s wisdom andpower? It’s not absurd tothink that such a text doesexist and that they are inpossession of it. TheIlluminati’s power comeslargely from theirruthlessness and the extentwhichtheygotoensuretheirgoalsareachieved,butcouldthey actually have certaininformation about the natureof reality that aids them intheirlives?

While it certainly ispossible that such a bookcontainssecretstorealitythatwere once discovered anddocumented,anotherpossiblescenario,perhapsmorelikely,is that the myth of suchmaterial is used as a way toentice members of theIlluminatiand thepromiseofone day learning theforbidden contents of such abookisconstantlydangledasa carrot in front of them and

used as a motivator to keepthem working in accordancewiththeorganization’sgoals.

Perhaps the highestlevels of the Illuminati aregivenaccess to thebook if itexists,orperhapstheyaretheonly ones who know thatrumors of the book arenothingmorethanmyths,andperpetuate them to theiradvantage.

TheBookofShadows

TheBookofShadows isa popular text in the religionof Wicca which containsvarious philosophies, rituals,andmagicalteachings.Thereare various versions of thebook, with the most popularcomingfromGeraldGardner,whoisconsideredbymosttobe the father ofWicca. His1954book,WitchcraftToday

was largely responsible forbringing the religion ofWicca to the public’sawareness.

Gardnerclaimedthathehad been initiated into agroup,oracovenas theyarecalled, which carried on thetradition of paganism andwitchcraft. He said thatsectionsofthebookhadbeenpasseddownthroughtheagesand included writings of

witcheswhowerepersecutedand killed for their beliefs.Manywritingsarebelievedtobe inspired from orinterpretations of AleisterCrowley’s work, or takenfrom the Gospel of Witcheswhich was a book publishedin 1899 written by CharlesGodfreyLeland,whoclaimedto have discovered the bookinthe1890safterithadbeenhanded down from anunderground tradition of

witchcraftinItaly.

Of course almost everyscholar doubts these claims,andbothLelandandGardnerwere frauds and opportunistwho wanted to cash in onsales of these supposedauthentic underground booksand use such claims toincrease theirprestige amongoccultists.Gardnerexplainedthat students from the pastwould copy the Book of

Shadowsbyhandfromacopyallegedly owned by theirwitchcraftteacher.

In today’s fairlyeducated andmodern societysuchclaimsappearlaughable,and the economic motivesclear, but the tradition ofoccultists claiming to havediscovered an ancient textcontinues to be believed bymany as in the case of theBookofMormon, and by the

moremodernNecronomicon.

The Book of Shadowshasfounditswayintovariousfilms and television plots,including the fanciful seriesCharmed which starsShannen Doherty, AllyssaMilano, and Holly MarieCombs, and the 1996 filmThe Craft about a group offour teenage girls whobecome involved inwitchcraft.

TheIlluminatiManifesto

In 2001 a man namedSolomon Tulbure released abook titled The IlluminatiManifesto,claiming tobe theIlluminati’s goals andphilosophy which was nowbeing made public. Only ahandful of the most ignorantand gullible individualsactually believed theseclaims, and unlike similar

booksclaimingtobesecretorancient texts like TheNecronomicon and Book ofShadows, The IlluminatiManifesto failed to catch onand was a miserable dud,withlittletoanyonebelievingitwasanauthentic Illuminatitext.

SolomonTulbureisalsothe author of ChristianityExposed(2001)whichclaimsthatmostChristianbeliefsare

unbiblical and modernChristians follow theteachings of Paul and notJesus, and that Jesus’teachings are not worthy ofour attention and that analternative to religion isneeded. In 2002 he alsopublished, President G.W.Bush is a Moron: Islam IsNOTPeace;notexactlyatitlethat would be chosen by anascended Illuminati master,especially since George W.

BushisintheIlluminati.

The preface for themanifesto reads, “Our visionand goals are clearly spelledoutinthisabridgedversionofour Manifesto, the coreprinciples of what werepresent. We had hoped topublishanunabridgedversionof our Manifesto, however,duetorecenteventsandotherreasonswehavedecidedit isnot yet the proper time to

publish all our protocols andperspectives. Perhaps in 50-100 years the rest of ourprotocols will find a morefertile ground and at suchtime we will publish anunabridged Manifesto.Nevertheless, in order tosquash the many lies thathave been written about ourorganization we thought itnecessary to put forth ourimprint on the world scene

oncemore.”[107]

While it is obvious thatThe IlluminatiManifesto is apoorandunconvincingfraud,the story surroundingSolomon Tulbure does getmore interesting though,albeittragic.InNovemberof2004hewasfounddeadafterjumping off an interstateoverpass in Knoxville,Tennessee. Hewas35years

old and apparently he hadmade a posting on theInternet two years earlierthreatening suicide. ButTulbure’ssister,LidiaZotoiu,didn’t believe it and claimedhewasmurdered. “His righthandisbruised.Hislefthandisfullofscratches,”shesaid.“Somebody kill him andbring him under the

bridge.”[108]

When his brother wasasked by police if Solomonwas mentally disturbed, hisbrother Israel answered, “Idon’t know. He could havebeen because he was very

private.”[109]

When asked if hethought his brothercommitted suicide, Israelsaid,“Wedon’tknowhowheget from the bridge down

there.”[110] English wasobviously not the family’snativelanguage.

Solomon Tulbure hadclaimed in the past that hislifewasindangerbecauseofthe information he haddisclosed on the Internet andinhisbooks.

The more the storyunraveled surrounding

Tulbure, the more clear itbecame that he was nothingmore than a man trying tohustleup a fewdollarsusinga variety of schemes.Allegedly he was the creatorof MyMatchmaker.com, awebsite attempting to raisemoney from investorsclaiming it hoped to have 55millionmemberswithinthreeyears. The site,which is nolonger online, offered littleinformation other than

reading, “We will be morethan happy to provide adetailed business plan uponrequest.”

Accordingtohisbrother,Tulbure made money fromdaytradingandfromrunningvarious websites and that amonth before his deathsomeone from“some typeofagency” had been calling thefamily looking for Solomonand said they were

investigatinghim for Internetfraud. This could havepossibly caused orcontributed tohisdecision tocommitsuicide.

While there arenumerous people who aremurdered, die in unusualcircumstances, or whoallegedly commit suicide butare in fact murdered by theFBI, CIA or other agency inorder to silence them from

telling what they hadwitnessed in regard tocorruptionandcrime,thecaseof Solomon Tulbure is a sadcaseofamantryingtomakemoneyoffthehysteriathatisoften associated with theIlluminati, and perhaps inotherillegalandunderhandedways. Upon reading just afew sentences in TheIlluminati Manifesto itbecomes apparent that thisindividualdidnotpossessany

literary skillswhatsoever andhis fragmented thoughtpatterns clearly reflect amentallyunstableperson.

Oneofthemostbizarre,andsomewhatamusingthingsfoundinTulbure’sbookishistalkabouthow the Illuminatihad set up an online datingsite for Illuminati swingers.He wrote, “You must alsohaveavailabledocumentationproving that you and/or your

spouseorloverdoesnothaveany STDs. To find otherIlluminati or non-Illuminatiswingers visitwww.IlluminatiMatchMaker.com

orSwingers.com.”[111]

The book is 303 pageslong, and is full of randomand sometimes incoherentstatements. What can beunderstood from the book isthat the author had no

compassion for anyone.Found within his fancifulIlluminati Constitution, itreads, “Title V. Requiresparents who give birth todisabledpeopletoprovideforall the needs of the disabledindividual for as long as thedisabled has the needs.Requires that government donot provide any financialaids/welfare to the disabled,just because he/she isdisabled. Society does not

have any obligation tosupport, raise and feed

disabledpeople.”[112]

Tulbure also shows hiscontempt for all religions,saying“Weseektoeliminateall the churches, synagoguesand mosques and all thosewhom brainwash our youngwith mystical baloney andenslavethemindsofmenandwomen with religion and

falsevirtues.”[113]

TheBookofDzyan

Another alleged bookthat is being kept hiddenawaybytheIlluminatiisTheBookofDzyan which is saidto originate from Tibet.Several prominent occultauthors claimed to have seenthe book and have includedvarious information

purportingtocomefromitintheirownworks. The SecretDoctrine written by HelenaBlavatsky is said tobebasedon the Book of Dzyan.Blavatsky claimed to haveseen the actual book whenshewasstudyinginTibetandthat it was guarded from the“profane”bytheGreatWhiteBrotherhood. The term“profane” is often used byoccultists to describe peoplewho are not a part of an

occult hierarchy or secretsociety.

The Book of Dzyan issaid to have been written inthelanguageofSenzar,whichis unknown to linguists andsaidtobeasecretlanguageofenlightened masters.BlavatskywroteinTheSecretDoctrine, “This firstinstallment of the esotericdoctrines is based uponStanzas, which are the

recordsofapeopleunknownto ethnology; it is claimedthat they are written in atongue absent from thenomenclature of languagesand dialects with whichphilology is acquainted; theyare said to emanate from asource (Occultism)repudiated by science; and,finally, they are offeredthrough an agency,incessantlydiscreditedbeforethe world by all those who

hate unwelcome truths, orhave some special hobby oftheir own to defend.Therefore, the rejection ofthese teachings may beexpected, and must beaccepted beforehand.No onestylinghimselfa“scholar,”inwhateverdepartmentofexactscience, will be permitted toregard these teachings

seriously.”[114] (See TheSecretDoctrinepage102)

In Alice Bailey’s 1925book A Treatise on CosmicFire,shewritesseveralversesfrom The Stanzas of Dzyan(anothernamefortheBookofDzyan) which she claimswere psychically dictated toher by a Tibetan MasternamedDjwalKul,whosomeNew Age thinkers believe isan “ascended master” wholives in another dimensionoutsideofhumanperception.These“ascendedmasters”are

believed by some to beworking with and directingtheIlluminati.

Some people in NewAge circles believe that theBookofDzyanwasoriginallywritten by the inhabitants ofthe lost city of Atlantis.Swiss author Erich vonDaniken, who believes thataliensfromotherplanetshaveinfluenced culture on earth,has said that the Book of

Dzyan came fromextraterrestrials and predatesEarth. Fictional writer H.P.Lovecraft, who died onMarch15,1937at theageof46, also made references tothe Stanzas of Dzyan in hisnovels.

Whether the Book ofDzyanactuallyexistsornotisopentodebate.Certainlyitispossible such a book exists,althoughitsauthorshipwould

be uncertain. It is alsopossible, and perhaps morelikely,thattheBookofDzyanis the creation of the over-active imaginations ofoccultists and New Ageauthors such as HelenaBlavatsky and Alice Bailey.Some also believe that these“ascendedmasters”whosuchauthors claimed to betelepathically incommunication with were inreality, idealizations of the

mentorsoftheveryoccultistswho wrote about suchbeings.

The Report From IronMountain

In 1967 a book waspublished titled, The Reportfrom Iron Mountain whichwas allegedly a leakeddocument containing the

analysis of a governmentfunded think tank whicharguedthecasethatperpetualwar was needed to fuel theUnited States economy, andthat if a state ofworldpeacewouldensue,thatitwouldbedevastating for the economyandsociety.Ifpeaceweretohappen, the documentsuggested several actions toensureaconstantstateofwarwouldcontinue.ShortlyafterThe Report from Iron

Mountain was published inthe form of a book, it madetheNewYorkTimesbestsellerlist and created quite a stirparticularly within militiagroups and those suspiciousof corruption within thegovernment. The PentagonPapers, which were a top-secret history of the UnitedStates involvement inVietnam, were releasedshortly after which added topeople’sfears.

U.S. News and WorldReport wrote that anunnamedgovernment officialhad confirmed theauthenticity of thedocuments,andthatPresidentJohnson had “hit the roof”whenwordof the reportwasmade public. The articlereportedthatordersweresenttoU.S. embassiesaround theworld saying that the bookhad nothing to do with U.S.

governmentpolicies.[115]

Several years later in a1972editionoftheNewYorkTimesBookReview, LeonardLewin took credit as theactual author, saying, “Iwrote the “Report,” all of it.(HowitcameaboutandwhowasprivytotheplotI’llhaveto discuss elsewhere.) Butwhy as a hoax? What Iintended was simply to pose

theissuesofwarandpeaceina provocative way. To dealwiththeessentialabsurdityofthe fact that the war system,however much deplored, isnevertheless accepted as partof the necessary order ofthings. To caricature thebankruptcy of the think-tankmentality by pursuing itsstyleofscientisticthinkingtoitslogicalends.Andperhaps,withluck,toextendthescopeofpublicdiscussionof“peace

planning” beyond its usual,

stodgylimits.”[116]

Decades later in 1996JonEllistonpublishedabooktitled, Report from IronMountain: Highbrow HoaxMocks National SecuritySpeak, which detailed theevolution of the report andthe ensuing speculation afteritspublication.

Some believe the ideafor writing it came fromVictorNavaskywhowas theeditor of the left wingmagazine The Nation from1978 until 1995. Navaskywas also the editor of asatiricalnewspapercalled theMonicle until it ceasedpublicationinthemid-1960s.

Harvard professor JohnKennethGalbraithaddedfuelto the controversy when he

wrote a book review for theWashington Post using thepseudonym “HerschelMcLandress,”where he said,“AsIwouldputmypersonalreputebehindtheauthenticityof this document, sowould Itestify to the validity of itsconclusions.Myreservationsrelate only to the wisdom ofreleasing it to an obviously

unconditionedpublic.”[117]

While it is officiallyclassified as a hoax, TheReport from Iron Mountaincontains some chillinglyaccurate information andpredictions about what thefuture would hold. Keep inmind,thebookwaspublishedin 1967. If it actually is ahoax, the author had atremendous amount ofknowledge and foresight asyou can see by reading anexcerpt below which talks

about creating a fake alienthreat tounite theworld,andtopushtheideaofecologicaldestruction as a terribledanger and threat tomankind.

TheReportreads,“Ithasbeenhotlyarguedthatsuchamenacewouldofferthe“last,best hope of peace,” etc., byuniting mankind against thedanger of destruction by“creatures”fromotherplanets

or from outer space.Experiments have beenproposed to test thecredibility of an out-of-our-world invasion threat;…nevertheless, an effectivepolitical substitute for warwould require “alternateenemies,” some of whichmight seem equallyfarfetched in the context ofthe current war system. Itmay be, for instance, thatgross pollution of the

environment can eventuallyreplace the possibility ofmass destruction by nuclearweapons as the principleapparentthreattothesurvivalof the species. Poisoning ofthe air, and of the principalsources of food and watersupply, is already welladvanced, and at the firstglancewouldseempromisinginthisrespect;itconstitutesathreat that can be dealt withonly through social

organization and politicalpower. But from thepresentindications it will be ageneration to a generationand a half beforeenvironmental pollution,however severe, will besufficiently menacing, on aglobal scale, to offer apossible basis for a

solution.”[118]

While the idea of an

actualalienthreatmaybefar-fetched, or the idea ofmanufacturing one to appearas if it is real equally far-fetched, the technology ofProject Blue Beam wouldallow just that to happenusing high-tech projectionsystems to create enormousthree dimensional holograms

in the sky.[119] Also,decades after The Reportfrom Iron Mountain was

published, President RonaldReaganwouldmakeasimilarremark. On September 21,1987, he told the UnitedNations General Assembly,“In our obsession withantagonism of the moment,we often forget how muchunites all the members ofhumanity. Perhaps we needsomeoutside,universalthreatto make us recognize thiscommonbond.Ioccasionallythink how quickly our

differences worldwide wouldvanish if we were facing analien threat from outside thisworld.”

IfTheReport fromIronMountainisindeedauthentic,thenthebestandprettymuchonly strategy the governmentwould have to counter itsrelease would be to paysomeone to claim authorshipandsayitwasahoax.

If the document is ahoax, the author had the rareknowledgeoftheuseoffalseflag terrorist attacks and thestrategy of creating enemiesandeventssothatpoliticalormilitary actions may betaken. The report reads,“However unlikely some ofthepossiblealternateenemieswe have mentioned mayseem, we must emphasizethat one must be found, ofcredible quality and

magnitude, if a transition topeace is ever to come aboutwithoutsocialdisintegration.It is more probable, in ourjudgment, that such a threatwill have to be inventedrather than developed from

unknownconditions.”[120]

Leonard Lewin, whoclaimedauthorshipandsaiditwas a hoax, sued severalindividuals who believed the

reportwas authentic and hadreprinteditandweresellingitthemselvesasaway tomakemoney and spread the wordabout this diabolical plan.Lewin technically had thecopyright and was legallyentitled to the ownership ofthe text. Such an action issuspicious if in fact thedocument was authenticbecauseonemaythinkLewinwould want the document tobecome public domain and

spread to as many people aspossible. However, somesuspect that the legal actionwas taken as a way tointimidate patriots who werespreading awareness of thereport and that Lewin’ssupposed admission that hewas the author was not thetruth, and was instead anattempt at damage control todisarm the public andpersuadethemthereportwasahoax,wheninrealityitwas

authentic.

In 1996 the book wasreleased again with anAfterwardwrittenbyLeonardLewin where he discussedhow he was surprised thatword continued to spreadaboutthereportdecadesafterits initial release. This newedition also includes severalarticles that were writtenabout the reportwhen itwasfirst released. The Forward

to the1996bookwaswrittenbyVictor Navaskywhere heexplains how he and Lewinallegedly concocted the ideaformoney,believingthebookwould sell due to thecontroversyitwouldcause.

Whatever the truth isregarding The Report fromIron Mountain, some itscontents turned out to bechillingly accurate in regardstowhatthefuturewouldhold

even though it was writtenover forty years ago. Thereare already plenty ofauthentic declassifieddocuments,governmentwhitepapers, and mainstreamreportswhichconfirmsimilaror even more sinisteroperations than the onesfound in The Report fromIron Mountain. So theauthenticityofthereportisn’tthat important, butwhen oneis presenting information

about false flag terrorism orfear mongering surroundingclimate change, one is bestadvisedtouseconfirmedandreputable sources, instead ofThe Report from IronMountain.

Protocols of the Elders ofZion

Another document thatisclassifiedasahoaxyethaselementswhichclearlyreflect

realityisTheProtocolsoftheElders of Zion. Thedocumentsurfacedin1903inRussia and was written tomake it seem as if it was aplandrawnupbyapowerfulgroup of Jews who hadformulated strategies to takeover the world and maintaindominance.Thedocumentisstill believed to be authenticby some, including anti-Semites, and is referenced asevidenceofJewishcontrolof

the NewWorld Order. (SeeWhy are the Jews AlwaysBlamed?page25)

While many of theProtocols are seeminglyaccuratewithregards to theirstrategies tomaintain controlover economies, media, andpolitics, it appears the authorwent to great lengths toinclude wording that overtlyillustrates the diabolicalnature of the document and

its supposed creator, theJews, in an attempt todemonize them. Itgratuitously emphasizesseveral points to give theimpression to the reader thatthe document outlinedmaliciousintentionsbyJews.Even documents which are100% legitimate that outlinediabolical schemes such asOperationNorthwoods,use avery matter of fact languageand do not brag in excess

about the brilliance of theplans, or their insidiousnature. SuchlanguageintheProtocolscanclearlybe seenasawaytobrandtheJewsastheonespullingthestringsinaconspiracy.

When first published inRussia in1903, theProtocolsrapidly made their wayaround the world andcontinue to be circulated inprint and on the Internet

today.Thesupposedoriginalmanuscript never surfaced,whichcastashadowofdoubton the authenticity of theProtocols. While some haveclaimed to see the originaldocument, the material isclassifiedasaliteraryforgerydeliberately designed tosmear theJewsas thepuppetmasters behind a conspiracytoruletheworld.Duringtherise of Adolf Hitler, theProtocols were used to

enflame hatred against theJews, and lent more supportfor the Third Reich by theGermans.

When the Protocols areread and the word “Jew” isreplacedwith“theIlluminati”the plans and the methodsfound in the document stillring true today. Severalexcerptsfromthe24differentProtocols are listed below toillustrate this point. The

original author of theProtocols was most likelyinspiredfromJohnRobison’sProofsofaConspiracywhichwaspublished in1798. (SeeProofs of a Conspiracy page47)

ExcerptfromProtocol1

“It must be noted thatmen with bad instincts are

more in number than thegood, and therefore the bestresults ingoverning themareattained by violence andterrorization, and not byacademic discussions…Behold the alcoholisedanimals,bemusedwithdrink,the right to an immoderateuse of which comes alongwithfreedom.Itisnotforusand ours to walk that road.Thepeoplesofthegoyimarebemused with alcoholic

liquors;theiryouthhasgrownstupidonclassicismandfromearly immorality, into whichit has been inducted by ourspecial agents—by tutors,lackeys, governesses in thehouses of the wealthy, byclerks and others, by ourwomen in the places ofdissipation frequented by thegoyim.InthenumberoftheselastIcountalsotheso-called“society ladies,” voluntaryfollowers of the others in

corruptionandluxury.”

ExcerptfromProtocol2

“Through the Press wehave gained the power toinfluence while remainingourselvesintheshade;thanksto the Presswe have got thegold in our hands,notwithstanding thatwehavehadtogatheritoutofoceans

ofbloodandtears.”

ExcerptfromProtocol3

“We shall create thiscrisis by all the secretsubterraneanmethodsopentous andwith the aid of Gold,which is all in our hands: auniversal economic crisiswherebyweshallthrowuponthe streets whole mobs of

workerssimultaneously inallthecountriesofEurope.”

“These mobs will rushdelightedly to shed thebloodof those whom, in thesimplicity of their ignorance,they have envied from anearlyage,andwhosepropertythey will then be able toloot.”

“Ours they will nottouch,becausethemomentof

attack will be known to usandweshalltakemeasurestoprotectourown.”

ExcerptfromProtocol4

“Gentile masonryblindlyservesasascreenforus and our objects, but theplan of action of our force,

even its very abiding-place,remainsfor thewholepeopleanunknownmystery.”

“…itisindispensableforus to undermine all faith, totear out of the minds of thegoyim the very principle ofGodheadandthespirit,andtoput in its place arithmeticalcalculations and materialneeds. In order to give thegoyim no time to think andtakenote,theirmindsmustbe

divertedtowardsindustryandtrade. Thus, all the nationswill be swallowed up in thepursuitofgainandintheracefor it will not take note oftheircommonfoe.”

ExcerptfromProtocol5

“Inplaceoftherulersof

todayweshallsetupabogeywhich will be called theSuper-GovernmentAdministration. Its handswillreachinalldirectionlikenippers and its organizationwill be of such colossaldimensions that it cannot failto subdue all the nations oftheworld.”

ExcerptfromProtocol6

“Weshallsoonbeginto

establish huge monopolies,reservoirs of colossal riches,upon which even largefortunes of the goyim willdependtosuchanextent thatthey will go to the bottomtogetherwiththecreditofthestates on the day after thepoliticalsmash.”

ExcerptfromProtocol7

“The intensification ofarmaments, the increase of

police forces—are allessential for the completionof the aforementionedplans.”

ExcerptfromProtocol8

“Our directorate mustsurround itself with all theseforces of civilization amongwhichitwillhavetowork.Itwill surround itself withpublicists, practical jurists,administrators, diplomats

and, finally, with personsprepared by a special super-educational training in ourspecial schools. Thesepersonswill have cognisanceofallthesecretsofthesocialstructure, they will know allthe languages that can bemade up by politicalalphabets and words; theywillbemadeacquaintedwiththe whole underside ofhuman nature, with all itssensitive chords on which

theywillhavetoplay.”

ExcerptfromProtocol10

“We are destroying thecauses of your torment—nationalities, frontiers,differences of coinages….weshall destroy among thegoyim the importance of thefamily and its educationalvalue and remove thepossibility of individualminds splitting off, for the

mob, handled by us,will notletthemcometothefrontnorevengivethemahearing;itisaccustomed to listen to usonlywhopayitforobedienceandattention.Inthiswayweshall create a blind, mightyforcewhichwillneverbeinaposition to move in anydirectionwithoutguidanceofour agents set at its head byusasleadersofthemob.Thepeople will submit to theregime because it will know

that upon these leaders willdepend its earnings,gratificationsand thereceiptsofallkindsofbenefits.”

ExcerptfromProtocol11

“Thereisanotherreasonalsowhytheywillclosetheireyes: for we shall keeppromising them to give backallthelibertieswehavetakenaway as soon as we havequelled the enemies of peace

andtamedallparties.”

ExcerptfromProtocol12

“Not a singleannouncement will reach thepublic without our control.Even now this is alreadybeing attained by usinasmuch as the news itemsare received by a fewagencies, in whose officesthey are focused from allparts of the world. These

agencieswill thenbealreadyentirely ours and will givepublicity only to what wedictatetothem.”

ExcerptfromProtocol13

“Whenwecomeintoourkingdom our orators willexpound great problemswhich have turned humanityupsidedowninordertobringit at the end under ourbeneficent rule. Who will

ever suspect then that allthese peoples were stage-managedbyusaccordingtoapolitical plan which no onehassomuchasguessedat inthe course of manycenturies?

ExcerptfromProtocol14

“Our philosophers willdiscuss all the shortcomingsof the various beliefs of thegoyim, but no one will ever

bring under discussion ourfaith from its true point ofview since this will be fullylearned by none save ours,whowillneverdaretobetrayitssecrets.”

TheHolyGrail

The Holy Grail isfrequently believed to be acupthatwasusedbyJesusatthe Last Supper, which wasthe final meal he had before

being taken into custody bythe Romans and crucified.Aside from people believingit is an ancient artifact, somebelieve that it containssupernatural powers and canbestow them onto whoeverpossesses the Grail. Othersbelieve that theHolyGrail isnot a cup, but that it is anancient parchment containingwritings which explain themysteriesoftheUniverseandGod. Others still insist that

theHolyGrailactuallyrefersto a bloodline of Jesus andMaryMagdalene and believethetwoweremarriedandhadachild,andthatthebloodlineremains to this day and ishidden and protected bysecretsocieties.Nodefinitiveinformationisavailableaboutanysuchtheories,andthereisa continuing debate aboutwhattheGrailis,orifitevenexistsatall.

Such legends ofteninclude theKnightsTemplar,and some suspect thatwhatevertheGrailis,thattheKnights Templar obtained itfrom their excavations underSolomon’s Temple duringtheir time there, and itcontinues to be in thepossessionofthemoderndayIlluminati.

WhatevertheHolyGrailactuallyis,andifitstillexists

today remains a mystery.However, the KnightsTemplar learned theirstrangeoccult rituals fromsomewhere after they hadestablished themselves inJerusaleminthe12thcentury.And the same is true withtheir knowledge of bankingand collecting interest, apractice which is still usedtodayby theFederalReserveBank which was created by

the Illuminati. (See TheCreature from Jekyll Islandpage 95) Therefore it is notbaseless speculation that theTemplars did indeed findsome ancient scrolls wherethey learned such thingsfrom. The discovery of theDead Sea Scrolls between1947and1956verifythefactthat similar information hadbeen written down andhidden, only to be foundhundredsofyearslater.

TheKnightsTemplarareknown as amilitary order ofsupposed Christian warriormonks who protectedChristian peasants as theytraveled to theHollyLand inJerusalem starting around1196. They were called theKnights Templar becausethey used the site ofSolomon’s Temple as theirheadquarters.

As a closer look was

taken at the Templars, manybelieve that they had anulteriormotive for staying atthe temple. Evidenceprovesthat they were secretlyexcavating under the templefor treasure. Many believewhat theywereafterwasnotonly gold, but some hiddendocuments as well. Somebelieve that these documentscontain the family tree and abloodline of Jesus, a fraudthat was popularized by Dan

Brown’s book The Da VinciCode. (See Angels andDemonspage312)

Othersbelievethatthesedocumentsheldsomekindofmystical secrets about lifeand the nature of reality andthespirituallawsoftheworldand the workings of God.This is what many occultistsbelieve is actually the HolyGrail.

The king of France,King Philip IV, eventuallyaccused the Templars ofbeing Satanists and had theirleadership and as manyTemplars he could findarrested in 1307. WhilemanypeopletodaydefendtheTemplars, and believe thekinghadsimplymadeup theaccusations as a reason toconfiscate their wealth, mostprominent occultists openlyadmit that the Templars had

learned magic rituals, andwere indeed in possession ofesotericmysticalknowledge.

Eliphas Levi, aprominent 19th centuryoccultist writes, “What wasactuallythissecretandpotentassociation which imperiledChurch and State, and wasthus destroyed unheard?Judge nothing lightly; theyare guilty of a great crime;theyhaveexposedtoprofane

eyes the sanctuaryofantiqueinitiation. They havegathered again and havesharedthefruitsofthetreeofknowledge, so they mightbecome masters of the

world.”[121]

Among the accusations,the Templars were said tohave done satanic ritualsinvolving a person’sdecapitated head, called

Baphomet. Levi admits,“Yes, in our profaneconviction, the GrandMasters of the Order of theTemplars worshipped theBaphomet,andcausedittobeworshipped by their

initiates.”[122]

Manly P. Hall writes,“The famous hermaphroditicGoat of Mendes was acomposite creature

formulated to symbolize thisastral light. It is identicalwith Baphomet, the mysticpantheosofthosedisciplesofceremonial magic, theTemplars, who probablyobtained it from the

Arabians.”[123]

Christopher Knight andRobertLomasexplain inTheBook of Hiram, “Hence itfollows that the mysteries of

the craft are in reality themysteries of religion. TheKnights were, however,careful not to entrust thisimportantsecrettoanywhosefidelityanddiscretionhadnotbeen fully proved. Theytherefore invented differentdegrees to test theircandidates, and gave themonly symbolical secretswithout explanation, toprevent treachery and solelyto enable them to make

themselves known to eachother.Forthispurposeitwasresolved to use differentsigns, words and tokens ineach degree, by which theywould be secured against theSaracens, cowans or

intruders.”[124]

Eliphas Levi confirmsthis in his 1913 book TheHistory of Magic, writing,“The Templars had two

doctrines; onewas concealedand reserved to the leaders,being that of Johannism; theother was public, beingRoman Catholic doctrine.Theydeceivedinthismannerthe enemies that they hopedto supplant. The JohannismoftheadeptswastheKabalahof the Gnostics, but itdegenerated speedily into amystic pantheism carriedeventoidolatryofNatureandhatred of all revealed

dogma…They went even sofar as to recognize thepantheistic symbolism of thegrand masters of BlackMagic, and the better toisolate themselves fromobedience to a religion bywhich they were condemnedbefore, they rendered divinehonors to themonstrous idol

Baphomet.”[125]

TheKnightsTemplarare

believed to have createdFreemasonry andincorporated their mysticalteachings into theorganization, which, like theTemplars, contains a secretdoctrinefortheinnercircleofelite adepts and dispense liestolowerlevelmembersaboutthetruemeaningsofsymbolsand about the teachings andoccult beliefs hidden at thecore. (See Morals andDogmapage70)

AllegedDefectorsand

Victims

In the fairly recent pastseveralindividualshavecomeforwardandmadeclaimsthat

theywereformermembersofthe Illuminati and have leftthe organization and decidedto write books and givelectures exposing them.Others have made similarclaims,onlyinsteadofsayingtheyweremembers, they saythat they were victims ofexperimentsandmindcontroltechniques thatwere directedby the Illuminati. Asbizarreorfar-fetchedassomeoftheirclaims may seem, if one is

familiar with declassifiedgovernment programs, someallegations are notunrealistic. Despite whatsome may consider fancifultales,orevendelusions,someoftheseallegeddefectorsandvictims have made headlinesand developed a fair amountofsupporters.

Othershavehadmanyoftheir claims exposed asexaggerations or blatant lies

upon further examination.Others yet, remain in therealmofpossiblybeingtrue.These stories have become apart of the folkloresurrounding the Illuminatiand the occult, and warrantmentioning and beinganalyzed as we sift throughthe facts and fiction of theIlluminati.

JohnTodd

John Todd, also knownas “John Todd Collins” or“Lance Collins” was one ofthefirst,ifnotthefirstpersonto claim to be a formermember of the Illuminati inmoderntimes.

In the late 1970s Toddbegan a series of speakingengagements at variousevangelical Churches andorganizations inwhathesaidwashismissiontoexposethe

workings and plans of theIlluminati. Heclaimed tobea high level member whodecided to become aChristian in 1972, and leavetheorganization.Atthistimetherewereseveralotherswhowere claiming to be formerSatanists turned Christiansandwerenow trying towarnpeople about the occult, butToddactuallyclaimedtobeahigh level Illuminatimemberhimself,andnotjustsomeone

whodabbledintheoccult.

By listening to therecordedspeecheshegave,hedidknowafairamountaboutthe Illuminati, theirsymbolism, and theirorganizationsandoperations.Several hours of his lecturesare available on the Internetin mp3s. John Todd isactuallya fairlydynamicandconfidentspeaker.Hespeakswith authority, and sounds

like he is extremelyknowledgeable on theIlluminati. It’s important tonotethatinthe1970s,hardlyanyone knew anything aboutthe Illuminati or the NewWorldOrder. There was noInternetthatanyonecouldusetoquickly lookuphisclaimsandveryfewbookshadbeenpublished on such material.As we dissect John Todd’sclaims and cross examinethemwithwhatwenowknow

tobetrueaboutFreemasonryand the Illuminati, most ofthem completely fall apartand are undoubtedly a seriesof fabrications and lies.Despite being a fraud, thelegend of John Todd isfascinating to explore and heproves to be a very talentedstorytellerorpossiblyaverypersuasivecompulsiveliar.

JohnTodd appeared onthe scene in the late 1970s

shortly after Gary Allen’sbook, None Dare Call ItConspiracy was published in1972 which brought theIlluminati conspiracy out inthe open again after it hadlaid dormant since the 1920sand 30s with the publicationof Secret Societies andSubversive Movements byNesta Webster, and OccultTheocrasy by Edith Miller.These books were theprimary sources of Todd’s

information, and he madereferencetoAllenduringoneofhisspeecheswhichcanbeheard on the Internet. (SeeNoneDareCallItConspiracypage 62) (See SecretSocieties and SubversiveMovements page 56) (SeeOccultTheocrasypage59)

The other source JohnTodd had learned about theIlluminati from was MyronFagan’s audio recordings

which were released in thelate 1960s. (See MyronFagan page 208) Toddbasically regurgitatedinformation about theIlluminati that he learnedfromAllenandFagan’swork,but presented it as if he hadfirsthand knowledge of itfrom being personallyinvolved.

One of Todd’s claimsthatdeviatedfromthetypical

Illuminati takeover plan wasthat he alleged when he wasin the Illuminati he oversaweightmilliondollars thatwasgiventoPastorChuckSmith,founder of Cavalry Chapel,for the purpose of launchingthe Christian Rock industry.Todd claimed that the lyricsdidn’t matter, and that themusic had a demonic beatthat was being used tobrainwash the listeners. Healso claimed that Jerry

Falwell had been bought offby the Illuminatiwith a fiftymilliondollardonation.

Another bizarre claimunique to Todd was that thenovelAtlasShruggedbyAynRandwas supposedlywrittenin code specifically forIlluminati members as ablueprint for their worldtakeover, and that onlyIlluminati members weresupposed to read the book

and the publishers wereconcerned that the book hadbecome so popular since itwould give away theIlluminati’splan.

Moreredflagscontinueto come up the more onelistens to Todd. He referredto The Necronomicon asbeingarealbookthatheoncesaw and held in his handwhen he was an Illuminist.The Necronomicon is a

fictional book that wasmentioned several times inthewritings of 1920’s horrorwriter H.P. Lovecraft. Toddkept calling theNecronomicon, theNecromonicon.Severaltimesduring his speech, hemispronounced the name ofthis book. One would thinkthat a high level Illuminatimember would know theproper pronunciation of thissacredbook.Hecalleditthe

originaloccultbible.

“There are only threecopies in existence today.One is in the town…in theSaint Petersburg cathedral inthe USSR. One is in NewYorkCity,noI’msorry.Oneis in Glasgow and one is inLondon. I saw….the onefrom the London museumwasinNewYorkforawhileand I got to look at it andhold it when I was in the

occult,” he said as hestumbledoverhiswordsquiteextensively when trying toexplain his alleged contactwiththebook.

In H.P. Lovecraft’snovelsitissaidthatthereareonly fivecopies inexistence,an idea that Todd essentiallyparroted as he tried todescribe the book to one ofhisaudiences.Nosuchbookwas ever at the London

museum, or anymuseum forthat matter, and Todd’sclaims of holding it in hishand was completelyunpractical. In1973, severalyearsbeforeJohnToddbeganspeakingabouttheIlluminati,a man claiming that he haddiscovered the realNecronomicon publishedwhat was an obvious hoaxand an attempt to cash in onthe legendof thebook. (SeeTheNecronomicon)

Asidefromnotseemingvery clear on several aspectsof the Illuminati, andclaiming to have seen anactual copy of TheNecronomicon, Todd alsoclaimedtohavebeenaGreenBeret in the Vietnam War.As more people investigatedTodd’s allegations, it wasdiscovered that he was ageneral clerk/typist. Whenconfronted with thisdiscovery,heclaimedthatthe

Illuminati must have alteredhis records in an attempt todiscredit him. He wouldfrequently claim his life wasin danger and that numerousattempts had been made tohavehimkilled.

John Todd had piecedtogether various quotes andsecret society history, andorganized it into whatsounded like an honestconfession, but any modern

student of the Illuminati canclearlyseeToddforthefraudthat he was. In one of hisspeeches he said, “I’m goingto read you the initiation tobecome a member of thecouncil of 33, the 3rd, oractually the second highestcouncil within theMasons, Imean within the Illuminati.”He then goes on to read,“When theMason learns thatthekey to thewarrior on the

block is the properapplication of the dynamo ofliving power, he has learnedthemysteryofhisCraft.Theseething energies of Luciferareinhishandsandbeforehemaysteponwardandupward,he must prove his ability toproperly handle energy.”This is not the initiation intoany level of Freemasonry orthe Illuminati, but rather aquote from page 124 ofManly P. Hall’s book The

LostKeysofFreemasonry.

In a recording titledJohn Todd explains theIlluminati, that can be heardonYouTube,hesays,“WhenI was saved Icomplained….or not when…(mumbling) what am Isaying, what am I saying,when Iwas saved? I didn’tfind this out until I wassaved. When I was in theoccult, I complained at our

council meeting because the33rd council had so muchpowerandIfeltitwasunjustbecause I had provenmyselfsogreatlytoLucifer.”

In this same speech healsoclaims to readapassagefrom the Masonic bookMorals and Dogma, butactually reads an allegedletter fromAlbertPike to the33rd degree inspectorsgenerals which is not found

anywhere in Morals andDogma. He also uses theterms “The TrilateralCouncil,”andthe“CouncilofForeign Affairs,” to refer toIlluminati organizations,when their actual names arethe Trilateral Commission,not council, and the Councilon Foreign Relations, notaffairs.

Another bizarrestatement that can be heard

ontheInternetpostingsofhislecturesarehisclaimsthatthecredit card was the mark ofthe Beast, and almost alllicense plates in Israel startwiththenumber666.

He said that theIlluminati had planned toconfiscate all guns within ayear and a half and weregoing to remove the taxexempt status of churchesunless they belonged to the

World Council of Churches,and that all church memberswould have their name,address, and phone numberpublished in post offices intheir town so that everyonewould know who and wherealltheChristiansweresotheycould eventually be roundedup and killed. Also, hewarned that peoplewill soonbe charged with murder ifthey convert someone toChristianity,andthattheNew

World Order would becreatedby1980.

Whileitisstillcommon,and a good idea to have afoodsupplyinyourhomethatwill sustain you and yourfamily for several weeks incase of an emergency, Toddclaimed that an anti-hordingact would soon be passedsaying people couldn’t storemore than one month’ssupplyoffoodortheywillgo

toprisonforayear.

Oneof themostblatantlies that anyone who hasstudied the Illuminati wouldsee as preposterous was thatToddrepeatedlysaidhewasamember of the ultra-eliteCouncil of 13, which isactually comprised of the 13heads of the top 13 familiesof the Illuminati. A brokenobody like JohnTodd,evenifhewereactuallyamember

of the Illuminati, would notbe anywhere close to such aprestigious level of thehierarchy.Suchpositionsarefilled by wealthy titans likethe Rockefellers andRothschilds.

Inthe1970swhenToddwas giving his speeches, notonly was little known aboutthe Illuminati to the public,but therewas no Internet foranyone to use to investigate

his claims, so since some ofwhat he was saying soundedplausible to his audience, athorough examination of hisclaims would proveextremelydifficultduringthattimeperiod.

Jack Chick, one of themost published comic bookartists in theworld ended upcreating a comic book calledTheBrokenCrosswhichwasbased on Todd’s allegations,

andin1980JacobSailoralsopublishedacomicbookbasedon Todd’s supposedknowledge of the Illuminati.Chick had publicly defendedTodd as others began toquestionhistruthfulness.

A Christian Identitygroup called The Covenant,The Sword, and the Arm ofthe Lord (CSA) published abooktitledWitchcraftandtheIlluminati which used some

ofTodd’sclaimsasevidenceof the Illuminati. The bookalso incorporated andsupported the serpent seedtheoryandattackedJewsandAfrican Americans as beingspawn of Satan. (See WhyaretheJewsAlwaysBlamed?page25)

In1973allegationswerebeing made that John Toddhad sex with two teenagegirlshemetwhileworkingat

a coffeehouse, carried a .38handgun into churchmeetings, and was using

drugs.[126] Afterheandhisclaimscameundermorefire,some Christian leaders whooncepromotedhimstartedtodistance themselves oroutrightdenouncedhim.

Whilenotactuallybeinga member of the Illuminati,apparently Todd was

involved with Wicca, and in1976 he temporarily held acharter of Watchers Churchof Wicca, but after it wasdiscovered that he had beenchargedwith having oral sexwithaminorinDayton,Ohio,Gavin Frost revoked thecharter he had granted toTodd’s coven of Frost’sChurchandSchoolofWicca.[127]

In 1979 Todd wasarrested and later convictedfor statutory rape andtransportingaminoracrossastate line. Of course, heclaimed hewas innocent andset up by the Illuminati aspayback for him exposingthem, and that they used thecharges as a way to silencehim.

Several Christianministries investigated

Todd’s claims of hisbackground and discoveredgaping discrepancies andfantasticlies.ThemagazinesChristianity Today, andCornerstone did their owninvestigations and published

articlesexposinghim.[128]

John Todd often spokewith such conviction that hewasabletofoolafairamountofpeopleintobelievinghim.

His charisma overshadowedhis claims, some of whicheven in the 70s should haveseemed ridiculous to hisaudience. By reading someofthecommentsonYouTubevideos featuring audio ofTodd’s speeches, it sadlyshows that still today somegullible listeners believe hisstorytobetrue.

In closing this analysisof John Todd, I will add

several more preposterousclaimstohis longlistof lies,justincaseanyonestillthinkshewastellingthetruthaboutbeingaformermemberoftheIlluminati. For example heclaimed that the highestdegree in Freemasonry wasthe35th degree,when in factit isthe33rddegree.HesaidthattheentirecastofthefilmStar Wars, which had justbeen released at the time,

wereallwitchesandthatonemillion people joinedwitchcraft as a result of thefilm. He said he knew thisbecause he was friends withthe“headofpublicity”forthefilm. Also, “the entire cast”of thepopular soapoperasatthe time,The Young and theRestless, and All MyChildren, were witches. Hetold his audience that theIlluminati bought Smith andWesson and purposefully

madethegunspoorqualitysotheywould“blowup inyourface” because they didn’twantthepeopletobearmed.Aside from saying that boththe secular and Christianmusic industries werecontrolled by Satan, he saidthat before an album wasmass produced, that a groupof 13 witches would cast aspell on themaster copy andthat all copies made from itwould be possessed with

demons.

BillSchnoebelen

Anothermanclaimingtobe a former member of theIlluminati is WilliamSchnoebelenasherecountsinhis 1993 book LuciferDethroned. He is the authorof seven books, includingMasonry Beyond the Light(1991),Wicca: Satan’s LittleWhite Lie (1990), Space

Invaders(2003)whichisonly120 pages and talks aboutUFOs, Blood on theDoorposts: An AdvancedCourse in Spiritual Warfare(1994) which was writtenwith his wife Sharon, andMormonism’s Temple ofDoom (1987) which is only79 pages. He has alsoappeared in several filmsincluding Riddles In Stone,and Interview with an Ex-Vampire.

Schnoebelen is aninteresting character withwhite hair and a long whitebeard,lookingsomewhatlikea wizard out of the Lord ofthe Rings movies, which isperhaps a deliberate style headheres to for reasons thatwill become obvious as youlearn more about him. Heclaims to be a former 32nddegree Freemason and aShriner.Heshowsaphotoof

himself in the Shriner hat,where he looks muchyounger, and he haswhat heclaims to be his certificateshowing he had achieved the32nd degree level ofFreemasonry. This couldverywellbetrue.Hesayshewas a formermember of theChurch of Satan and alsoshows a letter signed byAntonLaVeywelcominghimto the group. This is also

possible, as the Church ofSatan does have anapplicationthatpeoplefilloutand send in to become amember. Since someonefamiliar with the occultwould know the truepossibilities of the teachingsfoundwithinFreemasonry, itis certainly not far-fetchedthat amemberof theChurchof Satan would want to jointhe Masons to further hisoccultknowledge. Nowlet’s

examine themorefar-fetchedclaims that Schnoebelen hasbeenmaking.

Oneofthemostpopularspeeches Schnoebelen hasgiven which includes histestimony on why heallegedly left the Illuminatiand became a born againChristian, is in the videoExposing the Illuminati fromWithin which can be viewedon Google Video and

YouTube.Inhisnearlythreehour lecture, Schnoebelengoes through his supposedcredentials when he wasclimbing the ranks inwitchcraftandsataniccircles,until ultimately he claims hewas inducted into theIlluminati.

Schnoebelen is a veryknowledgeable speaker.Most of what he talks abouthas been essentially

considered factual byresearchers of the Illuminatiand the New World Order.He talks about how there isan agenda to demoralizesociety and indoctrinate theyouth into a culture ofimmortality.Hedetailssomeof the philosophy ofFreemasonry and itsconnection to the web ofsecret societies andmentionstheusualsuspectssuchastheKnights Templars and

AleisterCrowley.

But justwhen you startthinking that this is alegitimateguy,hiscredibilitystarts to rapidly erode. Oneof the growing list of far-fetched claims he makes isthat at one point in time inordertojointheIlluminati,hehadtohavesexwithademonas part of his initiation intothesecondhighestlevel.

Schnoebelen says,“Whatthismeansisyouhaveto have sex with a fallenangel. And this is a veryappallingandbizarreprocess,and it really nearly destroysevery human being who hasto go through it. It nearlykilledme. I went through aformalmarriagewithafallenangelicbeing.Andofcourseyou understand there is aBiblical principle at workhere which Satan is using,

andthatiswhenyouhavesexwith someone, you becomeone flesh with that person.And what happens at thatpoint is, you become sodemonpossessedthatit’slikeburblingupherearoundyoureyeballs.Ihadmoredemonspercubiccentimeter than theentirecityofIndianapolis,letmetellyou.Andtheresultofthat is you just become apretty vile, evil

person.”[129]

Now, there are fourdifferentways to lookat thisclaim. One is that he ismaking this up in order tocreate a unique point in hisstory and get people talkingabouthimsohecansellmorebooksandmakemoremoneyoff of his lecture circuit.Two, he is an insane personand actually believes that he

hadsexwiththedemoninhisown mind. Three, theorganizationhewasapartofactually concocted a bizarreritualinwhichhewasgivenahallucinogenic drug (LSD orpeyote) and had sex with awoman who was dressed upin a costume, and hewas sohigh that he thought heactuallywas having sexwithademon.Orfour,onemightbelieve that he actually didhave sex with a demon and

thatheistellingthetruth.

Hisclaimsofhavingsexwith a demon are actuallyquite tamecompared towhathesaysinanothervideotitledInterview with an Ex-Vampire,wherehestatesthatwithin in the vampiresubculture, human vampiresexist and indeed grow fangsto feed off of human blood.A small subculture of“vampires” actually does

exist, but they are notwalking dead who turn intobats and sleep in coffins.They are a smallminority ofthegothic subculturewhododrinkanimalorhumanbloodas part of their lifestyle.Usually they do not killpeopleforthisblood,buttheyhave friends and fellow“vampires”willingly give upa pint of blood forconsumption, or theypurchase animal blood from

butcher shops and consumeit. But Schnoebelen takesthis idea to an absurdextreme, claiming that tobecome a “real” vampire, hedrank the blood of a fallenangel and was then able togrow fangs which wouldretract when he was not“feeding.”Hesaysasaresultof“becomingavampire”thathecouldn’tgooutsideduringthe day because his skinwouldblister,andthathehad

togetathirdshiftjobbecausehe could only go outside atnight.

Now, this author (MarkDice) certainly has an openmind. Many things that Inow know as indisputablefacts, I would haveconsidered exaggerations orparanoiddelusionsinthepastbefore I had seen enoughevidence that came fromreliable sources. While it is

certainly possible thatSchnoebelen was a Satanistandhigh levelFreemason,oreven a member of theIlluminati, one has to see hisclaims of becoming avampire as completely 100%fraudulent, and his claims ofhavingsexwithafallenangelas highly suspicious andunlikely.

While it is myconviction that the Illuminati

continues to exist today, thatthey follow a satanicphilosophy complete withrituals and on some levelsmurder, human sacrifice, andchild rape, none of the so-called former Illuminatimembers have offered muchevidence of their allegedinvolvement, other thaninformation that has beencirculatinginantiNewWorldOrderliteraturefordecades.

One motive is alwaysthatofmoney.Anotheristhepurpose of spreadingdisinformation by mixingfacts with fiction in order tomake those who believe inthe Illuminati seem like theyareallconspiracytheoristsorscience fictionnuts. Perhapssomewhomake false claimsabout being a formerIlluminati member actuallybelieve that they are helpingThe Resistance, in that they

are getting people’s attentionand educating them aboutotherrealissuesinvolvingtheNew World Order and theoccult. Another motive issimplythatofattention.Andyetanotheristhatofpersonalentertainment on behalf ofsome and their friends byfooling people into believingtheirclaimsandwatchingthenews spread on the Internetlikeanurbanlegend.

The fact thatSchnoebelen is the author ofseven different books on thesubjectoftheoccult,onemayhave a better understandingof his motives forexaggerations and outrightlies about his involvement insuch activities. In his videoInterview with an Ex-Vampire,Schnoebelenadmitsthat he never had a steadycareer and that most of hisadult lifehemovedfromone

dead end job to another.After college, he beganworkingasamusicteacherata Catholic school, but wasfired and then, in his ownwords says he “hadnumerous, basically menialjobs until, really after I gotsaved. I never really had asuperduperjob. Iworkedina foundry for a while, I wasasa securityguard, IworkedfortheMilwaukeeSentinelasa person who went around

and filled up the boxes atnight with newspapers, sothat was basically my

wonderful career.”[130] Healso admits that he was acocaine addict and laterworked as a drug counselorwhenhegotclean. Soinhisown words, he never had acareer until he got saved,whichmeans,untilhebecamea Christian. As you nowknow,thisnewcareerhehad

discovered was that ofwriting books about theoccult, while fabricating andexaggeratinglargeportionsofhis life in order to create acompelling and attention-gettingstory.

While large portions ofhis lecture Exposing theIlluminati from Within arebased on historic facts andphilosophies, whichSchnoebelen thenmixeswith

his own fantasies anddistortions,hisInterviewwithanEx-Vampirebeginswithaseries of absurdities whicheven the most gullible anduneducatedpersonshouldseeas fictions. The interviewstarts with him recountingnumerous supposedexperiences from his past ashe studied the occult, all ofwhich get more absurd thanthenext.Hebeginswithtalesofhauntedhousesandghosts

throwing silverware in thekitchen, and later claims thata friend of his disappearedbefore his eyes in a magiccircle during an occult ritualperformed in a garage andneverreturned.

Onecan’thelpbutseeapatheticoldmantellingghoststoriesas if theyhadactuallyhappened to him, or adelusionalschizophrenicwhowas once so absorbed with

such stories, that now hismind can’t distinguish themfromreality.Thereisalsoaneerie look of joy andexcitement on his face whenhe tells his stories, probablyfromhisownamusementthathis audience is listening tohim as if his fantastic taleswerereal,butinsteadthemanisawalking, talkingfictionalnovel.

While a completely

honest and well-meaningperson may unknowinglyexaggerate or inaccuratelyconvey details from personalexperiences from their past,Schnoebelen’s claims farexceed any standard ofobjectivity or credibility andupon even the briefexamination found here itshouldbeclear thathe isnotan authentic Illuminatidefector and is a completefraud.

MikeWarnke

In the 1970s a mannamedMikeWarnkebecameone of the most popularexperts on Satanism afterhavingclaimedtobeaformersatanic high priest whoconvertedtoChristianity.Hedetailed his alleged satanicactivityinhis1978book,TheSatanic Seller. Warnkeended up working with the

traveling evangelist MorrisCerullo as he taughtChristians the dangers ofSatanism.

In 1991 the Christianmagazine Cornerstoneinvestigated his claims, thesame magazine which hadshown John Todd to be afraud. MikeHertenstein andJon Trott interviewed overone hundred personal friendsand acquaintances of

Warnke’sandlookedoverhisministry’s tax receipts. Justas many suspected, theydiscovered dramaticinconsistencies, and thepublication of their articlewould be the undoing ofWarnke’scareer.

Warnkehadclaimedthatwhile he was a satanic highpriest, that he had waist-length hair and longfingernails, but Cornerstone

magazineobtainedpicturesofhimfromthattimeperiodandhis appearance wasn’tanything like he claimed.The article labeled him atypical “square” of the1960s.

Warnke also claimedthat when he was a Satanisthe had attended a satanicritual with Charles Manson,but it turns out Manson wasin prison during that time

period for a crime precedingandunrelatedtotheinfamousTate/LaBianca murders in1969. Hertenstein and Trottalso discovered that WarnkewasinvolvedwiththecollegeChristian group CampusCrusade for Christ, althoughheclaimedhehadneverbeeninvolved with Christianityuntil years later when hejoinedtheNavy.

MikeHertenstein,oneof

the writers for the 1991Cornerstone article, laterpublished a book titledSelling Satan: TheEvangelical Media and theMikeWarnke Scandal whichexposed Warnke in moredetail, and analyzed how hewas able to uphold hischaradeforaslongashedid.

While Warnke didn’tclaim to be amember of theIlluminati, he serves as an

exampleofsomeonewhohadsuccessfully, for a period oftime, fooled segments of theChristian community that hewas involved in Satanism,and duped them intobelievinghisstoriesofritualsandmysticism.

In today’s “anythinggoes” morally bankruptsociety, people wouldn’t besurprisedbysomeonebeingasatanic priest. In fact many

people would think it wascool, but back in the late1970s and early 80s a“satanic panic” had spreadacross America and manypeople feared that secretsocieties of Satanists weresexually abusing andsacrificingchildren.

CathyO’Brien

In1995awomannamedCathy O’Brien published a

booktitledTranceFormationof America, where sheclaimed tobeavictimof thegovernment’s mind controlprogram, MK-ULTRA, andwasessentiallyasexslaveforwealthy politicians. WhileMK-ULTRA was (andprobably still is) a top secretprogram involving sexualabuse, torture, drugging, andhypnotism as methods forbrainwashing and mindcontrol techniques, her

allegations come under acloudofsuspicion.

Trance Formation ofAmerica is quite strange anddisturbing, and is written inthe form of almost anarrative, including longpassages of dialog thatO’Brien claims to haveremembered. She says thatduring the mind controlsessions she developeddissociative identity disorder,

whichusedtobeclassifiedasmultiple personality disorder,and that one of her “alters”had a photographic memoryand could recall everyconversation that occurred inherpresenceduringtheyearsofhercaptivityandabuse.

O’Brien claims thatsome of her abusers wereGeorge H.W. Bush, RonaldReagan, Gerald Ford, JimmyCarter, Dick Cheney, and

HillaryClinton.Shesaysthatshewasrescuedin1988byaman named Mark Phillipswho claims to be a formerCIAoperative.Alsoapartofthe story is O’Brien’sdaughterKellywhowasalsosaid to be a victim of thisprogram.

What makes O’Brien’sallegationsseembelievabletosome, is the fact that mindcontrol programs like MK-

ULTRA have been exposed,and that the aims of suchexperiments included someunthinkable practicesincluding torture, mind-altering drugs, sexual abuse,andhypnotism. Someof theactual goals of this programwere to create mindcontrolled slaves orManchurian Candidates, whowould willingly accept andcarry out any order given tothem regardless of what it

was. There are authenticdeclassifieddocumentswhichoutline these horrificpractices and several victimshave been awarded financialsettlementsfortheirabuse,sosome believe that CathyO’Brien could be anotheractual victim of suchprograms. During a pressconference, President BillClinton publicly admittedthat, “thousands ofgovernment sponsored

experimentsdidtakeplace,athospitals, universities andmilitary bases around ournation.Somewereunethical,notonlybytoday’sstandards,but by the standards of thetime in which they were

conducted.”[131]

Adding to thecontroversy over O’Brien’sclaimsisthatinherbooksherecalls that she was taken to

the Bohemian Grove andsexually abused inside theresort. Similar allegationshave been made by SenatorJohnDeCampashewrote inhis book, The FranklinCover-Up. Numerouschildren have come forwardsaying that they weresexually abused in theBohemian Grove and wereforced to participate in childpornography and snuff films,allegations that Ted

Gunderson, former SeniorSpecial Agent In Charge ofthe Los Angeles FBIconfirms. Sosuchabusehasbeen alleged to occur in thepast, and by young childrenwith no books to sell, andwho are not even aware ofwhat theBohemianGrove is,or who its membershipconsists of. So one mustcarefully consider whetherO’Brien herselfwas a victimas well, or if she is just

another in a line of fraudsmaking such claims in anattempt to sell books andlectures.

Inherspeeches,O’Brienhasclaimedthatasmileyfacewas carved on the inside ofher vagina using an X-Actoknife for the pleasure of herabusers. In a documentaryfilm called The MostDangerous Game, producedby the Guerilla News

Network in 2002, the filmmakers took her to agynecologist and had herexamined,andtothedoctor’ssurprise, there did appear tobe such a thing. The filmshowed extremely graphicvideo and photos of theexamination in an attempt toprove her allegations.Skeptics may view theexistenceofsuchathingasanatural anomaly that wasdiscovered by one of her

lovers, which she thenincludedinherstoryofbeingavictimofMK-ULTRA.Wemayneverknow.

CathyO’BriensaysthatherfatherEarlO’Brienwasapedophile and had beeninvolved in selling her intochild pornography when shewasa littlegirl. Inherbookshe includes a photo of him,along with her family andnamesthemall,includingher

siblings. While the claimsshe makes are extremelydisturbing and far-fetched,similar activities have beenuncovered by congressionalhearings and declassifieddocuments. Seriousinvestigations need to bemade into O’Brien’s claimsand her background. WhileotherssuchasJohnToddandBill Schnoebelen have littleto lose if and when they areexposed as frauds, O’Brien

making such damning claimsabout her father would bedisastrous if he, or any otherfamily members would findout,ifshewasfabricatingtheallegations.

Perhaps O’Brien was avictim of sexual abuse andchild pornography by herfather and exaggerated herabuse by spinning tales ofbeing a victim of MK-ULTRA instead of her

father. Perhaps emotionallyscarred from such abuse, shejustified her exaggerationsandhopedtoearnalivingbyselling books and lectures.The copy of TranceFormation of America thatthis author has in mypossession is from thefourteenth printing.Generally, thebareminimumbook printings are 2,000copies, which would meanthe book could have sold

30,000 copies reasonably, orperhaps three times thatmany, which could haveearned O’Brien a healthyprofit of close to$100,000 ifjust over $1 was earned perbook. These are extremelyconservativeestimates.

Perhaps Cathy O’Brienand Mark Phillips concoctedthe entire thing, and out offinancial desperation, havetried to earn a living by

telling such tales. Theymayhave been familiar with theanti-New World Orderliteratureandtheexistenceofthe Bohemian Grove, MK-ULTRA,andelitepedophilesand sex trafficking. Or,perhapssheistellingthetruthand is a survivor of suchactivities, which actually dohappen. There are very realvictimsofsuchprograms,andthere are elite perpetratorswho are involved in such

things,soit ispossible thatavictim would write a bookabout themandhavenobodybelieveher.

Whatever the truth issurrounding Cathy O’Brien,no matter how unbelievableherstoryseems,therearebitsand pieces of verifiableinformation that seemfictional to someone who isunfamiliar with theIlluminati, so one must not

dismiss the reality of suchthings even if O’Brien andPhillips are proven to befrauds.

In1999awomannamedBrice Taylor published,Thanks For The Memories:The Truth Has SetMe Free!The Memoirs of Bob Hope’sandHenryKissinger’sMind-Controlled Slave which shealleges is her account ofbeing a victim of MK-

ULTRA, aswell. In 2003 awoman named KathleenSullivan released a similarbook titled, Unshackled: ASurvivor’s Story of MindControl.

JohnnyGosch

The story of JohnnyGosch,apaperboyfromIowawho went missing in 1982,hasperhapsthemostcredibleyet disturbing ties to the

Illuminatiandtheiraffiliates.Gosch disappeared whiledelivering papers onSeptember 5th, 1982, and asdetailsemergedinthecase,avery dark picture began tocome into focus. Evidencepointed to the idea that apedophile sex slavery ringhad taken the boy, but thiswould be just the tip of theicebergsurroundingthecase.The kidnapping of Johnny

Goschwas huge news in the1980s, and the boy’s picturewas the first to appear onmilkcartonsasacampaigntohelp find missing children.The TV show America’sMostWantedhadalsoairedasegment hoping viewerscouldhelpfindtheboy. Thecase remained unsolved, andthere were no arrests andJohnnywouldn’tbefound.

Seventeenyears later in

1999, Johnny’s mother,Noreen Gosch, testifiedduring a lawsuit againstLaurence E.Kingwhich hadbeen brought forth by JohnDeCamp on behalf of hisclient Paul Bonacci. (SeeConspiracy of Silence page287) During this testimonyNoreen stated for the firsttimepubliclythatinMarchof1997 (15 years after Johnnywent missing) she wasawakened at 2:30 in the

morning by someoneknocking on her door whoshesaidwashersonJohnny.She immediately recognizedthe man as her son, and thetwo talked for several hoursin her living room whereJohnnybegantotellheraboutwhat had happened to himsince he was kidnapped.Noreen says that Johnnywasforcedintochildpornographyandhadbecomeanunwillingvictim of a CIA sponsored

mind control program calledProjectMonarch.

According to Noreen,Johnny also said that a mannamed Colonel MichaelAquino was the centralperpetratorinhiskidnapping.Aquinowasaformermemberof the Church of Satan, whohad started his own satanicorganization called theTemple of Set. He is aneducated man with a Ph.D.

andaGreenBeretwhowasaLieutenant Colonel in theArmy. He authored a papertitled From PSYOP toMindWar for theU.S.Army,which detailed various mindcontrolmethods. Hewas anadmittedSatanistwithahighlevel security clearance andanexpertinmindcontrol.Inthe 1980s, Aquino, his wife,and another were accused ofritual child sexual abuseinvolving a daycare center at

the Presidio military base inSan Francisco. On August14,1987,theFBIandtheSanFrancisco Police served asearch warrant and seizedvideotapes, 29 photos, andtwo plastic gloves from thekitchen. (Case #870910025,8114/87) No charges werefiled against Aquino,althoughhewas titledby the

army.[132] A cloud ofcontroversy and suspicion

stillsurroundsAquino.

RustyNelson,apersonalphotographerforLaurenceE.King,thecentralfigureintheFranklin Cover-Up scandal,would later come forward asa witness who saw childrenbeing abused by powerfulmen at King’s pedophileparties and it was his job tophotograph the men incompromisingsituationswiththe children so the photos

couldbeusedasblackmailtopersuade the politicians tovote certain ways or to keeptheir mouth shut regardingvarious criminal activitiesthey may become aware of.Nelson says that, “there wasone instance where MichaelAquino, Colonel MichaelAquinocametoamotelroomandhegotfromLarryKingasuit case and it was filledwith bearer bonds and cash,and there was millions of

dollars in that thing. And itwas for the Iran

Contras.”[133]

Another boy, namedPaul Bonacci, admitted hewas forced to help kidnapJohnny Gosch into sex-slavery, and told FranklinCommittee investigators hetoured the White House atmidnightonJuly3,1988withCraigSpence,alobbyistwho

operated an underage malehomosexual prostitution ringin theWashington D.C. areawith an elite client list.Spence turned up dead fromwhat police called a suicide,three months after the June29, 1989 edition of theWashingtonTimesranafrontpage headline reading,“Homosexual Prostitutioninquiry ensnares VIPs withReagan,Bush.”

Bonacci says he wasused to lure Johnny near avehicle so that men couldthengrabhim. Hewasusedin this manor for severalkidnappings. Bonacci is thewitness/victim who allegedlywitnessed the making of asnuff film in BohemianGrove in 1984, after he andother children were taken tothe club. Bonacci’stestimony also filled in themissing pieces of the Gosch

kidnapping, and tied it, andthose involved, to theinfamous Omaha, NebraskaFranklin Cover-Up. Thisinformation is exposed indetail in Senator JohnDeCamp’s book of the sametitle. (See The FranklinCover-Uppage120) NoreenGosch also detailed her ownaccount in her book titledWhy Johnny Can’t ComeHome.

What’s important tounderstand about the JohnnyGosch case is that numerouswitnesses with absolutelynothing to gain have comeforward and made identicalallegations about the samegroupofpeopleandthesamekinds of activities. Unlikeothersupposedwitnesseswhocome forward withinformation and write booksand make money off thelecture circuit, witnesses like

Paul Bonacci and RustyNelson have onlyembarrassment and legalpersecution to gain fromcoming forward with theallegations they have made.How is it possible that PaulBonacci described the insideof the Bohemian Grove andtook his lawyer, a formerUnited States Senator to theentrance of the club in thelate 1980s? How is itpossible that Bonacci knew

intimate details surroundingthe Johnny Goschkidnapping? Why is it thatMichael Aquino’s namekeeps getting mentioned bypeopleinvolvedinthiscase?

When one understandsthat a certain segment of theIlluminati enjoys pedophiliaandsadomasochismasawayof exercising the ultimatepower over another humanbeing, answers start to

emerge in the Johnny Goschkidnapping case. Powerfulmen, child sex slaves,Satanism, and mind controlareallintertwinedatthedarkcore of the Illuminati. (SeeSexMagicpage305)

MK-ULTRA VictimsTestimony

UNITED STATES OFAMERICA ADVISORYCOMMITTEE ON HUMAN

RADIATIONEXPERIMENTS (PUBLICMEETING)

ExecutiveChambers

TheMadisonHotel

15thandMStreets,NW

Washington,D.C.

Wednesday, March 15,1995

1:00p.m.

Statement of ChrisDeNicola, Valerie Wolf andClaudia Mullen, NewOrleans,Louisiana

MS. WOLF: Okay. I’mgoing to start. My name isValerie Wolf. In listening tothe testimony today, it all

sounds really familiar. I amhere to talk about a possiblelink between radiation andmind-controlexperimentationthatbeganinthelate1940s.

The main reason thatmind-control research isbeing mentioned is becausepeople are alleging that theywere exposed as children tomind-control radiation drugsand chemicalexperimentation, which were

administered by the samedoctors who are known tohave been involved inconductingbothradiationandmind-controlresearch.

Written documentationhas been provided revealingthe names of people and thenamesof researchprojects instatementsfrompeopleacrossthecountry.

It is also important to

understand that mind-controltechniques and follow-upsintoadulthoodmayhavebeenused to intimidate theseparticular research subjectsinto not talking about theirvictimization in governmentresearch.

As a therapist for thepast 22 years, I havespecializedintreatingvictimsand perpetrators of traumaand their families. When

word got out that I wasappearing at this hearing,nearly40therapistsacrossthecountry, and I had about aweek and a half to prepare,contacted me to talk aboutclients who had reportedbeing subjects in radiationand mind-controlexperiments.

The consistency ofpeople’s stories about thepurpose of the mind-control

and pain-inductiontechniques, such as electricshock, use of hallucinogens,sensory deprivation,hypnosis,dislocationoflimbsand sexual abuse, isremarkable.

There is almostnothingpublished on this aspect ofmind-control used withchildren, and these clientscome from all over thecountry, having had no

contactwitheachother.

Whatwasstartlinglywasthat therapists reportedmanyof these clients were alsophysically ill with auto-immune problems, thyroidproblems, multiple sclerosis,and other muscle andconnective tissue diseases aswell as mysterious ailmentsforwhich a diagnosis cannotbefound.

While somatizationdisorder is commonly foundin these clients, many of theclients who have beeninvolved in the humanexperimentation with thegovernment have multiplemedically-documentedphysical ailments, and I wasreally shocked today to hearoneofthespeakerstalkaboutthe cysts and the teethbreakingoff,becauseIhaveaclient that that’s happening

to.

Many people are afraidto tell their doctors theirhistories as mind-controlsubjects for fear of beingconsideredtobecrazy.Theseclients have named some ofthe same people, particularlya Dr. Green, who wasassociated with clients’reports of childhoodinduction of pain, mind-control techniques, and

childhoodsexualabuse.

Oneofmyclients,whohad seen him with a nametag, identified him as Dr. L.WilsonGreen.Apersonwiththis same name was thescientific director of theChemical and RadiologicalLaboratories at the ArmyChemicalCenter, and thathewas engaged in doingresearch for the Army andotherintelligenceagencies.

Other names that havecome to light areDr. SidneyGottliebandDr.MartinOrne,who, it is reported,werealsoinvolved in radiationresearch.

Itneedstobemadeclearthatpeoplehaverememberedthese names and eventsspontaneouslywithfreerecalland without the use of anymemory-retrievabletechniques, suchashypnosis.

Asmuchaspossible,wehavetried to verify the memorieswithfamilymembers,recordsandexpertsinthefield.

Many attempts havebeen made through Freedomof Information Act filings togain access to the mind-control researchdocumentation. Theserequests have generally beenslowed down or denied,although some information

has been obtained, whichsuggests thatat leastsomeofthe information supplied bytheseclientsistrue.

It is important that weobtain all of the informationcontained in the CIA andmilitaryfilestoverifyordenyour clients’ memories.Although many of the filesfor MK-ULTRA may havebeen destroyed, whatever isleft, along with the files for

other projects, such asBluebird and Artichoke, toname only two, containvaluableinformation.

Furthermore, if, as theevidence suggests, some ofthese people were used inradiation experiments, theremight be information in themind-control experiment fileonradiationexperiments.

We need this

information to help in therehabilitation and treatmentof many people who havesevere psychological andmedical problems whichinterfere with their social,emotional and financialwell-being.

Finally, I urge you torecommend an investigationinto these matters. Althoughthere was a commission onmind-control, it did not

include experiments onchildren because most ofthemwere too young or stillinvolvedintheresearchinthelate1970stocomeforward.

Theonlywaytoendtheharassment and suffering ofthesepeopleistomakepublicwhathashappenedtotheminthe mind-controlexperiments. Pleaserecommend that there be aninvestigationandthatthefiles

be opened on the mind-control experiments as theyrelated to children. Thankyou.

DR.FADEN:Thankyou.

MS. DeNICOLA: Goodafternoon. I’m ChristineDeNicola, born July 1962,renderingme32yearsofage.

I was a subject inradiation as well as mind-

control anddrugexperimentsperformed by a man I knewasDr.Green.

My parents weredivorced around 1966, andDonald Richard Ebner, mynatural father, was involvedwith Dr. Green in theexperiments. I was a subjectfrom1966to1976.Dr.Greenperformed radiationexperiments on me in 1970,focusing on my neck, throat

and chest in 1972, focusingonmychestandmyuterusin1975.

Each time I becamedizzy,nauseousandthrewup.All these experiments wereperformed on me inconjunction with mind-control techniques and drugsinTucson,Arizona.

Dr.Greenwasusingmemostly as a mind-control

subject from 1966 to 1973.His objective was to gaincontrolofmymindand trainmetobeaspyassassin.Thefirst significantmemory tookplace at Kansas CityUniversity in 1966. DonEbnertookmetherebyplanewhen my mom was out oftown. I was in what lookedlike a laboratory, and thereseemed to be other children.I was strapped down, naked,spread-eagle on a table, on

myback.

Dr.Greenhadelectrodeson my body, including myhead. He used what lookedlike an overhead projectorand repeatedly said he wasburning different images intomy brain while a red lightflashedaimedatmyforehead.

In between eachsequence, he used electricshock on my body and told

me to go deeper and deeper,while repeating each imagewould go deeper into mybrain, and I would dowhateverhetoldmetodo.

Ifeltdruggedbecausehehadgivenmeashotbeforehestarted the procedure. Whenit was over, he gave meanothershot.ThenextthingIremember, I was with mygrandparentsagaininTucson,Arizona.Iwasfouryearsold.

You can see from thisexperiment that Dr. Greenused trauma, drugs, post-hypnoticsuggestionandmoretrauma in an effort to gaintotalcontrolofmymind.Heused me in radiationexperiments, both for thepurposes of determining theeffectsofradiationonvariousparts of my body and toterrorize me as an additionaltrauma in the mind-controlexperiments.

The rest of theexperiments took place inTucson, Arizona, out in thedesert. I was taught how topick locks, be secretive, usemy photographic memory,and a technique to withholdinformation by repeatingnumberstomyself.

Dr.Greenmoved on towantingme to kill dolls thatlooked like real children. Istabbed a doll with a spear

once after being severelytraumatized, but the nexttime, I refused. He usedmany pain-inductiontechniques,butasIgotolder,Iresistedmoreandmore.

He often tiedme downinacage,whichwasnearhisoffice. Between 1972 and1976, he and his assistantswere sometimes careless andleft the cage unlocked.Whenever physically

possible, I snuck into hisoffice and found files withreportsandmemosaddressedto CIA and militarypersonnel.

Included in these fileswere project, sub-project,subjectandexperimentnameswith some code numbers forradiation and mind-controlexperiments, which I havesubmitted in your writtendocumentation.

Iwascaught twice,andDr. Green ruthlessly usedelectric shock, drugs, spunmeonatable,putshotsinmystomach and my back,dislocated my joints, andhypnotic techniques to makemefeelcrazyandsuicidal.

Becauseofmyrebellionand growing lack ofcooperation, theygaveuponme as a spy assassin.Consequently, the last two

years, 1974 to 1976, Dr.Green used various mind-control techniques to reversethe spyassassinmessages, toself-destruct and deathmessages.

His purpose: hewantedmedead,andIhavestruggledto stay alive all of my adultlife. I believe it is by thegrace of God that I am stillalive.

These horribleexperiments have profoundlyaffectedmylife.Idevelopedmultiple personality disorderbecauseDr.Green’sgoalwastosplitmymindintoasmanyparts as possible so he couldcontrolme totally.He failed.But I’ve had to endure yearsof constant physical, mentaland emotional pain even tothisday.

I’ve been in therapy

consistentlyfor12years,andit wasn’t until I found mycurrent therapist two and ahalf years ago, who hadknowledge of the mind-control experiments, that Ifinally have been able tomakerealprogressandbegintoheal.

Inclosing,Iaskthatyoukeep in mind that thememories I have describedare but a glimpse of the

countless others that tookplace over the 10 yearsbetween 1966 and 1976, thattheyweren’tjustradiationbutmind-control and drugexperimentsaswell.

I have included moredetailedinformationofwhatIremember in your writtendocumentation. Please helpus by recommending aninvestigation andmaking theinformation available so that

therapists and other mentalhealth professionals can helpmorepeoplelikemyself.

IknowIcangetbetter.Iamgettingbetter,andIknowothers can, too, with theproperhelp.Pleasehelpusinan effort to prevent theseheinous acts from continuinginthefuture.Thankyouverymuch.

DR.FADEN:Thankyou.

(Applause)

MS. MULLEN: Goodafternoon.Between the yearsof1957and1974,Ibecameapawn in the government’sgame, whose ultimate goalwas mind-control and tocreate the perfect spy, allthroughtheuseofchemicals,radiation, drugs, hypnosis,electric shock, isolation intubs of water, sleepdeprivation, brain-washing,

verbal, physical, emotionalandsexualabuse.

I was exploitedunwittingly for nearly threedecades of my life, and theonlyexplanationsgiventomewere that “the end justifiesthe means,” and “I wasserving my country in theirbold effort to fightcommunism.”

I can only summarize

my circumstances by sayingthey took an already-abusedseven-year old child andcompounded my sufferingbeyond belief. The saddestpartisIknowforafactthatIwas not alone. There werecountless other children inmy same situation, and therewas no one to help us untilnow.

I’vealreadysubmittedasmuchinformationaspossible,

including conversationsoverheard of the agenciesresponsible. I’m able toreport all this to you in suchdetail because of myphotographicmemoryandthearroganceofthedoctors—thearrogance of the peopleinvolved. Theywere certainthey would always controlmymind.

Although theprocessofrecalling these atrocities is

not an easy one, nor is itwithout some danger tomyself andmy family, I feeltheriskisworthtaking.

Dr. L. Wilson Green,whoclaimedtohavereceived$50 million from theEdgewood Chemical andRadiologyLaboratoryaspartofaTSDortechnicalsciencedivision of the CIA, oncedescribed to Dr. CharlesBrown that “children were

usedassubjectsbecausetheywere more fun to work andcheaper, too.” They neededlower profile subjects thansoldiers or governmentpeople.

So, only young willingfemales would do. Besides,he said, “I like scaring them.They and the agency thinkI’m a god, creating subjectsexperiments for whateverdeviant purposes Sid and

James could think up.” Sidbeing Dr. Sidney Gottlieb,James,Dr.JamesHamilton.

In 1958, I was to betested,theytoldme,bysomeimportant doctors from thesociety or the HumanEcology Society, and I wasinstructedtocooperate.Iwastold not to look at anyone’sfaces, and not—try hard notto ignore—to try hard not toignoreanynamesasthiswas

a very secret project, but Iwas told that all these thingswouldhelpmeforget.

Naturally, as mostchildren do, I did theopposite, and I rememberedas much as I could, but Dr.JohnGittinger testedme,Dr.Cameron gave me the shots,and Dr. Green the x-rays.Then I was told by SidGottlieb that “I was ripe forthe big A” meaning

Artichoke.BythetimeIleftto go home, just like everytime from then on, I wouldremember only whateverexplanations Dr. Robert G.Heath of Tulane MedicalUniversity gave me for theodd bruises, needle marks,burns on my head, fingers,andeventhegenitalsoreness.I had no reason to believeotherwise. They had alreadybeguntocontrolmymind.

Thenextyear,IwassenttoalodgeinMarylandcalledDeep Creek Cabins to learnhowtosexuallypleasemen.Iwas taught how to coercethem into talking aboutthemselves, and it wasRichard Helms, who wasdeputy director of the CIA,Dr. Gottlieb, George White,Morris Allen, were allplanning on filming asmanyhigh government agencyofficials and heads of

academic institutions andfoundations as possible, sothat later, when the fundingfor mind-control andradiation started to dwindle,projectswouldcontinue.

I was used to entrapmany unwitting men,includingthemselves,allwiththeuseofahiddencamera.Iwasonlynineyearsoldwhenthis sexual humiliationbegan. I overheard

conversations about a part oftheagencycalledOrd,whichI found out was Office ofResearch and Development.Itwas run byDr.Green,Dr.Steven Aldridge, MartinOrne,andMorrisAllen.

Once a crude remarkwas made by Dr. Gottliebabout a certain possible leakoverNewOrleansinvolvingalarge group of retardedchildren who were being

given massive doses ofradiation.HeaskedwhywasWilson so worried about afew retarded kids, after all,theywouldbetheleastlikelytospillthebeans.

Another time, I heardDr.MartinOrne,whowasthedirector then of the scientificoffice, and later head of theInstitute for ExperimentalResearch state that, “Inordertokeepmorefundingcoming

from different sources forradiation and mind-controlprojects, he suggestedstepping up the amounts ofstressors used and also theblackmail portion of theexperiments.” He said itneeded to be done faster andto get rid of the subjects orthey were asking for us tocome back later and hauntthemwithourremembrances.

There’s much more I

could tell you aboutgovernment-sponsoredresearch, including projectnames, cell project numbers,people involved, facilitiesused,testsandotherformsofpain induction, but I thinkI’ve givenmore than enoughinformation to recommendfurtherinvestigationofallthemind-control projects,especially as they involve somuchabuseoftheradiation.

I would love nothingmore than to say that I haddreamed the whole thing upandneedjust toforget it,butthat would be a tragicmistake. It would also be alie.

All these atrocities didoccur tome and to countlessother children, and all underthe guise of defending ourcountry. It is because of thecumulative effects of

exposure to radiation,chemicals, drugs, pain andsubsequent mental andphysical distress that I’vebeen robbed of the ability towork and even to bear anychildrenofmyown.

It is blatantly obviousthat none of thiswas needednor should it ever have beenallowed to take place at all,and the onlymeans we haveto seek out the awful truth

and bring it to light is byopening whatever filesremainonalltheprojectsandthrough another presidentialcommissiononmind-control.

I believe that everycitizen of this nation has therighttoknowjustwhatisfactand what is fiction. It is ourgreatestprotectionagainstthepossibility of this everhappening again. Inconclusion,Icanofferyouno

more than what I’ve givenyou today, the truth, and Ithank you for your time. (Applause)

ActivistsandEyewitnesses

Aside from individualsclaiming to be formermembers of the Illuminati orvictims of satanic rituals ormind control, there are also

anarrayofpeoplewhoclaimtohavewitnessedsuchthingsfirst hand, or who haveacquired evidence andinformation regarding suchactivities. Far from beingattention seekers or liars,mostoftheindividualsinthissectionarecompletelyhonestandtheirclaimsarelegitimateand verifiable. Others suchas Hal Turner, as you willread, are not only liars, butlikely paid disinformation

agents whose purpose is topublicize false andmisleadinginformationwhichaims to discredit seriousresearch and vitalinformation.

OnereliableeyewitnessisChrisJoneswhoworkedinthe Bohemian Grove, whothis author got to knowpersonally.Whenwemetforlunch in2006he showedmepicturesandvideotakenfrom

inside the secretivecompoundwhichwasstillonhis camera. Anothereyewitness, tomanypeople’ssurprise, is that of PresidentJohnF.Kennedy,whoasyouwill read gave a chillingwarningaboutwhathecalleda monolithic and ruthlessconspiracythattheworldwasfacing.

WilliamMorgan

Aman in theearly19thcentury named WilliamMorgan would become thesparkthatwouldigniteathirdpolitical party in the UnitedStatesforthefirsttimeinthecountry’s history. A party,solely against Freemasonry,and called the Anti-MasonicParty. Morgan was aFreemasoninNewYorkwhodecided to publish a bookexposingmanyof the secrets

of Freemasonry, includingtheir hand signals, symbols,and rituals. In 1826 he waskidnapped and murdered byFreemasons who took veryseriously the life threateningoathsMasonscommitto.

His disappearance anddeath was the catalyst for alarge public backlash againstFreemasonry, whichultimately lead to the Anti-Masonic Party being formed

in 1828. SuddenlyFreemasonry had become anenemy of the public, andmembership in the UnitedStateswasquicklycutinhalfas large numbers ofmen leftthefraternity.

A man named DavidCade Miller, who owned alocalnewspaper,wasgoingtopublish William Morgan’sbook,andbeforeMorganwaskilled there were several

attempts to burn downMiller’sofficeafterwordhadspreadabouttheirplans.

Prior to his murder,Morganhadbeenharassedbyseveral Freemasons and putin jail based on allegationsthatheowedthemmoneyandthat he had stolen someclothingfromthem.Afterhewas released he disappearedthe next day and a monthlater his dead and

decomposing body wasdiscovered on the shores ofLakeOntario.

Three men, allFreemasons, were chargedand convicted forkidnapping. They wereLoton Lawon, NicholasChesebro, and EdwardSawyer. Many Freemasonsdeny thatMorganwaskilled,andinsteadclaimhewaspaidbythemtoleavethecountry.

Asa resultofMorgan’smurder,NewYork politicianThurlow Weed formed theAnti-Masonic Party. JohnQuincyAdamssupportedthisnew party and in 1847released a book titledLetterson the Masonic Institutionwhich criticizedFreemasonry.

Morgan’swidowwouldlater become one of JosephSmith Jr.’s multiple wives

after he created the cult ofMormonism. The Mormonchurch performed a baptismfor the dead for Morganwhere Mormons baptize aliving person on behalf ofsomeone who is dead, andthink that the dead person isthen baptized by proxy andcan then possibly get intoHeaven if they were deniedfor not being baptizedthemselves. (The ResistanceManifestobyMarkDicehasa

detailedanalysisofthecultofMormonism.)

The newspaperpublisher, David Miller,wouldlaterpublishMorgan’sbook which became a bestseller. Morgan’s murder isoften referred to as the“William Morgan incident”and left a stain onFreemasonry which remainsto thisday. (SeeMoralsandDogmapage70)

JFKWarns Against SecretSocieties

President John F.Kennedy once made aprofound statement aboutsecret societies whenspeaking to the AmericanNewspaper PublishersAssociation. While notsingling out any specificgroup, his statements areextremely chilling. Kennedy

clearly had intimateknowledgeoftheworkingsoftheIlluminatianddidn’twanttogoalongwiththem.Audioof his statements are widelyavailableontheInternet. Hesaid, “The very word“secrecy” is repugnant in afreeandopensociety;andweareasapeopleinherentlyandhistorically opposed to secretsocieties, to secret oaths andtosecretproceedings.”

He continued, “Wedecided long ago that thedangers of excessive andunwarranted concealment ofpertinentfactsfaroutweighedthedangerswhicharecitedtojustify it…For we areopposedaround theworldbya monolithic and ruthlessconspiracy that reliesprimarily on covered meansfor expanding its sphere ofinfluence, on infiltrationinstead of invasion, on

subversion instead ofelections, on intimidationinstead of free choice, onguerillas by night instead ofarmiesbyday.”

“Itisasystemwhichhasconscripted vast human andmaterial resources into thebuilding of a tightly knithighly efficient machine thatcombines military,diplomatic, intelligence,economic, scientific and

political operations, itspreparations concealed notpublished its mistakes areburied not headlined, it’sdissenters are silenced notpraised, no expenditure isquestioned, no rumor isprinted, no secret isrevealed.”

Severalmonths prior tohis assassination, John F.Kennedy had signedExecutive Order No. 11110,

which attempted to strip theFederal Reserve of theirpower to loan money to theUnited States government atinterest.Manyseethisactasthe major motive for theIlluminati orchestrating hisassassination.

ChrisJones

In the summerof2005,an individual who went bythe pseudonym “Kyle”

obtained a job in theBohemian Grove with thesole purpose of investigatingtheactivitieswithintheclub.Over the course of thesummerhebroughthisdigitalcameratoworkandwasableto shoot several close upphotos of the effigies whichare used in theCremation ofCareritual.HealsoobtainedvideofootageofMoloch,andtheelectronicsystemsusedtocontrol themusic, lights, and

fireworksfortheceremony.

Hisphotosclearlyshowthattheitembeingburnedonthe altar is a life-size humaneffigy. Thepictures, andhispersonaltestimonyrevealthattheeffigy isametal skeletonwhich is then wrapped withpaper.PriortotheCremationof Care, he was able toinspect the effigy to see ifthere was a small child orinfant’s body stuffed inside,

or a vile of blood, but theeffigyseemedtocontainonlypaper. While the modernCremationofCareritualusesa paper effigy, it is believedthatinthepast,theritualuseda real human or child as didancientsacrificestoMoloch.

The photos he took, aswell as video, is featured inAlex Jones’ film The Orderof Death (2005) and can beviewedon the Internet. This

author, Mark Dice, has met“Kyle” on several occasionsand I have seen the photosandvideoonhiscamerawithmy own eyes. Aside fromtakingvideoandphotosfrominsidetheclub,hewasabletoobtain a 2005 membershiplist and program guide, aswell.

“Kyle”whoserealnameisChrisJones,wouldlaterbeimprisonedduetotrumpedup

charges surrounding showingsome kids in hisneighborhood the videofootage and educating themabout the club. Policeclaimedhewasshowingkidssnuff films, and a series ofcharges were filed againsthim for allegedly wanting toharm children. It’s likelythese chargeswere to punishhimforhisinvestigationsintotheBohemianGrove,andhisimprisonmentwasorderedby

the Illuminati. The entirecase and the trial stunk ofcorruption, and despite noevidence or testimony fromthe children in hisneighborhoodthathehadanyill motives, he was foundguilty in 2008 and sentencedtoseveralyearsinprison.

Chris hadn’t written abook, nor ever discussedplans to do so, andmade nomoneyoffany lecturesabout

the Bohemian Grove. Untilhis incarceration, he hadremained an anonymousinformant. It was only afterhis imprisonment that otherswho knew him spoke openlyabout his true identity to letothers know what hadhappened to him. He wassimply a man who wasappalled with what the elitewere involved in, and spenthis own time, money, andenergy to gather evidence to

expose them. He asked fornomoneyfromAlexJonesinreturn for sending him thevideo footage and photos hehad taken from inside theGrove when he had workedthere. He granted Alex fullpermission to use the photosand videos in his film, andonly asked for some freecopiesinreturnthathecouldgivetofamilyandfriends.

Unlikeotherswhowrite

books about such things ortalk about them on radioshows or even make filmsabout the Illuminati, Chriscrossed a line few dare toeven approach by becominganeyewitnessandphysicallygathering evidence from anIlluminati meeting place andthen releasing it to thepublic.

ForthosewhofearafateofChrisJones,youmayrelax

alittlewiththeunderstandingthatsimplyreadingbooksandtalkingabouttheIlluminatiisa totally different thing thangoingtooneof theirmeetingplaces and taking video andphotos. While TheResistance owes Chris ourutmost respect and sympathyfortherepercussionsfromhisactions,letthemalsoserveasanexampleof the strings theIlluminati may pull to enactrevengeuponthosewhocross

them.Anyonewillingtorisktheirfreedomandtheirlifetoexpose the crimes andperversions of the Illuminatiis a brave soul, and we canonly hope that there areothers like Chris Jones outthere who are infiltrating theIlluminati and gatheringcredible and verifiableevidenceagainstthem.

TedGunderson

Oneofthehighestrankinggovernment officials topublicly talk about theIlluminati and admit thatorganized child kidnappingrings were active in theUnited States is TedGunderson.Gundersonisaretired FBI agent whoworked as the SeniorSpecial Agent-in-Charge ofthe Los Angeles office whoretired in March of 1979and then became a private

investigator.

Gunderson has workedcloselywith the families andvictimsofseveralofthemostwell-known cases of childabuse involving theIlluminati,suchastheJohnnyGoschcaseandPaulBonacci,who was involved in theFranklin Cover-Up scandaland is just one of manychildren who say they were

taken into the BohemianGrove in the 1980s andforced to participate in childpornography and pedophiliaparties involving powerfulpoliticiansandbusinessmen.

Gundersonopenlystatesthat the Illuminati exists andthat they are an eliteLuciferian pedophile groupwithgoalsofcreatingaNewWorld Order and turningmost of society into a

financiallybankruptgroupofpeasants,whiletheyenjoythefruits of society’s labor andhold all wealth and keypoliticalpositions.

While numerous publicofficials have spoken outabout the 9/11 attacks beingan inside job, few havespecifically mentioned theIlluminati.Gunderson’sonceprestigious position in theLos Angeles bureau of the

FBI adds tremendouscredibility to his claims.Surely other well-meaningprominent law enforcementofficials and politicians areaware of the Illuminati, butkeep silent on the issue forthe sake of their career ortheir family’s safety. Thoseindividuals understand thedangers of speaking aboutsuch topics, andwecanonlyhope that other high levelrespected FBI or law

enforcement agents can oneday come forward and speakaboutsuchthings.

BenjaminFulford

A Canadian journalistliving in Japan namedBenjamin Fulford, who wasthe Asian bureau chief forForbes magazine from 1998to2005,cametotheattentionof many in 2008 when hereportedthataChinesesecret

society was threatening toassassinate high levelIlluminati members due totheir pro white and racistagendas.

While many woulddismiss such allegations asanother hoax by a publicityseeking unknown author,Fulford has a list ofrespectable credentials,including hiswork atForbesmagazine, the Nihon Keizai

Shimbun (the JapanEconomic Times), the SouthChina Morning Post, andother well respectedpublications.InNovemberof2007heconductedasitdowninterview with DavidRockefeller which can beviewedonYouTube.

Fulford says he wasapproached by arepresentative of a secretsociety called the Green and

Red society after he made aspeechinTokyo,Japanwherehe talked about the Bushregime’s plans to developrace-specific bio weapons.He describes the society ashaving six million members,including 1.8 million Asiangangstersand100,000trainedassassins. According toFulford, the society wasparticularly upset with theIlluminati after discoveringplans to reduce the world’s

population by 90% as isdescribed on the GeorgiaGuidestones. (See CommonSense Renewed) The GreenandRedsocietybelievethatalarge number of Asians willbe exterminated when suchplansareputintoaction.

Fulford says that heprovided the society with alist of 10,000 names of thehighest profile peopleinvolved in the Illuminati,

suchasBilderberg,SkullandBones, and Council onForeignRelationsmembers.

“I have been promisedthat not a single person willdie if they negotiate in good

faith,”Fulfordsaid.[134]

“Think about it, theIlluminati and their topservants have a totalmembership of about 10,000

whereas the Chinese grouphas over 6millionmembers.That is 600 to one odds.Furthermore, the 6 millionhavethenamesandaddressesof the 10,000 while the10,000 do not know who orwhere the 6 million

are.”[135]

“They [the Illuminati]are also neo-Naziswhowantto reduce the amount of

colored people in the worldby at least half throughdisease, starvation and war.The Chinese secret societygot wind of this and is

preparingtostopthem.”[136]

“So far, I have told theIlluminati that they are nolonger allowed to murderJapanese politicians. I nowplan toextend thisprotectiontoallpoliticiansintheWest.

IftheIlluminatiassassinateorattempt to assassinate RonPaul, Barack Obama or anypolitician, may God have

mercyontheirsouls.”[137]

“Since I am a peace-loving, laid-back Canadiansuddenlyput inasituationofgreat responsibility, I feel Imust act as a servant of theweakest people and creatureson the planet. I have also

been negotiating in secretwith the Illuminati in thehopes of arranging for themto cede power without anybloodshed in exchange for a

generalamnesty.”[138]

Fulford insists that theGreen and the Red societiescan be read about in historybooks.HesaysthatwhentheManchus invaded China in1644,thatitcausedtheMing

army to organize as anundergroundsocietyaimedatoverthrowing the Qing(Manchu) and restoring theMing.

Later, he says, thesociety overthrew the lastEmperor and installed SunYat Sen in his place. Theywere called the Green GangandtheRedGangwhofoughtCommunism in Shanghai inthe 1940s but after being

defeated in 1949, they wentunderground.

It certainly isunderstandable if a secretsociety with no affiliationwith the Illuminati were tosee the organization as athreat to their country,especially if they are underthe impression that theirpopulation is going to beeliminated as part of thepopulation reduction agenda

that elite globalists and theIlluminaticlearlyhave.

The sheer numbers ofthe alleged members in theGreen and Red societies arestaggering,andcastdoubtsonFulford’s claims. If thissocietyexists,andiftheydidtell their plans to Fulford,perhaps they exaggeratedtheir numbers as a way tointimidate the Illuminati orperhaps, just like there are

millions of Freemasons,withonly a small fractioncomposing the inner circle,perhaps this is the case withtheGreenandRedsocietyaswell. Or,perhaps,Fulford isjust another fraud on a longlist of people who haveclaimed to have intimateknowledgeoftheIlluminati’sactivitiesorgoals.Whilethiscertainly is possible, unlikealmost all of the peoplemaking fraudulent claims

concerning these issues,Fulford doesn’t have a bookheispeddling,(atleastatthetimeofthiswriting)butcouldpossiblybemakingmoneybygiving lectures. Havingreached a fair amount ofsuccess as a writer andworking for prestigious,wellrespected companies, Fulfordhas a lot to lose by makingsuch claims, even if theyweretrue.

Another suspiciousaspect surrounding Fulfordare his claims that he ispersonally negotiating withtheIlluminationbehalfoftheChinese secret society. Whywouldheneedtobeinvolvedinsuchnegotiationsandwhywould he want to placehimself in such a dangerousposition? He openly admits(or rather claims) that heprovided the Green and Redsociety with the names and

addresses of 10,000Illuminati members. Whywould he need to do this?One would think that theGreenandRedsocietywoulddo their own research andwouldn’t need Fulford to beso involved. Whatever thetruthissurroundingBenjaminFulford’s claims, nobodyknows.Whilesuchathreatiscertainly possible from asecret society that is notaffiliated with the Illuminati,

Fulford’sstorycontainsseedsof doubts with regards to itsauthenticity and his motivesforpublicizingit.

HalTurner

OnOctober4th2008,awhite supremacist hatemonger named Hal Turnerposted a video on hisYouTubechannel,titled“HalTurner ShowsNewAMEROCurrency,”whereheclaimed

to have in his possession anactual Amero coin, theplanned currency for whentheNorthAmericanUnion iscompleted and the UnitedStates, Canada, and Mexicohaveacommoncurrency.Healso claimed that Americasent800billiondollarsofthenew coins to China inpreparationforthecollapseofthe U.S. Dollar. The videoquickly received over400,000 views, and reached

the number one spot onGoogleVideo’stop100list.

Not only was TurnerwrongabouthavinganactualAmero coin, but he waspurposefully lyingabout it inan attempt to create the ideathat a regional currency,likelytobecalledtheAmero,is a hoax and somethingAmerican’s don’t need toworryaboutorlookinto.

Anyone can purchase a“noveltyreplica”Amerofromwww.AmeroCurrency.comorwww.DC-Coin.com. In hisvideo where he claims tohave an actual Amero, thecamerazoomsinonthefrontandbackof thecoin toshowthe designs as he attempts to“prove” its authenticity, andthe coin he is holding isEXACTLY like the replicassoldontheweb.

One might be led tobelieve that Turner is simplymistaken,andthatheactuallythinks he has a real Amerocoin, because theCouncil onForeign Relations and otherNew World Orderorganizations have beenplanning such a thing foryears. One might think thathejustdidn’tdohisresearch,and believes that someonehad sent him an actual coin.Thisissimplynottrue.

A year earlier Turnerhad posted pictures on hiswebsiteofwhatheclaimedtobe“real”Amerocoinsthathehad obtained. He plasteredhiswebsitename,HalTurner-Show.com on the pictures,knowing that people wouldspread themallover thewebandgivehimfreeadvertisingbyspreadinghisname.Newsof his “discovery” spread allover the Internet (falsely)reporting that Amero coins

werebeingproduced.

A quick Google searchshows anyone that thepictures of the coins weretaken from the variouswebsites that create noveltycoinsandreplicas.Countlesspeople must have emailedhim to point this out to him,as did the comments on hisblog post. Then, one yearlater,Turnerobtainsareplica,and then posts a video

claiming to have an actualcoin!

Postingcommentsonthevideo on his YouTubechannelhadbeendisabledbyhim. He obviously saw thatpeople were postingcommentsaboutreplicacoinsbeing made and sold on theInternet. So this leads to thequestionofwhy.Whywouldhemakesuchclaimsknowinghewas lyingwhenheclaims

to be a concerned citizentrying to expose the NewWorldOrder?

Turner has a history ofurging and hoping forviolence against others,including judges, and hasposted their home addresseson his website and writtenblogs celebrating theirmurders. The SouthernPoverty Law center andothersreportthatTurnerisan

FBI informant, and manysuspect he is a paidprovocateur and aCOINTELPRO asset, (anacronym for CounterIntelligenceProgram).

At theendofJuly2008Turnerwasforced toquithisInternet radio show andabandon his website due toconstant attacks from thehacking group known asAnonymous. These are the

same hackers that havetargeted Scientology for itscorrupt and litigious nature.The hackers kept causingTurner to have outrageousbandwidth costs, whichultimately forcedhim to shutdown and give up his radioshow.

Onecanseehowalargepercentage of the viewers ofhisvideoclaimingtoshowanAmero will believe him at

first that the Ameros arealreadybeingcoined,only tolater dismiss the idea of theU.S. Dollar collapsing andbeing replaced by a newcurrency because it turns outthe video was a hoax. It’s aclassiccaseofdisinformationby mixing facts with fiction,in an attempt to prevent thepublic from focusing on theimpactofsuchissuesthatwewill ultimately face in thenearfuture.

It turns out that HalTurner was not finishedmaking claims that heobtained real Amerocurrency. On December 3rd2008 he posted photos of“Amero paper currency” andwrote,“Tothechagrinof thegovernment, I have obtainednew “AMERO” papercurrency notes! You know,the“AMERO” . . . . thenewcurrency that is going to

replace the US Dollar, TheCanadian Dollar and theMexicanPeso?Yea, thenewcurrency that all threegovernments claim doesn’t

exist...Ihaveit.”[139]

Hisnewarticlegoesontosayhowoverayearagohe“first broke” the story aboutAmero coins being secretlycreated at the Denver Mint.He also explained that

YouTube had notified himthat the video he had postedshowing his alleged Amerocoinhadbeendeletedandhisaccount “permanently closedat the request of the UnitedStates TreasuryDepartment.” Turner wrote,“The Treasury departmenttoldYouTube/Googlethatmyvideo was destabilizing theU.S. Dollar and was thus athreat to national

security.”[140]

Whilehis articles allowreaderstopostcomments,theuser is notified that theadministrator (Turner) mustapprove all comments first,andifandwhenthishappens,it will show up on thewebsite. So obviously, allcomments posted informinghim and the readers that thephotos and his claims are

fraudulent, are simply notapproved,andneverfindtheirway on the website. It isincredible the number ofgullible people that continuetobelieveTuner.Byreadingthe comments that he hadapproved, it becomes clearthe inability of Turner’sreaders to distinguish factfromfiction.What’sworseisthatTurner’sarticlesareoftencopiedandpastedintoemailsand sent around to others by

people who believe hiswriting and aren’t aware ofhis continuous lies and hispossible role as a paidgovernmentdisinformationist.

AnthonyJ.Hilder

In today’s modern worldwiththeInternet,mp3sandYouTube, it can besomewhat simple to openthe floodgates of

information regarding theIlluminati and secretsocieties. Since 2006 andthe creation of YouTubeandGoogleVideo,countlessvideo clips anddocumentaries about suchissues are literally a clickaway. But as we know,books on the Illuminatihave been around since atleastthelate1700sasinthecase of John Robison’sProofs of a Conspiracy and

Abbe Barruel’s MemoirsIllustrating the History ofJacobinism.Thereseemstobe a tremendous gap inhistory from the time thesebookswerepublished,untilother authors andresearchers continued theworksuchasNestaWebsterand Edith Miller in the1920s and 30s, and laterGary Allen with his 1972book None Dare Call ItConspiracy.

Another one of thoseresearchers is Anthony J.Hilder, who in 1967 wasproducingvinylrecordsaboutthe Illuminati with MyronFagan, and after the 9/11attacks in 2001 he was stillwatching the New WorldOrder unfold and put out afilm uncovering the hiddenagenda and motives behindthe attacks. In 1982, Hildermanaged Gary RichardArnold’s campaign for

Congress in California.Arnold made front pageheadlines around the countryafter he publicly confrontedthenPresidentRonaldReaganabout lying to the Americanpeopleabout lowering taxes.Theconfrontationoccurredinthe east room of the WhiteHouse and causedReagan toangrily tell him to “shut

up.”[141]

I had the honor ofmeetingAnthonyin2006andhave spoken with him onnumerous occasions since,including an interview Iconducted when I hostedResistance Radio on theGenesis CommunicationsNetwork.

Transcript fromAugust12,2007Interview:

[MarkDice]

We were just talkingabout how now we’re usingmp3s and streaming videoandYouTube,GoogleVideo,andbackinthe’60syouweregettingthisinformationouttopeople on vinyl records.How did you find out aboutthe Illuminati back in the’60s?

[AnthonyHilder]

Well, I actually learnedabout it before, I just didn’thave a name. In the 1964presidential election withBarry Goldwater, I was inSanFranciscoandputtingoutstars for Barry. We hadindividuals like John Wayneand Efrem Zimbalist Jr., andRoy Rogers...a number ofpeople across theHollywoodlandscape, coming out forwhat I considered to be themost honorable and

courageous presidentialcandidatethatIhadeverseenin my lifetime, BarryGoldwater.

And I learned then thattherewasaproblem,amajorproblem. And that cameabout by having peoplebelieve the propaganda thatwasbeingfed,notbytheleftwing in this country, butcoming out on stations likeGeneAutry’s. And I started

to get the message that wehad to have a majorrevelation in this country.Wehadtohaveanawakeningof just who was behind thescenes. I found out that wehadtheonepartysystem.

I was getting that ideaearlier than that,butby’64Iwasconvincedandduringthenext two years I haddiscovered a writer namedMyron Fagan who was the

most prolific playwright inour history. He had aboutnine plays runningconcurrently in New York,and he thought thatCommunism was part of theproblem, but he discovered,andIdiscoveredthroughhim,that Communism is not acreation of the masses tooverthrow the bankingestablishment; it’s a creationof the banking establishmentto overthrow and enslave the

masses. It was neveroperated from Beijing,Moscow, or Havana. It wasalways controlled from NewYork, Washington, andLondon. That’s where it’scoming from. It is notmyintention,norhasiteverbeenmyintentionsincethatperiodof time to deal with thepeople at the bottom of thepyramid, but rather to dealwiththeLuciferianhead.

[Mark]

Anthony, I gotta tellyou,thatwhenIhadfirstseenyour film The Greatest LieEver Sold, I was becomingawakenedto9/11,andIcouldfollow the information, Icould swallow it, I couldunderstand it, but then youhad a clip in there of RalphEpperson saying thatPresident Bush worshipsLucifer, knowingly and

willingly and that hewouldn’t be president if hedidn’t. And I gotta tell you,at that time, I thought thatyou just lost all credibilitywithme,andIwasstillearlyin my studies, and I have totell you man, I’ve come torealizehowrightyouwere.

[Anthony]

Well,youdon’tlaynudeinacoffinandarebornagain

into a satanicorder andhaveyour grandfather supportAdolf Hitler and your fathernamed Magog and he laidnudeinthesamecoffin,whenMagog means the one whofightsGodin thelastdaysoftheearth.

This is a satanicLuciferian New WorldOrder. This whole ein volk,ein right, ein furor, oneworld, one race one ruler

scenario has carried overfrom Nazi Germany to theUnited States of Americathrough the neocons. Theseare neoconazis and they arenot Christians, they are notconservativeandIdon’twantto put the blame on Israel orthe Israeli’s, but in theBibleit says beware of those whocall themselves Jews but arenot. So I said,wellwho arethey? Who are these guysthat are ruling this country?

They’re Luciferians.Certainly George WalkerBush,you takea lookathimand say, well he’s aChristian. He’s noChristianand he’s no conservative.He’sanythingbut.

[Mark]

Tell us about some ofthe major steps that broughtyou the large pieces of thepuzzle.Howdidyouputthis

together? Nowanyonewhowants toknowcan justgo toInfowars.com or go do someresearch on their own, buthow did you put all thesepieces together, some 40yearsago?

[Anthony]

I started at the age oftwelve. Iwasa supporterofthisgovernmentandcertainlymy father who fought in the

Second World War out inBermuda. I discovered thatwe were not being told thetruthfromaconversationthatI overheard. I overheard aconversation between myuncleandhisfriendwhowasin the FBI and all that theywent through tocoverup thePearlHarborattack.Inotherwords, the US governmentandRooseveltknewaboutthePearl Harbor attack before itoccurred,allowedit tooccur,

provoked the Japanese, and Iknew then that everything Iwas told by the then presentadministrationwasalie.

I was prepped for theinformationthatIgotthroughMyron Fagan and I wasprepped again in 1963 and1964, so I came to theconclusionthatwehaveaoneparty system and theseHegelian politics that areusedbythecontrollinggroup

which is like the puppetmasterinthecenter,keepsusagainsteachother.

The legitimate left andthe legitimate right are nowjoiningtogether.Wehaveanalliance and wemust have afreeworldalliance.Wemusthave a freeworldwhich is afederation of nation states:tribal, linguistic, racial,religious nation states,whichallows everybody to do their

own thing in their own timein their own way. Andwithout this, with thisdivision we’re going to bescrewed. Not only fortomorrow,butforever.

[Mark]

Werethereanybooks,Imean you can go now toBarnesandNobleandpickupany one of numerous bookson the Illuminati, you can

order Fritz Springmeier’sBloodlines of the Illuminati,notthattheycarryit,buttheywill order it in. Somebookstores have had CodexMagica from TexeMarrs onthe shelf. Were there anybooks available? I knowJohn Robison’s Proofs of aConspiracy against allreligions and governmentswas...

[Anthony]

That’s certainly one ofthem. But therewas a bookthat was written as a takeofffrom my Illuminati CFRrecordings, and that was abook called None Dare CallIt Conspiracy. Gary Allen,myself,andJohnSteinbacherwere at Copper Kettle atGower and Sunset inHollywood, and he wasclimbing all over me sayinghe was going to expose meandthiswholethingaboutthe

Illuminati was a bunch ofcrapandhewentonandon.And eventually he said I’mgoing toprove that this isallwrong. So he went out todisprovethematerialthatwaslaidoutbyMyronFaganandin his discovery ofwhatwasgoingon,heconcludedthatitwasinfactthetruth.

And then he did anarticle called theEstablishment CFR, and I

saidlisten,nowthatyouhavethe message, can I recordthis? “Certainly,”he said. Ihad a friend of mine, JohnCarradine, an actor, Johnnarrated it and we came outwith the Illuminati CFRsequel which was theEstablishment CFR, then hedid this book called NoneDareCallItConspiracy. Heprinted about five and halfmillionofthem.

[Is the Illuminati areligiousorsataniccult?]

[Anthony]

Well, the Illuminati aretheelite.AndifyougobacktoMorals andDogma whichis the bible of the Masonicreligion, Pike says thatLucifer is god and theyshould follow the Luciferiandoctrine.

If you go up to theBohemian Grove, my friendAlex Jones went over therewithacameraandgot inandsaw these guys dressed inblack robes making asacrifice at the feet ofMoloch. In days gone bythosewere real children theysacrificed.

[How does Bibleprophecy fit in with theIlluminati?]

[Anthony]

I believe the Bible isprophecy of what theIlluminati would do. Ourmajorprobleminthiscountrytoday is that the supportsystem for the Bushadministration is comingfrom the Christianconservative community.They’ve been snookered.They’vebeenhad.

We have to knock outthe props of support that theBush administration has. Isupport Dennis Kucinich inhis move to impeach VicePresident Cheney. We havetohaveimpeachment.Ifyoulike what Adolf Hitler did,then you’ll certainly lovewhat George Bush isdoing.

[Mark]

Do you think that theIlluminati believe that theAntichristwillruleearthasagod for an eternity? Or doyouthinkthattheyknowhe’sgoing to lose, and in theirmind they think that he’sgoing to sacrificehimself forthem in a parallel toChristianity, or that theydon’t believe in an afterlife?What’syourtakeonthat?

[Anthony]

I believe that theybelieve that Lucifer is goingto reign. What is it thatMiltonsaid?It’sfarbettertoreign in Hell than serve inHeaven. It’s in Blavatsky’swriting. If you look atMadam Blavatsky and thereligion that Hitler followed,hewasaBlavatskyite.

Andifyoutakealookatthe overlapping of theMasonic religion, and with

the Blavatskyites and theTheosophists, we aregradually moving towards aoneworldgovernment.

[Mark]

Are they just too drunkwith power to think that theAntichrist is going to lose,just like Hitler thought hewould become an Antichristgod-likefigure,andhediedacowardly suicide, or do they

not think of these things, ordotheythinkthey’reactuallygoingtowin?

[Anthony]

Thesepeoplewhentheyprofess to be atheist areputting on a false face.They’re not atheist. Theybelieve inagod. I thinkourmistake is that we think ofthemas atheistic. There is apoliticalagendahereanditis

satanic.Wehaveto,notonlyin The Resistance put forth,but we have to get thismessageouttopeoplewhodonot share our opinion. Wehave toget rightand leftandblackandwhite,andrichandpoor and all come togetherandincitethisrevelation.

People are taking theirlives and their fortunes andinvesting them in exposingandincitingarevelation.We

need to do that which hasneverbeendonebefore.Andifyou’resittingtherethinkingwhat can I do, you can doplenty. You can reach onehundredpeoplebygettingonthe phone. And there aremore of us than there are ofthem. We’ve got tounderstand this is ours tolose. We can do this if wesimply bring about thisalliance.

MyronFagan

MyronFaganwasoneofthe youngest successfulplaywrights in history whowould later turn his focus tothe Illuminati in the late1960s. While working onBroadway, he directed playsfor the top producers at thetime, including CharlesFrohmanandDavidBelasco.

In themid-1940sFaganbecame vigorously involvedin exposing communistagents in Hollywood whichlead to the 1947congressional hearingswherehundreds of famous actors,writers, and directors wereinvestigated for beingcommunist agents orsympathizers.Thesehearingsresulted in the imprisonmentof various individuals whoworked in Hollywood who

would become blacklistedandknownastheHollywoodTen.

Faganwent on towriteseveral plays depictingcommunist plots. RedRainbow and ThievesParadise were two playswhich faced opposition fromleft wing groups. ThievesParadise portrayed acommunist group plotting tocreatetheUnitedNationsasa

front for a globalgovernment.

Even during his earlyresearch Fagan realized thatthere was actually a powerbehind communism that waseven more powerful andlargely unknown to thepublic.Thissamepowerwasalso manipulating Americanpolitics from behind thescenes. This power was theIlluminati.

Fagan began focusingdeeper on the operations ofthe Illuminati and did notproduce any morescreenplaysfortheremainderof his life. In 1967 herecordedavinyl record titledThe Illuminati CFR whichdiscussed the Illuminati’splans for a New WorldOrder. He soon made otherrecordings aswell. AnthonyJ.Hilderproducedtherecordsand was mentored by Fagan

and went on to producenumerous films about theIlluminati, the New WorldOrder, and 9/11. Anthonyapproached Fagan in 1966and urged him to record therecords so the informationFaganknewwouldn’tbe lostafterhepassedaway,sincehewasnearly80yearsoldatthetime. Fagan’s LPs weredubbed to cassette tapes anddecades later copied intomp3s and YouTube videos

andcan still beheard today.FagandiedonMay12th1972inLosAngeles,California attheageof85.

On the Illuminati CFRrecordFaganexplained,“Thequestionofhowandwhy theUnitedNations is thecruxofa great conspiracy to destroythesovereigntyof theUnitedStatesandtheenslavementoftheU.S. peoplewithin aUNone world dictatorship is a

complete and unknownmystery to the vast majorityoftheAmericanpeople.Thereason for this unawarenessand the frighteningdanger toour country and to the entirefree world is simple. Themastermindsbehindthisgreatconspiracy have absolutecontrol of all our masscommunication media,especially television, theradio, the press, andHollywood.” Fagan would

go on to explain how theIlluminati set up the Councilon Foreign Relations as afront and a mechanism tocreatetheNewWorldOrder.

Without the work ofMyron Fagan, Anthony J.Hilder and others, it isunclear how informed theworldwouldberegardingtheIlluminati. Aside beingfriendswith,andmentoredbyMyron Fagan, Anthony J.

Hilder was friends withAntony Sutton, who wouldlater write the first bookpublished exposing the Skulland Bones society at YaleUniversity, and Gary Allenwho published None DareCall It Conspiracy in 1972.This small group of friends;Myron Fagan, Anthony J.Hilder, Gary Allen, andAntony Sutton wereabsolutely instrumental inexposing the Illuminati, and

without their hard work andfearless dedication in the1960s,itislikelythatmostofthe people who now knowaboutthesinisteractivitiesofthe Illuminati would still besearching for answers as towhowas secretly pulling thestrings from behind thescenesandwhy.

AliensandReptilians

Since mystery andspeculation surrounds thetopicofaliensandUFOs,itisnotsurprisingthatthesubjectmatter is sometimes included

in discussions about theIlluminati. If governmentagencies are actually hidingthe existence of a crashedspacecraft from anotherplanet, or the beings whosupposedly used such adevice, then one wouldassume that the Illuminati isinvolvedinthatcover-up.

Discussion orspeculation about UFOs andaliens often angers serious

and credible researcherswhoinvestigate the Illuminati andgovernment corruptionbecause almost allinformation onextraterrestrials is limited tofuzzy video, supposed eyewitnesses, or documentswhich theauthenticitycannotbe verified. While a largeamountofdocumentationandirrefutable evidence existsproving large portions of theclaimsmade surrounding the

Illuminati’sexistence,satanicrituals, and secret agendasbeing carried out in politics,theareaofaliensandUFOsislackingsuchmaterial.

Some people speculatethat crashed alien spacecrafthave been dismantled andreverse engineered andsparked scientificadvancements in aeronautics,chemistry, and other fields.Othersbelieve that aliensare

actually working with theIlluminati and live beneaththe earth in undergroundbases and tunnels. Suchbases and tunnels do exist,although their purposeremains the topic of debate.Oneofthemorebizarreideasinvolving the Illuminatisounds like science fiction,butauthorsandproponentsofthe idea claim and believethattheyarepresentingfacts.Whileafringeideainregards

to the Illuminati, the theorymaintains that members ofthe organization are actuallyaliens from anotherdimension, or a hybrid blendof alien DNA and humanDNA.Suchanideahasbeenpopularized by author andlecturerDavidIcke.

DavidIcke

David Icke is a Britishauthor and former footballplayer (known as soccer inAmerica) and the author ofseveral books on theIlluminati, including TheBiggest Secret, and DavidIcke’s Guide to the GlobalConspiracy. Most of whatIckewritesandtalksabout isfairly documentable andrealistic. It is his “shape-shifting reptilian” bloodlinetheory that understandably

draws themost criticism anddramatically damages hiscredibility.

Thiscriticismcomesnotonly from skeptics andaverage people, but fromothers who research theIlluminatiaswell. ManyseeDavid Icke’s talk of hybridshape shifters as destructiveto more documentable andlegitimate information aboutthe Illuminati. Some see

David Icke as an opportunistwho is mixing fact withsciencefictioninordertogetattention with the hopes ofselling more books andseparate himself from otherIlluminati and New WorldOrder researchers bypublicizing such wildtheories. Others think Ickeactually believes what he istalking about, and some seehim as a paid disinformationagentwhoisactuallyworking

for the Illuminati andpurposefullyputtingout falseandmisleadinginformationinan attempt to discredit otherlegitimateresearchers.

Icke and otherproponents of the “reptilianshape-shifting” theory pointto the statements of peoplewho claim to have seenindividuals in positions ofpower morph from a humanintoareptiletypeofcreature,

and then morph back into ahuman again. Icke insiststhat high level Illuminatimembersarehybridreptilianswho must regularly drinkhumanbloodinordertokeeptheirhumanform.

He also points to apassage in the Book ofGenesis as his evidence.Genesis 6:1-6 reads, “And itcame to pass, when menbegantomultiplyontheface

of the earth, and daughterswere born unto them, 2Thatthe sons of God saw thedaughters of men that theywerefair;andtheytookthemwives of all which theychose. 3And theLORD said,My spirit shall not alwaysstrive with man, for that healso is flesh: yet his daysshall be an hundred andtwenty years. 4There weregiants in the earth in thosedays; and also after that,

when the sons of God cameinuntothedaughtersofmen,and they bare children tothem, the same becamemighty men which were ofold,menofrenown.”

Some Christians andevenBiblicalscholarsbelievethat the Sons of God whichcame and took the daughtersofmenandhadchildrenwiththem, were an alien racecalled the Anunaki. Some

versions of theBible use theword Anunaki instead ofSons of God, and thecontemporary Englishtranslation uses the words“supernatural beings,” andclearlyreferstosomekindofalien creatures who camedownandmatedwithhumanfemales.

In the passages in theBible following thesestatements is the story about

Noah’s Ark and the greatflood,which is said thatGodused to destroy everyone ontheearthexceptforNoah,hissons and their wives whowereaboardthearkandlaterrepopulated theearth. Whileit is an interesting idea, andone could understand howsomeone would interpretthesepassagesintheBibleasbeingthecreationofahybridalien-human race ofsupermen, there is absolutely

noevidenceofsuchcreaturesexisting today. Ickeplacesatremendous value on thealleged testimony ofanonymous eye witnesseswho supposedly have seenpeople“shapeshift.” On theInternet,onecanfindvariousphotographsofwhatlooklikeenormous human skeletonsthataresaidtobetheremainsof the Anunaki, but all suchphotos have been provenhoaxes, and no such remains

have ever been produced.Ickealsomakesother radicalandunverifiableclaims.

In one of his videolectures, titled Ruled by theGods,Ickeclaimsthathemetanindividualwhoworkedforthe CIA as a researcher, andthat the man showed him adevicetheCIAhadimplantedinhischestwhereheneedstoinject a certain kind of drugevery few days, and if he

doesn’t, the man will die.Icke says the CIA implantedthisdeviceintheman’schestas a way to control him andpreventhimfromquittinghisresearch after he found itunethical. Icke took nophotographs of the allegeddevice, and otherinconsistencies lead one tobelievethatIckehasmadeupthisentirestoryinanattemptto have an “exclusive” storyabout the Illuminati that no

other researcher haddiscovered.

First of all, if such adevice was real, why didn’tIcketakeanypicturesofit,orifhedidn’thavea cameraatthe time, why didn’t he askthe man to later email himsome, or anonymously sendthem to him through themail? Obviously, even ifIcke had possession of suchphotos, they could easily be

faked by having someonesimplyplaceapieceofplasticontheirchest.

Secondly,iftheCIAhadimplantedthismanwithsuchadevice,whatwouldhappenifheweretogotothedoctoror be taken to the hospitalfrom a car accident, and themedicalstaffweretofindthisbizarre device stuck to hischestwithnomedicalhistoryof it in the man’s medical

records and no clues as towhat suchadevicewasusedfor?

Despite these dubiousclaims,DavidIckehasaloyalfollowing, and has beeninvolved in the conspiracytheory genre for almosttwentyyears.Hisworkhasalot of NewAge themes, andat times he seems to attackChristianity. In late 2006 hewas the focus of a British

documentary titled, DavidIcke: Was He Right? ThefilmconsistsofnewsclipsofIcke from the early 1990swhen he appeared on talkshows around Britainclaiming he was the son ofGodanddeliveringawarningtomankind about dark timesahead.

One such appearancewas on the Wogan Show in1991 which made him a

laughingstockinBritainaftertheshowhadaired.Thehost,TerryWoganstarted,“Letmegetthisstoryright.ThepressclaimthatyouclaimtobethesonofGod. Is that true?” towhich David replied “Yes.Well, you see the thing is….(Audiencelaughsathim.)It’squitefunnyreally.Youknow2000 years ago had a guycalledJesussathereandsaidthesesamethings,youwouldstill be laughing. It’s really

funny that we have notmovedonthatmuch.”

Wogan then repliesasking,“Wasitagreatshockfor you to discover this atthirty-eight? (Audienceerupts in laughter again)Davidthenwentontopredictcataclysmic events thathumanity would soon befacing. “When may weexpecttidalwaves,eruptions,and earthquakes? When is

the first thing going tohappen?”askedWogan.

“Itwillcertainlyhappenthisyear. The first sequencewill begin this year,” repliedIcke.

“What will happen ifthey don’t happen? Whatwill happen to you?”Woganpressed.

“They will happen,

becauseif theydon’thappen,then there will be no earth,”said Icke as he nervouslypickedathisfingernails.

It’s surprising Ickewasable to recover from suchfoolishness. Despite DavidIcke’s valid points aboutsociety being influenced bymainstream media and thehistory and activities of theIlluminati, there are gapingholes in his credibility and it

is advised that people useother sources of informationother than Icke in order toensure the quality of theinformationtheyaregetting.

WilliamCooper

MiltonWilliamCooper,known as William or BillCooper was an author andradio hostwho discussed theIlluminati, the New WorldOrder, and UFOs. He

claimed that he had a TopSecret, Q security clearance,Sensitive CompartmentalizedInformation with accessauthorizedonastrictneed-to-

know basis.[142] Whilesupposedly working forNaval Intelligence, heclaimed to have seenclassified documentsregarding the JFKassassination, UFOs, and theNew World Order. Cooper

was shot and killed onNovember 5, 2001 by asheriff who was serving anarrest warrant at his Arizonahome after Cooper allegedlytried to resist arrest and shotan officer in the head. Hewas58yearsold.Policeandneighbors say Cooper hadthreatened amanwith a gunfor trespassing on hisproperty, and a warrant wasissued for his arrest. Thecircumstances surrounding

his death remain the topic ofdebate and will be discussedat the end of this section.Many of Cooper’s fansbelievehewasassassinatedtostop him from continuing todiscuss the information heclaimedtohavelearnedwhileintheNavy.

William Cooper is bestknown for this 1991 bookBehold a Pale Horse, whichdiscusses various aspects of

the New World Order andcontains his many claims tohave seen classifiedgovernment documentswhileintheNavy.Thetitleisfromthe Bible’s Book ofRevelation chapter 6 verse 8,“And I looked, and behold apalehorse:andhisnamethatsat on him was Death, andHellfollowedwithhim.”

IntheforwardtoBeholda Pale Horse, Cooper

recountshistimeintheNavyandbeginsbyexplainingthathe and his fellow shipmateshad seen several UFOs riseup from the ocean anddisappearintotheclouds.Heinsists that the Navy’s sonarhad also detected these

objects.[143] He explainsthat a superior officer thenmade him sign an agreementthathewasnottodiscusstheeventwith anyone, including

the other witnesses.Throughout his book areincluded various photos ofCooperwhile inuniformandonapatrolboat to show thathewasactually in theNavy.He even includes his servicerecord in the back of hisbook, in an attempt to givecredibility to his claims,although these documentsmake no reference to himhaving any Top Secretsecurityclearance.

Cooper explains thatwhen he was registering forthe Navy a questionnaireasked if the applicant hadbeen a member of anyfraternal organizations, andthat he circled the DeMolaysociety, since he said hewas

a member as a child.[144]The DeMolay society isbasically a branch ofFreemasonry for children ofMasons. He says that this

selection made him a viablecandidate to becomepromotedintotheinnercircleof Naval Intelligence, sinceall people in that divisionwere involved withFreemasonry.

Atthispointheclaimstohave been given anothersecurity clearance in thecryptocategoryandservedasthe designated SPECAToperator. Itwas then thathe

writes he learned the Officeof Naval Intelligence hadparticipated in theassassination of PresidentJohnF.KennedyandthattheSecret Service agent drivingthelimohadshotKennedyin

the head.[145] This oddtheory isn’t even consideredcrediblebytheleastobjectiveJFK assassination conspiracytheorists, and such an ideaignores the fact that nobody

reported hearing a gunshotfrom the limo (or seeing thedriverwithagun),whichwasjustafewfeetawayfromthecrowd.

Throughouthisbookhecontinues to make repeatedreferences to“theTopSecretdocuments” he saw whenworkingintheNavyandhowthey pertain to the NewWorldOrder.

Iwillcontinuetolisthisfar-fetched claims in aminute, but it first must besaid that it is extremelysuspicious that Coopercasually mentions “TopSecret documents he hadseen” as if they were justlayingoutonsomeone’sdeskandhehappenedtospotthemand had a chance to actuallyreadthroughthem.Therearemillions and millions ofpages of classified material

which fill countless filingcabinetswhich are extremelydifficulttoaccess,yetCooperclaims he simply “cameacross” various documentswhich discuss materialreferencing the Council onForeign Relations, theBilderberg group, and theNewWorldOrder.

Inhisbook,hepublisheda text allegedly from adocument titled “Silent

Weapons for Quiet Wars”which he says was a TopSecret document that wasdiscoveredonJuly7,1986ina photo copier that had beenpurchased at a militarysurplus sale, suggestingsomeone in the military hadaccidentally left the originalin the machine after makingphotocopies.

The “document”contains information

supposedly on how thegovernment can control theworld’s resources, finances,and information, in order tofurther their goals ofconstructing the New WorldOrder. It reads likeapoorlywritten hoax. In the text ofthis supposed Top Secretdocument obtained byCooper,itcontinuouslyrefersto “the elite” and theirdiabolical plans. It alsomentions the Bilderberg

group and Rothschild’scontrol of the bankingsystem. The whole thingreads like a patheticregurgitationoftheProtocolsof the Elders of Zion. (SeeProtocolsofEldersofZion)

Cooper also reportedthat to mark the year 2000,the Illuminati would use theGalileo space craft todetonate 49.7 pounds ofplutonium as it reached the

planet Jupiter, which wouldcause a nuclear reactionturning the planet intoanothersun.Hesaidthatthisnew star would be calledLuciferandwouldbecitedasa miracle or a sign that theAntichristwas a god and themessiah had appeared. This,all according to Top Secretdocuments he claimed tohave read in the Navyconcerning Project Galileo.

[146] Cooper’s book waspublishedin1991,givinghimafullnineyearstomakesuchclaims and collect the profitsfromhissales.HeaddedthattheSpearofDestiny,whichissaid to be the spear thatwasused to pierce the side ofJesusashehungonthecross,and other ancient relicsbelieved to be lost to historywouldbeunitedandgive theworld leader supernatural

powers.[147]

When describing thevarious secret societies thatare involved in creating theNew World Order, CooperincludedtheSkullandBonessociety at Yale University,and the Scroll and Keysociety,but incorrectlystatedthat Scroll and Key was asecret society at Harvard,

[148]wheninrealityitisalsoat Yale in Connecticut, thesame residence of Skull andBones.

Eight years beforeCooperhadpublishedBeholdaPaleHorse,AntonySuttonhad released American’sSecret Establishment, whichhadexposedforthefirsttime,theactivitiesoftheSkullandBones society. (See

America’s SecretEstablishment page 85)Cooperwaswellawareofthebook, and included it in hisreferences page, so any ideathat he learned of Skull andBones while working inNaval Intelligence can beeasilydismissed.

Cooper states, “TopSecret documents that I readwhilewithNavalIntelligencestated that President

Eisenhower hadcommissioned the JASONSociety to examine allevidence, facts, likes, anddeception and find the truth

of the alien question.”[149]Whilenotoftenmentionedinregards to the New WorldOrder, the Jasons, or theJason Society is a secretgroup of scientists andscholarswhoconsultwiththeDepartment of Defense.

Their existence was exposedto the public during theVietnam War and was wellknown to all anti-war

activists.[150] So Cooperdidn’t need to find a “TopSecret” document to learnabout the group, and onlyneeded to read thenewspapers in the late 1960sand early 1970s when theiractivities were beingdiscussedinthepress.

Cooperalsowritesaboutthe alleged Majestic Twelve(alsocalledMajestyTwelve),a group some believe is ascientific branch within themilitary which deals withaliens.Again,Cooperclaimsthis information wasdiscovered from secretdocuments that he justhappened to find. Hewrote,“IreadTopSecretdocumentswhilewithNavalIntelligencethat stated President

Eisenhowerhadappointedsixof the Executive Committeemembers of the CFR[Council on ForeignRelations] to sit on thepanelcalled Majesty Twelve alsoknown as Majority Twelveforsecurityreasons.MajestyTwelve is the secret groupthat is supposed to controlextraterrestrial information

andprojects.”[151]

Ideas surroundingMajestic Twelve had beencirculating in UFO circlessince 1984, and was not anew “discovery” by Cooperfrom “Top Secret”documents.MostintheUFOcommunity did not takeCooper seriously, and hefound the majority of hissupport from patriots andthoseagainst theNewWorldOrder.

Perhaps the mostlaughable and far-fetchedclaimthatcanbeaddedtothelistiswhenhewrites,“Ireadwhile in Naval Intelligencethat at least once a year,maybe more, two nuclearsubmarines meet beneath thepolar icecap and matetogether at an airlock.Representatives of theSovietUnion meet with the PolicyCommittee of the BilderbergGroup,”where“TheRussians

are given the script for theirnext performance…Thismethodofmeetingistheonlyway that is safe fromdetection and/or

bugging.”[152]

So,accordingtoCooper,thereisnosecureroominthePentagon that is safe frombeing bugged or anywhereelse on the planet, so theBilderberg group must meet

in a submarine beneath thepolaricecap.

Aside from numerousfabricationsandobviousfalseclaims in his writings, youwill find the occasionalparanoid ranting includingonewherehewritesusingallcapital letters, “PATRIOTSMUST NOT BE AT HOMEON ANY NATIONALHOLIDAY DURING THEDAY OR NIGHT EVER

AGAIN UNTIL THEDANGER IS PAST.DISREGARD THISWARNING AND YOUWILL FIND YOURELF INA CONCENTRATION

CAMP.”[153]

Cooper claimed that hepossessed photographs of asecret base located on themoon in the crater

Copernicus.[154] Also inBehold a Pale Horse heincluded pictures of what hesaidwereUFOsanddiagramsandphotosofwhathe calledalienreproductionvehicles.

When looking for amotive for his outlandishclaims, one needs only tolook at the words of Mr.Cooper himself. In theforward to his book he

describes that after he wasdischarged from the Navythat “we were broke and

homelessatthatpoint.”[155]He had tried tomakemoneyby selling audio tapes of hislectures, which apparentlywasn’t making him anymoney, so he would laterwrite and publish Behold aPaleHorsein1991.

Also by Cooper’s own

admission he had fabricateddocuments and informationconcerning UFOs and theNewWorldOrderandpostedthem on a BBS networkcalled ParaNet (ParanormalNetwork). Bulletin BoardSystems (BBS) were aprecursor to the Internet andallowed people to accessanother person’s hard drivedirectly by using a modem.He fully admits that hefabricated information and

posted it, but he claimed theonly reason he did it was tothrowthegovernmentoffhistrail by making them thinkthat he was “a kook whodidn’t really know

anything.”[156]

Cooperwasexposedandtheinformationhehadpostedwasproventobefalse,andsoit makes sense that hementionedthisinhisbookas

awaytotrytoexplainwhyitwasthatithadbeenshownhehad spread fraudulentinformation in the past andbeen caught. The Sysop(system operator) forParaNet,MichaelCorbin,hadthis to say about Cooper:“First,Idon’twanttogetintoany protracted discussionsaboutBillCooper. All Icansayisthatwe,ParaNet,hadagreatdealofexperiencewithBill Cooper, up to and

including ejecting him fromthe net for causing a varietyofdisruptions,nottomentionstrong attacks on othermembersof thenet thatwerecounter-productive tointelligent discussion. Ourorganization has investigatedCooper to the max and canfind no truth in anything hesaysexceptthathewasintheNavy,butnot in thecapacitythat he claims. The bottomline is that Bill Cooper just

doesn’t hold water, soanything he says should betaken with a large block ofsaltandtongueplantedfirmly

incheek.”[157]

Cooper had exposednothingnewinhisbookorinhis lectures, and theinformationheclaimstohaveread from Top Secretdocumentswasnothingbutaretelling of publicly known

information that had beentalked about in the anti-NewWorld Order movement fordecades. Actually, there isoneexceptioninregardstononew information beingpublishedbyCooper,andthatis the “Silent Weapons forQuiet Wars” document heclaimedtoobtainfromanoldphoto copier. The“document” is rarelycitedasevidence by peopleresearching the New World

Order, and its authenticity isdoubtedbymany.Hesaysitwas given to him by a mannamed Tom Young and thatCooper himself had “readTop Secret documentswhichexplained that “SilentWeapons for Quiet Wars” isthe doctrine adopted by thePolicy Committee of theBilderberg Group during itsfirst known meeting in

1954.”[158]

While no researcher isgoing to be 100% accuratewith the information theycompile, or the conclusionsthey draw from it, therepeated inconsistencies inCooper’sbookandhisclaimsto have “seen Top Secretdocuments” about variousissues which were alreadypublic knowledge, combinedwith his own admission thathe hadwritten and publishedfraudulent information in the

past, clearly prove thatCooper is an unreliablesource, and a financiallytroubled hoaxer who wascashing in by mixing factwith fiction and presentinghimself as a first handwitness.

There are a number ofpeople who continue tobelieve that William Cooperisaheroicmanwhoexposedthe New World Order and

wasmurderedtosilencehim.Manyofthesepeopleperhapshave only read parts ofCooper’s book and haven’tseen the extent of theridiculousness of his claims.Others who are aware of hiswild tales and actuallybelieve them prove theirinabilitytodiscernfactsfromfiction.

The actual eventssurrounding Cooper’s death

remain the topic of debateand speculation amongst hisfans.OnNovember5th2001,sheriff deputies luredCooperfromhishomeinruralEager,Arizona at approximately11pm by posing as ordinarycitizensplayingloudmusicintheir vehicle on or near hisproperty, causing him tocomeout and investigate. Awarrant had been issued forhis arrest for allegedly

threateningamannamedDr.ScottHamblinwithagunforeither trespassing or loiteringon or near his land. Policeclaim thatwhen they tried toapprehend Cooper, he pulledout a hand gun and shot onedeputy, resulting in anotherofficer shooting and killingCooper. People who knewCooper personally have saidthatanyonewhoattemptedtoapproach his homewould beconfronted at gunpoint and

thatoverthelastfewyearsofhis life he was growingincreasingly paranoid andunstable. TheyalsosaidthatCooper himself had said thathewouldneverbetakenaliveafter he failed to appear incourt for charges that herefused topay incometaxes.Cooper’sneighborandfriendGlenn Jacobs was the editorof a small local paper calledTheRoundValleyPaper,andwrote, “local police with a

warrant for a couple ofaggravated-assault warrants(Bill was certainly guilty)went up in force to BillCooper’s house, lettingon tobe teenagers drinking andpartying, with the radioturneduploud.Billcameoutof his house and drove overto them,demanding that theygetoffofhismountain.Twoofficers jumped Bill in hiscar.Billbackeditup,shovedone officer out and shot the

other one twice in the headwith his forty-five, but didnotinflictanylife-threateningwounds. Bill ran toward hishouse, whereupon the entirecontingent gaveBillwhat hehad been asking for— hismartyrdom. This was not afederal ninja action, nor arogue-copriot.Billhadgoneover to Dr. Scott Hamblin’shouse and wagged a gun inhis face, and seems to havedone the same to another

person aswell. The officerswiselywentprepared, asBillhad broadcast hundreds oftimes that he would notsurrender and would killanyonewhocameafterhim.”

Despite Glenn Jacobsand others in the Eager,Arizona community whowerefriendswithCooperandagainsttheNewWorldOrdersayingthatCooperhadlostitandopenedfireonthepolice

first, many of Cooper’s fansbelieve he was purposefullymurdered because he talkedabout 9/11 and the NewWorldOrder.

The Associated Presspublished an article the dayafter his death labelingCooper a “national leader ofthe militia movement” andtried to tie him to TimothyMcVeigh saying “McVeigh,whowasexecutedinMayfor

the bombing of the federalbuilding in Oklahoma City,listened to Cooper’sbroadcasts for inspiration,according to testimony byJames Nichols, brother ofOklahoma bombing co-defendant Terry Nicholsduring a 1996 pretrial

hearing.”[159]

WhileCooper’sdeathisa tragedy and it’s slanderous

to tie him to TimothyMcVeigh, and many of theissues he discussed on hisradio show and in his bookaretrue,itisinexcusablethathe fabricated tales of seeingTop Secret documents in anattempt to add credibility tohis story and sell morebooks. His numerous claimsto have personally seen TopSecretdocumentsonavarietyof issues and present himselfas a whistleblower casts a

dark cloud of doubt over hismemoryandhisbodyofworksince it leads peopleunfamiliarwithsuchmaterialto believe that some fictionsarefact.

Criticizing Cooper is asensitive issue since he isviewed as amartyr bymanyof his fanswho are offendedby anyone voicing doubtsabout his claims orcredentials, and continue to

believe that he wasassassinated despite all theevidencetothecontrary.

PhilSchneider

PhilSchneider isamanwhonotonlyclaimedtohaveinformation about UFOs andaliens,buthealsoclaimedtohave gotten into a shootoutwith them inanunderground

military base. SchneiderappearedontheUFOscenein1995, and traveled aroundgiving a series of lectureswhich he claimed wereaccounts of his experiencesworking on governmentprojects and ultimatelybattling aliens in anunderground tunnel. Heclaimed to have worked forseventeenyearsasageologistand aerospace and structuralengineer and to have had a

level 1 security clearancewhile working on blackbudget government projects.Schneiderwas found dead inhis apartment on January 17,1996andapparentlythebodyhad been there for a weekbefore anyone had reportedhim missing. The cause ofdeath was officially from astroke, but as will bediscussed later, somespeculatehewasmurderedtokeephimfromtalking.

Schneider’s statementsare interesting in that itappears to be the first timesomeone has come forwardandnotonlyclaimed tohavebeenapartofanaliencover-up, but that the aliens arelivingandworkinginaseriesof tunnels below the earth’ssurface. Schneidermaintainedthatsomeofthesealiens are hostile, but othersare friendly and work withtheU.S.government.

Ataspeechgivenatthe1995 Preparedness Expowhich can be seen onYouTube andGoogleVideo,Schneider claims that theArmy cavalry had a unit in1909 stationed in theAmerican south west whofollowed some“bandits” intoa cave where they found“flyingdisks”and“littlegrayguys” and that the incidenthad been in secret archiveseversince.

During his talk in 1995he said that there were 131active underground bases intheU.S.and1477worldwide,with each costing 17 to 19billion dollars, and that eachbase was connected byunderground tunnels withmagneto-leviton trains thatrunbetweenthem.

Schneider claims thereare eleven distinct races ofaliens and that two of these

racesarefriendlyandworkincooperation with the U.S.government. Theother racesof aliens, he says, are adangertocivilization.Duringhis lecture at the 1995PreparednessExpoheheldupa photograph of a group ofmenwho hadworked on theUSS Eldridge and said thatone of themenwas an alienthatlookedhumannamedValValiantThorandhadworkedforthePentagonfor58years

andhadnotaged. Schneidersays he met this alien, andthathehadsixfingersandsixtoesoneachlimb,andthathehad copper oxide forblood.

Asitistypicalwithmost“researchers” or “whistleblowers” who makeextremely far-fetched claims,evenforthosewhobelieveinso-called “conspiracytheories,” Schneider is

believed by most to be afraudulent opportunist whowas seeking to make moneyoffof theUFOandanti-NewWorldOrder subculture, or adisinformationagentwhowasmuddying the water forserious researchers. Others,ofcourse,believehisaccountwas accurate and is moreevidence that thegovernmentor the Illuminati, or acombinationofthetwo,areincollusion with alien beings

from other planets ordimensions.

From his May 8th 1995lecture given in Post FallsIdaho:

“It is because of theratherhorrendousdesignsandmechanizationsofourfederalgovernment structure that I

feel directly imperiled not totell anybody about [theseissues]sothat’swhyI’mheretellingyou.IndoingsoIambreakingmysecurityoaths, Iam also guilty of breakingmajorfederallaw.HowlongI will be able to do this isanybody’sguess.However,Iwould like to mention thatthistalkisgoingtobebrokenup into four main topics.Eachofthesetopicswillhavesome bearing on what you

people are involved in, youpatriot people, or even someof you people who aren’tpatriots but who may beleaning that way orconsideringit…”

“Iwantyoutoknowthatthese United States are abeautiful place. I’ve traveledin over 70 countries, and Icannotrememberanycountrythathasthebeauty,aswellasthe magnificence of its

people, like these UnitedStates.”

“To give you anoverview of basically what Iam, I started off and wentthrough engineering school,which half of my schoolingwasinthatfield.Ibuiltupareputation for being ageological engineer, as wellas a structural engineer withboth military and aerospaceapplications. I have helped

build two main bases withinthe United States that havesome significance as far aswhatiscalledtheNewWorldOrder.NumberoneisDulce,NewMexico. Iwas involvedin 1979 in a horrendous firefight with alien humanoids,and I was one of thesurvivors. I’m probably theonlytalkingsurvivoryouwillever hear. Two othersurvivors are under closeguard somewhere in the

United States. One is not invery good shape, he’s beenliving in Canada. So I’mabout the only one aroundthat knows of the fire fight,and that knows all thedetailed files of the entireoperation. Sixty-six SecretService agents, FBI, and thelike, Black Berets, died inthatfight.Iwasthere.”

“Number one: part ofwhatIamgoingtotellyouis

going to be very shocking.PartofwhatIamgoingtotellyou is probably going to bevery unbelievable, though,instead of putting yourglasses on, I’m going to askyou to put your ‘skepticals’on rather than yourspectacles. But please, feelfree to do your ownhomework. I know theFreedom of Information Actisn’t much to go on, butunfortunately it’s basically

thebestwe’vegot.The locallaw library in your nearestlawuniversityisagoodplaceto look for CongressionalRecords.So,ifonecontinuesto do their homework, thenone can be standing vigilantinregardstotheircountry.”

Alleged Firefight atDulceBase

“Backin1954,undertheEisenhower administration,the federal governmentdecided to circumvent theConstitution of the UnitedStatesand forma treatywith[alien] entities from outsideof the United States and itwas supposed to be secret. Itwas called the Greata 1954Treaty, which basically saidthat the aliens could take a

few cows and test theirimplanting techniques on afew human beings, but thattheyhadtogivedetailedlistsof the people involved.Slowly, but surely, the outerspace aliens altered thebargain until they decidedtheywouldn’tgobyitatall.Back in 1979, this was thereality and the fire-fightoccurredquitebyaccident.”

“I was involved in

building an addition to thedeep underground militarybase at Dulce, New Mexicowhichbythewayisprobablythe United States deepestbase. It goes down sevenlevels and over 2.5 milesdeep.Atthatparticulartime,we had drilled four distinctholes in the desert ground,and we were going to linkthem together and blow outlarge sections at a time. Myjob at that time was to go

down in these holes andgather rock samples, checkthem for their particularity,for particle count, give adetailedaccountofwhatkindof chemical explosive, orplastic explosive to use andwewouldgofromthere.AsIwas headed down there, tomy total surprise we foundourselves amidst a largecavern that was already fullof outer-space aliens,otherwise known as large

Greys. I was petrified, asmost people might be. Theonly thing I could think ofdoing at the time wasshootingatthem.Ikilledtwoof them, but by the time Icould reload, and re fire, atthattimeIhadaWaltherPPKpistol, IwasanengineersoIdidn’t feel I had to carry agun around, and I alwayscarried this particular onearound,itwasniceandsmalland quite effective. But

anyway, I killed a couple ofthese things and at that timethere were several othergroupsofpeopledownthere.About 40 more came downafter this started, and all ofthem got killed. Basicallywhat had occurred was thatwe had surprised a wholeunderground base of existingaliens.LateronIwas to findoutthatwearenotthehighestones on the food chain.These aliens have probably

beenlivingonourplanetfor,different groups of aliensanyway,theshortandthetallGreys at least for a millionyears. This could explain alot of the theory behindancientastronauts,theseotherkinds of things, and it mightalso explain the bloodthirstiness of different kindsof native populaces like theAztecs…”

“Anyway, I got shot

basically here [in the chest].Their kind ofweaponwasn’treallyagunlikething,itwaskind of like a box that theyhad on their body that theycould manipulate. And itburnedaholeinmeandsplitmy ribs apart, kind of goryandall thatkindof stuff,butanyway it also gave me ahigh dose of rather nastycobaltradiation.Ihavecancerto this day that’s probably aresultofthat,althoughIcan’t

provethat.”

ENDOFTRANSCRIPT

Schneider’s tales arepretty far-fetched to say theleast. I am not saying thataliensdonotexist.Ihaveanopen enough mind tounderstand that their

existence is certainlypossible. Nordo Ideny thattheyhavevisitedtheearth.Itis an interesting topic, andwhile many, if not most,supposed UFO sightings arefully explainable and theresult of top secret aircraft,unknown atmosphericconditions, and even that ofpranksters, hoaxers andmentally insanepeople, theredoes remain the very realpossibility that intelligent life

exists outside of planet earthand has perhaps traveledhere.Itisnotmyintentiontocompletely discount thepossibilityofrealaliensfromother planets existing orvisiting the earth or evenworking with the Illuminati.Weneedmore evidence, andmost of the so-calledevidence that has come forthhas been fraudulent andcreated for the purpose ofgetting themedia’s attention,

andsellingbooks.

In his lectures,Schneider mentions that hehad actual metal from theUFO crash in Roswell, NewMexicothatwasgiventohimwhen he was fourteen yearsold.Heshowsmetalsamplesat his speeches and says thatthe materials to build theStealth Fighters and somesubmarines came from alientechnology. The samples he

showswhich he claims werefrom alien technology are sohard they can scratchdiamonds, he said. No onewas allowed to test hisclaims,orhandlethesamplesthemselves.

As if his allegations ofhavingashootoutwithaliensweren’t outrageous enough,they get worse. During histalks Schneider said thataliens use human blood and

secretions as food, and thatthey “get high” off of theadrenochrome from theadrenalgland.Hesaiditwaslike cocaine for them. It isactually rumored thatSatanists participate in thispractice for the same reason,which is most likely theinspiration for Schneider toinclude this strange practiceinhisstoriesaboutthealiens.(SeeFearandLoathinginLasVegas page 318) Schneider

alsoclaimed100,000childrenareunaccountedforandhaverecently gone missing andthat he believed the childrenandothermissingpersonsarevictimsofthealienswhotakethemandeatthem.

By the year 2029, hesaid the aliens would reducethe world’s population byseven-eighthsandthenwouldrule the earth. Aside fromgiving a lecture on

underground bases andtunnels and his alleged alienencounter, he wouldoccasionally rant about thecorrupt government, the lossof Civil Liberties, and theNewWorldOrder.

So in summation, heclaimsthatinAugustof1979he shot and killed two alienswith his Walther PPK pistolandthatbeforehewasabletokilloneofthealiens,itshota

blue beam out of its chestwhich hit him cutting himopen and burning several ofhis fingers off. Schneiderwas missing the index andmiddle finger and part of histhumbonhislefthand,whichsome say is “proof” of hisstory. At various pointsduring his speeches, thisinjury can clearly be seen.Hecouldhaveverywell lostthem in a work relatedaccident and incorporated it

into his stories about thealiens. The question ofwhyhe was carrying a gun tobeginwithisalsoperplexing.Ifhewasacivilianengineer,why would he be carrying agun?Ifhewasworkingonasecure military installation,then why would he need agun? Or would he even bepermitted to carry one?Probablynot.

Schneideralsoclaimsto

have held a level 1 securityclearance, which soundsimpressive and appears to bethe highest level availablesince it is labeled “level 1”but in reality a level 1security clearance is only anentrylevelclearance.Level1is categorized as“confidential” with level 2being “secret” and level 3being“topsecret.”Schneiderprobably didn’t know thestructureofthehierarchy,and

incorrectlybelieveda level1clearance would be thehighestlevel.

There is also thequestion of how Schneiderwouldknowabouthowmanyraces of aliens there were,and how he would come toknow that they were eatingpeople for the adrenochromein their body, if in fact theywere. If there are aliensliving in the underground

bases and tunnels, andSchneider did actually seethem,orhave a conflictwiththem, then he would havebeen debriefed and sworn tosecrecynevertotalkaboutit. Those who knew the wholestory,certainlywouldnottellSchneiderorothersaboutthedetails of the aliens, or whatthey were doing living inthosebases.

While Schneider didn’t

have any books or DVDs tosell after his lectures, wordwas that he had nearlycompleted, or was workingonabookwhenhehaddied.Some who believeSchneider’sstoriesusethisasevidence that thegovernmentassassinated him to preventhim from getting hisinformation out. Or perhapspeople just assumed that hewas working on a book,becausenearlyeveryonewho

comes forward with tales ofsupposedly witnessinggovernment programs orhaving been members of theIlluminati,writebooks.

Underground bases andtunnels do exist. There areadvanced tunnel boringmachines (TBMs) that aremaking them, and video ofsuchmachinescanbereadilyfoundontheInternetandtheyhave been featured in shows

produced by the HistoryChannel.Youcaneasilyfindthe websites for the RobbinsCompany and others whichbuildthem.Thisauthorhasadetailed chapter on theseunderground bases andtunnels in my book, TheResistance Manifesto. It iscertainlylikelythattopsecrettunnels span the country, ifnot the world and connectvarious military bases.Schneider may have actually

workedonsuchprojects,andused this knowledge andexperience to concoct hisentire“alienfirefight”story.Perhaps he was upset thatenormous amounts ofmoneywere being spent on theprojects and he thought thatby blowing the whistle onthem and mixing in fictionaltalesofalienslivinginthem,it would give him moreattentionandcausepeople tolook into the tremendous

wasteofmoney that is beingputintosuchprojects.

Or perhaps Schneiderwas a retired engineer whowas bored and thought thatpeoplewhobelievedinalienswere kooks, and decided hewould entertain himself bymakingupabunchofstoriesabouthowhehadashoot-outwith aliens when he wasworking in the tunnels andlovedtheattentionhegotasa

result and he and his friendswould laugh about howgullible the UFO crowd wasastheydrankafewbeers.Ofcourse it is alsopossible thatSchneider was a paidgovernment disinfo agentwho had the job ofpublicizing ridiculous talesinvolving the undergroundbases and tunnels to makepeople think that any talk ofthe tunnels existing wereconspiracy theories involving

aliens.

Upon word of PhilSchneider’s death in January1996, rumors circulated onthe Internet that he wasmurdered, as is commonwhen people in theconspiracy theory genre die.While his death was ruled anatural cause by a stroke, aletterbegancirculatingontheInternet, supposedly writtenby his ex-wife, Cynthia

Drayer. The authenticity ofthis letter has not beenverified, andwhen one readsits contents, it becomesobviousthatitisahoax,orajoke, meant to stir up evenmore controversysurroundingPhilSchneider.

The letter explains thatSchneider’s wife suspectedfoul play, and anotherautopsy was performed “atthe Multnomah County

MedicalExaminer’soffice(inPortland, Oregon) by Dr.Gunson, and she determinedthat Philip had committedsuicidebywrappinga rubbercatheter hose three timesaround his neck, and half-knotting it in front.”Whoever actually wrote thisletter, and whateverSchneider’s motives forfabricating his fancifulstories,wemayneverknow.

MentionsinMainstream

Media

The subject of theIlluminati and its subsidiaryorganizations such as the

Bilderberg group, Skull andBones, and the BohemianGrovearerarelymentionedinthemainstreamnews, largelybecause theyownmostnewsoutlets and have editorialpolicies in place to preventsuch stories from beingpublishedorproduced.

Even many so-calledmore independent forms ofmedia suchas talk radiowillnotcoversuchorganizations.

Most localhostssimplyhaveno idea such organizationsexist, and have probably noteven heard of the Illuminati.[160] Other national hostssuchasRushLimbaugh,whoisundera$400milliondollarcontract, knows exactlywhatthese organizations are, whois involved with them, andwhat they are doing. By theway,thatisnotatypo,inJulyof 2008 Limbaugh signed a

$400million dollardealwithClearChannel to stay on theair through at least 2016.[161] Hosts like RushLimbaugh,SeanHannity,BillO’Reilly, Alan Colmes andothers know who is pullingthe strings in global affairs,and that those sameinstitutions are the ones whosign their paychecks aswell.

Even with suchsafeguards in place asOperation Mockingbird,which uses editors andproducers who are in theknow as gate-keepers toprevent hard news about theIlluminatifrommakingitoutto the public, they cannotkeep every story from beingkilled. (See MainstreamMediapage33)Whatisevenless under their control iswhat certain guests may say

when they are beinginterviewed live on the air.Ofcourse,anyguestswhoareprone to mentioning suchthingswouldonlybebookedin an attempt to attack themand discredit them, but allmeasures are taken tothoroughly screen guests tomake sure they subscribe tothe paradigm the network isattemptingtomaintain.

CNBC

October24,2008

After the entire U.S.economybegantomeltdownin the third quarter of 2008,manypeoplewerelookingforanswers as tohow this couldhappen. A short butinteresting answer was givenonCNBConFridayOctober24, 2008 by Jeffrey Saut ofSentinel Asset Management,whosaid,“Ithinkyou’reinaliquidation phase, I think

Kirstin (another guest on theshow) had it right, I thinkthere is a bunch of wrongfootedmovesmade byHankPaulson (Treasury Secretaryatthetime)andtheIlluminatiofthecountryifyouwill,andI think we’re paying for itrightnow.”

GeraldCelente

December8,2008

CEO of The TrendsResearch Institute, GeraldCelente, is anextremelywellrespected trend forecasterwho is noted for predictingthe 1987 stockmarket crash,as well as the fall of theSoviet Union. In 2008Celentemade news reportingthat by 2012America wouldbeinadepressionworsethanthe Great Depression whichoccurred in the 1930s. Heforecasted massive

unemployment, foodshortages, riots, and massvacanciesinretailspaces.

On the December 18th2008 broadcast of the AlexJones show on the GenesisCommunications Network,Celente mentioned theIlluminatiastherootcauseofthe economic collapse thatbegan at the end of 2008.When asked for his analysison what was happening, he

said, “It’s definitely afinancial coup. Wall Streethas hijacked Washington inbroad daylight. Now as weknow, of course, the U.S.Treasury Secretary HenryPaulson is a Goldman Sachsman, former CEO. They’rebringing in now Obama,“backtrack Obama” we callhim…the man of “change,”and of course there’s nochange. They’re bringing inTimothy Geithner, the

Federal Reserve Bankpresident of the New YorkFederalReserve.They’rejustbringinginthiswholecrewofWall Street people runningWashington. So it’s beingdoneinbroaddaylightaswellas these bailouts. TheIlluminati so to speak mayhavetheiragendalaidout.”

FoxNewsBusiness

OnDecember12,2008a

writerforFoxNewsBusinessmade an interesting postconcerning the economiccrisis stemming from homeforeclosuresandfailingbanksandindustries.CodyWillardposted an article titled,Illuminating the Illuminati:CharlesSchumerandBarneyFrank areOwnedby theBigBankswherehewrotethattheIlluminati controlled thebanksandthepoliticianswhowere at the root cause of the

financialcollapse.

His post continued,“Here’s a definition ofIlluminati: individuals whoare part of a secretive,historical organization that iscomprised of mostlyinfluential members withpolitical and/or financial

clout.”[162]

It’s amazing Willard

wasn’tsoonfiredorlaid-off.TwomonthslaterinFebruary2009 Willard hosted a newssegmenton theFoxBusinessChanneltitledIlluminatiAlertwhich began with a graphicofanall-seeingeyeontopofa pyramid flying across thescreen. Willard denouncedthe banker bailout in thesegmentandbeganbysaying,“Here’showtheyweretryingto hold you and me downtoday.”

TheColbertReport

Satirist and comedianStephenColbert, host ofTheColbert Report on ComedyCentral,includedajokeaboutthe Illuminati onhis July24,2007 broadcast where heexplained that BenjaminFulford,whousedtowriteforForbes magazine, wasaccusing the Illuminati ofplanning to depopulate the

earth.(SeeBenjaminFulfordpage195)

Colbert explains,“Normally I would ignorethis kind of raving from anobscurehack,butthereisonereasonIwanttotalkaboutit.The possibility that theIlluminatimight letme join.Mastersof the temple,pleaseletmein.Itriedeverycrazyhandshake I could think ofwhen Imet president Bush...

AndI’vegotsomegreatideasaboutdepopulatingtheearth.Therehasneverbeenabettertime to put me in charge ofthedestinyofmankind.”

“I will await youranswer every night for thenextmonthintheexactcenterof the Brooklyn Bridge,whosecablesbytheway,arein the same geomantic ratioasthesidesofthepyramidofGiza.”

Severalmonthslater,onDecember10th2008,StephenColbert had Richard Haas,president of the Council onForeignRelations,asaguest.Colbert started the interviewby saying, “you’re like theIlluminati, or the Masons,you control everything don’tyou? That’s the rap on youguys.”

What is strange is thatHaasdidn’thaveanewbook

topromoteoranyrealreasontobeontheshow.Itappearsthat one of the writers orproducers of the show isfamiliar with the Illuminatiand the New World Orderand has worked these ideasintotheshow.

On January 29th 2009,this author (Mark Dice)received an email from aproducer of The ColbertReport asking if I would be

interested in beinginterviewed about theGeorgia Guidestonesmonument. When I spokewith the producer on thephone she informed me thattheywereworkingonaseriesof segments aboutmysteries,and the punch line would bethatStephensolvesthemall.She also informed me thatColberthadnotbeenfamiliarwith the Guidestones andwhen one of the writers

brought up the idea for asegment he doubted theyeven existed because he hadneverheardofthembefore.

So from the repeatedreferencestotheIlluminationthe show, and the request Ireceived from the producerabout the Guidestones, itbecomes clear that someoneworkingontheshowisfairlyfamiliarwithsuchthings,andhas been able to work them

into the show on severaloccasions. Their motive fordoingsoremainstobeseen.

FoxNewsChannel

June19,2004

Guest:KrisMilligan

KrisMilligan,theeditorof Fleshing Out Skull andBones, one of the best bookswritten on the Skull and

BonessocietywasaguestonFox News briefly to discussthe issue of both JohnKerryand George W. Bush beingmembers of the club andfacing off against each otherin the 2004 presidentialelection. The producersprobably thought itwouldbean interesting segment andwould present Skull andBonesasnothingmorethanacollegefraternityfortheelite,but as soon as Milligan

mentioned the club’sinvolvement in narcoticstrafficking,hewascutoffandthesegmentended.

[Host]

What is the point of thisclub?

[KrisMilligan]

Well, some say the pointoftheclubisbonding.Ilook

at it through the eyes of asocial historian. And whenyou look at the grouping ofpeople and the jobs that theyhave, you find that a verylarge amount of themembership have beeninvolvedinintelligence.Oneof themost disturbing thingsisthatthefamilygroupshavebeen involved in drugrunningsincetheearly1800s.

[Host]

Drugrunning?

[KrisMilligan]

Yes, see the founder ofSkullandBoneswasWilliamHuntington Russell, and hisfamily business was Russelland Company, which wasAmerica’s largest opiumsmuggler, the third largest intheworld…

[Host]

Wow. Kris Milligan,unfortunately we’re out oftime, we’re going to have toleave it at that. Fascinatingsubject.

60Minutes

June16,2004

CBS’snewsmagazine60Minutesairedasegmentpriorto the 2004 presidentialelection talking about the

Skull and Bones societywhich included an interviewwith Alexandra Robbins,authorofSecretsoftheTomb,who was herself a YalegraduateandamemberoftheScroll and Key secretsociety. The segment waslike every other one whichmiraculously made themainstream news that yearand basically portrayed theorganization as nothingmorethan a fraternity for rich

guys.

NBC’sMeetthePress

In 2004, NBC’s TimRussert on Meet The Pressbriefly addressed the subjectofGeorgeW.BushandJohnKerry being members ofSkull and Bones, and askedthem about it in a jokingmanner. Both Bush andKerry laughed off hisquestions and moved right

alongwiththeinterview.

PresidentBushappearedon Meet the Press onFebruary 8, 2004. At theveryendof theshowRussertasked him about Skull andBones. Russert must havebeenawaretosomeextentofthe power the organizationholds, and his brief questionand his joking mannersuggestthiswasatacticusedto minimize the issue in the

election and laugh it off likeit’s just another collegefraternity. Russert himselfwasamemberoftheCouncilon Foreign Relations. Atranscript fromthatbroadcastfollows.

MR. RUSSERT: YouwerebothinSkullandBones,

thesecretsociety.

PRESIDENT BUSH: It’sso secretwe can’t talk aboutit.

MR. RUSSERT: Whatdoes thatmean forAmerica?The conspiracy theorists aregoingtogowild.

PRESIDENT BUSH: I’msuretheyare.Idon’tknow.Ihaven’tseenWebpagesyet.

(Laughs)

MR. RUSSERT: Number322.

PRESIDENTBUSH: Firstof all, he’s not the nominee,and — but look, I lookforward—

MR. RUSSERT: Are youpreparedtolose?

PRESIDENT BUSH: No,

I’mnotgoingtolose.

Afewmonthsbefore,onAugust31,2003, JohnKerryappeared on the show andwas asked the same questionin the same manner. Thetopic was the last to bediscussed and after Russert

and Kerry laughed off thequestions, the show endedandthecreditsrolled.Hereisthetranscript.

MR.RUSSERT:Youbothwere members of Skull andBones, a secret society atYale.Whatdoesthattellus?

SEN. KERRY: Notmuch,becauseit’sasecret.

MR.RUSSERT:Istherea

secret handshake? Is there asecretcode?

SEN. KERRY: I wishthereweresomethingsecretIcouldmanifestthere.

MR. RUSSERT: Threetwenty-two,asecretnumber?

SEN.KERRY:Thereareallkindsofsecrets,Tim.Butone thing is not a secret. Idisagreewith this president’s

direction that he’s taking thecountry. We can do a betterjob.AndIintendtodoit.

MR. RUSSERT: Andwe’llbewatching.Besafeonthe campaign trail. JohnKerry,thanksforjoiningus.

SEN. KERRY: Thankyou,sir.

MR. RUSSERT: Andwe’ll be right back.

(Announcements)

MR.RUSSERT:That’sallfortoday.We’llbebacknextweek. If it’s Sunday, it isMEETTHEPRESS.

Geronimo’s SkullControversy

The Skull and Bonessociety is said to have threereal human skulls which arekept in their windowless

headquarters, the “Tomb” inNew Haven, Connecticut.For decades it has beenrumoredthatoneoftheskullswasthatoftheApacheIndianchief Geronimo, which wasstolen by grave robbers in1918fromhisrestingplaceatFortSill,Oklahoma. OneofthemenidentifiedasthethiefwasPrescottBush,whowasaSkullandBonesmemberandis the grandfather of GeorgeW.Bushandwasstationedat

Fort Sill at the timeGeronimo’s remains wentmissing.

Of course, Skull andBones members deny thestory is true, but a letterdiscovered that was dated1918 that was written by aBonesmanexplainedthattheyhad taken the skull. Theletter was written on June 7,1918byWinterMead ‘19 toF. Trubee Davison ‘18 and

reads, “The skull of theworthy Geronimo theTerrible, exhumed from itstombatFortSillbyyourclub& the K — t [Knight]Haffner, is now safe insidethe T — [Tomb] togetherwith his well-worn femurs[,]bit&saddlehorn.”

Harlyn Geronimo, thegreat-grandson of the IndianchiefissuingYaleUniversityand the Skull and Bones

society to try to recover theremains.“Ithinkwhatwouldbe important is that theremainsofGeronimobewithhisancestors,”hesaid.

AlexandraRobbins, theauthorofSecretsoftheTomb,told CNN, “I spoke withseveral Bonesmen who toldmethatinsidetheTombthereis a glass display casecontaining a skull and theBonesmenhavealwayscalled

itGeronimo.”[163]

The CNN storyexplained that they hadattempted to contact Skulland Bones, but no onereturned their calls. Thecontroversy began in 2006,when the letter was firstfoundtuckedinsideabookinthe Yale library. Somebelieve that the skull inquestion is not that of

Geronimo’sbecause they sayhis grave was unmarked andovergrown until a few yearslater. David H. Miller, ahistory professor at CameronUniversity in Lawton,Oklahoma said, “Myassumption is that they diddigupsomebodyatFortSill.ItcouldhavebeenanIndian,but it probably wasn’tGeronimo.”

Geronimo’s great-

grandson Harlyn has said heis willing to submit a DNAsample if the skull isrecoveredtodetermineifitisGeronimo’s. In his 32-pagelawsuit, he has also listedPresident Barack Obama,Defense Secretary RobertGates and Secretary of theArmy Pete Geren asdefendants.

InsideEdition

The tabloid news showInside Edition ran a briefsegment during the 2004presidential campaign aboutthe Skull and Bones society,lasting just over two and ahalf minutes, which startedwith the narrator saying,“You may think that GeorgeW.BushandJohnKerryhavelittle in common, but bothmen count themselves as

membersofSkullandBones,YaleUniversity’s oldest, andsome say, elite secretsociety.”

The segment includedseveral sound bites from aninterview with authorAlexandra Robbins, whereshe stated, “the only purposeofSkull andBones, is to getitsmembers intopositionsofpower,and then tohireothermembers.”

Abrief soundbite fromGeorge W. Bush’s fellowbonesman,DonEtra,whoisaLos Angeles criminalattorney showed hewouldn’tcomment on theorganization.HarveyBundy,a portfolio manager inChicago who was senatorJohn Kerry’s roommate atYale, but not a member ofSkull and Bones, arrogantlylaughedafterhestates,“Theypick people who are leaders

on campus, and people whothey believe will be futureleaders, and they pick prettywell.”

The subject of newmembers laying in a coffinnude and recounting theirentire sexual history wasmentioned, and footage ofmemberswearingblackrobeswasbrieflyshownandsaidtohavebeentakenbytheInsideEditionvideocrewwithnight

visioncameras.

ThesegmentendedwithAlexandra Robbins saying,“SkullandBoneshastoldmethat they don’t really carewhowins,BushorKerry,forthe2004presidency,forSkulland Bones it’s a win-winsituation.”

CNN

December4th2008

Guest:PeterSchiff

Financial analyst andpresident of the brokeragefirm Euro Pacific Capital,Peter Schiff, made anappearance on CNN todiscuss the unfoldingeconomic crisis inDecember2008 and when he startedmentioningthecausewastheFederalReserve, thenetworkhad “technical difficulties”and the segment abruptly

endedwhile Schiffwasmid-sentence.Whilesomeseethedropped feed as accidentaltechnical difficulties, otherswonder if an editor at CNNdecided Schiff was givingaway too much informationand that he had to besilenced.

[PeterSchiff]

Capitalism is not aboutpropping up failed

companies, we need to letthem fail. Now of coursebehind it all is the FederalReserve, if the FederalReservehadnotintervened…had they not poured all thisalcohol then Wall Streetwouldn’thavegotdrunk,buttheydid.Iamconvincedthateverything the government isdoing to fight this off isgonna make… [Feeddropped]

Schiff had preciselypredicted the 2008 mortgagemeltdown and the followingeconomiccrisis.Bywatchingvideo clips of his earlierappearances on TV in 2007and 2008, you can see otherguestsontheshowslaughoutloud as he warned theaudienceofexactlywhatwascoming.

CNNinLondon

May2005

Guest:JohnRonson

While to date, theBilderberg group has neverbeen mentioned on CNN inAmerica, a brief segment onCNN in London mentionedthe group when they weremeeting in Germany in2005.

The segment mentions

that The Financial Times ofLondon had mentioned themeeting was occurring andguests included Nokia CEOJorma Ollila, DaimlerChrystler’s JuergenSchrempp, and outgoingWorld Bank president JamesWolfensohn.

It featured an interviewwith Jon Ronson, whoexplained, “Bilderberg is ameetingofpowerfulcentrists,

industriousts,andpoliticians.They always meet in secretonceayearinafivestarhotelwith golfing facilities, andthey’ve taken on the imageforconspiracytheoristsofthefabled shadowy cabal thatsecretlyrulestheworld.”

Whenaskedbythehostwhat the purpose of theirmeeting is, Ronson answers,“Theyseethemselvesasheadhunters. They’ll get an up

and coming politician whothey think may be presidentorprimeministeronedayandas globalists industrialsleaders who believe thatpolitics shouldn’t be in thehands of the politicians, theytry and influence them withwise words in the corridorsoutsideofsessions.”

Jon Ronson doesn’treally think the Bilderberggroup is a big deal. That’s

probably the reason he waschosen for the segment,because he downplays theirpower and influence. Hesays, “Bilderberg’s secrecy Ithink goes back specificallyto Henry Kissinger, who inkind of a silly way, I think,loves the idea of being thisshadowy secret figure and itwas Kissinger as a foundingmember of Bilderberg whohadthisideatobethiskindofsecret organization, in quite,

you know, quite a silly wayreally.”

Ronsonistheauthorofabook called Them:Adventures with Extremists,and hosted a four parttelevisionseriescalledSecretRulersoftheWorldwherehecovered several issuesinvolving “the New WorldOrder conspiracy theory.”(See Secret Rulers of theWorldpage271)

While Ronson admitsthe existence of suchorganizations as theBilderberg group and theBohemian Grove, hedownplays their influence onsociety, and insists that only“conspiracy theorists” areworried about what theseorganizationsaredoing.

PBS News Hour with JimLaher

Alan Greenspan, whoworked as the Chairman ofthe Federal Reserve for overeighteen years, did aninterview with Jim Laher onthe PBS News Hourpromotinghisbook,The AgeofTurbulence,whenhemadea startling admission that theprivately owned FederalReserve Bank can enact anymonetary policy it wants to,

and the U.S. governmentcan’tdoanythingaboutit.

[JimLahr]

What is the properrelationship, what should bethe proper relationship,between the chairman of theFed and a president of theUnitedStates?

[AlanGreenspan]

Well, first of all, theFederal Reserve is anindependent agency, and thatmeans basically that there isno other agency ofgovernment which canoverruleactionsthatwetake.So long as that is in place,and there is no evidence thatthe administration or theCongress or anybody else isrequesting that we do thingsdifferently than what wethinkistheappropriatething,

then what the relationshipsaredon’tfranklymatter.

C-Span

February2002

Dick Cheney’s CFRspeech

In a video widelyavailable on YouTube, Vice

PresidentDickCheneycanbeseen addressing the Councilon Foreign Relations andeveryoneeruptsinlaughterasan inside joke reveals theelitist attitude of theorganization.

Cheney says, “Well,Les,Pete,Iwanttothankyouall for the warm welcometoday. I see a lot of oldfriendsintheroom.Andit’sgood to be back at the

CouncilonForeignRelations.AsPetementioned,I’vebeenamemberforalongtime,andwas actually a director forsome period of time. I nevermentioned that when I wascampaigning for reelectionback home in Wyoming—(laughter)—butitstoodmeingood stead. I value verymuch my experience,exposure to the tremendouspeople involved and theinvolvement and the ideas

and the debates on the greatpolicyissuesoftheday.”

Notice how Cheneyadmittedbeingamember foralongtimeandadirector,butnever mentioned it when hewas campaigning forreelection to the U.S. Houseof Representatives inWyoming and then theaudiencelaughed.ObviouslyCheneywastryingtokeephisaffiliation with the Council

on Foreign Relations quietand knows that theorganization has a badreputation with thoseAmericans who see it forwhat it is. Everyone inattendance for Cheney’sspeech knew this, of course,whichiswhytheyalllaughedwhen he said he nevermentionedhisaffiliationwiththeCFR.

LouDobbsTonight

AiredJune9,2005

One of the onlymainstream hosts to evenmention the Council onForeignRelations’ plan for aNorth American Union isCNN’s LouDobbs. Startingback in 2005 Dobbs wasdoing segments about theelite’splanstomergeCanada,Mexico,andtheUnitedStatesintoaNorthAmericanUnionmodeled after the European

Union, and eliminate thecountries’ borders. The planfor the NAU had beenhatched in secret, and wascarried out in stealth until itwasdiscovered.

One segment Dobbsaired on the subject showedRobert Pastor, the Chairmanof the CFR say, “The bestway to secure the UnitedStatestodayisnotatourtwoborders with Mexico and

Canada,butat thebordersofNorthAmericaasawhole.”

Thesegmentgoeson toreport on the CFR’s reporttitled, Building a NorthAmerican Community andhow it envisioned a commonborder around the U.S.,Mexico and Canada in thenearfuture.

The North American

Union had been called aconspiracy theory when theSecurity and ProsperityPartnership’s website,SPP.gov had first appearedand the CFR’s plan for aNorth American Union wasfirstreleasedtothepublic.

Dobb’s report sitedMexico’sproblemswithdrugtrafficking, and Dobbsblasted Robert Pastor’s ideathat the only way to secure

Americawastoeliminatetheborder with Mexico andCanada.

Such a plan is anobvious push for a NewWorld Order and a regionalcurrency. Once there areseveral largeregionalunions,eachwiththeirowncurrency,it will be one small step tothenmergeallcurrenciesintooneglobalcurrency,andthento an electronic currency,

which is ultimately theIlluminati’splan.

While Lou Dobbs wasobviously stunned at thesecretive moves to create aNorth American Union, hefailedtoseethebigpictureofwhy such actionswere beingtaken. Dobbs concluded thesegment saying, “Americansmust think that our politicaland academic elites havegone utterly mad at a time

when three-and-a-half years,approaching four years afterSeptember 11, we still don’thave border security. Andthis groupof elites is talkingabout not defending ourborders, finally, but rathercreating new ones. It’sastonishing.”

Ayear and a half later,Dobbs seemed to have putmore of the puzzle together.A segment that aired on

January14th, 2007was titled“George W. Bush fulfillinghis father’s dream of a NewWorldOrder”andbeganwithcorrespondent Bill Tuckersaying, “It’s not a new idea.PresidentBushtalkedaboutitbackin1991”andthencuttothe infamous video clip ofBush 41 giving his state ofthe union speech were hesaid, “It is abig idea, aNewWorld Order where diverse

nationsaredrawntogether incommoncause.”

Tucker goes on toexplain that the formerUnited States TradeAmbassador Robert ZoellickistalkingaboutaNewWorldOrder with business at thehelm of trade and economicpolicy and advocating whathe calls the Association ofAmerican Free TradeAgreements,which is a non-

government entity whichwould includeNorth,CentralandSouthAmerica.

Tuckercalleditastealthtradeagendathat,“goeshandin hand with the UnitedStates, Mexico and Canadaworking quietly and behindthe scenes to promote acommon market withcommon deregulation for thebenefit of multinationalcorporations.”

Thesegmentwarnedthatsuch agreements were beingsetupbyasmallgroupofthecorporate elite that was notaccountable to anyone butthemselves and said theywere,effectivelysurrenderingthesovereigntyof theUnitedStates.

Dobbs concluded thesegment saying that thecorporateandpoliticaleliteinAmerica were more

concerned with profits thanwith the United States ordemocracy.

C-Span’s WashingtonJournal

Brian Lamb, the directorof C-Span dedicated asegment of the showWashington Journal to theBohemian Grove andslanted the coverage in anattempt to remove any

suspicions surrounding theclub. Professor MichaelBarkun was the guest forthe segment, who is theauthor of a book titled ACultureofConspiracy.

Lamb stated, “A lot ofthings people feel areorganized behind the sceneswith the Bilderbergers,Trilateral Commission,CouncilonForeignRelations,

the Masons, you can keepgoing down the list…theIlluminati, one worldgovernment, New WorldOrder,SkullandBones.”

Lamb then admits hewas listening to Coast toCoast AM one night whenAlex Jones was a guest, andsaid, “he was talking aboutthe Bohemian Grove club asifthat’swhereitallhappens.That’swhereallthedecisions

are made. There arethousands of people who gothere, and there is somekindof ceremony and an owl andall that, have you followedthis?”

Barkun replies, “Yes Ihave,eventhoughtheshowisonpastmybedtime,but,AlexJones has been talking aboutthis for quite a while. TheBohemian Grove, of course,isaprivatelyownedredwood

grove,upinSonomacountry,northofSanFranciscowhereevery summer there is a gettogether of the wealthy andwellplaced,allmale,whogettogether for generalcavorting,socializing,lecture,symposium and so on, in anatmospherethatiscompletelyremoved from publicscrutiny. Alex Jones andsome others have suggestedfor a long time that there areall sorts of nefarious rituals

that go on, and a matter offact, and I talk about thisincidentactually inmybook,someonewhohad listened tothe Alex Jones show aboutthis was arrested within theBohemian Grove, veryheavily armed, because hesaid he was trying to bringattention to what he thoughtwere human sacrifices thatwerebeingcommittedby theelite who attend thesegatherings.”

The topic was thenchanged toSkullandBones.Regardingthemanarrestedinthegrove,Barkunisreferringto a man named RichardMcCaslinwhobroke into theclub in Januaryof2002withhopes of exposing theCremation of Care ritualwhich he believed involvedan actual human sacrifice.During their discussion bothLamb and Barkun avoid anyreferencetotheCremationof

Careritual,andthefactthataritual involving burning ahuman effigy is done eachyearasasacrificetoMoloch.Instead they end theirdiscussion and leave theviewer thinking that theintruder was completelyinsane for thinking suchthings were occurring there.(See Dark Secrets: InsideBohemian Grove page 269)(SeeChrisJonespage192)

NationalGeographic

In 2004, NationalGeographic published aphotoofa1915CremationofCare ritual taken by GabrielMoulin and included acaption below the photoexplaining the picture. “Topurge himself of worldlyconcerns, a member of theelite Bohemian Clubparticipated in a 1915

Cremation of Care ceremony—completewith candles anda robed and hooded comradeto guide him. This privateclub of influential men stillmeets annually north of SanFrancisco and uses thissymbolicritual tokickoff itssummerretreat.Buttodaytheceremony involves burning amummy-like effigy namedCareatthefootofthegroup’smascot: a 40-foot-tall (12-meter-tall) concrete

owl.”[164]

ABC News Report onBohemianGrove

On July 23, 1981 ABCNewsairedasegmentabouttheBohemianGrovewhichsomeonehadobtainedfromtheirarchivesandpostedonYouTube in 2006. Thissegment would markpossibly the only attention

given to the BohemianGrove by a mainstreamnews source. The fact thatno other television newsstations have since devotedany attention to the subjectspeaks volumes as to thecontroltheorganizationhasoverthemedia.

The anchor at the timewas Frank Reynolds, whobegins the segment asking,

“What have Herbert Hoover,Art Linkletter, Jack LondonandRichardNixonallhad incommon? Well, they’ve allbeen members of theexclusiveallmale,BohemianClub in California, whereevery year at this time theelitefromaroundthecountryget together for two and halfweeks of, um, fun andgames.”

Steve Shepard went on

toreportthatmorethan2000members spend two weeksencamped in the 2700 acreprivately owned redwoodforest. He named GeraldFord, Henry Kissinger,George H.W. Bush, RonaldReagan, and Richard Nixonas members, as well as highranking executives atStandard Oil and Bank ofAmerica.Shepardwentontosay “Privacy is one of thegrove’s most cherished

virtues. Members may notphotograph, record, speak orwrite about activities at theretreat. While many publicofficials are grove members,the press is a distinctlyunwelcomeguest.”

The segment evenshowed a photograph fromthe Cremation of Care, andinterviewed sociologistWilliam Domhoff whoexplained, “with the

ceremony called theCremationofCarethatbeginsthe two week encampmentwhere the body of dull care,symbolizing woes andconcernsisburnedonanalterin front of a big owl statue,when that ceremony ends,theyallstarttocheerandyell,andhandeachotherabeer.”

The segment alsoexplained that no womenwereallowedintheclub,not

even as employees, andadmitted that aside from asummer getaway, the clubhosts private talks frominsiders, citing thedevelopment of the nuclearbomb.

Since this rareoccurrence, as of the date ofthis writing, literally nonational broadcast has everdiscussed the BohemianGrove, not even the tabloid

newsshowswhichfocus lessonhardnews,andinsteadonscandalsandcelebrities.

Pitching the BohemianGrovetoProducers

There was a period oftimewhen this author (MarkDice) would call producersfordifferent television showsand try to get them to do astory about the BohemianGrove, but it never

happened. I got a call backonce from a producer for20/20, a show on ABCknown for its investigativereporting. I told them I hadauthenticvideofootage,andItold them about the raremainstreamnewsarticles,andthat I would put them incontact with eye witnesseswho had seen the ritual withtheir own eyes, but nosegmentwaseverproduced.

I personally pitched theideatoGeraldoRiveraatFoxNewsover the telephone,yetnothinghappened.Itoldhimthat unlike his segmenttwenty years ago when heopenedAlCapone’svaultforthe first time live ontelevisionand foundnothing,his audience would beshocked when they weregiven a glimpse inside theBohemian Grove and itwouldbethemostsensational

story he had ever done. Ieven left voicemails at theHowardSternShow thinkingthey would be interested, atleastforthebizarrenessofthestory, but I never got a callback.

One of the mostinteresting outcomes waswith a producer at MSNBCnamed Greg Cockwell whoproduces Countdown withKeith Olbermann. I had

spokenwithhimonthephoneandtoldhimallabout it,andoffered to email him photosand links to videos and anarticle in NationalGeographic magazine abouttheclub. Ineverheardbackfrom anyone, so after sometime I called him again. IproceededtomakethecasetohimabouttheexistenceoftheBohemian Grove and thevideo footage of theCremation of Care ritual,

whenhecutmeoffsaying,“Iknow, I know.” I proceededto tell him that I wasn’tjoking,andthiswasn’tahoaxwhenhetoldmethatheknewI was telling him the truth,and said “you opened up awhole new world to me.” Ithen asked if hewould run asegment about it, and heresponded “It would nevermakeittoair.”

“The network wouldn’t

letyoudoit?”Iasked.

“It will never happen,”heresponded.

I figured if anyone inmainstream television wouldcover the story it would beKeith Olbermann. After all,he hated President Bush somuch,whywouldn’t he do astory exposing his friends atthe Grove? Olbermann andhis producer probably feared

the repercussions from airingsuch a segment, or weren’tallowedbythehigher-ups.

TheMancowShow

Inmid-2008,thisauthorwas a guest onTheMancowShow hosted by Eric“Mancow” Mueller, and Iwas able to bring theBohemian Grove up in theconversation, and to mysurprise,hewasfamiliarwith

it. “Let’s talk about theBohemian Grove, do youknow anything about it?” Iaskedhimliveontheair.

“I do, I know they getnakedanddancearoundabigowl out in the middle ofnowhere.I’vebeeninvitedtogothereandIrefused.”

He asked me somequestionsabouttheclubandIexplained the Cremation of

Care ritual to him and theaudience and he ended thesegment saying, “I know ascrazyasthissounds,abunchof politicians dancing out inthe woods around a giantowl…Ialwaysthoughtitwassome conspiracy thing, somelie.Andthen,Igotinvitedtojoin and then footage cameout that somebody smuggledout.Sureenough,itexists.Idon’t know if it’s satanic…Idon’t know who’s involved,

but fascinating stuff. Thankyou Mark Dice. TheResistance is his group. Don’t laughathim. Lethimhavehissay.ThisistheFreeSpeechRadioNetwork.ThisisTheMancowShow.”

WalterCronkite

A video posted onYouTube showing Walter

Cronkite accepting theNorman Cousins GlobalGovernanceAwardin1999attheUnitedNationsincludesadisturbing joke about Satanrunning the New WorldOrderandcountriesgivinguptheir sovereignty. Cronkitewas the anchor for the CBSevening news from 1962 to1981.

During this eventCronkite said, “What

Alexander Hamilton wroteabouttheneedforlawamongthe thirteen states appliestoday to the approximatelytwo hundred sovereignties inour global village, all ofwhicharegoingtohavetobeconvincedtogiveupsomeofthat sovereignty to the bettergreater union, and its notgoingtobeeasy.”

He then referenced PatRobertson’s 1991 book, The

New World Order and thatRobertson said theconstruction of the globalgovernmentistheworkoftheDevil, at which pointCronkite added, “Well, joinme,I’mgladtosithereattherighthandofSatan.”

This video is widelyavailable on YouTube.CronkiteisbelievedtobethevoiceforMolochplayedoverthe loudspeakers in the

Bohemian Grove during theCremation of Care humaneffigy sacrifice done eachsummer. (See PatRobertson’s The NewWorldOrderpage83)

HenryKissinger

Anyone who mentionsthe fact that we are movinginto a New World Order isoften labeled a conspiracytheorist, and for decades

mainstream publications andpolitical leaders had deniedthat such a plan was beingimplemented.

HenryKissingerhashadhis hands in just about everyNewWorldOrderfrontgroupin the 20th and 21st century.Hewas originally named theChairman of the 9/11Commission by PresidentBush, but he stepped downafterwidows of 9/11 victims

discovered his business tieswith the Bin Laden family.[165]

In an interview onCNBC in February 2009,Kissinger was asked abouttheproblemsthenewObamaadministration was facingregarding the ongoing “WaronTerror” and the economicmeltdown, and Kissingerresponded that Obama, “can

give new impetus toAmerican foreign policypartly because the receptionof him is so extraordinaryaround the world. His taskwill be to develop an overallstrategy for America in thisperiod when, really, a newworld order can be created.It’s a great opportunity, itisn’tjustacrisis.”

President Bush at theUnitedNations

TheBushadministrationwas aware of criticismsimmediately following theSeptember 11, 2001 attacksciting “security failures” andprior knowledge, and with asmall number of peoplesuspecting that 9/11 was afalseflagoperation,PresidentGeorge W. Bush made anunusualstatementashespoketo theUnitedNations shortlyafter the attacks. He said“Let us never tolerate

outrageous conspiracytheories concerning theattacks of September the11th; malicious lies thatattempt to shift the blameaway from the terroriststhemselves, away from the

guilty.”[166]

Sinceagrowingsegmentof the population was awareof governments attackingtheir own people and then

blaming it on anothercountry, the Bushadministration had a lot ofexplaining to do, and thepropagandists were alreadytrying to label anyoneaskingserious questions a“conspiracytheorist.”

MaximMagazine

March2006Issue

A thorough analysis of

the9/11attackscanbefoundinThe Resistance Manifesto,and is not this author’sintention to do so in thesepages, but I thought I wouldacknowledge one of the firstarticles in a mainstreampublication to discuss the9/11 Truth Movement as itbegan to grow exponentiallyin 2006. Until 2006 it hadlargely remainedunderground and hadn’treceived any mainstream

mediaattention.Whileinthemonths and years to come itwould be acknowledged andattacked by everyone fromSean Hannity to BillO’Reilly, I thought I wouldpay homage to MaximMagazine for publishing anarticle in their March 2006issue.

The article was titledWhat Really Brought Downthe Towers? and began

reading, “Asmajor questionssurrounding the officialversion of the truth emerge,“What really happened on9/11” is becoming the “Whoshot JFK?” of a newgeneration. How crazy arethenewconspiracytheories?Depends how far down therabbit hole you’re willing togo.”

The article mentions a2004 CNN.com poll where

89%oftherespondentsvotedthat they believe therewas acover-upsurrounding9/11.Italso briefly covered thecontrolled demolitionhypothesis, and speculationthat a jet liner wasn’t whatreally crashed into thePentagon. It alsomentionedthe possibility that Al Qaedahad planned the attack, butthat the Americangovernment stood down andallowed it to happen on

purpose.

Thearticleconcludedbysaying, “Many of thesetheories stretch the patienceof the most credulous. Butdismissing an entire tree foronerottenapplemayberash.For those who simply can’twraptheirmindsaroundsuchan epic deception many areeager to frame things in amorepragmaticperspective.”

Charlie Sheen’s 9/11Comments

InMarchof2006,actorCharlieSheenwasaguestonAlex Jones’ radio show anddiscussed his thoughts aboutthe 9/11 attacks and how thegovernment’sofficialaccountdidn’t seemaccurate tohim.“We’re not the conspiracytheorists on this particularissue,”saidSheen.

“It seems tome like19amateurs with box cutterstaking over four commercialairliners and hitting 75% oftheir targets, that feels like aconspiracytheory.Itraisesalotofquestions.”

Within days, The NewYork Post published a storywith the headline, Sheen:What 9/11 Hijackers, andsaid, “Charlie Sheen hasjoined the 9/11 gone-bonkers

brigade.”

Sheen’s commentscreatedamediafirestormandhe was viciously attacked.Sheen was the first celebrityto publicly say such things,andnotlongafterwardsothercelebrities or well-knownactors came forward andmade similar statements, andin some cases, far moreinflammatory ones. ChristineEbersole, Daniel Sunjata,

Willy Nelson, Ed Asner,Rosie O’Donnell, JesseVentura and others soonfollowed in Sheen’sfootsteps.

Jesse Ventura on Hannity&Colmes

Former governor ofMinnesota, Jesse Ventura,releasedabookin2008titledDon’t Start the RevolutionWithoutMe,anddidtheusual

publicitytouronmajormediaoutlets.Whenheappearedinthe studio on Hannity andColmes on the Fox NewsChannel, Sean Hannity wasdiscussing Ventura’s variousstances found in the book,andthensaid,“Theonethingthat I read in the book that Itotallyfoundjustalientome,isthisideathatyoubelievein9/11conspiracies.”

Venturareplied,“Letme

tellittoyouthisway.Whyisit that when you ask anyquestion about 9/11, you’reimmediately attacked…myproblem is, I look at it and Igo, how can two planesknock down three buildings?…First of all, jet fuel is fourfifths,Idon’twanttostayonthis, I’d rather talk aboutother things, but jet fuel isfourfifthskerosene,itdoesn’tburnhot,sousingtheanalogythatitcouldmeltthemetal…

thenpropaneburnshotter, soif you turn on your campstove for three hoursshouldn’t it melt the grates?Butitdoesn’t,doesit?”

Hannity replied, “He’sgoingRosieO’Donnellonmehere.”

Venture answered,“How could they fall at therate of gravity? They fell atthe rate of gravity. They

blewintopowder.”

Hannity stops him andsays“Butifitweretrue,alotof engineers would havecome out,” and then hechanges the subject andmoveson.Thetruthisthatalot of engineers have riskedtheir careers by going publicand challenging the officialstory.RichardGagefoundedArchitects and Engineers for9/11 Truth and has over 500

members, all of which haveconcluded that explosives orcutting charges were used todemolish the Twin TowersandBuilding7thatmorning.

TheView

OnMarch6th,2007actressChristine Ebersole was aguest on the popularwoman’s talk show TheView when she brought up

the topic of this author’sYouTube videos whichconsist of me visitingvariouscollegecampuses insouthern California andeducating the studentsabout 9/11. RosieO’Donnell jumps in toexplain, “He goes aroundthecountrywithabullhorn,like to UCLA or whereverhewants,andhesays,“9/11wasaninsidejob!9/11wasan inside job!” and within

five or ten minutes, thepolice show up and hisfriends videotape himgetting arrested, and boydoes it annoy people, I cantellyouthatmuch.”

Elisabeth Hasselbeckresponds, “That wouldprobablyannoyjustahandfulof people in the UnitedStates.”

And Rosie concludes,

“Well,you’vegottolookandmakeyourowndecision,youknow.”

Actor James Brolinwould later plug a 9/11 truthwebsitewhenhewasagueston the show, and RosieO’Donnell would become alightning rod for controversyafter she made some verybold statements about theissues.

Durring one broadcastO’Donnell asked her fellowhosts, “historically, havegovernments ever fakedincidents, or incitedincidences to get them intowar?”

When pressed on theissue by conservativeElizabeth Hasselbeck, Rosieexplained, “I do believe thatit is the first time in historythat fire has ever melted

steel. I do believe that itdefies physics for theWorldTrade Center Tower Seven,Building 7, which collapsedin on itself, it is impossibleforabuilding to fall thewayit fell without explosivesbeinginvolved.WorldTradeCenter 1 and 2 got hit byplanes, [Building] 7miraculously,thefirsttimeinhistory, steel was melted byfire.”

Elizabeth Hasselbeck,firedaway,“andwhodoyouthinkisresponsibleforthat?”and Rosie answered, “I haveno idea…look at the films,get a physics expert here,from Yale, from Harvard,pick the school, it defiesreason.”

Later, a video wasposted on YouTube that waspossiblyshotbyacellphonecamera by someone in the

audience of The View whichshowed Rosie addressing theaudience before the showwent to air about theinconsistencies about theWorld Trade Center attackand telling the story of 9/11heroWilliamRodriguez.

She said, “He was thelastguypulledout,hewasonsublevel two, and he heard abomb.Andtheguywhowasfillingthesodamachinecame

to him and his skin wasfallingoff.Andhesaid,whathappened, what happened?Did the generator blow up?He said a bomb. He thentook him up, carried himoutside, and saw the planehit.” The audience gasps.She continues, “And he wasomittedfromthe9/11report.Why? It was omitted.Building7,omitted.Neverinthehistoryoftheworldhasabuilding fallen from a fire

into its own footprint,eliminatingthecore.Twentyfivesteelbeams. Really, it’simpossible. Physics wise.It’simpossible.”

Information was thenposted on Rosie’s blog,Rosie.com, about how shehad become friends withWilliam Rodriguez, a janitorat the World Trade Centerresponsible for helping firefighters accessdifferentparts

ofthebuildingtohelppeopleevacuate after the buildingswere attacked. Rodriguezwasknownas theKeymasterbecause he had a key thatopened most doors in thebuilding. Shortly after thetragedy, Rodriguez wouldtravel around the worldgiving speeches about the9/11 attacks being an insidejob.

Operation Inform the

Soldiers

On June 10th 2008, thisauthormadeanappearanceon theFoxNewsChannel’sshow America’s Newsroom,todiscussacampaignthatIhad started calledOperation Inform theSoldiers, which involvedmailing DVDs to troopsstationed in Iraq to helpeducate themabout the lies

surrounding 9/11 and thewar.

There is no doubt thatFoxNewshad invitedmeontheshowsimplytoattackme,but Iheldmyownandmadeseveralpointsduringthebrieftime I had on air. HostMegyn Kelly started,“Imagine you are a soldierstationed in Iraq. Mail callcomes around and you got a

letterfrombackhome.Butitis not from your family oryour friends, it is a lettertelling you that you are apawn in the service of theNew World Order and thatyouareriskingyourlifeforagovernment thathelpedcarryout the 9/11 attacks. This isnot a joke. This is actuallyhappening. The letters arethe work of Mark Dice, thefounderofagroupcalledTheResistance. Mark joins us

livenow.”

This segment wouldsparktalkshowhostMichaelReagan to tell his audiencethat I should be found andkilledfortreasonandthenhewould pay for the bullets.MichaelistheadoptedsonofPresidentRonaldReaganandhosts a syndicated radioshow.

Reagan said, “Excuse

me folks, I’m going to saythis. We ought to find thepeople who are doing this,take them out and shootthem.Really.Youtakethemout, they are traitors to thiscountry, and shoot them.You have a problem withthat?Dealwithit.Youshootthem.Youcallthemtraitors,that’swhat theyare, andyoushootthemdead.I’llpayforthebullets.”

He continued, “HowaboutyoutakeMarkDiceoutandputhiminthemiddleofafiring range. Tie him to apost, don’t blindfold him, letitripandhavesomefunwithMarkDice.”

The statements weremade June 10th 2008 andcame to my attention a fewdayslateraftersomeonewhoheardReagan’sshowemailedme to inform me. I

immediately filed a reportwith theFBIandtheFCC. Ipersonally called RadioAmerica, his show’ssyndicator, and demandedthathebefiredimmediately.About an hour later MichaelReaganhimselfcalledmeandapologized. I don’t think hewas actually sorry, he justunderstood the repercussionsfrom saying such things, andfearedforhis jobandgettingsued.Heinvitedmetocome

on his radio show as a guestthe following Monday andwhen on the air I told him,and mainly his audience, asmuchevidenceaboutthe9/11attacksbeinganinsidejobasI could. Reagan was abumblingidiotonair.

WhenIfirstreceivedanemail informing me aboutReagan’s comments, Idownloaded the show’spodcast tohear it formyself,

and posted a brief clip onYouTubesootherscouldhearit.Reagan’sentireshowwasavailable onmp3 for free onhis website, Reagan.com.The short clip I had postedquickly received over 75,000viewsandhepromptlyfiledacopyright infringement claimagainstme to have the audioremoved. As a result, myentire YouTube channel,alongwithnearly100videosI had posted were deleted.

He then removed the June10th 2008 podcast from hiswebsite in an attempt to stopothers from obtaining theaudio, but it was too late.Dozens of other YouTubeusers had posted his deaththreatsandifonesearchedfor“Michael Reagan” onYouTube, page after page ofvideos appeared whichcontained the audio clip. Ifiled a counterclaim with

YouTube citing the fact thatposting the audio fell underthe fair use laws, and wasable to get my videosrestored.

Sixmonths laterpeoplewould still email me askingwhy I didn’t sue him, andhow he could keep his job.Apparently the FCC didnothing, despite hundreds,possibly thousands ofcomplaints that were filed

about his comments. TheDistrict Attorney had lookedinto the case after I filed areport with the FBI, butdecidednottochargeReagansincenoneofhislistenershadacted on his wishes, and heretracted them on his nextbroadcast. I had contactedseveral law firms whospecializedincivilcases,andnone of themwould take thecase. I didn’t have anymoneytopayalawyertosue

Reagananyway,butIthoughtifIcouldatleastgetthemtoseewhatkindofacaseIhad,and that it was against anational talk show host andRonald Reagan’s son, thatthey would want to take thecase for the publicity, and Icould convince them to do itonthebasis that ifwewonasettlement, then I would paythem a percentage. All thelawfirmsIspokewithdidn’tthinkwewouldwin the case

since he retracted hiscomments and called me toapologize and none of hislisteners had promptly takenhisadvicetoharmme.

Aside from suing himfor threatening my life, Iwanted to sue Reagan forcompensatory damagesbecause my girlfriend at thetime would leave me twoweeks later citing one of thereasons that her mother

feared if we would getmarried as we had planned,that the Illuminatiwouldoneday murder me for exposingthemandmygirlfriendwouldbeleftawidow,orifwehadchildren, she would be asingle mother. Before thishadhappened,mygirlfriend’smother had spoken severaltimes that she feared for mylife and thought I would bekilled for writing andspeaking about such topics.

Reagan’s threats wereconfirmationofherfears.

One of the lawyers Italked with was interested inwhat exactly I did to angerReagansomuch.Iproceededtotellhimabouthowthe9/11attackswereaninsidejobandabout the documentary filmsthat were being sent tosoldiers stationed in Iraq toeducatethemaboutthisfact.Instead of telling me I was

crazy, he basically agreed,and started asking me foradviceonhowhecouldgetabook published that he hadwritten about how elementswithin theDrugEnforcementAgency are actually workinghand in hand with theMexican drug cartels toimportnarcoticsintotheU.S.He had the manuscriptfinishedforseveralyearsandwantedtogetitpublished.

KevinBarrett’sComments

In the fall of 2006, aman named Kevin Barretttaught a class at theUniversity of Wisconsin,Madison called “Islam:ReligionandCulture,”whichwasanundergraduatecourse.Thecourseincludedthetopicof theSeptember11thattacksandtheWaronTerrorism.

ThisportionofBarrett’scourse focused on currentissues surrounding Islam’sconnectionwith9/11and theWaronTerror,anddiscussedvarious readings representingavarietyofviewpoints. Oneof those viewpoints, somehad feared, was that Barrettbelieved the 9/11 attackswerenottheworkofMuslimterrorists,butratheraninsidejob by intelligence agencies,or that theUnited States had

allowed the attacks to occurasafalseflagoperation.

On July 11, 2006, BillO’ReillyhostofTheO’ReillyFactor on Fox News saidBarrett, “would have beengone at Boston University,my alma mater, in aheartbeat. The Chancellorthere, John Silber, wouldhave—would have—thisguy’dbeintheCharlesRiverfloating down, you know,

towardtheharbor.”

O’Reilly basically saidBarrett should be killed andhisbodydumpedintheriver.Other media outlets wouldattack Barrett, including theusualattackdogsHannityandColmes. After the semester,Barrett’s contract was notrenewedatUWM.

CoasttoCoastAM

The largest syndicatedradioshowinAmericathatdeals with secret societiesandconspiracies isCoast toCoastAM,whichairs sevendays a week from 10pm to2amPacifictime.Theshowwas created by UFO buffArt Bell, who has sinceretired. George Noory iscurrentlytheprimaryhost.

The show deals withsomeextremelyfringetopics,and is not considered aserious or credible show bymost standards. Discussionssurrounding the paranormal,UFOs,andalternativehistoryare the usual topics. Guestsoften include authors andresearchesinthesefields.

Despite the fringematerial discussed on theshow, it shouldn’t be

considered completelyfraudulentwith regards to itsformat. Some fairly wellrespectedguestsoftenappearontheshowtodiscussissuesthat are too far out formainstream news. SomefrequentguestsareJimMarrsandAlexJones,whoareverywell respected researchers inwhat the mainstream mediawouldcallconspiracies.HostGeorge Noory simply keepsanopenmind,andprovidesa

platformforesotericissuestobe discussed no matter howoutrageoustheymayseem.

DocumentaryFilms

Since an extremelyeffective way to presentevidenceorapointofviewisto produce a documentaryfilm, such works have been

created by numerousindependent film makerswhich cover a variety ofissues surrounding secretsocieties, governmentcorruption, terrorism, and thebankingsystem.Somefilms,suchasLooseChange:FinalCut or Alex Jones’ work areextremely accurate andmeticulously researched andsourced and have only theintention of exposinggovernment corruptionor the

activities of the Illuminati.Others such as Zeitgeist theMovie, and its sequel,Zeitgeist: Addendum, haveother motives, which arecovertly aiding the IlluminatiandtheNewWorldOrder.

Very fewof these filmswill ever be shown onnational television, but areinstead sold on DVD andoften available to watch forfreeonYouTubeandGoogle

Video. While mostmainstream films cannot beviewed for free on suchservices due to copyrightissues, often the independentproducers of these films willallow theirwork to be freelyavailableandevenencouragepeopletomakecopiesoftheirDVDstogiveawaytofriendsand family to educate themaboutsuchtopics.

Dark Secrets: Inside

BohemianGrove

The filmDark Secrets:Inside Bohemian Grove(2000) byAlex Jones clearlyshows theCremationofCareritual,andotheraspectsoftheultra-eliteBohemianClub.InJuly 2000, Alex Jones andMike Hanson, author ofBohemian Grove: Cult ofConspiracy, successfullyinfiltrated the club and

captured video of just afraction of the activitieswhichoccurinside.Thiswasthefirstvideofootageevertohave been taken inside theclub and released to thepublic.

DuringtheCremationofCare,agroupofmenwhoarewearing black hooded robesstandatthebaseofa40foottall statue of an ancientCanaanite god named

Moloch, and perform ahumansacrificeritualusingalife-size paper mache effigyof a person. At the feet ofMolochstandsanalterwhichthe effigy is laid on, and themanwiththeroleofthe“highpriest”useshis torch to lightthe effigy. An elaboratesound system and fireworksdisplay is used during theritual, and as the “body” isburning, human screams areplayed over the loudspeakers

and fireworks are set off.Across the Russian river, anaudience of 1000menwatchtheceremony,whichiswhereJones was seated when hecapturedthefootage.

In 2005 Jones releasedTheOrderofDeath,whichisa45minuteaddition toDarkSecrets, and is included onthesameDVD.TheOrderofDeath includes new footageandphotos thatweresecretly

taken by a worker at theBohemianGrove.(SeeChrisJonespage192)

Thisauthor(MarkDice)must admit that when I hadfirstseenclipsofJones’film,I thought itwasahoax,or ifsuch a ceremony was real,thathewasmistakenthinkingpresidents, politicians, andhighlevelbusinessexecutiveswere in attendance. It wasonly after my own

investigation, includinginterviews with localresidents who lived near theclub, finding rare newsreports about the place, andmeeting Chris Jones (aworker at the club), that IbecameconvincedAlexJoneswasright.

When David Gergen,who was a presidentialadvisor to Presidents Ford,Nixon, Regan and Clinton,

was asked if he had everattended the ritual at theBohemian Grove, heanswered, “Frankly I don’tthink that’ssomethingIneedto talk toyouabout.” Whenhe was pressed again as towhether he had seen theritual, he angrily replied,“That’s none of your damnbusiness!”andwalkedaway.

Thebriefinterviewtookplace on the streets of New

York during the 2004Republican NationalConvention and can beviewedonYouTubeorinTheOrder of Death. Gergendidn’t ask “what ritual?” andheobviouslyknewwhatwasbeing asked and clearly didnotwanttoacknowledgethatsuch a ritual takes place.Gergen snapped, “I don’tknowanythingaboutyouandI don’t know anything aboutyour film, but if you go in

there with an understanding,then you violated thatunderstanding by releasingthatfilm.”

The Cremation of Carehuman sacrifice ritual isperformed to kick off a twoweek party for the club, andaside from showing clearfootage of the ritual, Jones’film also covers other issuessurroundingtheclub.Duringthis twoweek“encampment”

as it is called, are numerousLakesideTalkswhichinvolvepoliticalandindustryinsidersgiving lectures on whatpolicies,technology,ormajorworldchangingeventswillbeoccurring in the near future.From these talks, clubmembers are given advancedknowledge about what theBilderberg group and theIlluminati have planned fortherestoftheworld.

SecretRulersoftheWorld

British journalist JonRonsonproducedaseriesoffour television programstitled The Secret Rulers ofthe World which includedone episode about theBohemian Grove, andanother about theBilderberg group where heinvestigated the claims ofwhat he called “conspiracy

theorists”surroundingsuchgroups. Ronson takes avery skeptical approach tothe subject matter, andseemsasifhispurposeistoprovetheallegationswrongand “debunk” the claimssurrounding theseorganizations.

In the episode titledShadowy Satanic Elite?,RonsonchroniclesAlexJones

and Mike Hanson’s attemptto sneak in the BohemianGrove and secretly film therumored human sacrificeritual,theCremationofCare.Near theendof theprogram,after Alex and Mike got thefootageandreturnedfromtheGrove, JonRonson admitted,“As incredible as it sounds,some kind of bizarre secretritual witnessed by worldleadersreallydoestakeplacein the forests of northern

California.”

Backatthehoteltheyallsat down and watched thefootage that they hadobtained. Although toRonson’s surprise, therumored ritual was indeed afact,hedidn’tseemtothinkitreallymatteredall thatmuch,and began siding with theBohemian Grove, insisting itwasnobigdeal.

[Ronson] Do you thinkthiswasunholy?

[Hanson] It’s verystrange tome. These peopleare supposed to be runningthe world and they’re outtheredoingthis.

[Ronson] You seemfreakedout.

[Hanson]Iam.

[Jones] These peoplepointtheirfingersalldayandcall people extremists or cultmembers or whatever fortheir religious beliefs, this

was a pagan ceremony andengaging in human sacrifice,amockhumansacrifice…

[Ronson]Aren’ttheyjustsaying that for two weeksthey don’t need to worryaboutanything?

[Jones] But they’re

burning someone in effigyandas it’sburning they“ahhohhhnooo!”

[Ronson]Butthey’renotkillingaperson.

[Jones] We understandthey’re not literally killing aperson…

[Ronson] They’rekillingsomethingthatissymbolic…

[Jones] Wait a minute.You saw it. You’ve gotDeath on this black boatbringing a pallet with thepaper mache personobviously, it’s got the feetand theheadand they take it

overandburnit.

[Ronson] But wasn’t itjustametaphor?

[Hanson] To me itdoesn’t matter. I thinkthey’re sacrificing in the realworldtoo.

[Ronson] Was this theNewWorldOrder?

[Hanson]Yesdefinitely.I looked the New WorldOrderinthefaceoutthere.

Nazis: The OccultConspiracy

If one doubts that elitepoliticianswouldbeinvolvedin occult philosophies andrituals,thentheyneedtolooknofurther thantheNazisandHitler’s inner circle ofhenchmen. While everyoneknows that the architects ofthe Holocaust were evil andheartlesshumanbeings,manystill do not have a clue thatthe SS was more than amilitary order, and that at itsheart were occult

philosophiesandgoals.

IntheHistoryChannel’stwo-hour program titledNazis: The OccultConspiracy, these bizarrebeliefs are explained insomewhatdetail,andgivethevieweraglimpseintotherootcause of the Nazi’s path ofdestruction. The showfeatures interviews with Dr.Nicholas Goodrick-Clark,who is a historian at Oxford

University, as well as WolfRudiger Hess, the son ofRudolfHess,whowasoneofHitler’sclosestallies.

Itincludesactualfootagefrom Nazi expeditions toTibet as they searched forevidenceofdescendantsfromthe lost city of Atlantis andclearly shows that Hitler,Rudolph Hess, AlfredRosenberg, JosephGoebbels,and Heinrich Himmler

believed in some extremelybizarre mystical ideassurrounding the occult andthecityofAtlantis.

In the show, it is alsopresented that the Naziswanted to eliminate allJews,andprobablyallnon-whites, to create a NewWorld Order comprisedonly of Aryans so that thepurified race could thenreawaken the mystical

powers that they had lostsince the destruction of thecity of Atlantis. TheNazisbelievedthatthewhiteraceis descended from acivilization that lived in themythical lost city ofAtlantis. They believedAtlantiswasarealcity,andnotjustamyth,andthatitsinhabitants were god-likesupermen.

HistorianPeterPadfieldexplains, “It’sdifficult forusafterwardstoequatethismanwho certainly believed in agodandtolinkhimupwithamanwhowasamasterofthekilling machine in Germany,butactuallythetwothingsofcourse are linked becausewhathewastryingtodowasto root out the forces whichhe believed had corruptedGermany and get back totheir pure blooded

forefathers.”

Most people think thatHitler and the Nazis weresimply inhumane racistswhoused the Jewsas a scapegoatfor Germany’s economicproblems, but do notunderstand that there wereoccultreligiousbeliefsbehindtheseactions.

Terrorstorm

In the summer of 2006Alex Jones releasedTerrorstorm: A History ofGovernment SponsoredTerrorism which detailsnumerous declassified andproven cases of corruptelementswithin governmentsstaging terroristattackswhileblamingthoseveryattacksona rival or political enemy sothe event can be used as acatalyst for military action.Severaloftheeventscovered

are the Gulf of Tonkinincident which sparkedAmerica’sinvolvementintheVietnamWar, as well as theReichstag fire, OperationAjax, and OperationNorthwoods.

While Jones shiesawayfromlabelingsuchincidencesthework of the Illuminati, itisclear thatapatternofsuchevents has occurredthroughout history, and that

secret agreements have beenmade at the highest levels ofgovernments to green lightsuchactions.

The Gulf of Tonkinincident occurred in 1964when President Johnsonconspired with his secretaryofDefenseRobertMcNamarato tell the media and thepublic that the NorthVietnamese had attacked anAmerican ship patrolling the

Gulf of Tonkin. No suchattack had occurred, and thestory was fabricated toescalate America’sinvolvementintheconflictinVietnam and wouldultimately lead to the U.S.becoming fully committed towar. The Johnsonadministration had wantedthis to happened, but neededto be able to justify theiractions to the Americanpeople,sotheGulfofTonkin

incidentwasconcocted.[167]

Also covered inTerrorstorm is the ReichstagfireinGermanyin1933.TheReichstag is the GermanParliament building, similartoAmerica’s Congress. TheReichstag was set on fire in1933, and it was quicklyblamed on the CommunistPartywhichwasopposingtheNational Socialist Party, or

the Nazis. Hitler used theevent to remove civilliberties, and rise to the levelofadictator. It turnsout theNazis themselves had set thefiretothenuseitasapretextto expand their power whileblaming their politicalenemiesfortheevent.

Oneofthemostchillingexamples of false flagterrorism covered in the filmis Operation Northwoods

which is a declassifieddocument written in 1962which outlined variousterrorist attacks that theUnited States wouldperpetrate against targets inWashingtonD.C.andMiami,Florida and then blame onCuba as an excuse to invadethem. The document ischilling and would later beused as a blueprint of whatwould happen years later on

September 11th 2001 whenthe Twin Towers wereattackedandignitedthe“Waron Terror” and the invasionofIraq.

LooseChange:FinalCut

Online video sharingservices such as GoogleVideo and YouTube becamean instant success in 2006,providing a way for

individuals and independentfilm producers to make theirwork available for the entireworld to view with the clickofamouse.

Onefilmwhichbecameone of the most downloadedfilms in history was LooseChange2ndEdition,which isadocumentaryaboutthe9/11terrorist attacks. In May of2006 the film had beenviewedover10milliontimes

andbecamethemostpopular9/11 documentary available.It was written by DylanAvery,andproducedwiththehelpofhistwofriends,JasonBermas and Korey Rowe.Duetoitspopularity,thefilmwas featured in mainstreamnews articles such as USAToday[168], Vanity Fair[169],and Time Magazine[170],helping to break through thewall attempting to keep the

9/11 “conspiracy theories”fromgoingmainstream.

In November 2007,LooseChange:FinalCutwasreleased on DVDwhich wasa completely new film fromthe previous versions, andfeatured mainstream newscasts and interviews withintelligence experts andfirefighters, showingdramatic inconsistenciesbetweenthe9/11Commission

Report, and what actuallyhappened regarding theattacks.

The film, like manyothers that focus on 9/11,doesn’t mention the word“Illuminati” or “secretsocieties”but instead focuseson specific individuals andgovernment operations thatwereinvolvedintheattacks.Many filmmakers shy awayfrom referring to the

perpetrators as “theIlluminati” since it is oftenmore effective to focus onspecific governmentprocedures, declassifieddocuments, and specificinvestigations that werethwarted.

FabledEnemies

In2008JasonBermas,aproducer for Loose Change,releasedafilmwhichdetailed

the various intelligenceagencies knowledge of, andaid in the attacks of 9/11.While not mentioninganything about a controlleddemolitionorthecontroversysurrounding theattackon thePentagon, the film sticks todocumented informationabout Al Qaeda’s ties tointelligence agencies such asthe CIA, Pakistan’s ISI, andIsrael’s Mossad. FabledEnemies paints a very

damaging picture of howelements within theseagencies had full knowledgeof the hijackers and theirgoals.

The9/11Chronicles:TruthRising

In July of 2008,filmmaker Alex Jonesreleased a DVD titled The9/11 Chronicles Volume 1:Truth Rising which largely

consists of amateur footageshotby9/11Truthactivistsasthey confront varioussuspects and political figureswho are aiding or abettingthose who are building theNewWorldOrder.

The film is extremelyexciting to watch asnumerousactivistsgetfacetoface and confront countlessofficials including RudyGiuliani, Governor Arnold

Schwarzenegger, New YorkMayor Michael Bloomberg,Alan Greenspan, SenatorJohnMcCain,VicePresidentJoeBiden,andothersinwhatsometimes turn into ratherheated situations withsecurity intervening. Thefilm is truly incredible andgivestheviewerafirstpersonperspective of what it’s likewhen an ordinary citizenspeakstruthtopower.

Endgame: Blueprint forGlobalEnslavement

Alex Jones’ 2007 filmEndgame covers the secretplans that are beingimplemented to forge theNew World Order, andincludes for the first timeever, clear video footage ofhigh profile Bilderbergmembers getting out of theirarmoredcarsandenteringthe

hotel where the conferencewas taking place. ThefootagewastakenoutsidetheBrookstreet Hotel in Ottawa,Canadain2006.Manyofthemembers’ faces are clearlyvisible and it’s indisputablewhatisoccurring.

DonaldE.GrahamCEOoftheWashingtonPost,IndraNooyi CEO of PepsiCo,Illuminati kingpin DavidRockefeller alongside his

body guard James Ford,George Pataki governor ofNew York, JamesWolfensohn former chairmanof the World Bank, AhmedChalabi former Iraqi oilministerwho has been underinvestigation for numerouscrimes, and others werecaptured on video and areclearlyidentifiedinthefilm.

Endgame also coversplans for a North American

Union by eliminating theborders of the United States,Canada, and Mexico, andstreamlining everything fromthe transportation systems tothe currency. A history ofEugenicsisalsopresented.

ZeitgeisttheMovie

Oneofthemostpopularfilms on the Internet isZeitgeist the Movie, andZeitgeist:Addendumwhichis

its sequel. The first moviewas released on GoogleVideo in 2007, and becameextremelypopular among the9/11 Truth Movementparticularly those who areanti-Christian. The film isbrokenupintothreeparts,thefirst part is an attack onChristianity and presents the“Jesus never existed” theoryas part of its assault onreligion,sayingitisamethodofcontrolusedbytheeliteto

keep us mentally enslaved.The second part is acompilationofclips fromthemost popular 9/11documentaries, and the thirdpart is about the privateFederal Reserve bankingsystem. The film wasproducedbyamanusing thename“PeterJoseph”whichispossiblyapseudonym.

The entire first third ofthe film proposed the idea

thatJesusneverevenexisted,and that the writers of theBiblehadmadeup theentirestoryasacontinuationof thetradition of the solar deities,or gods that arepersonifications of the sun.Even the most radicalscholars admit that a mannamed Jesus of Nazarethexisted around the time theBiblesayshedid,andthatheupset the social order ofJerusalemwithhis teachings,

although the debate aboutwhether he was God in thefleshorjustaspiritualteachercontinues. But “PeterJoseph” presents the widelydebunked theory that theentire story of his life andteachingsareafabricationbythe Catholic Church. Suchideas are not seriouslyconsidered in scholarlycircles, but many youngviewers of Zeitgeist believethefilmistrue.

In October of 2008 asequel was released titledZeitgeist: Addendum, whichended with an extremelyunsettling solution for theissues society is facing. Thefilm begins with anexplanation of how theFederal Reserve bankingsystem works and is fairlyaccurate in its presentation,but then the film takes adisturbingturn.

A large part ofAddendum pushes the ideathat society would not needmoney anymore ifwewoulddesign and build robots andmechanical systems tooperate the world, whichwould rid mankind of theneed to work. “PeterJoseph,” and the proponentsof what is called the VenusProject, envision a world inwhich the machines will dowork for us, and everything

willbe insuchanabundancethat humanswill not need towork and instead can spendtheir time enjoyingthemselves.

What’s even moreshocking is the support thatthefilmand these ideashavegained. A measurablenumber of illogical, naivedreamers not only believesuch a thing is possible, butruthlessly attack anyonewho

is critical of the film and itspremise. Whowouldn’t likea world where you wouldn’thavetowork?Unfortunatelythe supporters of this filmcannot grasp the reality of amediumofexchange,nor thevalue of rare artifacts or theneed for human labor, andthat even if sophisticatedmachinesorrobotsareabletoreplace a fair amount ofhuman labor, there willalwaysbecountless jobs that

they will not be able to do,from teaching children tovarious service oriented jobsorresearchanddevelopment.Such a techno-utopia hasbeenthedreamsofmanywhoenvisionedmicrowaveovens,cell phones, and laptopcomputersas the toolswhichwouldfreemankindfromtheburdens of work, but suchinventions have onlycomplicatedtheissue.

As if this techno-utopiaidea wasn’t bad enough, theunsettling conclusion of thefilm conveys one of thecentralgoalsoftheIlluminati,in that all religions shouldeitherbeeradicatedorunifiedin preparation for theAntichristtothenclaimtobethe long awaited messiah.The end of Zeitgeist:Addendum shows anelaborate scene using actorsand CGI graphics which

depictsaChristian,aMuslim,and a Jew standing on thestreet and theChristian takesoff their cross necklace andthrowsitonthegroundastheJew removes his yarmulkeand does the same, and theMuslimtakesoffhishat,andall during this bizarresequence the film cuts to aclose-upofahumaneyewithcolorsswirlingaroundinside,and after each person hassymbolically shed their

religion,theframezoomsouttoshowtheentireplanetearthfrom space which then hasrays of light shooting outfromallthecontinents,andistransformed into a ball oflight.

InaradiointerviewwithAlex Jones on the GenesisCommunication Network,“Peter Joseph” stated thatnobody would need guns inthe utopia he envisioned, but

danced around and avoidedstating that they should beoutrightbanned.Whenaskedwhat if someone didn’t wanttogoalongandparticipateinhis supposed utopian NewWorld Order, he basicallysaidthepersonwouldneedtobe taken to a re-educationcenter. It’s extremelydisturbing that many of theviews “Peter Joseph”espouses are synonymouswiththeIlluminati’sblueprint

for the New World Order.His continued attack onChristianity and religionwhile pushing the idea of acommunist techno-utopiashould be seen as nothingmore than Illuminatipropaganda, with “PeterJoseph” himself a pawn intheirgame.

TheClintonChronicles

TheClintonChronicles:

An Investigation into theAllegedCriminalActivitiesofBill Clinton is a 1994documentary film created byPatrick Matrisciana thatexplores the “Clinton BodyCount” which consists of allthe close friends andassociates of President BillClinton who have ended upmurdered or supposedlycommittedsuicide.

Manyofthesedeathsare

a result of the criminalenterprises Clinton has beeninvolved in. Some of theseinclude the death of VinceFoster and the murders ofwitnesses of the MenaArkansas cocaine smugglingringinvolvingtheCIAinthe1980s.SomeofthenamesontheClintonBodyCountsuchasKevinIvesandDonHenryare also the focus of aseparate documentary titledObstruction of Justice: The

Mena Connection which canalsobeviewedonline.

Thenumberofnamesonthe Clinton Body Count isstaggering and when thestrange circumstances ofmany of these deaths areanalyzed, one can’t explainthem away as merecoincidences. Several of thenames on the Clinton BodyCountlisthavebeendisputedby Clinton supporters, and

since they claim to have“proved” that several deathshad not directly beenconnected to Clinton, or areactual coincidences, Clintonsupporters claim the entireClinton Body Count is a“hoax.” These defendersignore the numerousconclusive cases of murderthat aredirectlyconnected toClinton and his involvementwiththeIlluminati.

Years afterTheClintonChronicles was produced,during the campaign seasonpreceding the 2008 election,Hillary the Movie wasreleased which details someofthecrimesandmisdeedsofHillary and Bill, but barelyscratched the surface of howdeeply involved in theIlluminati the Clintons are.Perhaps the producers didn’twant the film tobe labeledabunch of “conspiracy

theories” and focused onissuesthatwouldbereceivedby the audience as moremainstream and easier tobelieve.HillarytheMovie isstill an extremely disturbinganddamagingfilm.

MonopolyMen

A little knowndocumentary series hostedand narrated by DeanStockwell called

Phenomenon: The LostArchives focused on topicsfound in declassifiedgovernment documents. Theseries featured a powerfulepisode on the FederalReserve which originallyaired on March 1, 2000 andwastitledMonopolyMen.

The episode starts withStockwell asking, “Is there asecret history of the UnitedStatesintentionallyhiddenby

the mainstream media?Could there be a secretsociety of fat moneybusinessmen whose agendahas been the cause of everymajor war and economicdepression? Is there ashadowy elite gently pullingthe strings of our world tobring about their own self-serving political program?The answers may surpriseyou.”

The show then detailsthe creation of the FederalReserve Bank, and thesecrecy and manipulation onthe part of the rich andpowerfulmenwhodidso.

TheMoneyMasters

Possibly the most in-depth film on the FederalReserve banking system isThe Money Masters, whichwasproducedin1996byBill

Still. This three hour longfilm covers the history ofmoney, banking, and theFederal Reserve. It containsthe most powerful quotesfrom historical figures, pastpresidents,andevenpowerfulmen who worked in thebanking industry, whichclearly show that the corruptFederal Reserve System hasbeen,andwill continue tobethe downfall of America’seconomy.

Thefilmisavailableforviewing for free on GoogleVideo. Several of the mostpowerful historical quotesabout the banking systemreferenced in the film are asfollows.

“IftheAmericanpeopleever allow private banks tocontrol the issue of theircurrency, first by inflation,then by deflation, thebanks...will deprive the

people of all property untiltheir children wake-uphomeless on the continenttheirfathersconquered....Theissuing power should betaken from the banks andrestored to the people, towhom it properlybelongs. ...The modern theory of theperpetuation of debt hasdrenched the earth withblood, and crushed itsinhabitants under burdenseveraccumulating.”–Thomas

Jefferson

“Historyrecordsthatthemoney changers have usedeveryformofabuse,intrigue,deceit, and violent meanspossible to maintain theircontrol over governments bycontrolling money and itsissuance.”–JamesMadison

President Woodrow

Wilson signed the 1913FederalReserveActintolaw,andseveralyears laterwrote,“Iamamostunhappyman.Ihave unwittingly ruined mycountry. A great industrialnation is controlled by itssystemofcredit.Oursystemofcreditisconcentrated.Thegrowth of the nation,therefore, and all ouractivitiesareinthehandsofafewmen. We have come tobeoneoftheworstruled,one

of the most completelycontrolled and dominatedGovernments in the civilizedworld no longer aGovernment by free opinion,no longer a Government byconvictionandthevoteofthemajority, but a Governmentbytheopinionandduressofasmall group of dominantmen.”–WoodrowWilson

MoneyasDebt

An entirely animatedfilm about the bankingsystem is Money As Debt,which on the surface seemslikeaneducational filmforaclassroom, but actuallycontainssomeveryimportantinformation regarding thecreation of money and thecollection of interest forloaning it out. The filmwascreated by Paul Grignon in

2006 and is one of themostinformative films on thesubject of the creation onmoneyand fiat currency. Atthe time of this writing, thefilm is available to view onGoogle Video, although it isunclear whether this willremain. Many films arepostedbyindividualsandarelater removed by the requestofthecopyrightholder.

Thefilmexplainshowin

the past, goldsmiths wouldhold peoples’ gold coins intheir vault for safe keeping,and issue the people paperreceipts which they couldredeem when they wantedtheir gold back. Peoplebegantradingtheactualpaperreceiptsinthemarketplaceasa form of what today wewould call cash, since itwaseasiertocarryandtheydidn’thave to travel to visit thegoldsmith to get their gold

outeverytimetheywantedtobuy something. Thegoldsmith realized that hecould write up his ownreceipts and spend them inthemarketandnobodywouldnotice. Bydoingthishewasessentially creating his ownmoney for free. As long aseveryone who held a paperreceipt in their possessiondidn’t come all at once toredeem it for their gold,nobodywouldknowwhathe

wasdoing.

The film brilliantly, yetsimply lays out this conceptand explains how such ideasevolved intomodernbankingand are still used today. Itthen goes on to detail howbanks actually loan outmoney they don’t have.When one is new to theconcepts of money, this canbe a startling revelation, butMoneyAsDebtlaysitoutina

very understandable formatand should be watched byeveryone who would like tounderstand the heart of thebankingsystem.

RiddlesinStone

An incredible film that

features interviews with Dr.StanleyMonteith,EdDecker,andS.BrentMorris PhD theMasonichistorianwhoisalsofeatured on the HistoryChannel, isRiddles in Stone:The Secret Architecture ofWashington D.C. which wasproduced by Cutting EdgeMinistries in 2007 anddirected by Christian J.Pinto.Theinformationinthefilm is presented in anunbiased fashion and the

budget must have beenenormous,because insteadofsimply using old stockfootage and historicalpaintings and photographs asB-roll, much of the filmcontains scenes with actorsdressedupinclothesfromthetimeperiodsbeingdiscussed.Suchapracticeiscommononthe History Channel orDiscoveryChannelwith theirlargebudgets,butforasmallindependent film maker to

have produced such a highqualityfilmisastonishing.

Thefilmisalmost threehours long and explores theinfluence of Freemasonry onthedesignandconstructionofthe street layout ofWashington D.C. Theinfamous pentagram that isbuilt into the layoutwith thebottom point leading to theWhiteHouseisshownfromasatellite view, along with

othersymbolsandconflictingexplanations are given fromthe individuals who wereinterviewedinthefilm.

SincemuchofRiddlesinStone contains stunningvideography of variousmonuments, buildings, andsculptures, words cannot dothe film justice, and it mustbe seen to appreciate itsqualityandinformation.Onenotable scene includes

footage ofThe Awakening, agiant statue buried in theearth, originally located inWashington D.C. for nearly28 years and later sold andrelocated to Prince George’sCounty, Maryland inFebruary 2008. This strangestatue holds a hiddenmeaningforoccultists,whichisexplainedinthefilm.

Itshouldn’tbeasurprisetoanyonefamiliarwithsecret

societies that the Freemasonshadtheirhandinthefoundingof America, but what someviewersmaynotknowishowthe Masons incorporatedvarious symbols and designsinto the architecture ofWashington D.C., includingthe street layout andnumerous sculptures andmurals. What’s even morefascinating is how suchdesigns stand rightout in theopen with few even taking

notice.

TheHistoryChannel:SecretSocieties

A surprisingly balancedpiece was produced by theHistory Channel on secretsocietiesin2001andcoveredsome of the allegationsinvolving Skull and Bones,the Freemasons, and the

Bilderberggroup. Itfeaturedinterviews with David Ickeand Jim Marrs as supportersof the “conspiracy theories”and Daniel Pipes as theskeptic and attempteddebunker. Due to his blooddrinking reptilian shapeshifting theory,DavidIcke isfar from a crediblecommentator, but the showdid give a fair and balancedviewpoint between Icke,Marrs,andPipes.

Daniel Pipes is theauthor of Conspiracy: HowtheParanoidStyleFlourishesand Where It Comes From,which tries tomake the casethat people who believe in“conspiracy theories” haveover-active imaginations.Jim Marrs is the author ofseveral respectable booksincluding Rule by Secrecy,The Terror Conspiracy andTheRiseoftheFourthReich. His 1989 book, Crossfire:

ThePlotThatKilledKennedymade the New York TimesBest Seller List and Marrsworkedasa script consultantonOliverStone’sfilmJFK.

ConspiracyofSilence

Adisturbingfilmthatisonly circulated on theInternet, and has never airedontelevisionisConspiracyofSilence which detailsallegations of a child

prostitution ring operating inWashington D.C. catering tohigh-level U.S. politicians.This film and the allegationsof child abuse are the mostdisturbing issues foundsurrounding the Illuminati.WhileConspiracy of Silencedoesn’t mention theIlluminatibyname,itisnonethe less exposing individualsand activities which havelongbeenassociatedwiththegroup.

The film follows whathas been called the FranklinCover-Upwhich involves theFranklin Credit Union inOmaha, Nebraska and anorphanage calledBoysTownand the investigations of alawyerand former senatorofNebraska, John DeCamp.The film begins with ascrolling text messagereading that the productionhadoriginallybeenscheduledto air on the Discovery

ChannelonTuesdayMay3rd1994 and that the April 30thto May 6th TV Guide listingand newspaper supplementshad theprogram listed toair,but at the last minute someindividualshadarrivedat theproduction studio andpurchased the rights to thefilmforaquarterofamilliondollars and then removed allknown copies. It goes on toread that thecopy theviewer

is watching was sentanonymously to JohnDeCampwholaterdistributedit on VHS and has sincefound its way onto theInternet.

In 1988 it wasdiscovered that thirty-eightmillion dollars wasembezzled from the FranklinCounty Credit Union inOmaha, Nebraska. As theinvestigation into the

embezzlement continued,evidence of a childprostitution ring began tosurface. As the missingmoney was followed, it leadto dark places nobody couldimagine. On June 29, 1989,theWashington Times ran afront page story with theheadline “HomosexualProstitution Inquiry ensnaresVIPs with Reagan, Bush.”Paul M. Rodriguez andGeorge Archibald wrote the

article and alleged thatindividuals close to RonaldReagan and George H.W.Bush were connected to anunderage homosexualprostitution ring. The articlealsomentionedthatoneofthechildren (Paul Bonacci) wastaken on a midnight tour ofthe White House by one oftheperpetrators.

On January 10, 1990, aspecial committee was

assigned to look into theallegations. The creditunion’s manager, LawrenceE. King would later beconvicted of embezzlingthirty-eight million dollarsfrom theorganization,buthewas also named as a keyplayer in an underagehomosexual prostitution ringthatheallegedlyfundedwiththe embezzledmoney. Kingwas a prominent man withinthe Republican party, and at

the 1984 and 1988Republican NationalConventions he was thepersonwhosang thenationalanthem.

Nebraska’sStateSenatorErnie Chambers said thatLawrenceKingwas“just thetipofaniceberg,andhe’snot

initbyhimself.”[171]

The New York Times

reportedChambersclaimedtohaveheardcrediblereportsof“boysandgirls,someofthemfrom foster homes who hadbeen transported around thecountry by airplane toprovide sexual favors, forwhich they were

rewarded.”[172]

PaulA. Bonacciwon adefaultjudgmentof$800,000incompensatorydamagesand

$200,000inpunitivedamagesin a civil action againstLawrence E. King in whichthe petition allegedkidnapping, mind control,satanic ritual abuse, andsexual abuse, and allegedvarious personal injuries,both physical andpsychological.

A private detectivenamed Gary Caradori, whowas hired by a special

Nebraska state legislativecommittee to investigate theallegations, was killed whenhis plane crashed in Illinoison July 11th 1990. SenatorLoran Schmit, chairman ofthe legislative committee,told the Omaha World-Herald that “[Caradori]believed that something wasgoing to come out of thisinvestigation. He believedthattheevidencewasthereto

be developed and that thingscouldn’t stay under cover

forever.”[173]

Some say on that veryairplane Gary Caradori hadtheevidenceneeded toprovehiscase.Strangely,within24hours of his death the FBIimpounded all his files. Hiswidow and brother bothappear in Conspiracy ofSilenceandbelieveGarywas

murderedandsaidthathiscarhadbeentamperedwithintherecent past. Investigatorswould later say that theycouldnotdeterminewhathadcaused his plane to break upin the air and crash. GaryCaradori’s brother DickCaradorisaysinthefilmthatGary told him he would bemurdered if the perpetratorsknewof the evidence that hehad recentlydiscovered. Hiswife sites that his briefcase

was missing from thewreckage. Some sayCaradori had actual photosthat were given to him byRusty Nelson which showedprominent politiciansengaged in improper actswith children. It’s not aradical assumption to thinkthat Caradori would havebeen placed undersurveillancebytheIlluminati,and his phone calls weremonitored by them to

determine what evidence hehad obtained and what kindof a threat he posed to theperpetrators. If he hadobtainedsuchevidenceasthephotos from Rusty Nelson,they would have doneanythingtocoveritup.Evenif he had not obtained suchdamning evidence, it was inthe Illuminati’s best interesttokillhim,andtheyprobablydid.

The information foundin this section is only thebeginningofthestoryofwhathappened surrounding theFranklin County CreditUnion. For a more detailedexplanation see The FranklinCover-Up page 120.Conspiracy of Silence isbasically the film version ofJohn DeCamp’s book TheFranklin Cover-Up, althoughthe book coversmore detailsabout Satanism, snuff films,

and the Bohemian Grove.Conspiracy of Silencecontains interviews withseveral children who wereallegedly victims, includingPaul Bonacci, Alicia Owen,Troy Boner and others. Bewarned that this film isextremelydisturbingandmayleave the viewer feelingphysicallyill.

Decoding the Past: TheTemplarCode

AnotherwelldoneHistoryChannel production is thetwohourDecoding thePastepisode titled The TemplarCode. Theprogram coverssome interesting historysurrounding the formationof the Knights Templar,and their ultimate demise.The show begins with thenarrator saying they were“a society so secret that itstrue purpose is debatedeventothisday.”

The Templar Codebeginsbytellinghowthefirstcrusade left Europe in 1096and Christians all overEurope were encouraged totravel to Jerusalem and fighttheMuslims in order to takebacktheHolyLand.

In 1099 Christians hadsucceeded in capturingJerusalem, and pilgrims thenbegan traveling to the HolyLand. Around1119 the first

Knights Templar cameforward. A man namedHugues de Payens fromFrance recruited ninemembers of his family andoffered to protect peopletravelingfromthecoastoftheMediterranean to the HolyLand. They said theywouldpatrol the roads and offersecurity, but these knightswere middle aged and notyoung and strong like aknightshouldbe.

It becomes clear thatthese knights didn’t go theretoprotectthetravelers,buttostart excavating for treasure.TheymadetheirheadquarterstheDomeontheRock,whichwas on the same site as theoriginal Solomon’s Templewhich was destroyed by theBabyloniansin586BC.ThisiswheretheKnightsTemplargot their name. They werecalled the Knights of theTemple of Solomon, or the

Knights Templar. In 1128they returned to Europe andbecame very rich andpowerful immediatelyafterward.

In 1867 BritisharcheologistsexcavatedundertheTempleMountandfounda span of tunnels. Templarartifacts were discovered inthese tunnels, showing thatthey had been the ones whodug them. Rumors spread

thattheyfoundtheArkoftheCovenant or the Holy Grail,which some believe is a cupthatheld thebloodofChrist,or a set of documentsrecordingabloodlineofJesusandMaryMagdalene.

It is also believed thatthe Knights Templarrecovered massive amountsof treasure that was hiddenunder the temple stemmingfromthe66ADJewishrevolt

against the Roman Empire.In1952oneof theDeadSeascrolls that had beendiscovered, thecopper scroll,itemizes200tonsofgoldandsilver which has not beenfound.

Around1150theknightshaddevised a system togivetravelers receipts for theirgoldandjewelry.Thereceiptwas coded to protect theperson and allowed them to

travelwithouttheburdenandfear of carrying largeamounts of heavy gold andsilver. The Templars had areputation for codes andsecrecy and their methodsbecamethemodelfortoday’sbankingsystem.

Theyultimatelybecamebankers and issued loans topeopleandgovernments.TheChurch wouldn’t allowpeople to charge interest,

which they called usury, butthe Templars did it anywayand the Church would looktheotherway.Somesuspectthat theCatholicChurchwaspayingthemofftokeepsilentabout the information theyhad found in scrolls underSolomon’sTemple.

They began buildingchurches and castles and anelaborate hierarchy was setup. The grand master was

elected for life and was thehead of the internationalorganization.Astimepasses,the Templars became lessinvolved in fighting, andmoreinvolvedinbusiness.

In 1244 the Turksrecaptured Jerusalem and in1291 theseaportofAcrehadfallen, which was the lastChristian stronghold in theregion.Afterthis,thereasonfor the Templar’s existence

was in question. After 200yearstheCrusadeswereover.

Friday the 13th isconsidered unlucky becauseonFridaythe13thofOctober1307, King Philip of FrancehadtheTemplarsroundedupand arrested for allegedlydenying Christ, spitting onthe cross, sodomy, andworshiping Satan. Templarheadquarters in France wereall raided and Jacques de

Molay was arrested alongwith his leading knights.Some think the King ofFrance made up the chargesin order to claim theTemplar’s wealth, but othersbelieve the accusations wereauthentic.

The majority of theKnightsTemplarescapedandvanished and their massiveamounts of treasure vanishedwith them. Evidence

suggests that the KnightsTemplarcreatedFreemasonryand continued their occultpractices and businessventures under this cloak.The order of DeMolay is achildren’s branch ofFreemasonry for children ofMasons and is named afterthe Knights Templargrandmaster Jacques deMolaywhowasburnedatthestake for his satanicactivities.

Mysteries of theFreemasons

Another interestingHistoryChanneldocumentaryis Mysteries of theFreemasons which wasmostlikely the result of thepopularity of films likeNationalTreasure,whichhasa storyline largely todowithFreemasonry. The HistoryChannel often capitalizes on

topics that are found inforthcoming films or popculture topics. Mysteries ofthe Freemasons: TheBeginning is the firsthourofa two hour show whichcovers the history ofFreemasonry including thesecret handshakes and theirmysteriousrituals.Itexplainsthatgeometryisseenasmorethan just mathematics, but alink to the Divine and thatancient stone mason guilds

teachings of math andmysticism lives on in whatbecameFreemasonry.

The program has someinteresting history about thegroup, including that theoldestminutesoftheMasonsmeetingasalaborunionwerein 1599, and that sometimebetween then and 1717, thefirstGrandLodgeinEnglandwas formed and theorganizationhadevolvedinto

a gentlemen’s club. DuringtheEnlightenment,inordertoavoid persecution from theChurch, many scientists andpolitical thinkers joined theFreemasonsandthefraternityhad created symbols andstories aimed at developingmoral character andimprovingsociety.

S.BrentMorris PhD, aMasonic historian admits,“There are many anti-

Masonic conspiracy theoriesthat we are the secretcontrollersofgovernmentandindustryworldwide.Thereisalso a theory out there thatthe secret inner circle ofFreemasonry worshipsSatan.” He then tries todownplay these ideas bysaying, “If we can’t agreewhether to serve hamsandwiches or tunasandwichesafterthemeeting,howcanwepossiblyagreeto

takeovertheworld?”

Akram Elias, a 33rddegreeFreemasonalsomockstheideaofasecretagendainthe program saying, “didn’tyouknowthatitwasaJewishMasonic imperialistconspiracy that killed LadyDi?”

When explaining whatthe term “on the level”means, S.BrentMorris, says

“it doesn’t matter how greatyou are, or how insignificantyouare.Everyoneisgoingtothesameplace.You’regoingto the grave.” SuchstatementsseemtorevealthatFreemasons don’t believe inanafterlife.

The show admits thateachFreemasonisresurrectedfromasymbolicdeathastheyare initiated into the order,and that in1738 theCatholic

ChurchforbadeanyCatholicsfromjoiningtheFreemasons.It is also admitted thatFreemasonswereat theheartof the American RevolutionandtheBostonTeaParty.

The connection to theKnights Templar is alsoexplored, including theirdigging for Solomon’s gold,theHolyGrail, or the papersof the Essenes which weresaidtocontaininformationon

howManmightcommunicatewithGoddirectly.Itwasalsobriefly mentioned how theTemplars were the firstmultinational bankers andhow rumors began to spreadthat they participated instrange rituals that certainlywere not of Christian origin,including their allegedworshipofBaphamet.

Christopher Night, co-author of The Hiram Key,

who was interviewed for theshowsaysthathebelievestherituals were learned by theTemplars from the ancientscrolls they had discoveredwhile excavating underSolomon’sTemple.

After the order wasdisbanded and many of itsleaders arrested in 1307,Night points out the popularbelief that the KnightsTemplars joined the stone

mason guilds and that thesecret knowledge wasbroughttoScotland’sRosslynChapel.

The first hour endsexplaining that Masonicideals were crucial in thecreationof theUnitedStates,and then continues with asecond hour which thencovers the symbols found inthe street layout ofWashingtonD.C.

One of the Masonsinterviewed for the secondhour fully admits thatWashington D.C. is laid outto Masonic ideals, includingthe street layout andplacement of certainbuildings, but then BrentMorris PhD, Masonichistorian and 33rd degreeMasonmockstheideasaying,“Icanalsolookat thestreetsofWashingtonandalsofinda

piggy and a horsy. I don’tthinkthey’rethere.”

Surprisingly, theWilliam Morgan incident of1826 was discussed, whereFreemasons kidnapped andmurdered a man just beforehe could publish a bookexposing Freemasonry’ssecrets. It even brieflymentioned John Robison’sbook,ProofsofaConspiracyandhowtheIlluminatiissaid

to have been behind theFrench Revolution andcreated an inner circle insideFreemasonry. But then thenarrator goes on to say thatthe Illuminati conspiracytheory is unfounded and that“historical records show thatthe Illuminati existed as agroupforlessthantenyears.Theywereabolished in1785with public trials andbanishments. But theFreemasons would never

completely escape from theshadowoftheIlluminati.”

While the show coverssome fascinating historyabout the Freemasons, itshamelessly presents them inafavorablelightandbasicallypresentsonly theFreemasonsview of the organization,whileobviouslyattemptingtodismiss any opposinginformation, particularlyideas about a secret society

withinthesecretsociety,suchastheIlluminati.

HackingDemocracy

In 2006 HBO aired adocumentary film titledHacking Democracy whichshowedjusthoweasyitisforelectronicvotingmachines toberigged,andelectionstobestolen. The film wasnominated for an EmmyAward for Outstanding

InvestigativeJournalism.

Thedocumentarybeginsshowing that on electionnight in 2000 in VolusiaCountry, Florida theelectronic voting machinesshowedAlGorehadnegativevotes because the computerswere automatically deductingthenumberofvotesthatwerecast for him. The machineshowed -16,022 votes. Aninvestigation was launched

into why this had occurred,andmany suspected itwas asimplecomputermalfunction,butonly thepresidential racetotals were affected. Allother categories for state andlocal officials andpropositions were talliedcorrectly. It was determinedthat a second memory cardwaspluggedintothemachinewhichlikelychangedthevotetotals.

The software for suchmachines is a trade secretheldcloselybythecompanieswhich manufacture them.DavidJeffersonPhD,wasthechief technical adviser to theCalifornia’s Secretary ofState and even he was notallowed to look at thesoftware of the electronicvotingmachines.

The film continues toshow how a Seattle woman

named Bev Harris becameworried after her countybeganusingelectronicvotingmachinesandshewasabletofindfilesontheInternetfromDiebold Election Systemswhich showed how thesoftware for such machinesworked and how easy it wasto hack. Diebold ElectionSystems (now renamedPremier Election Solutions)areusedtocountover40%ofAmerica’svotes.

Harris took theinformation to a securityspecialist to analyze it andfigureouthowitworkedandhowsecure itwas. She laterfounded BlackBoxVoting.orgasawaytoinformthepublicabout the issues and dangersinvolvedinthevotecountingprocess.

In 2003 it wasdiscovered that WaldenO’Dell, the CEO of Diebold

ElectionSystems,hadwrittena Republican fundraisingletter in which he was“committed to helping OhiodelivertheirelectoralvotestothePresidentnextyear.” Hewas obviously referring toPresident Bush who wasfacingJohnKerryinthe2004election. When asked aboutthis, Mark Radke, Diebold’smarketing director answered,“that quotation that appearedin a letter is something that,

uh…he regrets. It’s asituation where his personalpreferencehascomeoverintohis business practice and hehas committed to keeping amuch lower profile when itcomes to those kinds ofactivities.”

Dr. Hugh Thompson, asecurityexpertanddirectorofSecurityInnovationsInc.wasapproached by BevHarris ata hacking conference and

asked to lookat the softwareshe was able to obtain fromDiebold. “The thing thatshocked me was how easyvotetotalscouldbechanged.So, imagine, you could gointo a box and essentiallyrewritehistory. And there isno record of you rewritinghistory. And theonly recordof history itself is the thingthatyouchanged.Andthat’spretty scary to me,”Thompsonsaid.

Harris and Thompsonhad obtained a meeting withGovernor Howard Dean toshow him how easy themachines would be to hackand change the vote totalsthat were added from allvotingmachinesnationwide.

ThefilmthengoesontoshowthatonElectionDayin2004,avoterhelplineinOhioreceived over 200,000 calls.Many of the callers left

voicemails, some of whichwere played in thedocumentary. Onecaller lefta voice mail complainingthere was one voting boothfor 3000 people. Anothercomplained he had to waitseven and a half hours tovote.Inthepoorerareasthathistorically and statisticallywould vote Democrat, veryfew machines were put inplace so that there would belessvotescastinthoseareas.

Such a strategy wasimplemented in order todiscourage people fromwaiting hours in line and tominimizethenumberofvotescast in those areas. This, ofcourse, would minimize thenumber of votes for JohnKerry.

On election night in2004when JohnKerry facedoff against President GeorgeW. Bush, exit polls were

showing John Kerry had thelead in Ohio which was thekey swing state. Kerry laterlost the state, and thus theelection and quicklyconceded which stunnedmany of his staff and legalteam.

Cliff Arnebeck, anelection attorney from OhiowasonaconferencecallwithSenator Kerry shortly afterthe election. Arnebeck said

that Kerry knew there wasfraudinOhiobutdidnothingand didn’t activate themassive legal team that hehad prepared for such anevent. The Illuminati hadtold Kerry that it wasn’t histimeandthatthebrotherhoodhad decided Bush wouldremainthePresident.

Perhaps the mostunsettling aspect of HackingDemocracy was when it

showed how easily anelection could be stolen byonly using a simple memorycard that had beenprogrammedtodoso.

Ian Sancho, theSupervisor of Elections forLeon County Florida, askedBlackBoxVoting.org to lookat his county’s electronicvoting machines. Theybrought along Finnishcomputer security expert

Harri Hursti who claimed todiscoverhowbyusingonlyamemorycardpurchasedfromtheInternet,hecouldswayanelection any direction hedesired.

Before they hadattempted the memory cardhack,MarkRadke(Diebold’smarketing director), as wellas the head engineer forDieboldhaddenied thatsucha hack was possible at a

public meeting. “It is myunderstanding that becausethere is no executableprogramon thememorycardthat the actual votes on thememory card cannot bealtered,” said Radke.Someone then asks, “Couldyou remind us, are you anengineer yourself?” Radkeresponds, “No I am not anengineerbut Iworkwithourengineeringcrew,infact,Patdo you want to step up here

forasecond.”

A man approaches thepodium and takes themicrophone. “Hi I’m PatGreen, I’m the director forresearchanddevelopmentforDiebold.”

Bev Harris then asksGreen her question. “Canvotesbechangedusingonlyamemorycard?”

“No. I do not believevotes can be change usingonly a memory card.” Hewentontodownplayareportthat claims that it waspossible, referring to a paperwrittenbyHursti.

The film then showsHarri Hursti and othersarriving in Leon County,FloridawhereIanSancho,thesupervisorofelections,heldatest election using actual

machinesandballots,andthememory card thatHursti hadprovided. Hursti had notbeen given access to theballots or the machine itself,only the memory card. ToSancho’s and othersastonishment,Hursti’salteredmemory cardwas able to rigthetestelectioninawaythathe had desired. This was adirect contradiction ofDiebold’s statements andshowed how easily any

election could be rigged bysimply having access to thememorycardsbeforethevotetotalshadevenbeenstoredonthosecards.

TheHursti Hack, as ithas been called, wasundetectable and would alsobe undetectable in an actualelection. Ion Sanchoacknowledgedthissaying,“IfI had not known what wasbehind this I would have

certifiedthiselectionasatruecountofavote.”

Diebold had publiclydenied that the Hursti Hackwas legitimate and hadpressuredHBOinanattemptto have the documentaryshelved before it had aired.DieboldclaimedthatHursti’shack was a fraud.California’s Secretary ofState commissioneda specialreport by computer

techniciansatUCBerkeleytoinvestigate the Hursti Hack,and they concluded, “HarriHursti’s attack does work:Mr. Hursti’s attack on theAV-OSisdefinitelyreal.Hewasindeedabletochangetheelection results by doingnothingmore thanmodifyingthe contents of a memorycard. He needed nopasswords, no cryptographickeys, and no access to anyother part of the voting

system, including the GEMSelection management

server.”[174]

Diebold ElectionSystemshassincechangeditsname to Premier ElectionSolutions, most likelybecause the name Dieboldhasbecomesynonymouswithsuspicion and allegations ofelectionfraud.Byusingsuchmethods, the Illuminati

decide who becomespresidentoftheUnitedStates,or who gets elected toCongress.Asmoreandmorestatesandcountiesimplementelectronicvotingmachines,itwill practically guarantee theIlluminati will decide who“wins”elections.

Otherfilms

9/11Revisited

9/11Mysteries

9/11PressforTruth

Illuminati: Our SecretMasters

Guerilla News Network:MindControl

H.A.A.R.P. Holes inHeaven

DNA vs. The Book of

Mormon

Waco:ANewRevelation

SecretsoftheCIA

TheVatican’sBaker

FiatEmpire

U.S.S. Liberty: Dead intheWater

The Light Behind

Masonry

They Sold Their Soul forRockandRoll

The Coming FinancialCollapseofAmerica

America: From FreedomtoFascism

SatanismintheCIA

Aleister Crowley: The

WickedestManintheWorld

SkullandBones(aDutchdocumentary)

ThePowerofNightmares

Iraq for Sale: The WarProfiteers

ZeitgeistRefuted

WarMadeEasy

WhyWeFight

SecretsoftheFreemasons—NationalGeographic

Echelon:MostSecretSpySystem

MindControl-America’sSecretWar

BigBrother,BigBusiness

Eye of the Phoenix:

SecretsofDollarBill

TheObamaDeception

FalloftheRepublic

InvisibleEmpire

SnuffFilms The most disturbing

aspect of the occult and theIlluminati are the allegationsof child abuse, pedophilia,andsnufffilms.Justthinkingabout such things can makeone physically ill, and it ismuch to the regret of thisauthor that such issues must

be included in this book.However, in our search forthetruthwemustboldlyfacethefactsnomatterwhatroadtheyleadusdown.

When one thinks ofsnufffilmsandthedeliberatekilling of someone for thepurpose of enjoyment whilethe incident is beingvideotaped, the perpetratorsand suspects are often

thought of as lone nuts andsociopathswhoactaloneandwithouttheknowledgeoraidof others. After all, ifsomeone were asked by afriendoftheirsiftheywantedtoparticipateinsucha thing,what are the odds that theywouldacceptsuchaproposalinstead of distancingthemselves from that friend,orcallingthepolice?

When one learns of theallegations and extent ofsnuff film production anddistribution, and thedepthofbrutality involved, difficultquestions arise as tomotivesforsuchcrimesandhowsuchsick and dementedindividuals could actuallyfind others who wereinterested in such things. Ifone can grasp this reality,then yet more difficult

questionsarisewhen thecostof such films are discovered,and that people pay largesums of money for suchthings. One also wondershow individuals who desiredsuch things could actuallyaccumulate the largesumsofmoney that are charged forsnuff films. The fact thatmost snuff films areextremely expensive showsthat the customers of such

material are financially welloff, and able to afford tospend thousands, or tens ofthousands of dollars on thevideos, and the demand forsnufffilmsisgreaterthanonecouldeverimagine.

In the year 2000,authorities launched thelargest ever internationalinvestigation into child snufffilms and a 30-year-old

Russian named DmitriVladimirovich Kuznetsovwas arrested for distributingthousandsofsuchvideosandphotos.

Kuznetsov wasidentified after BritishCustomsandpolicetracedtheorigin of several snuff filmswhichwerefoundintheUK.The previous week Italianpolice had seized 3,000 of

Kuznetsov’s videos whichwerebeingshipped toclientsin Italy. This was not justchildpornography,butvideosof children being abused andmurderedonvideo.Manyofthe films were produced inRussia.

Approximately a dozenBritish men were arrested inconnection with the Russiantapes. “We have seen some

very, very nasty stuffinvolving sadistic abuse ofvery young children, butactualdeathson film takes ita whole step further. That isvery worrying,” said onesenior customs officer whowasinvolvedinthecase.[175]

British pedophileswerenot only buying such tapes,but were paying to access awebsite that featuredpictures

ofsuchabuse.

One of Kuznetsov’spartners, Dmitri Ivanov wassentenced to only elevenyears for participating in theabuse that was beingvideotaped. Others werereleased under an amnestyaimed at clearing Russia’sovercrowdedprisons.[176]

When officers from the

Moscow CriminalInvestigation Departmentraided Kuznetsov’s housethey found two boys in amakeshiftstudio.Theyseizeda huge number of films andother pornographic materialas well as lists of clients inItaly,Germany,America,andBritain.

Italian authoritiesarrested eight people and

searched more than 600homes,andgatheredevidenceagainst500people. Someofthe suspects werebusinessmen and publicemployees. Hundreds ofpeople were also underinvestigationinGermany.

The Russian videos,whichhadbeenorderedoverthe Internet,were interceptedwhen theywere shipped into

Italy and then delivered byundercoverpoliceofficers.

PoliceinRussiaandtheUK believe that Kuznetsovand his associates had beenproducing such videos forover two years and that theyhad lured around 100 boysbetween nine and eleven toparticipate in the videos.Most of the children wereorphans and were told they

wouldbegiven something toeat by the men if they camewiththem.

This is just one ofnumerous cases of suchhorrific things. Most peopleassume that such disgustingthingsareextremelyrareandonlycommittedbyalonenut,butthiscaseandothersshowthat therearehundreds ifnotthousands of people around

the world who want to viewsuch material and pay largeamounts ofmoney to do so.High level Satanists andmembersoftheIlluminatiarebelieved to not only viewsuch material but participatein such abuse at places liketheBohemianGrove.

SexMagic When looking for an

explanation as to why theIlluminati would sexuallyabuse children, the answer isfound in what is called sexmagic. This kind of magic,(sometimes spelled sexmagick) involves usingsexual arousal to achievealtered states of

consciousnessandharnessingthese states of consciousnessto transcend physical realityortometaphysicallyalterit.

Some believe that thehighest guarded secret in theoccult and the Illuminati isthat by participating in suchactivities one’s brainchemistry is altered andcreatesapermanentchangeinone’s mental alertness, thus

amplifying that person’ssenses and perceptions. It issaidthemindisputinastateof hyper-alertness, whichdramatically increases aperson’sbrainpower.

Thecentralbeliefofsexmagic is that at the momentof orgasm a man’s sexualenergyissomehowchanneledand used to manifest imagesheisholdinginhismind,and

metaphysically bring themintohisphysicalreality.Thisphilosophy of manifestingone’s thoughts into physicalreality isnothingnew,and isa popular idea in New Agecircles and self-help books.The vast majority of peoplewho practice visualizationand manifestation simply doso by meditation techniques,butitisbelievedthatahighlyguarded secret in the occult

and the Illuminati is that thisvisualization andmanifestation technique isdramatically amplified byinvolving some kind ofsexual rituals. This sexualtechnique is then amplifiedby involving violence at thesame time. By overloadingthe mind with adrenalineproduced from viciouslyraping an innocent child, theIlluminati believe that this

type of sexual ritual unlocksmagical and metaphysicalaspects of the human mind,allowingthemtoliterallyandphysically alter theirexperienceofreality.

ThepopularDVDcalledThe Secret teaches what iscalled the “law of attraction”and promotes the idea thatwhatever images youvisualizeinyourmindcanbe

metaphysically manifestedinto your life. This iscertainlynot anew idea, andself-help gurus and spiritualteachers around the worldhavetaughtthistechniquefordecades if not centuries.Practitioners of sex magicbelieve that these spiritualprinciplescanbedramaticallyincreased by using sexualenergy in conjunction withthe visualization techniques.

There is nothing particularlyevil with this belief orpractice as long as one’ssexualpartnerisaconsentingadult. But it appears that acore group within theIlluminati have twisted theseteachings and use childrenandviolence inanattempt toincrease the power of sexmagicevenfurther.

ThefounderoftheOrdo

TempliOrientis (theO.T.O.),CarlKellner,would hint thatthe best kept secrets of theOTOwereofasexualnature.In 1912, an obscure GermanMasonic magazine calledOriflamme included aninterestingadmission,saying,“Ourorderpossesses thekeywhich opens up all MasonicandHermeticsecrets,namely,theteachingsofsexualmagic,and this teaching explains,

without exception, all thesecrets of Freemasonry andallsystemsofreligion.”[177]

There are rumors thatscientific experiments usingthis kind of sexual magicwere analyzed in what iscalled the Montauk Projectwhich were allegedlyconductedattheMontaukAirForce Station on Montauk,Long Island in NewYork in

the early 1900s. Thisprogram is believed by someto have been involved inmetaphysical research andexperiments involvingparallel universes and timetravel. As strange as thissounds, the existence ofmultipledimensionsofrealitythat exceed the three thatweperceive are essentiallyconsideredfactinphysicsandquantum mechanics. Some

physicists believe that thereare unlimited paralleluniverses of reality and thateach universe contains areality similar to theone thatweareexperiencing.Eachofthese parallel universes issaid to contain a slightlydifferent reality, and thatanything and everything thatcould possibly happen, isactually happening, but inotheruniverses.

Following along thesesame lines of thought is thetheory that there can be noreality without an observer.This means that you, or theperson observing what iscalled reality, is actuallyreality’s co-creator, and thatyourmindandyour thoughtsare actually shaping andcreating the reality that yousee and experience.Continuing with this line of

thought, somehow anindividual can change fromone universe to another, thuschanging their entireexperience of reality. Theadherents to this theory havesomehow concluded that theonly way to effectively shiftfromone universe to anotheris by using sex magic, andthat by combining sexualarousal with mentalvisualization techniques, and

then mixing in violence, theviolence acts as a sort ofsteroid for the manifestationpower of the metaphysicalmindandreality.

Somepeoplebelievethatthey themselves are the onlyperson who actually “exists”and that their entireexperience of reality is athree-dimensional hologramthat they can control with

their mind. Following thislineof thought,apractitionerof sexmagic believes that inorder to harness theirmind’spower to shape their three-dimensional experience inreality, they must usevisualization techniquesinvolvinganorgasm. Sexualenergyandasexualclimaxisseen as the most powerfulforce in theworld since it isused tocreate life. Thedark

sex magic practitionerssomehow believe that bysacrificing (killing) aninnocent child whilesimultaneously “channeling”their sexual energy bydefiling the child, that itvirtually unlimitedlyamplifies their mind’smetaphysicalpower.

Whatever theirmotives,sex magic involving raping

childrenhavebeenproven tooccur on a large scale as inthe case of the FranklinCover-Up.Whatwouldseemto be something too brutaland disgusting for aHollywood horror writer toeven think of, has beenhappening in reality. Thisproves beyond a doubt thatthe Satanists and Illuminatimembers who participate intheseactivitiesarenotsimply

seeking enlightenment, butare committing the sickestkinds of perversions andviolations of moralityimaginable in their quest forpower.

Whether or not suchtechniques actually work assomebelieve isunknown. Itis possible that they do, buteven if that is the case, it isinexcusable for anyone to

even consider such a thing.Certainly it is possible topoint a gun at someone anddemand their money, andtheywill likelyhand itover.Such a technique works, buteven considering such anaction is a violation of thecode of conduct humanityshouldliveby.

FictionalBooks

Art imitates life as thecliché goes, and over theyears various novelists haveincorporated theIlluminatiortheir activities into variousfictional books. Some of

thesebooksusetheIlluminatibynameandarefictionalizedstoriesbasedonthehistoricalIlluminati such as DanBrown’s Angels & Demons.Others clearly refer toIlluminati operations andplans in an attempt toseeminglywarnthereadersofwhat may come, as in thecase of George Orwell’sclassic Nineteen Eighty-Four. Other books such asHunter S. Thompson’s Fear

and Loathing in Las Vegastake a more disturbing turn,and refer to esoteric satanicpractices in ways that makemany suspect thatThompsonhimself had intimateknowledgeof such things, oreven participated in themhimself and cloaked hisexperience in the form of anovel.

TheIlluminatus!Trilogy

Robert Anton Wilsonand Robert Shea wereperhaps the first authors toincorporatetheIlluminatiintothe plotline of a fictionalstory when they released thefirstbookofTheIlluminatus!Trilogy in 1975. The seriesincludes various conspiracytheories, some historical, andsomefictional,whichinvolvethe Illuminati. The threedifferent volumes comprisingthe trilogy are titledTheEye

in the Pyramid, The GoldenApple,andLeviathan.

Robert Anton Wilsondied on January 11, 2007 attheageof74.Throughouthislife he had capitalizedtremendously on theIlluminati, and after theIlluminatus! Trilogy wascompleted he continued towritebookswhichfocusedonthesubject.

In 1980, Wilsonpublished The IlluminatiPapers which expands uponcharacters and themes fromThe Illuminatus! Trilogy. In1981hereleasedMasksoftheIlluminati which was aboutthree men who “discoveredthatanancientcriminalorderis preparing to take over theworld.” Between 1982 and1991, Robert Anton Wilsonwrote and released TheHistorical Illuminatus

Chronicles which are anadditional three novelswrittenasa followup toTheIlluminatus! Trilogy. Thisnew trilogy is composed ofthree books: The Earth WillShake (1982), The Widow’sSon(1985),andNature’sGod(1991).

WhileRobert Sheawashis coauthor for TheIlluminatus! Trilogy, Wilsonwent on to write his

additionalworks by himself.Wilson did not believe theIlluminati continued to existafter their discovery in thelate1700s.Whenaskedwhypeople believe inconspiracies,hesaid,“Ithinkthere are three factors: A,nobody likes to take theblamefortheirownproblemsso they look for somebodyelsetoblame.Andifyoucanfind a big enough group,you’ve explained everything

in your life that doesn’twork.It’snotyourfault,it’sthe Jesuits, the Freemasons,the Jews, the Bilderbergers,the Council on ForeignRelations, you’ve got awidechoice to pick of who toblame, as long as you don’thavetoblameyourself.”

“Theworld is changingso rapidly that most peopleare living in a world theycan’t understand, and when

people can’t understandsomethingtheytendtogoforsinister explanations of it.Somebody is manipulatingthings in away I don’t like.That’s the way people feelwhen things change too fastand they can’t understand

it.”[178]

Aside from seeming toinsult people who believe intheIlluminatiorconspiracies,

Wilson was personallyinterested in the occult andadmired Aleister Crowley.He said, “Crowley was thefirst writer of so-called NewAge, or mystical, or occultthings that I ever tookseriously…So I startedstudying him and found outhedidhavealotofimportantthingstosay,andIvaluehimhighly. I think relativity isone of the most importantideas of the twentieth

century. Einstein gave usphysical relativity, [James]Joyce, gave us artisticrelativity…and Crowley didthe same thing for themystical occult world withhislawofThelema.Dowhatthou wilt shall be the wholeof the law. The Crowleysystem does not have anydisciples, it doesn’t tell youwhat to do, it tells you todecide for yourself what to

do.”[179]

In 1983 Wilsonpublished his dissertationwhichwaswrittentoearnhisPhD in psychology fromPaideia University, anunaccredited Universitywhich has since closed. Hetitled it Prometheus Risingwhichhecalledan“Owner’smanualforthehumanbrain.”Thedissertationwasbasedon

a variety of philosophies andscientific views includingAleister Crowley, TimothyLeary’s 8 circuit model ofconsciousness, and quantummechanics.

Wilson demonstrated atremendous amount ofknowledge about the occult,but his writings about theIlluminati should be seennothingmore than a creativewriter’s attempt to capitalize

on such ideas. Wilson said,“My goal is to try to getpeople into a state ofgeneralized agnosticism, notagnosticismaboutGodalone,but agnosticism about

everything.”[180]

The Illuminati by LarryBurkett

A Christian authornamed Larry Burkett also

incorporated the Illuminatiinto a fictional tale in his1991 book simply titled,TheIlluminati.

The description of thebookonthebackcoverreads,“From before the time ofChrist, there have beenrumors of a secret societycalled The Illuminati—avicious tribe of Druids withmystical, supernaturalpowers. Many saw them as

demonsorgods. Thosewhoopposed them simplydisappeared...or met an evenworsefate.”

“Asthecenturiespassed,this shadow-like groupcloaked themselves in newidentities, slowly infiltratingworld organizations andfinancial institutions. Thestealthysocietyhadasingulargoal—to bring the planet toits knees by controlling the

world’seconomicsystem.”

“Nowfast-forwardtotheyear2015.TheIlluminatihassucceeded in placing one oftheir people in the office ofthe presidency of the UnitedStates. With the worldwidelaunch of a financial systemknownasData-Net,theyhavegained seemingly unlimitedpower.”

Burkett died on July 4,

2003attheageof64.Hehadwritten more than a dozenbooks and during his careerhad hosted several differentradio shows on money andpersonal finance. It is clearfrom his writings that hebelieved the Illuminatiexisted, and his bookwas anattempt to address theseissuesintheformofanovel.

Angels&Demons

Published in the year2000,DanBrown’sAngels&Demons is a fictional novelrevolvingaroundtheCatholicChurch and the Illuminati,and is a prequel to The DaVinci Code which was laterpublished in 2003. Thecommon theme in The DaVinciCode,asmanyknow,isthat the Catholic Churchallegedly has been trying tocover up a family treecontaining the bloodline of

Jesus and Mary Magdalenewhichstillexiststoday.

AccordingtoBrownandsupporters of this widelydiscredited theory, numeroussecret societies have beenprotectingthisbloodlinefromthe Catholic Church, whoallegedlywill do anything tokeep this “secret” fromgetting out and ruiningChristianityandtheVatican’sgriponpower.

InAngels&Demons,theIlluminatiissetouttodestroyVaticanCityasretributionforsuppressingthemhundredsofyears ago and forcing themdeeper underground. Thestory is most likely apurposeful whitewash of therealIlluminati,ortheresultofa creative writer seizing ontopics of interest in theunderground and makingthem mainstream. Eitherway, Brown’s writings and

subsequent films whichfollowedcanonlybe seenasa deliberate attack onChristianity and muddyingthewater for real researchersoftheIlluminati.

Thanks to Brown, thebrainwashed masses ofpeople think that whensomeone discusses theIlluminati and the very realeffects the organization hason society and Bible

prophecy, that one is toowrapped up in Angels &Demons.Manyofthosewhohave become victims of theIlluminati’s agendas don’teven believe such a thingexists. Angels & Demonswas made into a motionpicture starring Tom Hanksand released in May 2009.(See Angels & Demons themovie)

The main character,

RobertLangdon,isaHarvardprofessor and expert onreligious symbology. Hebecomesinvolvedintryingtostop the Illuminati fromdestroying Vatican City inRomebyusingananti-matterbomb.Browncleverlymixeshistorical facts into theplotline and blurs the linebetween fact and fiction byreferencing actual quotesabout the Illuminati fromhistorical figures. Most of

Brown’sreaders(andviewersofthefilm)havenoideathatthe Illuminati he is referringto is a real organization andsomeof the“historical facts”he writes in his book areactuallytrue.

For example, he writesthat the Illuminati infiltratedFreemasonry, saying “…inthe 1700’s, the Masonsunknowingly became a frontfor the Illuminati. The

Illuminati grew within theirranks, gradually taking overpositionsofpowerwithinthelodges. They quietlyreestablished their scientificbrotherhood deep within theMasons—a kind of secretsociety within a secretsociety. The Illuminati usedthe worldwide connection ofMasonic lodges to spread

theirinfluence.”[181]

Brown even explainsthattheIlluminatiaresatanic,writing,“ThechurchclaimedLuciferwasareferencetothedevil, but the brotherhoodinsistedLuciferwas intendedin its literal Latin meaning—bringer of light. Or

Illuminator.”[182]

Dan Brown evencleverly refers to numerouswebsites which feature

material about the Illuminatiand the New World Order.At one point his book reads,“This morning” Kohlerchallenged,“whenItypedtheword ‘Illuminati’ into thecomputer, it returnedthousands of currentreferences. Apparently a lotof people think this group isstillactive.”

“Conspiracy buffs,”Langdon replied. He had

always been annoyed by theplethora of conspiracytheories that circled inmodern pop culture. Themedia craved apocalypticheadlines, and self-proclaimed “cult specialists”were still cashing in onmillennium hype withfabricated stories that theIlluminatiwerealiveandwelland organizing their New

WorldOrder.”[183]

Besides weaving invarious historical facts aboutthe Illuminati, Brown alsoincludes some far-fetchedideas that have no basis inreality at all. He makes hisreaders think the Illuminatiwereagroupofscientiststhatincluded Galileo, as well asfamous artists such asBernini, when both men haddied a hundred years beforethe Illuminati had actually

formed.[184] He alsoincludesotherideasthathavenever been associated withtheIlluminati,andareclearlyfictions created by Brown.One such example is hisclaim that the Vatican holdsin its possession several“Illuminati brands” whichconsist of ambigrams in thenames of earth, air, fire, andwater, which he says the“scientific Illuminati” had

designed to depict the fourelements ancient scientistsbelieved made up thephysical universe. Anambigram is a design thatspellsoutoneormorewordsthat can be read whetherlooked at right-side up orupside down. These“Illuminatibrands”areheatedup and used to burn thedifferent symbols into thechests of various Cardinalswho the Illuminatimurder in

the novel as revenge for theCatholic Church allegedlyburningabrandofacross inthe chests of heretics in thepast.

BrownevensaysthattheCatholic Church murderedNicolaus Copernicus forintroducingheliocentrism,theidea that the earth revolvesaround the sun, and not viceversa as the church hadclaimed. I’m certainly not a

supporter of the CatholicChurch nor a defender oftheir past and presentatrocities,buttosaythattheymurdered Copernicus issimply a lie. He died at theage of seventy, which in thesixteenth century was quitean old age. There arenumerous other lies anddisinformation in Brown’sbook as he repeatedly paintsthe Illuminati as a group ofinnocent scientists and artists

whotheChurchhadsetouttotorture and kill. Brown isclearly well informedregarding conspiracy theoryculture and at one point hasRobert Langdon discuss themysterious all-seeing eye onthebackoftheonedollarbilland explains that mysterioussymbol is what got himinterested in the Illuminati.Atonepointhealsomentionsthat the Bilderberg groupfinanced the Illuminati. (See

Jim Tucker’s BilderbergDiarypage110)

Brown actually defendsthe Illuminati in his novel.His character RobertLangdon,who is an “expert”on the Illuminati, fails to seethem as a sinister powerhungry gang, but insteadsays, “The Illuminati mayhavebelievedintheabolitionof Christianity, but theywielded their power through

politicalandfinancialmeans,not through terrorists acts.Furthermore, the Illuminatihad a strict code of moralityregarding who they saw as

enemies.”[185]

Regardless of howentertaining and captivatingBrown’s novel may be, itserves only to disarm analready ignorant anddegenerate public, leading

them to believe that theIlluminati is a fictionalcreation. When told it is ahistorically verifiable secretsocietythatcontinuestoexisttoday, many are onlyreminded of the doubtfulRobertLangdon fromAngels& Demons and the sinistersatanic cult which plotted toblow up the Vaticanwith ananti-matterbomb.

At the very end of

Angels&Demons, in a verydramatic twist, Dan Brownwritesthatthereisactuallynosuch thing as the Illuminati,and that a demented Vaticanofficial who holds theposition of the Camerlengohad concocted the story andwas actually behind the plothimself.Inthebook,itturnsout that the Illuminati reallydid go into extinction in thelate 1700s and theCamerlengo played off of

people’s fears that they hadsecretlycontinuedtoexist.

The success of DanBrown’sbooksarenotduetotheir exceptional quality, butrather that the Illuminati hadused their influence topromote both The Da VinciCode andAngels & Demonsto spread their taintedmessage about Jesus and theIlluminati. Dan Brownhimself has some interesting

tiestotherealIlluminati,andit’spossiblethathewasusedfor the purpose ofmuddyingthe waters surroundingChristianity, the Illuminati,and the New World Order.Brown is a graduate ofPhilips Exeter Academywhich is a private boardingschool which was set up forthechildrenoftheelite. TheIlluminati has largely fundedthis school and used it toeducate their children and

prepare them for their dutieslaterinlife.

In 1930 EdwardHarknessdonated5.8milliondollars to theschoolwith theconditions that their methodof teaching students wouldchange towhat he called theAristotelian method ofantiquity. Harkness was thesecond largest shareholder inRockefeller’sStandardOil inthe early 1900s and was in

John D. Rockefeller’s innercircle. The Rockefellerfamily has been one of themost powerful Illuminatifamilies for generations.Aristotle was a student ofPlatowhobelieved thatmostpeople were too stupid togovern themselves, and thatsociety should be structuredin a way that “philosopherkings” would rule anddecidedwhatwasbestforthepeople.

Dan Brown’s publisherforthefirstprintingofAngels& Demons was Random

House[186] which is ownedby the Bertelsmann mediagroupinGermanywhichwasthe largest producer andpublisherofNazipropaganda

during World War II.[187]The Bertelsmann mediagroup is a private companythat has its primary owner

listed as the BertelsmannFoundation, the largest “non-profit”organizationandthinktank in Germany. The DaVinci Code was alsooriginally published byRandom House through itssubsidiary Doubleday. Thereprint rights for Angels &Demonshavesincebeensoldto Simon and Shuster. TheIlluminati thread leadingthrough Dan Brown’seducation, publisher, and

themes of his books, clearlyraises strong questions abouthis novels’ success and themessages they spread. Itcould very well be that DanBrownisawillingparticipantin one of the biggestdisinformation campaignswaged by the Illuminati inhistory.

Fear and Loathing in LasVegas

HunterS.Thompson,thecontroversial “gonzo”journalist, published a bookin 1971 under the guise of anovel based onautobiographical incidents inaromanàclefstyle,whichisa literary style of a noveldescribing real life behind afacade of fiction. Fear andLoathinginLasVegaswouldlater be made into aHollywood movie in 1998starringJohnnyDepp.

The book is about ajournalist and his friendwhogo to Las Vegas to cover amotorcycle raceforawritingassignmentbut insteadgoona drug binge using LSD,cocaine, mescaline, andmore. Thompson hadexperimentedwithdrugsonaregularbasis,andmuchofthebook is considered to be areflection of his real lifeexperiences. Aside frombeing a story about a drug

fueledadventure,afewthingsstart to become noticeable,and extremely disturbing tosome who have knowledgeabouttheIlluminati.

In the book, anddepicted in the movie,Thompsontalksaboutbuyingadrenochrome from aSatanist,which is a powerfulhallucinogen that is nowsynthesized in a lab, butoriginally believed to have

been obtained from thehuman body immediatelyafterapersonwaskilled.Themain characters ingest theadrenochrome and haveuncontrollablehallucinations. Later in thefilm, a scene shows onecharacter explaining how,“Satanworshipperskillsixoreight people every day. Allthey want is the blood.They’ll take people right offthestreetiftheyhaveto.”

He goes on to say howhe had witnessed someSatanists kidnap a sixteenyear old girl and “cut allkindsofholesinherheadandsucked the blood out,”alluding to the Satanistsharvesting the adrenochromefromthegirl’sbody.

The question remainshow Hunter S. Thompsonwould even know aboutadrenochrome, and why did

hewriteaboutingestingsomeinhisbook,whichhesayshereceived from a Satanist.Even more unsettling areallegations made by severalindividuals that Hunter S.Thompson was avideographer for snuff filmsallegedly made in theBohemian Grove in the late1980s. A snuff film, foranyonewhodoesn’tknow, iswhen someone is murderedonvideofor thesolepurpose

of selling that video orwatching it and findingenjoymentfromit.

Rusty Nelson, [RussellE. Nelson] the photographerof a known pedophile Larry(LawrenceE.)King from theFranklinCover-UpscandalinOmaha,NebraskaallegesthatHunter S. Thompson offeredhim $100,000 in 1988 toproduce a snuff filminvolvingachild.Rustysaid

he turned the offer down.[188]

One of the victims ofchild pornography that wasallegedly produced in theBohemian Grove during thissame timeframe was a boynamedPaulBonacci.FormerNebraska Senator JohnDeCamp was Bonacci’slawyer, and without doubtconcludes that child

pornography and snuff filmswere being produced in theBohemian Grove during thistimeframe. In his journal,Bonnacidescribedpickingupa“HunterThompson” inLasVegaswhowastheindividualBonacci described as thephotographer for a childpornography video, whichultimately ended up being asnuff film when the other

childwasmurdered.[189]

Hunter S. Thompson’sformer editorial assistant,Nickole Brown, wrote in anarticle titled In Memory ofHunter S. Thompson:Postcard from Louisville,Kentucky (posted 4-15-05)about some of the bizarrebehavior she had witnessedwhileworkingforhim. “Forweeks he played a taperecording of a jack rabbitscreaming in a trap,” thearticle explained. She also

wrote that one time, “hethrewmeoutofthehouseforrefusing to watch a snuff

film.”[190] As she left, heallegedlycalledheracowardandwasmad.Brownthoughthe was possibly joking, anddidn’tthinkmuchofit,citinghisuniquecharacter.

During an interview onMay 20, 2005 by this author(MarkDice),Nickole Brown

saiddespite rumors,heneverthreatenedher, shenever feltin danger while she workedfor him as his editorialassistant, and she couldn’timagine him being involvedin such things as theallegations from Bonacci,Nelson, and others. She andothers believe Hunter waspossibly investigating suchclaims,whichtheyciteasthesourceofsuchallegations.

Adding, yet again,another twist to the story isthe fact that Hunter S.Thompsonwrote in his 2004book titled Hey Rube in thefirst article titled The NewDumb, “The autumn monthsare never a calm time inAmerica…There is always arash of kidnapping andabductions of schoolchildrenin the football months.Preteens of both sexes aretraditionally seized and

grabbed off the streets bygangs of organized pervertswho traditionally give themas Christmas gifts to eachother to be personal sexslavesandplaythings.”

This writing clearlyshows Thompson knewsomething not many peopleknow. That each yearchildren are kidnapped byorganized kidnapping ringsand sold as sex slaves.

Thompson was known forgettingpersonallyinvolvedinhis stories, as was the casewhenhe livedwith theHellsAngels for nearly two yearsin the 1960s, where hechronicledhisactivitiesinhisbookHellsAngels:AStrangeandTerribleSaga.

With Paul Bonacci’stestimony implicatingThompson, and RustyNelson’s allegations of being

propositionedtoshootasnufffilmforhim,someare led tobelieve he was involved ineven more sinister activitiesthan hanging out with amotorcyclegang.

Thompson named hisestate “Owl Farm,” somebelieve as a reference toBohemianGrove,alsoaddingto thesuspicions. Thompsoncommitted suicide byshooting himself in the head

onFebruary20,2005.

NineteenEighty-Four

The term“BigBrother”iscommonlyusedtodescribethe increasing high-techinvasion of video cameras,biometric scanners, and theerosionofprivacy.ThetermwascoinedbyGeorgeOrwellinhispopularnovelNineteenEighty-Four.

Thebookwaspublishedin 1949 and has a storylinesurrounding what wasdescribed as life in future intheyear1984.Thebookwasmade into a British film ofthe same title and released,ironically, in 1984. In thebook (as well as the film) aman named Winston Smithgrows to hate the fascist andrepressiveBigBrothersystemof government and startsseeing through the lies and

propagandathatisspreadandthe lack of civil rights andeducationfoundinsociety.

The book paints a darkpicture of society, andincorporateswhatat the timewassciencefiction,butastheyears have passed since itsoriginal publication, havebecome a scary reality. Thegovernment consists of “theParty”whichitselfismadeupof Inner members and Outer

members. The Innermembers have access toluxuries such as real food,wine,andliveinspaciousandfurnished homes, while theOuter members are givensmall food rations and liveand work in much worseconditions.AstepbelowtheOuter members on thesocioeconomic scale are theproles (or proletariats) wholive in deplorable conditionsand are seen as immoral and

out of control animals whoare not given any of the“luxuries”ofPartymembers.

Orwellexplains,“Heavyphysical work, the care ofhome and children, pettyquarrels with neighbors,films, football, beer, andabove all, gambling filled upthe horizon of their minds.To keep them in controlwasnot difficult…All that wasrequired of them was a

primitive patriotism whichcould be appealed towhenever itwasnecessary tomake them accept longerworking hours or shorterrations. And when theybecomediscontented, as theysometimes did, theirdiscontentment led nowhere,because being withoutgeneralideas,theycouldonlyfocus it on petty specific

grievances.”[191]

Life wasn’t always soboring and meaningless.After what is called theRevolution, the Party gainedpower and created a societywhere each individual isreducedtonothingmorethana worker, working for thesake of the Party. A mannamed Big Brother issupposedly the head of theParty, and his picture isplastered on walls in everybuildingandoneverystreet.

“Telescreens” as they arecalled, are mounted in everyhome and are used astelevisions whichcontinuously communicateParty propaganda to society.These telescreens are alsoused to watch and listen toevery member of the Party,and nobody dares questiontheir authority. Such an actwould amount toThoughtCrime and wouldcause one to be eliminated

fromsociety.Thetelescreensand microphones arecontinuously monitored andeven facial expressions andbody language can beunderstood by the BigBrother system. No onedaresevenwhisperawordofdisagreement or doubt aboutthePartyorBigBrother.

An area in LondoncalledOceania, thesocietyinwhich Nineteen Eighty-Four

takes place, is in a perpetualstate of war with anothersuperpower, Eastasia (andlaterwithEurasiabutsocietydoesn’t realize the differencewhen the name of the“enemy” suddenly changes)and the ongoing war is usedas an explanation for variousfood and supply shortages insociety. The telescreenannouncements of victorieson the battlefield alwaysbring the war “within

measurable distance of itsend” but it continues on andon and society continues tosupport it. People, andparticularlychildren,haveallbeenturnedintospiesandareencouraged to report“ThoughtCrime” to theParty. Families are almostnonexistent, since eachindividual must give his orherfullallegianceandlovetoBigBrotherandtheParty.

Winston findsawomannamed Julia who feels thesame way he does about theParty, and the two discussfinding the Brotherhood, anunderground and secretResistance that is plotting tooverthrow the Party andrestore freedom. As theydiscuss finding theBrotherhood (called TheResistance in the filmversion) they beginunraveling the extent of the

lies of the Party. Whendiscussing the ongoing war,Julia remarks, “The rocketbombs which fell daily onLondon were probably firedby the Government ofOceania itself, just to keep

peoplefrightened.”[192]

In reality, there is nomannamedBigBrother,heisonly used as an image topersonify the Party. “Big

Brother is theguise inwhichthe Party chooses to exhibititself to the world. Hisfunction is to act as afocusing point for love, fear,and reverence, emotionswhich are more easily felttoward an individual thantoward an

organization.”[193]

A similar personificationwas the use of Osama Bin

Laden in theWar on Terror.The American governmentblamed this one man forpractically every act ofterrorism in the world, as ifhe was some omniscientcriminal mastermind, eventhough shortly after the 9/11attacksweneverheardmuchfrom him because he waseither in hiding in hisPakistancompoundwithlittleto no power over Al Qaeda,or, as many believe, he

actually died of naturalcauses years earlier and theraid in Abbottabad, Pakistanwas a staged event.Regardless of when he died,the overblown myth of BinLaden’spowerandreachwasperpetuated by the Americangovernment for nearly adecade after 9/11 with anoccasional video tape oraudio message that wasreleased to the public,supposedly of the man, but

such video taped messageswere almost always oldvideos of typical “death toAmerica” and “death toIsrael” messages designed tokeeppeople inastateof fearso the War on Terror couldcontinue.

The term Big Brothercontinuestobeusedtodaytodescribe the high-techsurveillance system that isinvading society. The term

“Orwellian”alsocametousestemming from GeorgeOrwell’s dark picture of thefuture. While in the novel,Winston Smith and otherswere continuously beingmonitoredbymicrophones inthetelescreensthatcouldpickupeverything theysaid,sucha system has now become areality. In 2006 it wasreported that the searchengine Google was planningonusing themicrophone that

is built into all laptopcomputerstolistentotheuserandthesurroundingareasandto thenanalyze thesoundforkeywords which would thenbe used to directadvertisements to that userwhich reflected theconversations he or shewerehaving in earshot of themicrophone.Thesystemalsoplanned to placeadvertisements which werechosen as a result of what

television or radio showswere detected whichhappenedtobeplayinginthe

sameroom.[194]

Inthenovel,OrwellalsoexplainsthatthewarOceaniaisfightingisn’tarealwar,butthat it is a fabrication thatneeds to continuously befoughtinordertodestroythefruits of society’s labor, thusensuring a continuous

shortage of goods andmaintain the social structurethat the ruling elite hasconstructed.

Nineteen Eighty-Fourremains one of the greatestnovelsofalltime,andservesas a warning that seems tohave been ignored about theroad society is on. “GeorgeOrwell” was actually apseudonym used by EricBlair, who is the author of

many books, includingAnimalFarm.

Games&CollectorCards

While some individualshave written fiction and nonfiction books, documentary

films, or Hollywoodnarratives incorporating thetheme of the Illuminati, asmallnumberofpeoplehavedesignedeithercardgamesorfactual trading cardsrevolvingaroundsuchtopics.Themakers intend thecardstobeusedand tradedsimilartobaseball cards, and featuredozens of different cardsconsisting of a photo ofIlluminati members ororganizations on the front,

and information about themontheback.

TheIlluminatiCardGame

A card game simplytitled Illuminati was createdin the early 1980s by a mannamed Steve Jackson whowasinspiredbyRobertAntonWilson’s novels TheIlluminatus! Trilogy Thegame consists of varioussecretsocietiescompetingfor

world domination throughsinister means. It wasdesignedasatongue-in-cheektake on conspiracy theories.[195]

Jackson and hisfreelance designer hadoriginally thought aboutdesigning the game aroundRobert Anton Wilson’sIlluminatus! novels butdecided against it due to the

difficulties and expensessurrounding legal issues thatwould be involved, so theysettled on making the gameabouttheIlluminati.

RobertShea,coauthorofThe Illuminatus! Trilogywrote an introduction to therulebook for the IlluminatiExpansion Set 1 (1983),which read, “Maybe theIlluminati are behind thisgame. They must be—they

are, by definition, behindeverything.”

Despite Shea’s supportfor the game, his coauthorRobert Anton Wilsoncriticized Jackson forexploiting the Illuminatus!name without payingroyalties.

Steve Jackson’s gamecompany would go on toproduce several versions of

card games focusing on theIlluminati. In 1990, thecompany released a gametitled The Illuminati—NewWorldOrderwhichconsistedof various playing cardsdepicting Illuminati plans.Years later, after the 9/11terrorist attacks of 2001, thegamewouldbeseenbysomeas predicting the future, andbyothersashavingthegameitself designed by theIlluminati.

SeveralofthecardsthatJackson had designeddepicted terrorist attackseerily similar to those of9/11. For example one cardshows what looks like theWorld Trade Center’s TwinTowers being blown upwhichisacardaplayercoulduse to gain points for theorganizations they control.Another card labeled“Pentagon” shows thebuilding being blown up and

reads, “Each corporate groupcontrolled by the Pentagonlets you draw one extra Plotcard each turn.” Anothercard is titled “PopulationReduction”

Some see such cards asshowing that the designerSteve Jackson was fairlyinformedabout theIlluminatiand the ideas that are spreadsurrounding their goals andoperations. Others believe

that the Illuminati wereinvolved in the game’screation, and that Jacksonhimself was aware of theplannedattacksyearslateronSeptember11th.

The story surroundingSteve Jackson and hisIlluminati card game wouldtake another interesting turnwhenhisofficewasraidedbythe Secret Service in 1990and some of his equipment

was seized. A messageposted on his website reads,“OnthemorningofMarch1,[1990] without warning, aforceofarmedSecretServiceagents—accompanied byAustinpoliceandatleastonecivilian ‘expert’ from thephone company - occupiedthe offices of Steve JacksonGames and began to searchforcomputerequipment.Thehome of Loyd Blankenship,the writer of GURPS

Cyberpunk, was also raided.Alargeamountofequipmentwas seized, including fourcomputers,twolaserprinters,some loose hard disks and agreat deal of assortedhardware. One of thecomputers was the onerunningtheIlluminatiBBS.”

Themessagegoesontosay, “The company, “S.J.Games” fought back in courtand finally won, but nearly

went under financially. Theinvestigation zeroed in on“fraud” supposedlycommitted by the companyregarding the hacker activityandthefactthatthecompanypromoted the hacker’snewsletter, “Phrack.”However, this is so flimsythat it makes no commonsense; in fact, the affidavitmade so little sense that aJudge threw the case out,awardingS.J.Games$50,000

plus $250,000 attorney’s

fees.”[196]

Of course somebelievethat Steve Jackson had beentargeted by the Illuminati forusing them as the centralfigure in his games. Inreality, the Illuminati isprobablypleasedthatJacksondid such a thing, because itfictionalizes them and causespeople to think theIlluminati

is nothing more than thenameofagroupofbadguysin a game. Steve Jackson’scard game is also referencedinDanBrown’snovelAngels& Demons. (See Angels &Demonspage312)

NewWorldOrder TradingCards

In 2008 a website wasset up at www.NWOTradingCards.com

whichwasthefirstofitskindtocreatetradingcardssimilarto baseball cards, onlycovering issues surroundingtheNewWorldOrder.

The designer’s websiteexplains, “NWO TradingCards have arrived to assistyouinyoureffortstoawakenthe public. Each card isoverflowingwithhardhittingfacts that will amaze truthseekersfromallranks.NWO

Trading Cards are notplaying cards; they are fortrading, collecting and usingas a tool to wake up thesleeping masses. NWOTrading Cards featurepatriots, who fight forfreedom against the NewWorld Order, as well asthose, who have chosen toalign themselves with theglobalists, pushing the NewWorldOrderahead.”

“NWO Trading Cardsare perfect for any activist;you will hit the streetsconfident, armed withknowledge.Andforthoseofuswhoaretryingtowakeupour friends and families,NWO Trading Cards areinvaluable. Movies can beeffective, but too manypeople refuse to watch, andeven fewerwill actually readan entire book. But NWOTrading Cards will expand

your arsenal and rejuvenateyourefforts.”

“InsideofeverypackaresixNWOTradingCards andone chance to win greatprizes in our Big ChanceGame. All cards are uniqueandsomearerare,presentinga valuable collection. Ourresearch team is dedicated tofinding the truth anduncovering news blacked outby the Main Stream Media.

Theirworkhasbeenfeaturedon Infowars.com, Rense,Prison Planet, We AreChange, What ReallyHappened, TruthNews.us,Jones Report, IlluminatiConspiracy Archive,Opednews, DavidIcke.comand many other great blogsand news sites. The teamupdates existing cards andadds new players regularly,keepingNWOTradingCardscurrent, and keeping you

aheadofthegame.”

“Unlike mass producedtrading cards, NWO TradingCards is a quality product,hand crafted using onlyAmerican made goods.EverypackiswrappedintheConstitution and sealed withredwax.Allproceedswillbereturned to the fight, sendsomeone a wakeup call, orstart your own collectiontoday.”

Thecard’sdesignersentthisauthor(MarkDice)aboxcontaining over a dozenpacksofcardsandIwasveryimpressed with their qualityand design. Topics rangefrom suspected Illuminatimembers to secret societiesand New World Orderorganizations, as well asmodern heroes who areworkingtoexposethem.

ConspiracyCards

Another similar ideacomes from the maker ofConspiracy Cards, althoughsome of these cards covertopics that are considered onthe fringe within somecircles, including aliens andUFOs. The cards’ designerhadtheintentionofdesigningprofessionallookingcollectorcards as a way to educatepeople about the Illuminatiand the New World Order.Thesecardsfeatureaphotoof

a person, organization, orissue on the front, andinformation about it on theback. The message on thewebsitereadsasfollows:

GreetingsandwelcometoConspiracyCards.com

These factual cards arespecificallydesignedwith theintention of informing you

about very important issuesof which you may not beaware.

This vital informationshould be mainstream assome of the issues are amatterof lifeanddeath. Butdon’t expect to see thesetopicsdiscussedordebatedintraditionalmedia suchasTVornewspapers.

Most all media sourcesare owned by very powerfulgroupswhohavenointentionofdivulgingthetruth.

Why?

…well we hope to clarify

their agenda and explaintheir motive with thesefactualcards…

…thatmay justsaveyourlife.

FictionalFilms

Some people think thatIlluminati symbolism orthemesinmoviesistheresultof the organization flauntingtheir power and influence on

theaudience,oranattemptatmind control or subliminalsignals. While this maysometimes be the case, it isfar more frequent that thewriters and producers of thefilms are very aware of theworkings of the Illuminati,andareusingtheirartformtotell the viewers about thenefarious activities of theIlluminati by using anarrative.

Somefilmsclearlyhavestorylinesoractivitiesthatarebased on actual people orevents, but use differentnames, and others actuallyusethenameoftheIlluminatias the evil organization thatthe antagonist character orcharactersareworkingfor.

In the following pagesyouwillfindjustasampleofsomeofthemostwell-knownfilms starring famous actors

which have incorporatedIlluminati activities into theirplotlines. While someof thewriters of such films havegood intentions, fictionalfilms incorporating theIlluminati or their activitiesare also used to fictionalizefactsasawayofdiscreditinglegitimate claims about theIlluminatiandtheiractivities.

By paralleling actualhistoryor events, some films

cause the public to believethat certain conspiracies oractivities are the plot of amovieandwhentheyaretoldabout real events andagendas, they think thepersontryingtoeducatethemhas“seentoomanymovies.”

VforVendetta

Oneofthemostchillingfictional films which clearlyreflects reality is V for

Vendetta. It’s based on acomic book serieswritten byAlanMooreandwasreleasedintheatersin2006afterbeingproduced by the Wachowskibrothers, who also wrote thescreenplay.

Theplotrevolvesaroundamaskedmansimplyknownas“V”who is takinga standagainst the fascistgovernment of Englandwhich has fallen under the

control of a dictator as aresultoftheWaronTerror.

V begins his quest bytaking over London’stelevision station andbroadcasts his own messagetothepeopleinanattempttoget them to take a look atwhat has become of theircountry as a result of thewar.

Thatmessage,inpartis,

“The truth is, there issomething terribly wrong inthis country isn’t there?Cruelty, and injustice,intolerance,andoppression…and where once you had thefreedom to object…to thinkandspeakasyousawfit,younow have sensors andsystems of surveillancecoercingyourconformityandseducing your submission. Iknowyouwere afraid. Whowouldn’t be? War, terror,

disease, there were a myriadof problemswhich conspiredto corrupt your reason androb you of your commonsense. Fear got the best ofyou.”

Hecontinuestosaythathe is going to blow up theParliament building onNovember 5th to make astatement and deliver asymbolic blow against thegovernment, and spark a

revolutionandanuprisingofthe people to take back theirfreedoms and eliminate thefascistdictatorship.

Whentheleaddetectivestarts to uncover the truthabout the war and what ismotivating V, he says toanother detective, “I see thischain of events…thesecoincidences…and I have toask what if that isn’t whathappened? If our own

government was responsibleforthedeathsofover100,000people, would you reallywanttoknow?”

Itturnsoutthatelementswithin the government hadreleasedaplagueintherecentpast in order to spread chaosso they could increase theirpower and make a fortunefromsellingavaccine.

The film has too many

importantmessagestoconveytheminwriting.Itshouldbeseen by everyone, and itsprinciples absorbed by theviewer. However valid thefilm’s points are about thegovernmentbeinginvolvedinterrorism and using fear tojustify fascism, someelements in the movie mustbe seenwith caution. Thereappears to be a subtle anti-Christianmessagewovenintothe plot. The fascist

government, whose symbolrepresents a Christian cross,hasoutlawedtheKoran,yetapopular preacher is seen ontelevision daily who isobviously representing aChristian.Alsointhefilm,asub plot shows that theChristian fascist governmenthasputallgaysinjail.

If one can overlookthese references, and see thelargermessageVforVendetta

is trying to make, then thefilm proves to be anentertaining, yet educationalpieceofwork.

TheMatrix

The popular Matrixtrilogy has become a part ofpop culture for itsphilosophical metaphorregarding knowledge andreality. The Wachowskibrothers who directed it

demonstrate an extensiveknowledge of esotericmysticism which becomesapparentinthefilm.

Thepremiseof the firstfilm, as many people areaware, is that the world inwhich we are living in andthink is “the real world” isactuallyacomputergeneratedhologram tokeepusblind tothe truth. In “reality”according to the film, human

physical bodies are kept inpods and are used as biogenerators to power TheMatrix three dimensionalhologram, thus making usprisonerswhoareunawareofourowncaptivity.Whenoneis “unplugged” from theMatrix,thentheycanseeandexperiencethetruereality.

Aside from presentingthis interesting philosophicview of reality, the film also

includes multiple referencestoChristiantheology,aswellastheIlluminati.Firstofall,the main character “Neo”who is played by KeanuReeves, is “the one”who ischosen to save the world, sohe isbasicallyportrayedasamessiah figure. The name“Neo”means“new”andheissymbolically “born again”when he is unplugged fromthe Matrix and experiencesreality. He is actually called

“my personal Jesus” by acharacterafterNeogiveshima black market computerprogram. His loveinterest isnamed “Trinity” clearlyreferringtheChristianTrinityof the three different formsthat God has manifestedhimselfin,beingFather,Son,and Holy Spirit. The citywhere the people staging arebellion against the evilMatrixliveiniscalled“Zion”a term that depicts the Land

of Israel, or the PromisedLand.Thespaceshipthatthegroup uses is called theNebakanezer, named afterKingNebakanezerwho ruledin Babylon and created thefamous hanging gardens,which are considered one oftheoriginalsevenwondersoftheworld.

In the sequel to TheMatrix, titled The MatrixReloaded, Neo and his crew

are in search of “theArchitect”of theMatrix, andhope to find out why itbecame a tool of deceptionand oppression. In theirsearch they seek out theKeymakerwhocanhelpthemgain access to parts of theMatrix. As it turns out, theKeymaker was being heldcaptive by a man calledMerovingian.Inreallife,thisis the name of the supposedguardians of the Holy Grail,

and the most powerfulbloodline of the Illuminati.Soit isinteresting,tosaytheleast,thatthefilmdepictsthisman, Merovingian, as thecorrupt keeper of theKeymaker, who can writecomputerprogramsthatallowpeople to basically becomegods in the Matrix. This isanalogous to the Illuminati’spossessionof theHolyGrail,or their Luciferian doctrine,whichallows them tobe like

gods on earth. Merovingianis also married to a womannamed Persephone in thefilm.Persephoneisthenameofanancientgoddess said tobe the Queen of theUnderworld.

TheWachowskibrothersdemonstrate an extensiveknowledge of esotericsymbolism, and are also thewriters of the screenplay forV forVendetta,which ties in

false flag terrorism andfascism, so they clearly areinformed as towhat is reallyhappeningintheworld.

ChoosingsuchnamesasMerovingian, Persephone,Zion, andTrinity, are clearlynot ordinary or randomnames,butwere insteadusedto depict certaincharacteristics, many ofwhich symbolically representwhat the Illuminati does in

reallife.

Angels&Demons

In May 2009, the filmversionofDanBrown’sbookAngels & Demons wasreleasedstarringTomHanks.It is the prequel to The DaVinci Code (2006), also afilm adaptation of Brown’sbook of the same title. Thisis probably one of theworkswhichhascausedthegreatest

exposure of the Illuminati inmodern history, but a closerlookatthefilm’splotrevealsdamaging distortions andinaccuracies from thehistoricalIlluminati.

A teaser trailer releasedin late 2008 showed anambigram of the word“Illuminati” across the entirescreen and cut to a franticTom Hanks who whispered,“It’stheIlluminati.”Theplot

of thefilmis that theancientIlluminati has secretlysurvived sincebeingexposedin the 18th century, and arenow seeking revenge againstthe Vatican for suppressingthem.

ThefilmwasdirectedbyRon Howard, produced byBrian Grazer, and thescreenplay was written byAkivaGoldsman.Foramorecomplete analysis of Dan

Brown’s take on theIlluminati,turntopage312intheFictionalBookssection.

It must be made clearthat this film, aswell asTheDaVinciCode, andBrown’sbooks of which these filmsare based off of, are notdesigned to educate thepublicabouttheIlluminati,orexpose their nefariousactivities.Theirpurposeistointroduce the public to a

tainted and fictionalizedversion of the Illuminatiwhich serves only to disarmthepublicbyleadingthemtobelieve that the Illuminati isnothingmore thana fictionalgroupofbadguys,whohavebeeninventedbyHollywood.

The twist at the end ofAngels&Demons themovieis that the Illuminati doesn’texist after all, and that thecorrupt Camerlengo (Pope’s

assistant) was behind thethreats toVaticanCity togetpeople interested in religionagain after he saves VaticanCityfromtheveryanti-matterbomb that he himself hadplacedon theproperty. Thisdramatic twistalsoreinforcesthe idea that the realIlluminatihasbeenextinctforhundreds of years andconspiracytheorists’paranoidover-active imaginations leadthemtobelievethat theystill

exist.

The Texas ChainsawMassacre

The original TexasChainsaw Massacre film,released in 1974, hasspawned several sequels andprequels of a cannibalisticfamily in a remote region ofTexasand isoneof themostpopular cult classic horrorfilms.

In1995aversionofthefilm was released titled TheTexas Chainsaw Massacre:The Next Generation, whichstarred Renee Zellweger andMatthewMcConaughey. Onthe surface, the film appearsto be a typical slasher horrorfilm about a group of fourteenagersonpromnightwhoend up getting in a caraccident in the middle ofnowhere. After being luredto a secluded old farmhouse,

they are terrorized byLeatherface’sfamily.

Afewinterestingthingsstick out if someone isfamiliar with the Illuminatiand the kinds of things theyare involved in. First of all,McConaughey’s character,Vilmer,whoisthebadguyinthe film, drives a tow truckforawreckingcompany,andinabriefshot,guesswhatthenameof the towingcompany

is that is printed on thetruck’s door? “IlluminatiWrecking.”

Nowthisinandofitselfwouldn’t be that strange, butwhat comes later in the filmclearly shows that the writerknewabouttheIlluminatiandtheiractivities.

There is a part in thefilm where McConaughey’sgirlfriend shows some

sympathy for Zellweger asshe isbeingheldcaptiveandtells her that Vilmer is notreally a bad guy and that“he’sjustdoinghisjob.”Shegoeson to say that heworksfor the people you hearrumors about who really runtheworld, thekindofpeoplewho killed JFK. She alsosays that these people put adeviceinherheadthatwouldexplode if she did not goalongwithwhattheywanted.

Later, at the end of thefilm, a well-dressed manarrives in a limo driven by achauffeur and enters thehouse. He chastises Vilmerand tells him he wants thecaptorsto“knowthemeaningofhorror.” Hehadastrangesymbolburnedintohischest.A few minutes laterZellweger narrowly escapesthe murderous family andgets in thebackof the limo.Theman is seated insideand

speaks with a Europeanaccent and is reading LeFigaro, which is one of themost popular newspapers inFrance.Hethenstartstalkingabout how “all this” wassupposed to be a “spiritualexperience” and that he wasstriving for a sense ofharmony. He then takesZellweger to a hospital andthefilmends.

In thecredits theman’s

name is revealed simply asRothman. Now, for thosewho don’t know, theRothschild family has beenone of the most powerfulIlluminati families forhundredsofyearsandlivesinEurope. This man“Rothman” was obviouslywritten into the script torepresent a high levelIlluminatimember.

The film ends without

giving the viewer anexplanation of who Mr.Rothman is, or why he hasshown up at the house orwhat his bizarre talk of a“spiritualexperience”meant.Theonlylogicalconclusionisthat thiswas one of themenVilmer’s girlfriend wasreferring to as the ones whoshe and her murderousboyfriend worked for. Butwhatkindofworkwere theydoingandwhy?Viewersnot

familiar with the Illuminatiwere completely confusedandhadnoideawhattomakeof this. Others who noticedthe Illuminati referencesthought that perhaps theLeatherface family wereproducing snuff films for theIlluminati. (See Snuff Filmspage301)

Duringthecourseofmyresearch for this book, Iwasable to contact the film’s

writer and producer, KimHenkel, and on January 6th2009hada31minuteand13second phone conversationwith him about the film andhis reasons for includingreferences to the Illuminati.Henkel was a bit hesitant atfirst to give his reasons, andwanted the audience to drawtheirownconclusions,butasour conversation progressed,he slowly revealed some

interestinginsights.

Henkel revealed thatothers working on the filmhadurgedhimnot to includethe references to theIlluminati, and that theyfearedrepercussionsfromtheorganization for doing so.Henkel included thereferences anyway and saidthat if the Illuminati in anyform actually exists, he didnot think they would be

concernedwiththem.

Henkeldidnotappeartobe very familiar with theIlluminatioritsactivities,butsaidhechosethetermforthefilm as a symbolic referencetoanyclandestineorwealthyand powerful group whoparticipates in criminalactivity,orthatexploitothersfor personal or professionalgain.

Emphasizingnottotakeany one interpretation of thereference or the activities ofthepsychofamilyliterally,hesuggested as one possibleinterpretation that Mr.Rothman was perhapspurchasinghuman flesh fromVilmer, and that Rothmanwasinturnsellingittootherswho enjoyed eating it andwere addicted to it. He alsosuggested that the victimsneeded to be terrorized and

put inanintensestateoffearbefore they were killed sothat the meat would containhigh levels of adrenaline andother hormones, which theindividuals who consumed itfound appealing andaddictive.

While denying that thename for Mr. Rothman wasinspired by the Rothschilds,HenkeldidadmitthathewasfamiliarwiththeRothschilds,

andthattheywererumoredtobe involved with theIlluminati. Many artists,including song writers andfilm directors, do not like togive their interpretation oftheir art because it can theninfluence or shatter theinterpretation that others hadmade.Ihaveastrongfeelingthat this is the case withHenkel’s “hypotheticalinterpretation”ofhisfilm.Atthe end of our conversation

whenIaskedhimiftherewasanythingelsehewouldliketosay about the film, heregretfully told me he hadalreadysaidtoomuch.

TeddyBears’Picnic

HarryShearer,thevoiceofMr.Burnsintheanimatedcartoon, The Simpsons,directed a comedy that he

also had written which wasbased on the BohemianGrove, titled Teddy Bears’Picnic. Shearer’s film wasreleased in 2002, just twoyears after Alex Jones hadinfiltrated the club andcaptured the Cremation ofCare ritual on video. (SeeDark Secrets: InsideBohemianGrovepage269)

ShearerwasinterviewedbyJonRonsonforasegment

in his Secret Rulers of theWorld series for the TrioNetwork where he admittedhe had been a visitor to theGrove on one occasion andthat, “youdon’thave tobeaconspiracy theorist to knowthat this is a get together ofvery powerful guys.Whatever it is they’re doingthere, whether they’rerunning the world or justreliving their adolescence,they’re a self-selected group

of powerful white ChristianAmericans. I love thetheories, because I believethatthesepeoplearetheonlyreal good narrative writersleft in the English language.They do write really goodcompelling narratives, but Ijust don’t happen to thinkthey’re true. And they cankeep you spellbound. Andyoucanimagine,I’minNewYorkandthey’rekeepingmespellbound. Imagine being

isolated on a ranch inMontanawith nobody exceptyoursonwhoyou’reteachingtoshootarifle,thiswouldbesome amazing stuff comingthroughthenighttoyou,youknow. If you’ve ever beenthrough a secret society incollege,youknowthisstuff.Just add two zeros to thebudgetandyou’redoingwhatyou did when you wereeighteenyearsold.”

[Ronson]:Soitisasecretsociety,youthink?

[Shearer]: Yeah but Imean it’sa secret society theway the secret society that IwasinductedintoatUCLAinmy senior year is a secretsociety. There is a lot ofmeaningless mumbo jumboandthemainconspiracyistotakeitseriously.

In Shearer’s film, theBohemian Grove’s Molochstatueisinsteadreplacedwitha large pelican. The humaneffigy, called “Care” by theclub, is depicted as a neonclock in the film, and thememberswhodressupinredand black robes andparticipate in the ritual aredepicted as men wearingHalloween-type witchcostumes.

One of the plotlines inthe film involves twoemployees of the clubsecretly videotaping theactivities insideandexposingthem, a plot clearly inspiredby Alex Jones secretlyvideotaping the realCremation of Care ritual intheyear2000.

TeddyBears’Picnicwasessentially a failure, andwasreleased on DVD and not in

theaters. Shearer’smotivations for the filmremain to be seen, but couldhavepossiblybeenanattemptto discredit the claims ofthosewhoworktoexposetheBohemian Grove and thepowerful members whoattendit.

TheBrandonCoreyStory

A fictional filmproduced to appear as a

documentary called TheBrandon Corey Story wasactuallybelieved tobe a realdocumentary by somegullible viewers due to itsextremely sophisticatedproduction quality. Theproduction companyTruthseekerTV, marketedtheir film as a realdocumentary investigatingthe disappearance of a manwho was investigating theIlluminati.Theyhadhopedit

wouldlandthemapilotforatelevision show based onconspiracies.

The producers are fansofDavidIcke,whoisknownfor his bizarre claim that theinner circle of the Illuminatiareahybridracethatarehalfhuman, half alien, andthought that their marketingplan would be successful inspreading David Icke’smessage. (See David Icke

page 212) While somegullible viewers believed thefilmwasreal,therewasalsoatremendous backlash ofpeople calling the producersfraudsandthefilmahoax.

This caused them torelease a statement saying,“For the record, the movieThe Brandon Corey Story isfiction based on fact. Ourgoal was to try and get thisseen by themillions of folks

who might not otherwisehave heard of David orlistened tohim. We felt thatthebestwaytodothiswastomarket this as real. Werealize now that we shouldhavemadeitcompletelyclear

thatitwasamovie.”[197]

The film’s budgetmusthavebeensubstantialandtheproducers are extremelytalented. It is sad that such

talent has went to waste onthe “reptilian bloodline”theories ofDavid Icke,whenit could have been put togoodusemaking filmsaboutfully factual anddocumentable informationinstead of poisoning thewellwith such films as TheBrandon Corey Story, bymixing legitimate issuessuchas theBohemianGrove,withreptilianshapeshifters.

TheLongKissGoodnight

A 1996 action thrillerstarring Samuel L. Jacksonand Geena Davis called TheLong Kiss Goodnight includes a chilling plotlineinvolving false flag terrorismand mentions that the 1993bombing of theWorld TradeCenterwasallowedtohappenby the government, when, infact, it was. The Long Kiss

Goodnight was directed byRennyHarlin and written byShaneBlack,whoalsowrotethe screenplay for LethalWeapon.

In the film, a CIAoperative (played by CraigBierko) explains, “1993,World Trade Centerbombing,remember?Duringthe trial one of the bombersclaimed the CIA hadadvanced knowledge.

(laughing)Well,thediplomatwho issued the terrorist Visawas CIA. It’s notunthinkable they paved theway for the bombing, purelytojustifyabudgetincrease.”

[Samuel L. Jackson’scharacter]

You’re telling me you’regoing to fake some terroristthing just to scare somemoneyoutofCongress?

[CraigBierko’scharacter]

Well, unfortunately Mr.Henesy, I have no idea howto fake killing 4,000 people,sowe’lljusthavetodoitforreal. We’ll blame it on theMuslims,naturally.ThenI’llgetmyfunding.

This element of TheLong Kiss Goodnight isextremelysignificantbecauseit not only includes corrupt

elements in the CIA whoorchestrated a terrorist attackto thenblame it onMuslims,but it references an actualfalse flag attack, being the1993 bombing of the WorldTradeCenter.Inthefilm,theCIA planned to detonate achemicalbomb inNewYorkandblameIslamicterrorists.

Network

A popular 1976 film

about the mainstream mediathat continues to reflect thereality of today is Network.The film is a drama about astruggling television networkand a newscaster namedHowardBealewhose rantingabout society, the economy,and television itself causesthe United BroadcastingSystem (UBC) to become atopratednetworkonTV.

The film contains

several subplots includingUBC producers becominginvolved with a criminalCommunist movement inorder to get footage for ashow about current events,but the main storylinerevolves around HowardBeale becoming a televisionsensation for saying exactlywhat’s on his mind as hebecomes the “mad prophet”of the airwaves. The filmwas responsible for the

phrase “I’m as mad as HellandI’mnotgoingtotakethisanymore!” entering the popculture lexicon. A transcriptof Beale’s most powerfulrants follows, which hebeginsbytellingtheaudiencethat the Chairman of theBoardofUBCjustdied.

[HowardBeale]

So.Arichlittlemanwithwhitehairdied.Whathasthat

got to do with the price ofrice, right? And *why* isthatwoetous?Becauseyoupeople,andsixty-twomillionotherAmericans,arelisteningto me right now. Becauselessthanthreepercentofyoupeople read books! Becauseless than fifteen percent ofyou read newspapers!Because the only truth youknow is what you get overthistube.Rightnow,thereisawhole, an entire generation

thatneverknewanythingthatdidn’tcomeoutofthistube!

This tube is theGospel,the ultimate revelation. Thistube can make or breakpresidents, popes, primeministers... This tube is themost awesome God-damnedforce in the whole godlessworld,andwoeisusifiteverfalls in to the hands of thewrongpeople,andthat’swhywoeisusthatEdwardGeorge

Ruddy died. Because thiscompanyisnowinthehandsofCCA—theCommunicationCorporation of America.There’s a new Chairman oftheBoard,amancalledFrankHackett, sitting in Mr.Ruddy’s office on thetwentieth floor. And whenthe twelfth largest companyintheworldcontrolsthemostawesome God-damnedpropaganda force in thewhole godless world, who

knows what shit will bepeddled for truth on thisnetwork?

[HowardBeale]

[ascending the stage] So,you listen to me. Listen tome: Television is not thetruth! Television is a God-damned amusement park!Television is a circus, acarnival,atravelingtroupeofacrobats,storytellers,dancers,

singers, jugglers, side-showfreaks, lion tamers, andfootballplayers.We’reintheboredom-killingbusiness!Soifyouwant the truth...Go toGod!Go to your gurus! Gotoyourselves!Becausethat’sthe only place you’re evergoingtofindanyrealtruth.

[HowardBeale]

[laughingtohimself]But,man, you’re never going to

getany truth fromus. We’lltellyouanythingyouwanttohear;welielikehell.You’rebeginning to believe theillusionswe’respinninghere.You’re beginning to thinkthat the tube is reality, andthat your own lives areunreal. Youdowhatever thetubetellsyou!Youdresslikethetube,youeatlikethetube,you raise your children likethe tube, you even *think*like the tube! This is mass

madness, you maniacs! InGod’s name, you people arethe real thing! *WE* are theillusion! So turn off yourtelevisionsets.Turnthemoffnow. Turn them off rightnow. Turn them off andleave them off! Turn themoff right in themiddleof thesentenceI’mspeakingtoyounow!TURNTHEMOFF...

[collapses in a propheticswoonas theaudienceeruptsinthunderousapplause]

END OF TRANSCRIPTEXCERPT

Beale’s rantingeventuallygetshimintroublewith the network because heisgivingthepublictoomuchinformation instead ofkeeping thementertainedandout of the elite’s way. This

epic scene consists of thechairmanofthecompanythatownsUBCyelling at the topofhis lungs that there arenomorecountries,thereareonlycorporations and unleashedhis anger saying, “You havemeddled with the primalforces ofNature,Mr.Beale!And Iwon’t have it! Is thatclear?”

Thefilmconcludeswiththe UBC network executives

planning Beale’s murder toshut him up and he is latershot while doing a livebroadcast bymembers of theCommunist group that thenetwork had been workingwithintheproductionoftheirshow.Itseemstherantingofthe “mad prophet” fell ondeaf ears, because since thefilm’s release back in 1976,society has becomecompletely mesmerized bytelevisionandithasincreased

its monopoly regarding thecontrol of information. (SeeMainstreamMediapage33)

StarWars

Nearly everyone in theworldisfamiliarwiththeStarWars filmsand theepic talesof good vs. evil that arewovenintothestorylines.In2005 when Episode III:

Revenge of the Sith wasreleased in theaters, itcontained a pivotal storylinewhich had such aresemblancetocurrentaffairsthat large numbers of peoplesawthemovieasadeliberatepolitical statement regardingthe Bush administration andtheWaronTerror.

In the film as thestoryline unfolds it becomesclear that Chancellor

Palpatine,who is theheadofthe Republic, is secretlyworking for the Dark Sideand orchestrating events thatwill be used to justifyeliminating laws which limithis power, allowing him totransform the Republic intoan Empire, with him as thedictator.Asheisannouncingthis transformation, QueenPadme (played by NataliePortman) says, “So this ishow liberty dies, with

thunderousapplause…”

The strikingresemblance to the Bushadministration using thethreatofterrorismtopassthePatriot Act and eliminatevaluablecivillibertiesthatareoutlined in the Constitutionshows that George Lucas isverywellawareofthetacticsof dictators. There are alsoparallels between ChancellorPalpatine pretending to

support the Jedi (the goodguys) anddemocracy, just asGeorgeW.Bushpretendedtobe a Christian and supportconservative ideologies.And, as it turns out in thefilm, Chancellor Palpatineactually is working with theevil Sith, just as George W.Bush is a member of Skulland Bones and one of themost willing servants of theIlluminati to ever hold theoffice of the president of the

UnitedStates.

LaraCroft:TombRaider

In 2001 Angelina Joliestarred in the film adaptationof the video game TombRaider, which featured aplotline mentioning theIlluminati by name anddepicted them as an evilpower hungry organizationthat was after a specialancient artifact called the

Triangle of Light that wasbelieved to give whoeverpossesseditthepowerofGodand the ability tomanipulatetime.

The Triangle of Lightwas broken into two halvesandhiddenonopposite sidesof the earth in an attempt toprevent anyone from joiningthem together andharnessingitspower.Itwassaidthatthepowercouldbeusedforgood

or evil, and after it wasabused in ancient times, theobject was deemed toodangerous for anyone to useanditwashiddenaway.ThisTriangleofLightconsistedofa metal pyramid with an allseeingeyeinthecenter.LaraCroft’s (Jolie’s) father hadtold his daughter that it washer destiny to find theTriangleanddestroyitbeforetheIlluminatiwasabletofindit. It turns out her father

(played by Jon Voight, herfather in real life ironically)was a member of theIlluminati and realized theywere evil and had secretlyplanned to have his daughterfind the object to preventthem from becoming allpowerful.

BesidesanabundanceofIlluminati references andsymbols, another interestingaspect to the film was that

according the legend, theTriangle of Light could onlybe activated every 5,000yearswhenallnineplanetsinthesolarsystemwerealignedwith each other. This issimilar to the planetaryalignment that will occur onDecember 21st 2012 whichsome mystics believe willmark the transformation ofthe earth into a NewAge orpossibly mark the birth or

appearance of the New AgeChrist. The screenplay forLaraCroft:TombRaiderwaswritten by Patrick MassettandJohnZinman.

TheyLive

John Carpenter wrote ascreenplay using thepseudonym “FrankArmitage” and then directed

the 1988 science fiction filmtitledTheyLivewhichstarredactorRowdyRoddyPiper.

Inthefilm,theeconomyis in shambles and tent citiesare found throughout thecountrywhiletherulingclasscontinues to maintain anabundant lifestyle. The plotfollows Piper’s character ashestrugglestofindworkanddiscoversthatagroupofmenat a tent city he is living at

havediscoveredasecretastothe true identityof the rulingclass, and their method ofcontrollingthepopulation.

In the beginning of thefilm as Piper wanders thestreets looking for work hecomes across a streetpreacher who gets hauledaway by the police afterdelivering a message aboutthe evils of society and howthe people in power were

feeding off of the lessfortunate. Onenotablesceneinvolves a group of hackerswho illegally broadcast abrief message on thetelevision in an attempt toinform people about whysociety is the way it is. Apartialtranscriptofthatpiratebroadcastfollows:

“Our impulses are beingredirected. We are living inanartificially-inducedstateof

consciousness that resemblessleep. The poor and theunder-class isgrowing, racialjustice and human rights arenon-existent. They havecreated a repressive societyand we are their unwittingaccomplices. Their intentionto rule rests with theannihilation ofconsciousness.”

“We have been lulledintoatrance.Theyhavemade

us indifferent toourselves, toothers…we are focused onlyon our own gain. Pleaseunderstand, they are safe aslong as they are notdiscovered. That is theirprimary method of survival.Keep us asleep, keep usselfish,keepus sedated. Wearetheircattle.Wearebeingbredforslavery.”

Carpenter seemed tounderstand how the elite

manage the population andthere were numerousreferences tomaterialismandsocial ignorance in the film.While not exactly ablockbuster, They Live waswell received among RowdyRoddy Piper fans, whoenjoyed the actor’s rareappearance on the silverscreen after building hiscareer as a professionalwrestler.

Hackers

A 1995 film that failedat the box office butdevelopedacultfollowinginthe underground communityofhackerswasthefilmtitledHackers.ItstarredJonnyLeeMiller and Angelina Jolie,and was written by RafaelMoreu.

The plotline involves arivalry between groups of

hackers,butthereisascenethat stuck out to thoseaware of the New WorldOrder when Eugene “ThePlague” Belford (played byFisher Stevens) sent alaptop containing a videomessage to a fellow hacker“Zero Cool” (played byJonny Lee Miller). Themessage was, “You wantedto know who I am ZeroCool. Well let me explainthe New World Order.

Governments andcorporations need peoplelike you and me. We aresamurai. The keyboardcowboys,andallthoseotherpeople out there who havenoideawhat’sgoingonarethe cattle. Moooo. I needyour help. You need myhelp. letme help you earnyour spurs. Think aboutit.”

TheSkulls

In the year 2000 a filmcalled The Skulls wasreleased in theaters that wasclearlybasedontheSkullandBones society at Yale. Theplot in the film actuallyinvolves a fraternity at YaleUniversity, called the Skulls,which is an elite invitationonlysecretsociety.Thefilmstars Joshua Jackson, Paul

Walker, and Leslie Bibb andwas written by John Pogue.In 2002 The Skulls 2 wasreleasedonvideo,andlaterin2004, The Skulls III wasproducedasadirect tovideoreleaseaswell.

The Skulls plot focuseson the murder and ensuingcover-up of a studentjournalistwho broke into theSkulls’ clubhouse to takepictures and gather

informationforastoryhewasworkingon. In the film it isrevealed that senators andjudges are members of theSkulls and it is made clearthat they have police andUniversity officials undertheir control, primarilythrough blackmail. (SeeAmerica’s SecretEstablishmentpage85) (SeeFleshingoutSkullandBonespage88)

TheGoodShepherd

TheGoodShepherdisafictionalfilmwhichclaimstotell the story about thecreation of the CIA. Sincethe Central IntelligenceAgency was created bymembers of the Skull andBones society at YaleUniversity, the film includesseveral scenes showingBonesmen involved in this

process, but inaccuratelyportrays their motives fordoing so. The film wasreleased in 2006 and starsMatt Damon and AngelinaJolie.

DamonportraysEdwardWilson who is based onJames Jesus Angelton andRichard M. Bissell. Wilson(Damon) is asked to joinSkullandBonesandthefilmshows an initiation ritual

which is surprisinglyaccurate. A man wearing ablack robe and dressed likethe Grim Reaper tells thenewly chosen members thatthey have been picked tobecome part of America’smostpowerful secret society,and brags that theirmembership has included apresident, vice presidents,supreme court justices,congressmen and senators.The new recruits then lay

nude in a coffin and tell thegroup all the secrets abouttheir life that they’ve nevertold anyone before. (This issomething thatnewmembersof Skull and Bones actuallydo.)

ThefilmwaswrittenbyEricRoth,whoalsowrotethescreenplay for The Insider(1999), the true story of the60 Minutes exposé of thetobacco companies, and

Munich (2005) a historicalfilm about Israel’s secretretaliation of the murders ofIsraeli Olympic athletes in1972.

The Good Shepherddepicts the men involved increating the CIA as menconcerned with and lookingoutforAmericaduringWorldWar II and the Cold War,when in reality their solepurposewastocreateacovert

networkthatwouldaidintheconstruction of the NewWorld Order, and providethose involved the cover andprotection of “nationalsecurity”fortheiroperations. Throughout the film, theSkull and Bones society ispaintedasagroupofpatrioticAmericans who sing choirsongs and all say a prayerbefore dinner at theirbanquetsonDeerIsland.

It is advised that onewatch a Dutch documentarytitled Skull & Bones for anaccurate history of the secretsociety. This film may befound on Google Video andstarts out with a Dutchnarratorforaminuteormore,butthentherestofthefilmisin English. The GoodShepherdisalongandboringfilm,andcanbeaddedtothelist of Illuminatiwhitewashing propaganda

pieces which serve thepurpose of tainting the factstocovertheirdarkpast.

TheLordoftheRings

J.R.R.Tolkien’s famousliterary series, The Lord ofthe Rings was adapted toscreenplaysofwhichthefirstofthetrilogy,TheFellowshipof the Ring was released in2001starringElijaWoodandwas directed by Peter

Jackson.

Theplotrevolvesarounda hobbit (a fictional race ofhuman-like beings) namedFrodo Baggins (Elija Wood)whoistrustedwiththetaskoftaking an ancient magicalring to a volcano calledMountDoomandthrowingitin the lava to destroy it so itwill not fall into the wronghands.Thefilmsareamazingand visually stunning, but

there are several aspectswhich stick out that ring ofIlluminatiovertones.

The first is themagicalring itself. According to thefilm(andthebooks)whoeverwears the master ring willhave supernatural powersbeyond what anyone couldimagine. Despite the goodnature of anyone’s heart,includingFrodoBaggins, thepower of the ring brings out

the most selfish and corruptnature of whoever has it. Itseems that nobody is able tomaintain theirmoralitywhengiven the power of the ring,whichiswhyBagginsandhiscrew set out todestroy it. Itisquiteanalogoustopoliticalpower and Lord Acton’sdictum “power tends tocorrupt, and absolute powercorrupts absolutely.” Oneinterpretation is that if thesource of the Illuminati’s

power is benign, that simplyhaving the power will leadthem to use it in self-servingandabusiveways.

Another, perhaps moreinteresting use of symbolisminthestoryisthatoftheEyeof Sauron. In the film, theevil rulerSauronhassenthisarmy out to find the ring sohe may become invincible.Butwhatisinterestingisthata huge tower stands outside

ofhiscastleandcontainsoneeye perched at the very topwhich can watch over theentire land and seeeverything, including sensingthelocationofthering.Thisis quite a clear reference tothe all seeing eye of theIlluminatithatappearsontopof the pyramid found on thebackoftheonedollarbill.

J.R.R.Tolkien’swritingsrevolvedaroundtheforcesof

good and evil, and it ispossiblethathewasawareofthe Illuminati and theirsymbols, and incorporatedthem into his writings.Tolkien died on September2nd1973attheageof81.

EyesWideShut

The bizarre 1999 filmEyesWideShut starringTomCruise and Nicole Kidman

left the audience and criticsalike confused, and somedisappointed. The film wasStanly Kubrick’s lastproductionbeforehediedandwasinspiredsupposedlybyashort book by ArthurSchnitlzer titled DreamStory.

In the film, TomCruise’s charter (Dr. BillHartford) discovers that asecret group of wealthy men

andwomenmeetperiodicallyin large mansions near NewYork City while wearingblack robes and masks andparticipate in strangeceremoniesandorgies.

Cruise obtains a blackrobeandamask,andattendsa party out of curiosity. Hewas only allowed in becauseafriendofhiswhoplayedthepianoatthepartieshadgivenhim the secret password. At

one point he is discoveredwhile inside themansionandit is clear that he is anuninvitedguest.Beforeheistold of his punishment, awoman comes forward andasks that she be punished inhisplace.Dayslaterhefindsouttheidentityofthewoman,and that she has turned updead, leading him to believethat the group of maskedpartygoers killedher, as theywere going to do with him

before she volunteered toaccepthispunishment.

Some believe that thefilm was originally intendedtodepictthegroupofmaskedpartygoers as a wealthy cultwho sacrificed people anddrank their blood whilehaving an orgy, but that dueto pressure, the screenplaywas altered. One also can’thelp but be reminded of theBohemian Grove ceremonies

whenwatching the film, andothers see the storyline as areference to actual Illuminatiparties involving sexualorgies and human sacrificesandevennecrophilia.

The Brotherhood of theBell

A 1970 film titled TheBrotherhood of the Belldepicts a college fraternitywhich acts as a recruiting

groundforacriminalbankingand business networkinvolving the country’s mostsuccessful men. The filmwasclearlyareferencetotheSkull and Bones society atYale University. It waswritten by David Karp anddirected by Paul Wendkosand nominated by theDirectors Guild of Americafor outstanding directorialachievementintelevision.

After being sworn intothe Brotherhood of the Bell,oneoftheinitiateshasabriefconversationwithanelderofthe organization who hadattended the ceremony andjoyfullysays,“I’mamemberof the establishment now,”when the elder corrects him,“Not a part. Theestablishment.”

Theplotlineinvolvesaneconomics professor named

Dr.AndrewPatterson(playedbyGlennFord)whoreceivesa call from the group twentyyears after joining, and isremindedof theoathheoncetook to follow any orderregardless of what it waswhen given by thebrotherhood, and his time toservehadcome.Hewastoldhe needed to murdersomeone, and when herefuses, his entire life isturned upside down and the

true power and reach of thebrotherhood becomesapparenttohim.

AScannerDarkly

Keanu Reeves, WoodyHarrelson, Robert DowneyJr.,andWinonaRyderstarinAScannerDarkly,whichwasbased on the 1977 sciencefiction novel by Philip K.Dick about a future dystopiain Orange County,

California. The film wasreleased in 2006 and isdirectedbyRichardLinklaterwho also produced WakingLife and Dazed andConfused.

A Scanner Darkly wasshot using real actors andthenanimatedusingaprocesscalled rotoscoping whichgives it a very uniqueappearanceofbeingacartoonlikeanimation.Inthefilm,it

is discovered that a drugrehabilitation center calledNew Way is funding thepolice department’sinvestigations into the widespreadabuseofadrugcalledSubstanceD,butare secretlyproducing the drugs andforcing individuals enrolledintheirrehabilitationprogramto cultivate the flowers usedto create the drug. Anyonewho is familiar with the realcause of the crack-cocaine

boom in the 1980s can seethat the film is making astatement about the CIA’smajorroleinimportingdrugsintotheUnitedStates.

Thefilmincludedabriefcameo from Alex Jones andshowed him standing on thestreet with a megaphonetrying to inform peoplewhatwashappening,andisquicklyhauled away by police. Onealsocan’thelpbutnotice the

Illuminati’s all-seeing eye onthe shirt worn by RobertDowny Jr.’s character. Thefact that the director chosethis as the character’swardrobe and included AlexJones with his signaturebullhorn,provesthatthiswasno ordinary film. ClearlyRichard Linklater was tryingtomake a statementwith hisfilm, as opposed to simplymaking an entertainingmovie.

NationalTreasure

OneofthefilmstobringFreemasonryandthetopicofsecret societies and theirsymbols into the public’sawareness is NationalTreasure starring NicolasCage. The filmwasproducebyWalt Disney Pictures andis about a lost treasure thatthe Freemasons and KnightsTemplarhavehidden. While

the film may be a familyfriendly adventure full ofvarious twists and turns andcluesandmysteries, it servestowhitewash the truehistoryof theKnights Templars, theFreemasons, and the treasurefromSolomon’sTemple.

National Treasurebasically paints theFreemasonsasthegoodguys,whohavehadtoprotecttheirsacred treasure from pirates

andcriminals. In reality, theKnights Templar were thepirates and thieves whobecame the first internationalbankers, and later evolvedinto Freemasonry and theIlluminati. The story waswritten by a team of writersconsistingof JimKouf,OrenAviv, Charles Segars, TedElliott, and Terry Rossio.The screenplay was thenwrittenbyahusbandandwifeteam named Marianne and

CormacWibberlev.

Shooter

MarkWahlberg plays aMarine Corps Scout Sniperwho is framed for anassassination by the CIA inShooter which was releasedin2007. In thebeginningofthe film, Wahlberg’scharacter sits down at a

computer to check themorning news and says tohimself “let’s see what liesthey’refeedingustoday”asacopyofthe9/11CommissionReport sits next to thekeyboard.

There are severalpolitical statements woveninto the storyline, includingtheliespromotedbytheBushadministrationthattherewereWeaponsofMassDestruction

in Iraq. There was also ascene where a retiredgovernment agent says thatthe shooter on the grassyknoll was murdered andburied in the desert after heparticipated in themurder ofJohnF.Kennedy.

While the majority ofthe population thinks thatpeoplewho talk about actualconspiracies in thegovernment get their ideas

from watching films such asShooter, the truth is that thewritersofsuchfilmsgettheirideas from actual events.Subtle signs including thescene showing the 9/11CommissionReport are oftenmissed by the uninformedviewers, but serve to showthose who have eyes to seethat the writer or director ismakingastatementwiththeirfilm. Shooter was based onthe 1993 novel Point of

Impact by Stephen Hunter,and was directed by AntoineFuqua.

AirAmerica

MelGibson andRobertDowny Jr. star in AirAmerica, a 1990 film abouttheU.S.governmentshippingheroin into the country byusing CIA agents in Laos,

Vietnam.Thescreenplaywasadapted from a non-fictionbookbyChristopherRobbinswiththesamename.

AirAmericaisactuallythenameofacargoairlinethatwasownedandoperatedbytheCIA from1950 to 1976which supplied covertoperations in SoutheastAsia during the VietnamWar. This airline wasbelieved to be used to also

transport heroine into theUnited States. This wouldultimatelybetheinspirationfor Christopher Robbins’book and Air America thefilm.

WagtheDog

Robert De Niro andDustin Hoffman star in the1997 film Wag the Dogwhich eerily mirrored the

events of the MonicaLewinsky scandalwhichwasoccurringatthesametimethefilm was released. In thefilm,DustinHoffmanplaysamovie producer who helpsthegovernmentconcoctawarwith Albania in order todistract the American peoplefrom a sex scandal involvingthePresidentandanintern.

As part of the plot,Willie Nelson was hired to

write a theme song for thewar in order to encouragepatriotism and keep thepublic support as thegovernment’s corruptpropaganda campaigncontinued. In real life,Nelson would later becomevocal about the 9/11 attacksand the World Trade Centerbeing blown up by acontrolled demolition, andhasbeenananti-waradvocateforalongtime.Hisdecision

toappearinWagtheDogwasmost likely a result of hisunderstanding how the film,whilebeingfictional,showedhow propaganda campaignsare waged to generate andkeeppublicsupport forwars,and that the real reason forthewar is rarelygiven to thepublic.

Wag the Dog waswrittenbyHilaryHenkinandDavidMamet. It is believed

thatHenkinhadanuncreditedroleinwritingthescreenplayforVforVendetta(2006).

OliverStone’sJFK

Perhaps the mostpopular “conspiracy” type offilm is Oliver Stone’s JFKwhich was released in 1991and starred Kevin Costner.The film was both attackedand praised, depending onhowcriticsfeltabouttheidea

of who killed PresidentKennedy. The film is adramatized version of eventssurrounding the assassinationof John F. Kennedy in 1963and depicts the idea thatOswald was not the onlyshooterandthatKennedywaskilled as a larger plot by theCIA. Aside from beingattacked by critics, Stoneactually received deaththreats over the film’sproduction.

In 1991 when it wasreleased, a writer for theChicagoTribunewrotethatitwas “an insult to theintelligence” and GeorgeLarnder, who worked as thenational securitycorrespondent for theWashington Post attacked“the absurdities and palpableuntruths in Garrison’s bookand Stone’s rendition of

it.”[198]

BernardWeinraubwrotean article in The New YorkTimes titled “HollywoodWonders If Warner Brotherslet JFK Go Too Far” andsuggested that the studioshould have killed the filmbefore it went intoproduction, saying, “At whatpoint does a studio exerciseits leverage and blunt thehighly charged message of afilm maker like Oliver

Stone?”[199]

Conversely, theMiamiHeraldsaid,“thefocusonthetrivialities of personalityconveniently prevents usfrom having to confront thetough questions his filmraises.” And film criticRoger Ebert wrote, “Theachievementofthefilmisnotthatitanswersthemysteryofthe Kennedy assassination,

because it does not, or eventhat it vindicates Garrison,who is seen here as a manoften whistling in the dark.Itsachievementisthatittriesto marshal the anger whichever since 1963 has beengnawing away on some darkshelf of the national

psyche.”[200]

The president of theMotionPictureAssociationof

America, Jack Valenti,released a seven pagestatement about the filmsaying, “In much the sameway,youngGermanboysandgirls in 1941 weremesmerized by LeniReifenstahl’s Triumph of theWill, in which Adolf Hitlerwas depicted as a newbornGod. Both J. F. K. andTriumph of the Will areequally a propagandamasterpiece and equally a

hoax. Mr. Stone and LeniReifenstahl have anothergenetic linkage: neither ofthem carried a disclaimer ontheir film that its contentswere mostly pure

fiction.”[201]

Despite being barragedwith attacks, the film wasranked the fourth best of theyear by Time Magazine andRobertEbertcalleditthebest

film of the year and one ofthe top ten films of the

decade.[202] It wasnominatedforeightAcademyAwards including BestPicture, and Stone wasnominated for Best Directorby the Directors Guild ofAmerica, and won a GoldenGlobe for Best Director.Duringhisacceptancespeechhe said, “A terrible lie wastoldtous28yearsago.Ihope

that this film can be the firststep in righting that

wrong.”[203]

In 2006 when wordstartedtocirculatethatOliverStonewasworkingona filmabout the 9/11 attacks,manyhad hoped, (and othersfeared) that he was going toproduce a similar“conspiracy” type of filmshowingadramatizedversion

of how elements withinintelligence agencies pulledstrings to aid and allow the9/11 attacks to happen. Itturned out that the film,whichwastitledWorldTradeCenter,focusedontherescueof two New York City PortAuthorityworkers.

Thenseveralyears laterit was discovered that Stonewasworkingona filmaboutGeorge W. Bush, and hopes

were revived that he wouldfinally take up the task ofexposing the 9/11 inside jobto a worldwide audience.Sadly Stone failed to deliverand instead produced W.whichwasabiopicattackonGeorgeW.Bushandthewaron terror, butdidnot includeanything about Bush and hisIlluminati cohorts aiding inthe9/11attacks.

As a result of Stone’s

avoidance of these issues,despite themgrowing from asmallundergroundmovementto boiling over into themainstream, many suspectthat Stone has sold out andsome even consider him anaccompliceinthe9/11cover-up for not addressing thetopic after producing twofilms about 9/11 andGeorgeW.Bush.

Bulworth

WarrenBeattystarredinBulworth, a film about aCaliforniaSenatornamedJayBillington Bulworth (Beatty)who decides to speak hismind and tell the publicexactly how things work inpolitics as he runs for re-election. Bulworth isultimately murdered by amedical insurancerepresentative because of hispush for socialized medicinewhich would put the

insurance companies out ofbusiness. The film wasrelease in 1998 and was co-written and co-produced byBeattyhimself.

Thefinalsceneshowsahomeless man as he says,“Bulworth,you’vegottobeaspirit. You can’t be noghost,” meaning he was aspirit of truth and died amartyrsdeath.

ConspiracyTheory

Mel Gibson and JuliaRoberts star in the1997 filmConspiracy Theory about ataxi driver who everyonethinks is a lunatic and aconspiracy theorist becausehe thinks the government isinvolved in all kinds ofconspiracies.

The film starts offwithJerry Fletcher (Gibson)

driving a cab and talking tohispassengersabouthowthegovernment adds fluoride tothe drinking water to dumbthe population down andmakeeveryoneaslave to thestateandthatpetsaregettingimplanted with computeridentification chips and soonthey’llbe implanting themin

humans.[204] He continuesto say that George Bush(senior) is a 33rd degree

Mason and the formerdirector of the CIA and that“heknewwhathewassayingwhen he said ‘New WorldOrder’duringhisStateoftheUnionspeechin1991.”

Fletcher (Gibson) hadbecome friends with JuliaRobert’s character (Alice)afterhesavedherfrombeingmugged in the past, and shebasicallyfeels likeshehastobe nice to him and listen to

his seemingly paranoidconspiracy theories everytime she sees him. Alice isan attorney for the JusticeDepartmentandishauntedbyher father’s mysteriousmurder.

As it turns out, a mannamed Dr. Jonas (played byPatrick Stewart), worked forthe CIA on MK-ULTRAmindcontrolexperimentsandwasinvolvedinbrainwashing

Gibson’s character intobecoming a mind controlledassassininthepast.Thefilmmentions MK-ULTRA byname and makes severalreferences to ManchurianCandidatemind control. Forexample,Fletcherisshowntohave an obsession with TheCatcherintheRye.Whenthebook is discovered in hisbelongings, a police officerobserves out loud that MarkDavid Chapman had that

book on him when he shotJohn Lenin, and anotherofficer remarks that thesamebookhadbeenfound inJohnHinckley’s possessions afterhehadshotRonaldReaganinan assassination attempt.BothChapman andHinckleyaresuspectedtobevictimsofmind control who wereprogrammed to be assassins.There are also casualreferences to the Kennedyassassination and Oswald, as

wellassecrethandshakesandthe Military IndustrialComplex.

It is obvious that thescript was inspired by actualevents such as the MK-ULTRA program, and thewriterwasveryfamiliarwith“conspiracy theory” culture.Theonlydisappointingaspectof the film is that Fletcher(Gibson) was portrayed as alunatic who happened to be

right. Mixed with historicalconspiracies and sinistergovernment projects areparanoid delusions andgibberish which erodes fromthe credibility of Fletcher’sclaims. Conspiracy Theorywas written by BrianHelgeland, who is creditedwith writing or producing avariety of films, includingAssassins (1995),AKnight’sTale (2001), and The Order(2003).

TheManchurianCandidate

In2004aremakeof the1964 film, The ManchurianCandidate was releasedstarring Denzel Washingtonwhich depicted a Gulf Warveteran named Major BenMarco (Washington) whocomestodiscoverthatheandhis military unit were thevictims of a top secretgovernment program

involvingbrainwashing.

Thosewho orchestratedhis brainwashing operationplanned to have himassassinate the president ofthe United States so that thevice president (played byLiev Schreiber) would takecontrol of the White Houseand thus aid the profits andactions of the ManchurianGlobal Corporation, the verycorporation that was behind

the brainwashingexperiments.

The film is based onactual experiments in theMK-ULTRAprogram,wheredrugs, hypnotism, andtrauma-based mind controlexperiments were conductedin attempts to actually createa mind controlled assassinwho would carry out orderswithoutquestion,justliketheoneinthefilm.

SomebelievethatSirhanSirhan, the man who killedRobert Kennedy, was avictim of MK-ULTRA mindcontrol programs. Otherssuspected of beingprogrammed assassins by theCIA include John HinckleyJr., who shot PresidentRonaldReaganin1981inanassassination attempt. TheHinckleyfamilymaintainedaclose relationship with theBush family, and some

suspect that John Hinckley’sattempted murder ofPresident Reagan wasorchestrated using mindcontrol techniques so thatGeorgeH.W.Bush,whowasthen the vice president underReagan, could become thepresident. For threegenerations, the Bush familyhave been members of Skulland Bones and knowinglyand willingly serve theIlluminati. (See America’s

Secret Establishment page85) (SeeTheSearch for theManchurian Candidate page115)

EnemyoftheState

Will Smith stars inEnemyoftheStatewhichwasreleased in 1998 and showedthe technological capabilityof the National SecurityAgency, and what couldhappen if the systems were

abused. While thecapabilitiesof the technologyshown in the film wereconsidered the design ofscience fiction, systems suchas Echelon and spy satellitesareverymuchareality. TheAmerican people came toknow after 9/11 that suchsystems were being used toillegally listen to people’sphone calls and have theability to activate themicrophone in a cell phone

and use it as a listeningdevice to pick upconversations in thesurroundingareas,evenwhen

thephoneis turnedoff.[205]Enemy of the State waswritten by David Marconiwho was also one of thewriters for the story of LiveFree or Die Hard (2007)which was part four of theDie Hard series starringBruceWillis.

BatmanReturns

Michael Keaton,Christopher Walken, andDannyDeVitostarinBatmanReturns (1991) whichincludes multiple Illuminatisymbols and references toactual false flag terrorattacks. For example, at acostumepartyoneof thebadguys, Max Shreck (Walken),is dressed as a geniewith an

all seeing eye inside of apyramid placed on hisforehead.Atanotherpointinthe film he is showndisplaying a model of apowerplanthewould like tobuildwhichisintheshapeofa pyramid with the capstonemissing. Another antagonist,thePenguin, has anumbrellawhichcontains thepatternofthe Knights Templars’ redcross. While some may seethese symbols as nothing

more than random costumeand set designs, one scenecontainsablatantreferencetoactualhistoricfalseflagterrorattacks.

At one point Shreck(Walken) and the Penguin(DeVito) are plotting toinstall Penguin as the mayorand use their power to takeover thecityofGotham. Asthe two are discussing theirplans, Shreck proposes “an

incident like the Gulf ofTonkinortheReichstagfire”and the two laugh withdelight.Botheventswere,inreality,falseflagevents.(SeeTerrorstorm page 274)Batman Returns was writtenby San Hamm and DanielWatters.

Dragnet

The 1987 comedyDragnet starring Dan

Aykroyd and Tom Hanks isabout two police detectiveswhoaregivenanassignmentto investigate a religious cultinLosAngeles.

Thetwomeneventuallyfollowapopulartelevangelistto a ceremony put on by agroup called P.A.G.A.N.(People Against GoodnessAnd Normalcy). Theceremony the group is aboutto participate in is a human

sacrifice. The parallels aresubtle yet similar to theactivities in the BohemianGrove, and it is not far-fetched to think that thewriter and producers eitherknewof,orhadheardrumorsof the activities within theclub,whichthenservedastheinspiration for the plot ofDragnet.

The word bohemianactually means, “one who

lives and acts free of regardfor conventional rules andpractices,”andwaslikelytheinspiration for the groupP.A.G.A.N. (People AgainstGoodness And Normalcy),found in the film. Thescreenplay was written by acollaboration of Jack Webb,DanAykroyd,AlanZweibel,andTomMankiewicz.

TelevisionShow

References

Aside from theIlluminati being worked intothe plotline of various

Hollywood movies, thesubject matter is alsooccasionally referenced intelevision shows as well.Popular shows from TheSimpsons andSouth Park, tolesser known TV series suchasWildPalms andThe LoneGunmen have all includedplotlines stemming fromactual events that theIlluminati have organized orparticipated in. To anuninformed audience, these

aspects are merely seen asanother fictional storyline,butthemoreinformedviewerseestheseissuesasdeliberateinsertions by the shows’writers or producers tomakea largerstatementas theirartimitateslife.

SouthPark

A trashy, foulmouthedcartoonforadults,Southpark,has lampooned various

people and institutions bysimply presenting variousbizarre facts in a humorousway. For example, anepisode about Mormonismpresented the actual beliefsabout the Mormon Churchand put a banner on thebottom of the screen saying,“This is actually whatMormonsbelieve,”anditwaswhat they believe. Anepisode about Scientologyused the same method when

presenting information aboutthe organization. It wasfunny for most of theaudience, although insultingfor members of suchorganizations.

A more disturbingepisode also used the tactic.Anepisodeaboutagrouptheshow called the “SuperAdventure Club” was aboutan international organizationof pedophiles who travel

around theworld tohavesexwithyoungboysbecausetheybelieve that it gives themmagicalpower.

In the cartoon, thecurrent leader of the groupexplains, “Our club offershope. Do you think we goaround the world molestingchildren because it feelsreally good? No. Our clubhas a message and a secretthatexplainsthemysteriesof

life.”

The man goes on toexplainthehistoryofthecluband how a man namedWilliamP.Finiuswasagreattraveler and explorer whoalso was a pedophile. Aftertalkingaboutallcountriesthemantraveledto,hecontinuedto say, “But now the mostwonderful part. You see,afterhavingsexwithallthosechildren, Finius realized that

molesting all those kids hadmade him immortal. Hediscovered that childrenhavethings called marlocks intheir bodies and when anadulthassexwithachild,themarlocksimplodefeedingtheadult’s receptor cavity withenergy that causesimmortality.”

Whilethisiscompletelydisgusting and not funny atall,whatmanyoftheviewers

didn’tknowisthatoneofthemost hidden secrets in theoccult is the belief that byhavingsexwithamalechild,an individual can experiencealtered states ofconsciousness and achieve alevel of super enlightenmentor immortality. Trey Parkerand Matt Stone must havebeen aware of this esotericoccult practice and wrote itinto their show. I’m notsaying they have participated

in such activities, but theymust be familiar with theIlluminati and suchmaterial.(SeeSexMagicpage305)

Again, just like theepisodes making fun ofScientology and theMormons, they inserted abanner on the bottom of thescreen saying “This is whatthe Super Adventure Clubactuallybelieves.” Howelsecouldtheyhavecomeupwith

suchanidea,andwhywouldthey put the banner on thescreen explaining it’s whatthesepeopleactuallybelieve,in the same way they did inother episodes about strangereligiousbeliefs?

RescueMe

The television seriesRescueMewhich airs on theFX network is a show aboutNew York City firefighters

starring Dennis Leary. In2007, the show’s costarDaniel Sunjata created a stirontheInternetwhenhecameonseveralpatriotradioshowsto discuss his stance that the9/11 attacks were an insidejob. Sunjata is extremelyknowledgeable and articulateand while other actors whovoicedsimilarbeliefsseemedafraid to blatantly state thatthe 9/11 attacks were aninside job, Sunjatamakes no

bones about it. Themainstream media did notattack Sunjata for hiscomments, possibly becausehe is not a household namelike Charlie Sheen or RosieO’Donnell, who madeheadlines for speaking aboutsuchissues.

Several years afterSunjata’s radio interviewsabout9/11,writersforRescueMehadincorporatedsomeof

his personal views into hischaracter. In one scene,Franco (Sunjata) was beinginterviewed by a reporterwhenhestates,“Whatyou’regoingtohearfromme,you’renot going to hear fromanybody else. Because, myopinions,let’sjustsaythey’renot popular. 9/11? Insidejob. Plain and simple. Andallyougottadoisconnectthedots. And I’m not talkingabout the dots everyone has

heard about... I am talkingabout a massiveneoconservative governmenteffortthat’sbeenintheworkstwenty years. Ever heard ofPNAC? Project for a NewAmerican Century?According to them, the endgoal of their effort isAmericanglobaldomination.Full spectrum dominance,they call it. Now, firstquestion that pops into mymindis:Howdoyoupullthat

offinthisdayandage?”

The reporter, played byCatherine Zeta Jones, sitsquietly and continues tolisten. Franco(Sunjata)goeson,“Well, according to themyoudoitinfoursteps.First,we must control the world’soil. Now I don’t have toremind you that Bush andCheneycameintopowerwithplans all ready to attackAfghanistan and Iraq.

Number two, we have tomake huge technologicaladvances with our armedforces. Number three…surprise, surprise, hugeincreasesinmilitaryspendingtopayfortheabove.Numberfour, and this is key. Wechange the definition ofpreemptive attack so we canunilaterallybombtheshitoutof, invade, and occupycountrieseveniftheyposenocrediblethreatorhadnothing

to do with 9/11. Oneproblem.Howareyougoingto put that into action? Imean, the American peopleare never going to go for noshit like that, right? Damnstraight.Nowwhatyouneedis an event. An event thatgets everyone’s heads turnedaround the right way. Whatyou need is a new PearlHarbor. That’s what theysaid they needed. You’relookingataguywhowentto

fifty-eight funerals in twentysixdays,Icantellyouthatissureasshitwhattheygot.”

Many of the viewersmight not know the storybehind how this idea wasworkedintothescript. Inaninterview Sunjata explained,“I’mreallygratifiedthattheyallowed that to be focusedthrough my character,becauseIhappentosubscribeto a lot of those theories and

beliefsthat9/11wasaninside

job.”[206]

This surprised theinterviewer, and when askedto clarify this, Peter Tolan,the show’s co-creatorexplained,“That’spartofthereason why we wrote it, isbecauseDannyactuallyhas—isactuallywell-readon—he’sdonea lotofresearchonthisandhastoldusaboutit.And,

you know, look, obviouslynot all ofusbuy in. Butwewent,wow,that’sinteresting,and he’s passionate about it.

Let’susethat.”[207]

Sunjatawent on to say,“there are some very, verywell-thought-out ideas andtheories that seem to me tomake a lot more sense thanthe ones that are popularlyespoused. And anyway, the

fact that they’veallowed thatconversationtobehadwithinthe world of Rescue Me, Ithink,isadmirableandshould

beapplauded.”[208]

TheLoneGunmen

A television series thatranonFoxin2001calledTheLone Gunmen aired anepisodeMarch4,2001withaplot of a corrupt faction

within the governmenthijacking a jet and trying tocrash it into theWorldTradeCenter to further theobjectives of the MilitaryIndustrial Complex.Watching the episode is likewatching a made for TVmovie about the September11th attacks only it wasproducedmonthsprior to theevent.

One of the stars of the

show, Dean Haglund, latercame forward and said theFBI and NASA wouldapproach Chris Carter, theshow’s creator, with storyideas for various shows.Haglund also said that sincethe 1980s the CIA had hiredinformants who attendHollywoodparties and reportback to the CIA on generaltrends and issues thatwritersand producers were focusingon. Haglund believed this

was to tip-off theCIA if anyfamous writers or filmmakers were developing aproject that would bepotentially damaging to thegovernment’s imageor incitepeople to react in anunfavorablefashion.

It is certainly possiblethat the plot for The LoneGunmen involving thegovernment attempting tocrash a jet into the World

Trade Center in order to usetheincidenttojustifymilitaryexpansion was an idea thatwas given to the show’swritersbytheFBIconsultantswho worked with theproducers. The purpose forthiswould be to point to theshow as the source of such“conspiracy theories” whenpeople started to figure outthat elements within thegovernmentaidedinthe9/11attacks.

Another explanation, ofcourse, is that the writerswere aware of howgovernments use false flagterrorism, and had readreports about terrorist groupsplanningtohijackplanesandcrash them into prominentbuildings inAmericaprior toSeptember11th 2001. WhilemanyAmerican’sstillbelievethat the 9/11 attacks were acomplete surprise and that

intelligence agencies hadneverheardofsuchplans,thetruth is that as far back as1995 the CIA was aware ofplans to hijack planes andcrash them into the World

Trade Center.[209] TheIslamic terrorists who hadplanned this plot called itProjectBojinka.

24

Theshow24isapopulartelevision action dramabroadcast by Fox which hasaired since November 2001.The show stars KeiferSutherland, who plays JackBauer, an agent for thefictional Counter TerrorismUnit (CTU). The show is ahigh budget action packedhour which features Bauer(Sutherland) and his fellowCTU officers tracking downdomesticterroristsandsaving

America from variousterrorist attacks includingnuclearandbiological.

In the show, Bauerfrequently violates the lawand theConstitution in orderto save the country from theterrorists. He doesn’t followlegal statutes, and torturessuspects in an attempt toextract information fromthem. Instead of being seenas a corrupt agent who is a

danger to the integrity of theUnited States, Jack Bauer isseen as a hero defendingAmerica.Numerousepisodesdepict the people who areagainst Bauer torturingpeople as the reason that theterrorists get away. Suchplots are created to serve asgovernment propaganda andteaches the audience that it’sokforgovernmentofficialstobreak the law and torturepeople,because it isbelieved

such actions are necessary tokeep us safe from terrorists.Sutherland’s character ispresented as a hero who isonlyhinderedbythelaw,andmust continuously takemattersintohisownhandsinorder to do what is right forthecountry.

All expertswhoarenoton the Illuminati’s payrollagree that using torture as amethodtoextractinformation

fromsuspectsisnotareliablemethodbecauseifthesuspectdoesn’tknowtheinformationhis captors desire, he willsimply start agreeing withwhatevertheyask,withhopesthat it will satisfy them sothey will end the torture.Suchpracticesareaviolationof international law, but thatdidn’t stop the Bushadministration fromapproving waterboardingsuspects in the War on

Terror. Waterboardingbasicallyconsistsofstrappingasuspectdownonatableandpouring water down theirthroat until they nearlydrown. Such a practice hadpreviously been classified astorture by the Department ofDefense, but officials simplyuse the term “enhancedinterrogation techniques” andused the practice in secretuntil such methods wereexposed to thepublic. Other

suspects are transferred toforeign countries which thentorture themonbehalf of theU.S. so America can claimtheirhandsareclean.Suchapracticeislabeled“rendition”andisusedtotorturesuspectsbyproxy.

Showslike24serveonlyas Illuminati propaganda todesensitize people to theinhumane practices of thegovernment and lead

everyone to believe that allsuspectsareguiltyandcanbetreated worse than animals.Anytime any illegal orinhumanestrategiesarefacedwith opposition, thegovernment accuses thosewho oppose it as being un-American, or aiding theterrorists.

Gargoyles

A cartoon airing on the

Disney Channel from 1994to 1997 called Gargoylesincluded several episodeswhich mentioned theIlluminati and one of themaincharacterswas showntobeamember.

The cartoon featuredseveral creatures, calledGargoyles, which turned tostoneduring thedaytimeandwere animated during the

night. The series wasproduced by Greg Weismanand Frank Paur. WeismanalsowasawriterfortheMenin Black animated serieswhichairedontheKid’sWBforseveralseasons.

WildPalms

A 1993 mini-seriesairing on ABC titled WildPalms is about a power-madcorporation which hopes to

brainwashsocietybyusingitsadvanced virtual realitytechnology.OliverStoneandBruce Wagner were theexecutive producers of theseries. It starred JamesBelushi,DanaDelany,AngieDickinson,andKimCattrall.

While the series isextremelydullanddrawnoutwith bad acting, it containssome interesting aspectswhich were undoubtedly

inspired from actual events.Basically,theseriesisaboutaCalifornia senator namedTony Kreutzer (played byRobert Loggia) who is alsothe head of the Channel 3television station and thefounder of a popular religioncalledSynthiotics. This new“religion” was obviously areference toScientology. Asthe series continues, theviewer discovers that thereare two political groups that

oppose each other, theFriends,andtheFathers.TheFriends are libertarians andsupport the Bill of Rights,wheretheFathersareruthlessandfascistic.

TheFathersareplanningfor the senator to run forpresidentandthenbecomeallpowerful using the hologramtechnology. Membersofthisgroup have small tattoos ontheirhandwhichawardsthem

special privileges in society.At one point, the libertarianFriends try to warn JamesBelushi’s character about thefascistic Fathers and explainthat they had planned theGreat Depression and majorterroristattacksandwars.

There is a brief scenewhereatelevisionisoninthebackground which showsOliver Stone beinginterviewed on a talk show

and the interviewer says toStone, “15 years after therelease of your film JFK thedocuments are released, andyou were right. Theconspiracyturnedouttobesomuch larger than youpresented in the film. Canyoucommentonthat?”

Recall thatWild Palmsairedin1993andtakesplacein the future. The producerswere trying to show that the

JFK assassination had beenproven to be a conspiracy,and was now publicknowledge.

At the endof the seriesas the senator’s plans arefoiled,hefreaksoutandyells,“I am a soldier. I ammustering my troops! AndwearestormingHeaven!”

TheSimpsons

In a 1995 episode of thepopular animated cartoon,The Simpsons,Homer joinsan all-male fraternity inSpringfield called theStonecutters, an obviousreference to theFreemasons. TheFreemason fraternityevolvedoutofancientstonemasons and trade guildswho kept knowledge secretabout how to work withstone and build cathedrals

and castles. The episode istitled “Homer the Great”and starts of with Homernoticing that two of hisfriends, Lenny and Carl,are enjoying specialprivileges around townandatworksuchascomfortablechairs and premiumparkingspots.AfterHomerbecomessuspicious,hefindsout that they are membersof the Stonecutters secretsociety, and is allowed to

becomeamemberhimself.

The episode containsnumerous humorousincidents, and references toFreemasonry. Homerultimately ends upaccidentally destroying thesociety’s sacred parchment,whichisanancientdocumentcontaining secrets of thegroup that had been handeddown for generations. The

Stonecutters were alsowaitingfor“theChosenOne”who would one day lead theorganization to glory. Theepisode was written by JohnSwartzwelder.

In one entertainingscene, all of the memberssingaquicksongwhileinsidetheir lodge and drinkingbeer. The song is titledWeDoandwasnominatedforanEmmy Award for

“Outstanding Music AndLyrics.”Thelyricsareabouthow theStonecutters secretlyrule theworld, held back theproduction of the electric carto benefit the oil companies,and keep information aboutaliensfrombecomingpublic.

Another funny storylinethat the show’s creatorsworked into a plot for adifferent episode was alsoclearly inspired from actual

events. In the showimmediately preceding the2008presidentialelection,thecartoon included a sceneshowing Homer entering avotingboothwhichcontainedanelectronicvotingmachine.When Homer used thetouchscreen to press the“Obama” button, theelectronic voice announced,“One vote for McCain.”Homer seemed puzzled andpressed the “Obama” button

again, only to have themachine say “Two votes forMcCain.” “Wait a minute!This machine is rigged!”Homer yells. Then a trapdoor in the machine opensand starts sucking him downa tube. Ashe’sbeingpulledin he says, “This doesn’thappen in America. MaybeinOhio,butnotAmerica!”

It is interesting that thewriters included this short

little segment into the show,butitisevenmoreinterestingthat they included thecommentaboutOhio.Incaseyoudon’tseethesignificanceof this statement, theIlluminati used electronicvoting machines in Ohio (aswell as other states) to stealthe election for George W.Bushin2004.ThisiswhyalltheexitpollsinOhioshowedJohn Kerry would win thestate on election night, but it

ultimately went to Bush.(See Hacking Democracypage295)

TheYouTubecliptitledHomer Simpson tries to voteforObama,whichdepictsthisscene had received 6.4million views at the time ofthiswriting,andmayormaynotstillbeavailableonline.

Oneotherbriefreferenceto Freemasons in the cartoon

which was likely missed bymost of the audience is ascene when Mr. Burns hasbecomeagermaphobeandasheislookingathisassistant’sface he hallucinates that it iscoveredwithbacteriaandinahigh pitched tone they say“Freemasons run thecountry.”

TheCartoonNetwork

Lucy, Daughter of the

Devil is an adult cartoonshown on TurnerBroadcasting’s CartoonNetwork late at night as partof the network’s “AdultSwim.” It is a ten minuteCGI comedy with a plotinvolving Satan who lives inSanFranciscoandistryingtoconvince his 21-year-olddaughter, Lucy, to fulfill herroleastheAntichrist.Lucy’sboyfriend is DJ Jesús, atechno DJ who is actually

JesusChrist.

OnOctober7th,2007anepisode aired titled HumanSacrifice in which the Devilis invited to attend a humansacrifice ritual at theBohemian Grove which willhonorasenatorwhohasbeenchosen to be elected as thenextpresident.

DJJesúsischosenasthehuman sacrifice and is lured

totheBohemianGroveunderthe pretense that he will beDJingaparty.HeisactuallytoldthepartywillbelikethefilmEyesWideShutand thatAlan Greenspan (formerchairman of the FederalReserveBank)willbethere.

TheBohemianGroveinthecartoonisclearlymodeledaftertheactualGroveorfromthe footage of Alex Jones’film Dark Secrets Inside

BohemianGrove. The ritualbegins with people lightingtorches, which is alsoidenticaltotherealBohemianGrove, and then shows theaudience which is said tocontain half of Washington,chanting“hailSatan.”Beforethe sacrifice, Satan tells theaudience that ten presidentshave announced theircandidacy in the BohemianGrove.

In the end, DJ Jesúsescapeswithout being killed,and the show concludes byzoomingouttoanaerialviewshowing the location of theincident being in NorthernCalifornia, where the actualclubislocated.

CorporateLogos

Since the teachings andsecret knowledge that isgiven to Illuminati membersastheyclimbtherankswithinthe hierarchy gives them a

tremendous advantage inbusiness andpolitics, it is nosurprise that most majormultinational corporationswere started by Illuminatifamilies and members. Byusing their advancedknowledge, backroom deals,andunconscionablepractices,they have created andmaintained the corner of themarket in multiple industriessuch as oil, banking,entertainment, and news

media. What is even moreinteresting is that anextremely large number ofthese companies haveincorporated Illuminatisymbolism into their logos.Allseeingeyes,pyramids,thesun, andmythical figures arefound in numerous logosfrom CBS to AmericaOnline.

CBS’s logo is actuallyanallseeingeye.MobileOil

prints their logo in bluewithexception of the letter o inMobile, which is printed inred to signify the sun. Thesymbol for Infinityautomobiles is a pyramidwithasunbehindit.FidelityInvestments’ logo is apyramid with an all seeingeye on the top. The o inMorning Star investmentsrepresents the sun and is adifferent shape than the restoftheletters.Luciferisoften

calledtheMorningStar.Thelistgoesonandon.

Many logos forHollywood productionstudiosalsoincludeIlluminatisymbolism. ParamountPictures’ logo is a hugemountain shaped like apyramidsurroundedbyaringof stars; Tri-Star’s logo is awinged Pegasus; ColumbiaPictures’ logo features thegoddessSemiramisholdinga

torch; PrometheusEntertainment, Orion, Icon,Lions Gate Films,DreamWorks, and manyother companies haveMasonic/occult symbolism intheirlogos.

MusicReferences

A small number ofmusicians have occasionallyreferenced the Illuminati intheir songs, althoughmostofthese artists are underground

andarerarely,ifever,playedon the corporate ownedairwaves on stations likeClear Channel or similarmonopolizedmarkets. Someof these artists, such asParisand Prodigy, mention theIlluminati by name, whileothersfromrapperstorockersseemtobeverywellawareofthe evil deeds of thebrotherhood, a fact thatbecomes clear by simplylistening to the lyricsof their

songs or watching the musicvideosthataccompanythem.Below is just a sample ofmusicians,someofwhichareextremely well known, whohavemadesuchreferencesintheirsongs.

It’s important to notethat the Illuminati financiallysupports musicians whosemusic preaches sociallydestructive messages, andbuildsthemupasrolemodels

which the brain-dead massesworship as idols. The factthat many musicians achievemassive success isn’tnecessarily that they areextremely talented, it’s thatthey have been chosen to bepromotedbecausetheirmusicencourages violent, immoral,and social destructivebehavior. Their music isliterallyusedtobrainwashthelisteners. Occasionally anartist who is an unknowing

Illuminati pawnwill actuallywrite a song which counterstheir very purpose for beingpromoted, as in the case ofEminem.

Eminem

Marshall Mathers, akaSlim Shady, aka Eminemreleased a music video justbefore the 2004 presidentialelection for his song titledMosh which is a scathing

attack against George W.Bush and his fearmongeringsurrounding the War onTerror.

The video starts with aparody of George W. Bushreading My Pet Goat to aclassroom of school childrenas a jet flies over the schooland crashes into the WorldTradeCenter. It thencuts toEminemstandinginfrontofawall coveredwith newspaper

clippingsandheadlinesaboutBush’s foreknowledge of the9/11 attacks, including theNew York Post’s front pageheadline“BushKnew.”

Eminem roars “look inhis eyes it’s all lies” as themusic video cuts fromPresidentBushtoacardboardcutout of Osama Bin LadenonasoundstagecontrolledbyDonald Rumsfeld and DickCheney. Eminem rallies

dozens of people and theysurround theCapitolbuildingand head up the stairs andstart pouring inside in whatappearstobethebeginningofariot,whenitisrevealedthattheyarealllininguptovote.The song itself is extremelypowerful, but the musicvideo, which was producedbytheGuerillaNewNetworkis historic and presents apowerfully positive messageabout activism and power in

numbers.

Despite this powerfulsong, Eminem is actually anunknowing pawn of theIlluminati and was promotedby them as a role model forthe youth because the vastmajority of his musicpreaches violence,immorality, andirresponsibility. His songMosh is mentioned in thisbookbecausedespitehisdark

and troubled soul, it appearsthat even Eminem could seethrough the lies of the Bushadministration.

Dr.Dre

RapperDr.Dreincludeda line about buying his ownisland before the year 2000and that he “ain’t trying tostickaroundforIlluminati”inhis song Been There, DoneThat.

NeilYoung

In 2006 Neil Youngreleased an entire album ofwar protest songs titledLiving with War. One ofthose songs, Let’s ImpeachthePresident,wasnominatedfor a Grammy Award andcontained lyrics referring tothe shadow government,spying onAmerican citizens,and George W. Bush

hijacking Christianity to getelected.

DonHenley

In 2000, Don Henley,the singer from The Eagles,released a solo album titledInsideJobwhichcontainedasong with the same titlewhichspeaksuniversal truthsregarding governmentcorruption and inside jobs ingeneral. While the songwas

recorded and released beforetheSeptember11thattacks,ithasbecomeathemesongforwhat really happened thatfatefuldayandawarningforwhatliesahead.

“It was an inside job bythe well-connected” Henleysings. Other lyrics includethattheyknowwhatyou’vehadforbreakfastandwhatyou’ve hid beneath themattress. “Chalk it up to

business as usual,” Henleyconcludes.

Megadeth

The heavy metal bandMegadeth has a song titledNewWorldOrderwith lyricsthat talk about how allcurrencyhasbecomeobsoleteand that “Revelation hascome topass”and“all rightswill be denied…without the

markyoushalldie,”referringtothemarkoftheBeast.

Ministry

In 2006 the industrialmetal band, Ministry,released an album titled RioGrande Blood whichcontainedseveralsongsabout

the War on Terrorism and9/11. The song Lies LiesLies, actually sampled soundbites from the film LooseChange saying, “Doyoustillthink that jet fuel broughtdown the World TradeCenter?”

Jadakiss

In2004,rapperJadakissreleased his second albumtitled Kiss of Death whichincluded a track titledWhy?whichcontainedonelinethatsetoffamedia firestormandwouldcausehissongtoeitherbe pulled from the radio, ortheonelinecensoredwhenitwasplayed.

The linewhich resultedin somuch controversy was,“Why did Bush knock down

the towers?” referring to theWorld Trade Center. FoxNews’Bill O’Reilly publiclystated that President Bushshould sue Jadakiss forslander.

Flowbots

FlobotsareanAmericanalternativehiphopbandfromDenver, Colorado who gotmainstreamexposure in2008with their song Handlebarswhich was released in 2007on their album Fight withTools. The song and theaccompanying video ring ofovertones attacking the Waron Terror and the rise ofdictatorialpowers.Thevideoalso depicts mob mentalityand shows how easily the

population can be “led by amicrophone.”

Conspirituality

TheVancouver rapduoConspirituality released asong titled AmBUSHED in

2009 on their debut albumwhich contains lyrics about9/11, Bohemian Grove, theIlluminati, and the Bushadministration’s torture ofprisoners and other warcrimes. The video wasproduced by DJ Ball anddepictsmen in orange prisonjumpsuits chasing downPresidentBush,DickCheney,CondoleezzaRice and othersas they run for their lives toavoid paying the penalty for

theircrimes.

Paris

ArappernamedParisontheGuerillaFunkrecordlabelhasproducednumeroussongsabout the New World OrderandtheIlluminati.Oneofhismost popular tracks isWhatWouldYouDo? Inthesong,Parisexposes theIlluminati’sagenda in a venomous poemwhich is delivered with the

precision and quality of anychart-topping single. Parisraps, “The Illuminati triplesix all connected. Stolenvotes they control the raceandtakeelections.”

ImmortalTechnique

Another popularunderground artist isImmortalTechnique,arapperwhose every word is ablistering attack on 9/11 in

songs like Bin Laden andCause of Death whichinundate the listener withhard facts and evidencedeliveredwith thepowerandpoiseofMartinLutherKing.

Sean“P.Diddy”Colmes

In 1997, Sean “P.Diddy” Colmes released amusic video for a song titledVictory featuring theNotorious B.I.G. and Busta

Rhymes. The video takesplace in the “New WorldOrder” in the year 3002 ADwhichisaBigBrotherpolicestate and depicts SeanColmes as being pursued bythe police as part of atelevised game show whichwas most likely inspired bythe film The Running Man(1987).

Prodigy

Albert Johnson, knownbyhis stagenameProdigy isa rapper and member of theduo Mobb Deep. Prodigy’sthird solo album titledH.N.I.C.2 was released inAprilof2008and includedasong titled “Illuminati.” Thesong is entirely about theIlluminati secret society andincludes a chorus saying,“Illuminati want my mind,soul and my body. Secretsociety trying to keep their

eyeonme.”

During the 2008presidential campaign whenpractically every AfricanAmerican entertainer orcelebrity was thrilled thatBarack Obama was runningfor president, Prodigy calledhim a phony and a plasticpresident. He said, “I wishnothing but love andhappiness for him, but he’seither gonna be assassinated

to create chaos and bringaboutmartiallaworhe’llliveandthenyearsdowntheline,at the end of his termeverybody will see that he’sjust like the rest of theseplastic presidents, who doesabsolutelynothinggood. Justanother puppet for theRoyal

family.”[210]

Prodigy also publiclyvoiced support for

Congressman Ron Paul (R-Texas)who ran for presidentin2008.

Jay-Z

RapperJay-Z(realnameSean Carter) has includedsome occult and Illuminatireferences in his music, butnot as a way to expose theactivities of the organization,but rather as a tribute tothem. It seems that Jay-Z is

familiar with the Illuminatiandchosetoaidtheminsteadof fight them. Jay-Z is thefounder of Roc-A-FellaRecords,anamethatreferstothe Rockefeller Illuminatifamily.

A song titled Luciferwhich was released on TheGrey Album in 2004 whichwas produced by DangerMouse, contains somedisturbing messages. When

listeningtothesongitisclearthat a small part is playingbackwards and isuninteligable.Whenthesongis played in reverse, you canclearly hear Jay-Z saying,“Six six six, murder, murderJesus”and“Catholics,Igottamurder them, I can introduceyou to demons, leave niggason death’s door, and I canintroduceyoutoevil.”

It’s important to stress

that this is not a “subliminalmessage”meant tobepickedup subconsciously by thelisteners. It is more of amarketing ploy and away toget Jay-Z fans talking aboutthis unique aspect of one ofhissongs.It’salsoimportantto understand that themessage is clearlyunderstandableand isnot theresultofsomeoneinterpretinga series of sounds as sayingsuchthings.

When people hear theallegations of the reversemessagesinthesongLucifer,most Jay-Z fans refer to theoriginalsongLuciferwhichisfound on Jay-Z’s BlackAlbum. Danger Mouseremixed the song for TheGrey Album and edited Jay-Z’s voice to say thedisturbingthingsfoundinthesong.Jay-ZneverdenouncedDangerMousefordoingsucha thing and appears to be

acceptantofit.

ApopularphotoofJay-Z shows him making apyramid with his indexfingers and thumbs with hisleft eye in themiddle,whichis a popular Illuminatisymbol.AletterthatProdigywrote to his record labelwhile in jail reveals that hebelieves Jay-Z is knowinglycooperating with theIlluminatiandcitesthatasthe

reason he became sowealthy.

In a video posted toYouTubethatwasshotinsidethe studio when Jay-Z wasrecording the original songLucifer for his Black Albumyou can hear him make acomment where he brags, “Iswear I never read the Biblein my life, I don’t evenknow…(unintelligible).” Inhis song D’Evils he raps a

versewherehesaysheneverprays to God, he prays toGotti (John Gotti thegangster).

Nas

Rapper Nas (real nameNasirJones)isanotherrappersome believe is aware of theIlluminati, and is secretly asupporter and servant forthem. In the song Be aNigger Too, Nas raps, “My

click’s still real QBgangsters. ClickstillmovinglikeFreemasons so if I’montheflowfromthelawthere’slodges all across the nation.Nas is bred for theplan. Toholdagranddragon’sheadinmyhand. Comeandgetme,hereIam.”

ThereisalsoapictureontheInternetofNasandJay-Zusing what looks to be aMasonichandshake.Nashas

frequently referred tohimselfas “God’s son” which wasalso the title of one of hisalbums.

TupacShakur

Rapper Tupac Shakur,who was shot and killed inLas Vegas in 1996, releasedan album shortly before hisdeath titled The DonKilluminati: The 7 DayTheory which remains the

topic of speculation amonghis fans who think the titlewasa reference tokilling theIlluminati. “The Don” is amafia term for a mafia bossor leader, which leads someof Tupac’s fans to think thathe had learned about theIlluminatiand thealbumtitlewas a coded name meaninghe was the leader of thekillersoftheIlluminati.

BlackEyedPeas

The Los Angeles hiphop group Black Eyed Peastold people to “be preparedfor theNewWorldOrder”intheir song Say Goodbyewhich talks about what amesstheworldisinandhowsocietyisfallingapart.

FatBoySlim

TheBritishDJ,FatBoySlim(NormanQuentinCook)produced a song for the film

Lara Croft: Tomb Raiderwhich was titled Illuminati.In the film, Lara Croft isopposed by the Illuminati asthey search for a mysticalartifact.FatBoySlim’ssongis basically an instrumentalsong but it starts by saying,“Illuminati. A secret societydoexists.” Note: The lyricsactually read, “a secretsocietydoexist”and isnotatypo.

SkinnyPuppy

The Canadianelectronica band SkinnyPuppyproducedasong titledNeuWerldwhichsays,“Itrustwe must distrust the ownersoftheNewWorldOrder.”

PokerFace

TheAmericanrockbandPoker Face is known as aprotest rock band andincludes many themes abouttheNewWorldOrderandoutof control governments in

their music. The insert fortheir CD Made In Americaincludes a montage ofIlluminati symbols includingthe Skull and Bones logo,Masonic symbols, and thestreet layout of WashingtonD.C. TrackssuchasKontroland Revolution are powerfulsongs promoting gun rights,theConstitutionandexposingmainstream mediapropaganda.

Killarmy

In 1997 an affiliate ofthe rap groupWu-TangClancalledKillarmyreleasedtheirdebut album titled SilentWeapons for Quiet Warswhich was a reference to a

documentthatauthorWilliamCooperpublishedinhis1991book,Behold a Pale Horse.(See William Cooper page215)Wu-TangClanmemberKillah Priest is aware of theIlluminati and had contactedAntonyJ.Hilderin2006andinvited him to the studio torecord some sound bites foranalbumhewasworkingon.

MeatBeatManifesto

A UK electronic musicgroup called Meat BeatManifesto (MBF)producedasong called No Purpose NoDesign which includesseveral references to theBavarianIlluminati.

TheJurassic5

AnAmericanalternativehip hop group, The Jurassic5, produced a song titledConcrete Schoolyard which

containedone linesaying theartistwasanti-Illuminati.

GammaRay

A German metal bandreleased an album in 2001titled No World Order andhas several references to theNew World Order and theIlluminati. The songs werewrittenbyKaiHansen.

TheKLF

TheKLF(alsoknownasTheJustifiedAncientsofMuMu—or the JAMMs were aBritish band from the 1980swhichfrequentlyusedthemesfrom Robert AntonWilson’sIlluminatus! Trilogy novels.(SeeTheIlluminatus!Trilogypage309)

AgentSteel

A speed metal bandnamed Agent Steel released

an album in 2003 calledOrderof the Illuminati. Thebandiswellknownforbasingits lyrical concepts onconspiracytheories.

KillerSquirrel

An underground punkband named Killer Squirrelrecorded a song in 2005calledTheCowboyIlluminatiGet Their Revenge whichmentionstheSkullandBones

society at Yale University.The group’s previous albumSelfReleased(AndLovingIt)had a cover which featuredartwork showing an eye ontopofapyramid.

HedPE

A rock band fromHuntingtonBeach,Californianamed Hed PE (also knownas(hed)planetearth)releasedanalbum in2006 titledBack

2 Base X which containsseveral Illuminati and NewWorldOrderreferencesinthelyrics and on the albumartwork.

BobbyConn

Bobby Conn is a pop-rock musician from Chicagowho references the Illuminatiand global domination insarcastic and satirical ways.He once said he invented

“The Continuous Cash FlowSystem” inorder tobankruptAmerica by dramaticallyincreasing the national debt.He also once claimed to betheAntichrist.

MaliceMizer

TheJapaneserockbandMalice Mizer produced asong titled Illuminati, whichincludes references toBiblical and sexual themes.

The band officially went onanindefinitehiatusstartinginDecember2001.

InfectedMushrooms

In 2003 an Israelipsychedelic trance bandcalled Infected Mushroomsreleased an album titledConverting Vegetarianswhich contains a song calledIlluminaughty whichcontainedlyricstalkingabout

eating forbidden fruit andhavingone’seyesopened.

TheMatthewGoodBand

Singer Matthew Goodhas a song titled Lullaby forthe NewWorld Order whichis a vague song with lyricsabout how God gave us avoice and we should use it,and asks how can we getourselvesoutofthistrouble.

TheAlanParsonsProject

The British progressiverock band The Alan ParsonsProject has a song titledEyein the Sky which has strangelyrics saying that the eye inthe sky can read your mindand “I am the maker ofrules…dealing with fools…Ican cheat you blind.” Thealbum cover contains theEgyptianeyeofHorus.

Solutions When one comes to

grips with the reality of asecret occult society which,for hundreds, perhapsthousandsofyearshaspulledthe strings from behind thescenesandhasbeenoperatingan underground network toadvance their own personaland political agendas and

accumulate unimaginablewealthasaparasiticvampirefeeding off the uninformedand uninitiated, one can beovercome with fear andanxiety.Adramaticallylargeamount of informationconcerning such things isfullyverifiable andaccurate.And if even only ten percentof the more outrageous anddisturbing claims are true,then certainly a monstrous

and immeasurable evil isfunctioninginourworld.

With such revelations,one must not retreat fromsociety or become paralyzedfromfearsorparanoia.Thesethings were happening longbefore you became aware ofthem, and theymay continueto happen until the end oftime.Nothinghaschangedinyour life except your

awareness of the hiddenreality beneath the facade oflies that most people acceptas the truth. But now thatyou see beyond this falserealitythatispresentedtotheworld,thereareseveralthingsyou can do to eitherminimize, or in many cases,completely avoid the effectsof such things on your lifeandonyourfamily.

You have already usedthe first key to unlock yourprison cell, and that isawareness.Onecannotmakethe proper decisions if theinformation one has isinaccurate. Now you haveaccurate information, and themeans by which you canobtain it to see throughpropaganda, lies, half-truths,anddistortions.Nowyouseethe bigger picture of why

thingsarehappeningthewaytheyare.Bysimplyknowinghow the system works, youcan effectively maneuverthrough the world and avoidmanyof the traps and snaresthathavebeensetforyou.

It is strongly advisedthat you take severalprecautions as insurance toprotect yourself and yourfamily from the dangers we

face. You should purchaseseveral firearms, including ahandgun,shotgun,andriffle,and learn how to responsiblyhandleandstorethem.Othersimple self-defense devicessuch as clubs and knivesshould also be possessed.Hand to hand combat andself-defense training is alsoadvised. You should keepyourhomefullystockedwithfood andwater in case of an

emergency such as a naturaldisaster, terrorist attack, orcivilunrest.

You should invest inphysicalgoldandsilvercoinsand hold them in yourpossession or in a safetydepositbox.Youshouldalsokeepseveral thousanddollarsin cash on hand as well. Ifthereisaneconomiccollapse(or computer failure) and

credit and debit cards are nolonger functioning oraccepted, you will need tohave cash to buy food, gas,andothernecessities.Suchadisaster will cause a run onthebankandATMmachines,and cash may be impossibleto get for a considerableamountof time. Therefore astashshouldbewellhiddeninyour home or safety depositbox so you will not be like

the countless herdswho rushto the bank, and are likelyturnedawayandreturnhomepenniless. Do not stash allyour money in one hundreddollarbills,butinsteadkeepavariety of denominationssince it may be difficult tospend $100s and get backchange during this time ofcrisis.

One of the most

important things is tocultivate a healthy socialcircle of friends, family, andneighbors. The New WorldOrder has isolated peoplefrom each other, and manylive in their own world noteven knowing the names ofthe very neighbors who theylive next to. A close knit,safe and trustworthycommunitywillprovetobeapriceless asset as the New

WorldOrdersolidifies.

You should also reachout and educate others. Forthose who want to know thetruthandareseekinganswers,the insights you share withthem will help put them ateasebyshowingthemthebigpicture. Giving thema copyof The Illuminati: Facts &Fiction or The ResistanceManifesto isalsoagreatway

toeducatepeople since thesebooks will present the mostimportant informationregarding the Illuminati andthe NewWorld Order. It isalso pivotal that we befriendand educate the police andmilitary. The more lawenforcement officers andmilitary personnel we haveonourside,thesaferwewillbe. When things get out ofcontrol and orders are given

to blatantly violate theConstitution, many informedtroops will simply refuse toparticipate and hopefullystand up to their superiorswith their fellow troops whoare informed as well. Wealsoneedassetsofourowntocovertly work within thesystem,whoreportbacktousabout the orders being givenand secretly sabotage theNewWorldOrder’splans.

Financial responsibilityisalsoanotherkeyingredientto avoid entrapment by theNew World Order. By notmindlessly participating inthe materialistic shallowculture that is beingperpetuated, you canminimize or even avoid thefinancial hardships that suchbehaviors ultimately lead to.Expensivestatussymbolsthathave no practical value suck

money out of peoples’pockets as they joyfullyindulge themselveswith theirmaterialidols. Manufacturedsocialpressuresandthestatusquo uphold an illusion thatone has substandard value iftheydonotparticipate in therat race. By freeingyourselffrom the worry of judgmentfromothers,youfreeyourselffromtheunnecessaryburdensthat such fears bring. Many

fear the judgment fromfriends, and often from totalstrangers if they don’t havethe right brand of clothes,watch, or car. And it is thisvery fear that keeps themenslaved.

Running for publicoffice yourself can lead toreal and measurable changesin your community. Whileyou will not, nor would you

wanttobecomethepresidentof theUnitedStates,youcancertainly run for any numberof local and even stateoffices. The Illuminati doesnot have complete control ofthe political system on asmall local level, and bybecominginvolvedinsteadofthrowing your hands up insubmission, you canrealisticallybringtremendousbenefitstoyourtown,oreven

yourstate.

Finallyyoumustliveina state of love and not fear.Learningabout the Illuminatican be extremely terrifying,but youmust not let the fearovershadow your love. Byliving by the golden rule oflife and treating others theway you want to be treated,youwillsetinmotionachainof events that will spread in

ways you cannot even begintofathom.Onesmallselflessact will encourage another,and another, in a never-endingchainofevents.

If you treat someonewith undeserving hostility,they will return that hostilitydirectly back at you or toothers, which in turn willhave the same chain reactionand may echo around the

world in ways you do notunderstand. If you are facedwith such a negative energy,you may neutralize it withlove instead of amplifying itwith more negativity. Youmustbeanexampleforotherssince you are enlightenedwith the truth. You mustresist at all costs anytemptation to sink to theimmoral level of theIlluminati which we fight.

This is not only a politicalbattlewhichwe are fighting,but a spiritual one as well.As you close this book afterhaving absorbed the insightsfoundwithin, Iwish you thebest on this journey of life.You are now armed withsome of the forbiddenknowledge that theIlluminatihas done their best to keephidden from you. As Jesussaid,younowknowthetruth,

and the truth shall set youfree.

IlluminatiControlled

Organizations

TheBilderbergGroup

A yearly secret meetingof the world’s leading

politicians, media moguls,business titans, bankers, androyalty, who discuss anddispense their agenda for thecomingmonthsandyears.

Council on ForeignRelations

A private organizationthat masquerades as agovernmentcommitteewhich

has tremendous influenceover foreign policy and isused to construct the NewWorldOrder.

TheTrilateralCommission

Aprivateorganizationsetup by David Rockefeller forthe purpose of organizingAmerica, Europe, and JapanintotheNewWorldOrder.

TheBohemianGrove

A secluded 2700 acreredwood forest in NorthernCalifornia where membersmeet every July to haveprivate discussions of thenext years events, andparticipate in a humansacrifice ritual to Molochusinga life-sizepapermacheeffigy.

TheFederalReserve

A private bank that mostAmericans think is agovernment agency simplybecause of its name. Thebank controls the moneysupply, interest rates, andloans money to the federalgovernmentforinterest.

Freemasonry

A fairly well knownglobal secret society in theform of a men’s fraternity

which is harmless on thelower levels, but within thecloak of secrecy at the top,members are intimatelyinvolved with nefariousoccult activities and worshipLucifer.

SkullandBones

AnelitefraternityatYaleUniversity in Connecticutwhich chooses fifteen newmembers each year and

inducts them into theIlluminatiwith satanic ritualsand pretend humansacrifices.

TheMilitary

TheJointChiefsofStaff,who are the head officials ofeach military branch, arecarefully promoted andchosen for their willingnesstoservetheIlluminati.Secretcells committed to black ops

arealsoundertheircontrol.

TheVatican

Once seen as the enemyof the Illuminati, theleadershipwithintheCatholicChurch and the secretiveJesuits have been workinghand in hand with them formanyyears. Thepopecouldone day be the false prophettalkedaboutintheBiblewhowill tell the world that the

antichrist is the return ofJesus.

KnightsofMalta

An organization withinthe Catholic Church that isbelieved to contain an innercircle of individuals whowork in tandem with theJesuits (the Society of Jesus)to secretly maintain andexpand the wealth andinfluence of the Catholic

Church.

RadicalIslam

RadicalMuslimswhokillinnocent civilians and carryout deadly terrorist attacksaround the world are fundedand encouraged by theIlluminati tocreateanenemyandinstillfearinpopulationsso that freedoms and civilrightsmayberemovedaspartof the so-called solution to

theproblem.

Communism

While seen as the enemyof America and Capitalism,Communism is actually acreationof theIlluminatiandis used as a controlledopposition to continue theconstruction of the NewWorldOrder.

WorldCouncilofChurches

A Christian unityorganization containing over300 churches in more than120countries.Thecombinedmembershipofchurchbodiesin the organization exceeds550 million Christians. Itspurpose is to mergeChristianity into a oneworldreligion.

ElectionFraud

Besides using their

controlofthemediaandtheirunlimitedsupplyofmoneytofinance candidates who willservetheirsecretagendas,theIlluminatialsohaveastranglehold on elections throughelectronic voting machinesandotherfraudulenttacticstoensure the outcomes theydesire.

TheBritishMonarch

The British royal family

secretly believes they aredescendants of the lost tribeofDan,andthattheyhavetheDivinerighttoruleaskings.

RoyalOrderoftheGarter

An order of Knighthoodin Europe involving thePrince ofWales and twenty-four other members of theBritish royal family orforeignmonarchs.

MI-5andMI-6

Just like all lawenforcement branches andintelligence agencies inAmerica have Illuminatihandlersatthehighestlevels,the same is true for BritishMI-5, which is equivalent tothe FBI, and MI-6 which isequivalenttotheCIA.

CouncilofChathamHouse

FormerlycalledtheRoyalInstitute of InternationalAffairs, the Council ofChathamHouseistheBritishversionofAmerica’sCouncilon Foreign Relations. Theygather prominent politicians,policy makers, members ofbusiness, academia,diplomats, the media, andresearchers to formulate anddispense propaganda andagendas to the Britishgovernment.

TheGroup

AsecretsocietyatOxfordUniversity in England and isEurope’sversionoftheSkulland Bones society found inAmericaatYaleUniversity.

TheTriads

The Asian branch of theIlluminati mainly in Chinawhich is involved in

organizedcrimeofeverykindfrom drug trafficking andmoney laundering to contractkillings. Its membershipranges from low level streetthugs to billionairebusinessmen.

TheCIA

The Central IntelligenceAgency is responsible foroverthrowing orimplementinggovernmentsor

dictatorsaround theworldsothat the global goals andinterestsoftheIlluminatimaybecarriedout. It isnotonlyan intelligence agency, but acovert terrorist organizationanddrugrunningagency.

TheNSA

The National SecurityAgency built and maintainsEchelon, the mostsophisticatedspysystemever

created. Every form ofelectronic communication ismonitored or recorded.Keywords, voiceprints, andspecific phone numbers aretaggedandinterceptedamongthe billions ofcommunications around theglobe.

TheFBI

FBI infrastructure andmanpower is used to obtain

wiretaps on politicians,activists,andwhistleblowers,which are then used forblackmail purposes so theseindividualscanbecontrolled,contained,oreliminated.

TheDEA

While most people whowork in the DrugEnforcement Agency aretrying to reduce illegal drugson the streets, there is an

innercirclewhoworkhandinhand with drug cartels toimport drugs and laundermoney.

Pharmaceuticals

Prescription drugs aredesigned and advertised asmagic pills for every ailmentfrom depression to anxiety,and mask the symptomswhile ignoring therootcausebehind theseailments tohelp

keep the population legallysedated,andoutoftheway.

Entertainment

Money is funneled topromote musicians, TVshows,andfilmswhichteachand encourage immoralityand violence, and help tokeep the masses mesmerizedandoutofthewayofpoliticaland social agendas that arebeingimplemented.

TheMormonChurch

ThispseudoChristiancultwasfoundedbyJosephSmithin 1830 based on hisfraudulent Book of Mormon,and has steadily grown inwealth and size ever since.They teach and believe thatMormons are the only “true”Christians.

Jehovah’sWitnesses

Founded in the late 19thcentury by Charles TazeRussell, this Christian cultteaches a dramaticallydifferent doctrine thantraditional Christianity, andserves as a poison toChristiantheology.

RhodesTrust

Named after CecilRhodes, as it was written in

his will, the RhodesScholarshipisanawardgivenby the Rhodes Trust for astudent to study at theUniversity of Oxford inEngland. Students who areseenaspotentialassetsfortheIlluminati and their plans aregiventhisscholarship.

TheCosmosClub

A social club founded in1878 in Washington D.C.

whose goal is “theadvancement of its membersin science, literature, andart.” Its members haveincluded many recipients ofthe Nobel Prize, PulitzerPrize,andPresidentialMedalofFreedom.

ClubofRome

A global think tankfounded in 1972 with thepurpose of creating scientific

reports which support theidea of population reductionin the world. Their reportLimits toGrowth,whichwasfirstpublishedin1972,beganspreading information abouttheIlluminati’splantoreducetheworld’spopulation.

DARPA

The Defense AdvancedResearch Projects Agency(DARPA)isanagencyofthe

DepartmentofDefensewhichdevelops new technology forthe United States military.Some completed projectsinclude the directed energyweapons such as the ActiveDenial System (ADS), theHigh Energy Liquid LaserArea Defense System(HELLADS), and thePredatordrones.

Supreme Council of WiseMen

Thetop10mostpowerfulmen in the Illuminati formthis inner circle of so-calledwisemenwhoarethepuppetmasterswhose directives andorders flow down thepyramid to be spread andcarried out by the properorganizations or delegated tootherstofollow.

TheCouncilof13

The executive branch of

the Illuminati consisting ofthe heads of the top 13Illuminati bloodlines knownaskings. Thesekings,alongwiththeirqueens,princesandprincesses direct those belowthemintheCommitteeof300or directly run organizationsthemselves.

TheCommitteeof300

Directly under theCouncilof13,theCommittee

of 300 are representatives ofthe topbloodlinesand inkeypositionsof powerwhohaveentire organizations that theyarepersonallytheheadsof.

TheJasons

A scientific organizationwhose members are used asresearchers and consultantsfor the Department ofDefense. Jasonmembersaremade up of the brightest

scientific minds in thecountry in an array of fieldsincluding theoretical physics,engineering, chemistry, andbiology.

MJ-12

Also known as Majestic12or theMajesticTrust, thisis believed by some to be asecret organization ofscientists involved withresearch surrounding UFOs

andaliens.

The Mothers of DarknessCastle

The Château desAmerois, also known as theMothers of Darkness Castle,isanenormouscastlelocatedinBelgiumnearthevillageofMuno. Some believe thatsatanicritualpartiesandchildsacrifices take place in thecastle annually by Illuminati

members.

ThePilgrimsSociety

A private organization ofelite U.S. and Britishpoliticians, diplomats, andbusiness men who hostdinners for members eachtimeanewU.S.Ambassadorto the United Kingdom orBritish Ambassador to theUnited States is chosen inorder to indoctrinate them

withIlluminatigoals.

ThePrioryofSion

This alleged organizationsupposedlyhidesandprotectsa secret bloodline of Jesusand Mary Magdalene. Thebloodlinemythis,inreality,acover story for the bloodlineof what will one day givebirth to the antichrist so hecanclaim theDivine right torule according to the

prophecy of the OldTestamentwithregardstothebloodlineofthemessiah.

SatanicCultsandChurches

Organizations like theChurch of Satan, theTempleof Set, the Brotherhood ofSaturn, the Order of theGolden Dawn, and the OrdoTempliOrientis(OTO),actasrecruiting grounds for entryleveloccultism.

UnitedNations

Founded in 1945 afterWorld War II under thepremise to prevent warbetween nations, the UN’sformation began theframework for the NewWorldOrdersuperstate.

International MonetaryFund

Based in WashingtonD.C., the IMF is aninternationalorganizationthatoversees the global financialsystem and exchange ratesand is following the plan tocreate a single globalcurrency.

TheWorldBank

A private bank whichloans money to developingcountries for the purpose of

building infrastructure suchas roads, schools, watertreatment facilities, etc.Often these projects are thentakenoverbyprivate foreigncorporations instead of thehost country’s government,and run for profit by takingadvantageofthepopulation’srelianceonsuchprojects.

Foundations

Numerous supposedly

non-profit organizations arecreatedandmaintainedwhichcarry out tasks includingresearch aimed at furtheringIlluminati goals andpresenting positive publicrelations to reduce resistanceto their implementation.While categorized as non-profit, the directors andleadership of thesefoundations often earn heftysix figure salaries. TheRockefeller Foundation, for

example had $3.7 billion inassetsin2006.

Bank for InternationalSettlements

An internationalorganization of bankinginstitutions that operates as abankforcentralbanks.Asof2007 theBISheldover$400billion in assets, including150tonnesofgold.

CentralBanks

The large banksresponsible for the monetarypolicies of countries andmember states. Theycontrolthe stability of the nationalcurrency and money supply,aswellasinterestrates.Theylendmoney to smaller bankssuchasyourlocalsmalltownbranch.

Global Environmental

Facility

An organizationconsisting of nearly twohundred countries,international institutions, andnon-governmentalorganizations (NGOs),whichprovides grants related toglobal warming, landdegradationandbiodiversity.

MonopolyCorporations

For generations theIlluminati has created andmaintained businesses whichform monopolies that arerelied upon by populations.Oil companies such as ShellOil,BritishPetroleum,ExxonMobile,andothershavebeentheirprimarycashcowsasidefrom banking. De Beersdiamonds and Monsanto areexamples from otherindustries.

RegionalFederations

TheNorthAtlanticTreatyOrganization (NATO), theEuropean Union (EU), theNorth American Union(NAU), and others areincremental steps tostreamlining laws, trade, andultimately currency for theNewWorldOrder.

TheUnitedGrandLodgeofEngland

Founded in 1717, this isthe oldest Masonic GrandLodgeintheworldandisthemain governing body ofFreemasonry in England andWales. A Grand Lodge, or“Grand Orient,” is thegoverning body ofFreemasonry in a particularjurisdiction.

UnityChurch

Formally known as the

Unity School of Christianity,this is another New AgeChristian Church based on avariety of spiritual,metaphysical, andphilosophical ideas. It wasfounded in 1889 by CharlesFillmore.

Unitarian UniversalistAssociation

A liberal religiousassociation of Unitarian

Universalist congregationsformed by the consolidationof the American UnitarianAssociation and theUniversalist Church ofAmericain1961.

UnificationChurch

Foundedand leadbySunMyung Moon, a Koreanbillionaire who claims to bethesecondcomingofChrist.He is the founder and owner

of theWashingtonTimesandgives millions of dollars toU.S.politicians.

TempleofUnderstanding

A501 (c) (3) tax exemptnon-profit organizationfounded in 1960 by JulietHollister and hasrepresentatives with theUnited Nations who areimplementing their eightMillennium Development

Goals, they hope, by 2015.They focus on “furtheringeducation for globalcitizenship.”

Bahai

The Bahai faith is areligiousmovementstartedin19th century Persia with anestimated five to six millionfollowers in more than 200countriesandterritories.Theteachingsemphasizeunifying

themajorworldreligions.

Rosicrucians

An enlightenment groupdating back to the 1400s.While currently not a verypowerful organization, theteachings withinRosicrucianism and theactivitiesofitsmemberswereimportant aids in theenlightenment era and theoverthrow of the Catholic

Church’srule.

TheAspenInstitute

An international non-profitorganizationfoundedin1950 which is dedicated to“fostering enlightenedleadership, the appreciationof timeless ideas and values,andopen-mindeddialogueoncontemporary issues.” It islargely financed by theRockefellers Brothers Fund,

(Not to be confusedwith theRockefeller Foundation),whichwas setup in1940bythe five famous Rockefellerbrothers: John D., Nelson,Laurance, Winthrop, andDavid.

WorldTradeOrganization

The World TradeOrganization negotiates,implements,andoversees therulesoftradebetweennations

aroundtheworld.95%ofallworld trade is policed andgoverned by the WTO.Labor laws andenvironmentalregulationsarecircumvented or ignored inpoor and undevelopedcountries, whose people aretaken advantage of by richcountries and multinationalcorporations through theWTO.

KGB

The Russian SecretServicewhich operates as anorganized crime network andcontrols Russian leadership,illegal weapons sales, drugrunning, money laundering,assassinations, and politicalkingpins.

LaCosaNostra

The Italian mafia hasbecome somewhat mythicalas a result of Hollywood

movies, but the mob hasworked hand in hand withcorrupt politicians, the CIA,Freemasonry, and otherelements of the Illuminati inorder to make money,eliminate obstacles(assassinations), and tobreakbusinesses and workerunions.

FEMA

The Federal Emergency

Management Agency givesthe president of the UnitedStates sweeping powers thatin a declared emergency canbe used to place citizens indetention centers or prisoncamps. Police and Militaryare also given authority towalk door to door incommunities and confiscateguns from registered gunowners who are law abidingcitizens.

Mossad

Israel’s intelligenceagency works hand in handwiththeCIA,KGB,andotheragencies around theworld tocoordinate and shareinformation, carry outintimidation andassassinations,andtosecretlypull the strings in Israel’sgovernment andwith regardstotheirforeignpolicies.

UNESCO

United NationsEducational, Scientific andCultural Organization(UNESCO) is an agency ofthe United Nationsestablished in 1945. Itspurpose is to createpropagandaandpushagendasfavorable to the UN and theNew World Order. It wasresponsibleforthecreationof

anagendasupportinga“NewWorld Information andCommunication Order”which attempted to curbfreedomofthepress.

PlanetaryCongress

TheAssociationofSpaceExplorers holds a PlanetaryCongress which is a forumfor international astronautsand cosmonauts to exchangetechnical information

concerning space operations,scientific research, missiondevelopment and astronauttraining.

EnvironmentalGroups

Various environmentalgroups have been created topush global warming andclimate change propagandawhich is being used toimplement carbon taxes andincreasedregulations.

LucisTrust

Originally created asLucifer’s Trust and renamedyearslater, theLucisTrust isoneofthepremierpublishersof New Age books andmaterial. Its headquarters islocatedonWallstreetinNewYork City, just blocks awayfrom the New York StockExchange. One of the mostfamous books from the

company is Alice Bailey’sExternalization of theHierarchy which ismandatory reading for allIlluminatimembers.

WorldUnion

Another “non-profit”organization dedicated topaving the path for a NewAge unified religion is theWorld Union, which wasfounded in 1958. The

inspiration of its founderscame from Indianmystic SriAurobindo.

EsalenInstitute

Located in Big Sur,California, this nonprofitorganization is dedicated toscience that will helphumanityrealizewhatAldousHuxley called the “humanpotential.”

Commission on GlobalGovernance

Foundedin1992withthesupportoftheUnitedNationsSecretary General BoutrosBoutros-Ghali, thiscommission produced thecontroversialreporttitledOurGlobal Neighborhood whichcalledforcountriestogiveuptheir national sovereignty inordertostrengthentheUnited

Nations.

Interpol

The InternationalCriminalPoliceOrganization,betterknownasInterpolisanorganization facilitatinginternational policecooperation. It willultimately be used to createthe New World Order’sglobal soldiers with noallegiancetothecountrythey

areworkingin.

Information AwarenessOffice

The InformationAwarenessOffice (IAO)wasestablished by the DARPAfor the purpose of creatinginformation technology ableto monitor and track allelectronic communicationsand transactions under theguise of national security in

order to achieve what theoffice called “totalinformationawareness.”Theofficialsealfortheofficeisapyramid with an all seeingeye as the capstone with alightshiningoutofitovertheentireearth.

TavistockInstitute

A “charity” organizationwhich engages in researchand experiments in social

science and appliedpsychology. The institute’sprimaryclientsaretheBritishgovernment, the EuropeanUnion, and private clientsinterested in manipulatingpopulations and groups ofpeople.

Underground Bases andTunnels

A series of tunnels andsecretbasesspanthecountry,

possibly the globe, whichwere created largely by theArmy Corps of Engineers.The tunnels are likelyequipped with subway typesystems which allowindividuals to passundergroundtodifferentpartsof the country in the case ofan emergency such as anuclearattack.

The Project for a NewAmericanCentury

Founded in 1997 byprominent neocons includingDick Cheney, PaulWolfowitz, William Kristol,RichardPearlmanandothers,this organization producedthe infamous RebuildingAmerica’s Defensesdocuments whichrecommended a terroristattack like a new PearlHarbor would be needed toimplement their plans in theMiddleEast.

Others

Various other privateorganizations or secretsocieties masquerading ascollege fraternities exist asboth recruiting grounds forIlluminatisupporters,andasaprivate environment wherenetworking may take placebetween elite businessmen,politicians,androyalty.

Bibliography

Books

Allen, Gary None DareCall It Conspiracy 1971ConcordPress

Baddeley, Gavin LuciferRising: Sin, Devil Worship,and Rock and Roll 1999PlexusPublishing ISBN:0-85965-378-1

Barruel, Abbe MemoirsIllustrating the History ofJacobinism Vol 3 (1799)Printed by Isaac Collins, forCornelius Davis, No 94Water-street

Barruel, Abbe MemoirsIllustrating the History ofJacobinism Vol 4 (1798)Translated to English byRobert Clifford. Printed bythe Translator by T. Burton,No 11, Gate Street,Lincoln’s-InnField. SoldbyE.BookerNo.56,NewBondStreet.

Bailey, Alice TheExternalization of theHierarchy Lucis PublishingCompany 1957 ISBN: 0-85330-106-9

Bailey, Alice A Treatiseon White Magic LucisPublishing Company (June1998)ISBN-10:0853301239

Barton, Blanche - The

Secret Life of a Satanist: theAuthorized Biography ofAntonLaVey) (1990,1992,)Funeral House ISBN: 0-922915-12-1

Blavatsky, Helena .P. -TheSecretDoctrinev.I&IIThe Theosophical PublishingCompany 1888 ISBN: 1-55700-002-06

Brown, Dan Angels andDemons 2000 Pocket StarBooks

ISBN-10:0671027360

Burkett, Larry TheIlluminati Thomas Nelson;New edition (October 6,2004)ISBN-10:1595540016

Christian, RobertCommon Sense Renewed1986 Stoyles Graphic ServesLakeMills Iowa ISBN: 0-89279-078-4

Crème, Benjamin. TheReappearance of the Christand theMasters ofWisdom.2007 Share International

Foundation ISBN: 90-71484-32-7

Crowley, Aleister.Magick: In Theory andPractice 1979 Smith PeterISBN:0844654760

Crowley, Aleister. BookoftheLaw1938OrdoTempliOrientisISBN:087728-334-6

DeCamp, John W. TheFranklin Cover-up: ChildAbuse,Satanism,andMurderin Nebraska ISBN:0963215809 A W T,Incorporated1992

Elberton GraniteMuseum. The GeorgiaGuidestones “Elberton’s

Most Unusual GraniteMonument” 1980 ElbertonGraniteMuseum and ExhibitPamphlet. Elberton, GA30635

Estulin, Daniel The TrueStoryoftheBilderbergGroup2007 TrineDay ISBN: 0-9777953-4-9

Finkbeiner, Ann TheJasons:TheSecretHistoryofScience’s Postwar Elite(2006) The Penguin GroupISBN:0-670-03489-4

Gardner, Gerald B. TheBookofShadows

Griffin, G. Edward The

Creature from Jekyll IslandAmericanMedia; 4th edition(2002)

Hall,Manly P. The LostKeysofFreemasonry:Or,theSecret of Hiram Abiff 1994ISBN: 0880530448 MacoyPublishing&MasonicSupplyCompany

Hall,ManlyP.TheSecretTeachings of All Ages thePhilosophical ResearchSociety Press PhilosophicalResearch Society 1999.ISBN:0893145483

Hanson,Mike.BohemianGrove: Cult of ConspiracyISBN: 0595326749iUniverse2004

Knight, Christopher &Lomas,Robert-TheBookofHiram Barnes & Noble(2005)ISBN-10:0760776334

LaVey, Anton TheSatanic Bible Avon(December 1, 1976) ISBN-10:0380015390

Leverett,Mara.TheBoysontheTracks:Death,Denial,and a Mother’s Crusade toBring her Son’s Killers toJustice 1999 St. Martin’sPressISBN:0312198418

Levi, Eliphas.

Transcendental Magic: ItsDoctrine and Ritual (1910)1998 Kessinger ISBN:0766102971

Levi,Eliphas–HistoryofMagic (1913) Red Wheel /Weiser (1999) ISBN-10:0877289298

Lewin, Leonard C. TheReport From Iron MountainThe Dial Press, Inc.; Firstedition(1967)

Mackey, Albert G TheLexicon of FreemasonryBarnes and Noble Books(2004)

Marks,John.TheSearchfor the “ManchurianCandidate”: The CIA andMind Control, the SecretHistory of the BehaviorSciences 1979 Norton andCompany,NewYorkISBN:0393307948

Marrs, Texe. CodexMagica RiverCrestPublishing (November 1,

2005)ISBN-10:1930004044

Marx, Karl and FridrichEngels. The CommunistManifesto 1998 ReprintedOxford University Press Inc.NewYorkFirspublishedasaWorld’s Classics paperbackin1992ISBN:0-19-283437-1

Millegan, Kris. Fleshingour Skull and Bones:Investigations into AmericasMostPowerfulSecretSociety.TrineDay, LLC Walterville,OR 2003 ISBN: 0-9752906-0-6

Miller, Judith OccultTheocrasy (1933) ChristianBookclub of America(Reprintedin2007)

O’Brien, Cathy TranceFormation of AmericaFourteenth Edition 1995Reality Marketing ISBN: 0-9660165-4-8

Orwell, George NineteenEighty Four (CentennialEdition) Plume Printing(1983)ISBN:0-452-28423-6

Ovason, David. TheSecret Architecture of ourNation’sCapitol:TheMasonsand the Building ofWashington, D.C. 2002Perennial Currents ISBN:0060953683

Payson,SethProofof theIlluminati Invisible College

Press,LLC(January1,2003)ISBN-10:1931468141

Pike,Albert. MoralsandDogma of the Ancient andAccepted Scottish RiteFreemasonry Reprinted byKesslingerPublishingISBN:0-7661-2615-3

Quigley, Caroll Tragedyand Hope A History of theWorld inOur Time G. S. G.& Associates, Incorporated(June 1975) ISBN-10:094500110X

Quigley, Caroll AngloAmerican Establishment1981 C P A Book PubISBN:0913022454

Rockefeller, David -David Rockefeller: Memoirs2002RandomHouse ISBN-10:0679405887

Robbins, AlexandraSecrets of the Tomb: Skulland Bones, the Ivy League,and the Hidden Paths ofPower Back Bay Books

(September 4, 2002) ISBN-10:0316735612

Robison,John. Proofsofa Conspiracy 1798 Boston:WesterlandIslands,1967.

Robertson,Pat.TheNewWorld Order WordPublishing USA 1991

ISBN:0-8499-0915-5

Sauder, Richard Ph. D.Underground Bases andTunnels: What is thegovernment trying to hide?AdventuresUnlimitedPress.1995ISBN:0-932813-37-2

Scnoebelen, William.

Masonry: Beyond the LightChick Publications 1991ISBN0-937958-38-7

Simon TheNecronomicon Avon (March1, 1980) ISBN-10:0380751925

Springmeir, Fritz

Bloodlines of the Illuminati2002 Ambassador HouseISBN:0-9663533-2-3

Sutton, Antony C.America’s SecretEstablishment: AnIntroduction to the Order ofSkullandBonesTrineDay.2003ISBN:0972020705

Thompson, Hunter S.Fear and Loathing in LasVegas: A Savage Journey tothe Heart of the AmericanDream Vintage; 2nd edition(May 12, 1998) ISBN-10:0679785892

Tucker, JimJimTucker’sBilderberg Diary AmericanFree Press (2005) ISBN-10:0974548421

Tulbure, Solomon TheIlluminatiManifesto WritersClub Press (December 1,2001)ISBN-10:0595210554

Webster, Nesta SecretSocieties and SubversiveMovements (1924) A&BPublishing Group ISBN 1-881316-88-2

Wilson, Robert AntonThe Illuminatus Trilogy: TheEye in the Pyramid, TheGolden Apple, LeviathanDell (December 1, 1983)ISBN-10:0440539811

OtherDocuments

Operation Northwoods

FilecanfoundattheNationalSecurityArchives online andis named: Chairman, JoinChiefs of Staff, Justificationfor US Military Interventionin Cuba [includes covermemoranda], March 13,1962,TOPSECRET,15pp.

http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/news/20010430/

Presidential Daily

Briefing August 6, 2001 binLadinDeterminedtoStrikeinUSDeclassified onApril 10,2004 after pressure from theSeptember11thCommission

MKUltra DocumentsCIA, Memorandum for theRecord, Subject: ProjectARTICHOKE, January 31,1975,5pp.

Rebuilding AmericasDefenses: Strategy, forcesresources and for a newcentury. A report from theProjectfortheNewAmericanCentury2000

From PSYOP toMindwar: The Psychology ofVictory by Colonel Paul E.

Valley with Michael A.Aquino Headquarters, 7thPsychological OperationsGroup United States ArmyReserve Presidio of SanFrancisco,California1980

The Protocols of theEldersofZion

Footnotes

[1] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine V I p.198

[2] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine V I p.418

[3] The Los AngelesTimes Senate approves

bailout after revisions, 74-25October22008

[4] Bloomberg.com FedRefuses to DiscloseRecipients of $2 TrillionDecember12th2008byMarkPittman

[5] Bailey, Alice – ATreatise on White Magic p.412

[6] Barton, Blanch –TheSecretLifeofaSatanist:TheAuthorized Biography ofAntonLaVeypages24-25

[7] Robison, John –Proofs of a Conspiracy page9

[8] Robison, John –Proofs of a Conspiracy page60-61

[9] Robison, John –Proofs of a Conspiracy page76

[10] Barruel, Abbe –Memoirs Illustrating theHistory of JacobinismVolumeIIIpagev

[11] Barruel, Abbe –Memoirs Illustrating theHistory of Jacobinism

VolumeIIIpagevi-vii

[12] Barruel, Abbe –Memoirs Illustrating theHistory of JacobinismVolumeIIIpage5

[13] Barruel, Abbe –Memoirs Illustrating theHistory of JacobinismVolumeIIIpage11

[14] Barruel, Abbe –Memoirs Illustrating theHistory of JacobinismVolumeIIIpage15

[15]Payson,Seth–ProofoftheIlluminatipages18-19

[16]Payson,Seth–ProofoftheIlluminatipage64

[17]Payson,Seth–Proof

oftheIlluminatipage100

[18]Payson,Seth–ProofoftheIlluminatipage114

[19] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies andSubversive Movements page3-4

[20] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies and

SubversiveMovementspage4

[21] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies andSubversive Movements page203

[22] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies andSubversive Movements page208-209

[23] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies andSubversive Movements page229

[24] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies andSubversive Movements page370-371

[25] Webster, Nesta –Secret Societies and

Subversive Movements pagexii

[26] Miller, Judth –OccultTheocrasypage31-32

[27] Miller, Judth –OccultTheocrasypage144

[28] Miller, Judth –OccultTheocrasypage372

[29]These numbersweretakenfromthecopyrightpageinsidethebook.

[30] Allen, Gary – NoneDareCallItConspiracypage80

[31] Allen, Gary – NoneDareCallItConspiracypage10-11

[32] Allen, Gary – NoneDareCallItConspiracypage15

[33] Allen, Gary – NoneDareCallItConspiracypage16

[34] Allen, Gary – NoneDareCallItConspiracypage18

[35] Springmeier, Fritz –Bloodlines of the Illuminatipage1

[36] Springmeier, Fritz –Bloodlines of the Illuminatipage1

[37] The OregonianDeputies,FedsarrestCorbettCouple by Stuart TomlinsonMarch2,2001

[38] The Alex JonesShow(11-10-2004)

[39] Pike, Albert –MoralsandDogmap.697

[40] Pike, Albert –Morals and Dogma p. 104-105

[41] Pike, Albert –MoralsandDogmap.321

[42] Pike, Albert –MoralsandDogmap.102

[43] Pike, Albert –MoralsandDogmap.213

[44] Pike, Albert –MoralsandDogmapage103

[45]Hall,ManlyP.–TheSecret Teachings of All Ages

p.282

[46]Hall,ManlyP.–TheSecret Teachings of All Agesp.283

[47]Hall,ManlyP.–TheSecret Teachings of All Agespage40

[48]Hall,ManlyP.–TheLost Keys Of Freemasonry

page124

[49] Hanson, Mike –Bohemian Grove: Cult ofConspiracyp.194

[50]Ibid

[51] About the authorsection on inside cover ofCommon Sense Renewed(1986)

[52] Christian, Robert –Common Sense Renewed p.14-15

[53] Quigley, Carroll –TragedyandHope950

[54] Quigley, Carroll –TragedyandHope951-952

[55] Quigley, Carroll –Tragedy and Hope pages

1247-1248

[56] Quigley, Carroll –TragedyandHopepage324

[57] Sutton, Antony –America’s SecretEstablishment Author’sPrefacepagevii

[58]Ibid

[59] Sutton, Antony –America’s SecretEstablishmentpage31

[60] Sutton, Antony –America’s SecretEstablishmentpage6

[61] Sutton, Antony –America’s SecretEstablishmentpage7

[62] Sutton, Antony –America’s SecretEstablishmentpage25

[63] Millegan, Kris –FleshingoutSkullandBonespage413

[64] Robbins, Alexandra–SecretsoftheTombp.181

[65] Robbins, Alexandra

–SecretsoftheTombp.182

[66]Griffin,G.Edward–The Creature from JekyllIslandp.23

[67]Griffin,G.Edward–The Creature from JekyllIslandp.164-165

[68] Barton, Blanche –TheSecretLifeofaSatanist:

The Authorized Biography ofAntonLaVeypage98

[69]Thetitle“doctor,”inthis case, comes from atradition of callingwhorehouse piano players“Doc” and does not refer toanacademictitle.

[70] Baddeley, Gavin –LuciferRisingp.226

[71] Barton, Blanche –The Authorized Biography ofAntonLaVeyp.92

[72] Crowley, Aleister –TheBookoftheLawpage41

[73] Crowley, Aleister –TheBookoftheLawpage47

[74] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v I. p.

xvii

[75] Blavatsky, Helena –TheSecretDoctrinev.Ip.73

[76] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.162

[77] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.235

[78] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.237

[79] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.387

[80] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.512

[81] Blavatsky, Helena –The Secret Doctrine v. II p.513

[82] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.21

[83] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.409

[84] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.417

[85] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.417

[86] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.418

[87] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.513

[88] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.511

[89] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.570-571

[90] Bailey, Alice –Externalization of theHierarchyp.519-520

[91]Marrs,Texe–CodexMagicapage25

[92]Marrs,Texe–CodexMagicapage26

[93] Tucker, Jim – JimTuckers Bilderberg Diary

preface

[94]TheAlexJonesShowMay27,2005ontheGenesisCommunicationsNetwork

[95]Estulin,Daniel–TheTrue Story of the BilderbergGrouppagexiv

[96]Estulin,Daniel–TheTrue Story of the Bilderberg

Grouppagexv

[97] Marks, John – TheSearch for the ManchurianCandidatepagexix

[98] Marks, John – TheSearch for the ManchurianCandidatepage195

[99] Crème, Benjamin –The Reappearance of the

Christ and the Masters ofWisdomp.25

[100]Crème,Benjamin–The Reappearance of theChrist and the Masters ofWisdompage82

[101]Crème,Benjamin–The Reappearance of theChrist and the Masters ofWisdomp.190-191

[102]ACloserLookwithMichael Corbin April 12,2005

[103] Alex Jones ShowJuly 21, 2004 Alex JonesInterviews John DeCamp,Author of “The FranklinCover-up”

[104] Wilson, Colin –Crypt of Cthulhu magazine

issue #23 (1984) TheNecronomicon—The OriginofaSpoof

[105] Hall, Manly P. –The Secret Teaching of AllAgespage96

[106] Hall, Manly P. –The Secret Teaching of AllAgespage97

[107]Tulbure,Solomon–TheIlluminatiManifestopageix-x

[108] Knoxville NewsSentinelPolice ID deadmanfound on interstateNovember19,2004byRandyKenner

[109]Ibid

[110]Ibid

[111]Tulbure,Solomon–TheIlluminatiManifestopage267

[112]Tulbure,Solomon–TheIlluminatiManifestopage266

[113]Tulbure,Solomon–TheIlluminatiManifestopage

xviii

[114]Blavatsky,Helena–The Secret Doctrine Volume1pagexxxvii

[115] U.S. News andWorld Report Hoax orHorror? A Book that ShooktheWhite House November20,1967

[116] NY Times BookReview The Guest WordMach 19, 1972 by LeonardLewin

[117] The WashingtonPostNewsofWarandPeaceYou’re Not Ready For byHerschel McLandressNovember26,1967,p.5.

[118] Lewin, Leonard –

The Report from IronMountainpage66-67

[119] Washington PostWhen Seeing and HearingIsn’t Believing By WilliamM.ArkinFeb.1,1999

[120] Lewin, Leonard –The Report from IronMountainpage67

[121] Levi, Eliphas –TranscendentalMagicp.7-8

[122] Levi, Eliphas –TranscendentalMagicp.307

[123] Hall, Manly P. –The Secret Teachings of AllAgesp.316

[124] Night & Lomas –TheBookofHiramp.434

[125] Levi, Eliphas –HistoryofMagicp.211

[126] Christianity TodayFebruary 2,1979 TheLegend(s)ofJohnTodd

[127]Ibid

[128] CornerstoneMagazine The John Todd

Story by Gary Metz [Issue48]

[129] Schnoebelen,William – Exposing theIlluminati from Within(1:26:10)

[130]Schnoebelen,Bill–InterviewwithanEx-Vampire(part1,23:33)

[131] YouTube: BillClinton Admits GovernmentMindControlExperiments

[132] Miami HeraldArmy Re-Opening ProbeAgainst Officer in Child SexCaseDecember24,1988

[133] Interview withMichael Corbin, host of ACloserLook

[134] Makow, HenryChinese Secret SocietyChallenges IlluminatiRense.com6-30-07

[135]Ibid

[136]Ibid

[137]Ibid

[138]Ibid

[139]http://www.halturnershow.blogspot.com/2008/12/urgent-new-amero-paper-currency-exposed.html

[140]Ibid

[141] The WashingtonTimes GOP Candidate’sremarks rileReagan October7,1982

[142] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage26

[143] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage19-20

[144] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage26

[145] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage27

[146] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage72

[147] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage75

[148] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage81

[149] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage83

[150] Finkbeiner, Ann –The Jasons: The SecretHistory of Science’s PostwarElitepage100

[151] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage85

[152] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage94

[153] Cooper, William –

Behold a Pale Horse page178

[154] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage94

[155] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage33

[156] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage28

[157]http://pdharris.com/cooper/fraud_hoax_fight.htm

[158] Cooper, William –BeholdaPaleHorsepage36

[159] AssociatedPress/The Arizona RepublicMilitiaLeaderKilled,DeputyWounded During AttemptedArrestNovember06,2001

[160] At the time of thiswriting in April 2009, manyhave not heard of theIlluminati.Angels&Demonsthe movie and otherfictionalizations of theIlluminati may bring thesubject matter into themainstream, but in a taintedandfictionalizedway.

[161] Washington Post

Rush Limbaugh Signs $400Million Radio Deal by PaulFarhiJuly3,2008;PageC01

[162]http://cody.blogs.foxbusiness.com/2008/12/15/Illuminating-the-Illuminati-charles-schumer-and-barney-frank-are-owned-by-the-big-banks

[163] CNN Descendantsues Skull and Bones overGeronimo's bones February

26,2009

[164]http://magma.nationalgeographic.com/ngm/bestvintage/photogallery_02.html

[165] CNN Kissingerresigns as head of 9/11commission December 13,2002

[166] President BushSpeaks to United Nations11/10/2001PressRelease

[167] Audio tapes ofPresident Johnson’s privatephone conversations havebeen released and areavailable fordownloadat theNational Archives website.Below is the exact url.http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB132/tapes.htm

[168] USA TODAYConspiracy film rewritesSept. 11 4/29/2006 By

WilliamM.Welch

[169] Vanity Fair ClickHereForConspiracy August1,2006byNancyJoSales

[170] Time MagazineWhy the 9/11 ConspiracyTheoriesWon’t Go Away byLev Grossman Sunday, Sep.03,2006

[171]Robbins,William–A Lurid, Mysterious ScandalBegins Taking Shape inOmaha. The New YorkTimes.December18,1988

[172]Ibid

[173] Caradori’sAirplane Broke up in Flight,Omaha World-Herald.Omaha, NE: July 12, 1990.

Page01

[174]SecurityAnalysisofthe Diebold AccuBasicInterpreter(page2)byDavidWagner, David Jefferson,MattBishop,VotingSystemsTechnology AssessmentAdvisory Board (VSTAAB)with the assistance of: ChrisKarlof Naveen Sastry,University of California,Berkeley,February14,2006

[175]LondonObserver –British link to ‘snuff’ videosOctober 1, 2000 by JasonBurke in London, AmeliaGentlemaninMoscow,PhilipWillaninRome

[176]Ibid

[177]King, Francis –TheMagical World of AleisterCrowley,page78

[178] YouTube video“Robert Anton Wilson onConspiracyTheories”

[179] YouTube video“Robert AntonWilson TalksaboutAleisterCrowley”

[180] Robert AntonWilson ContemporaryAuthors Online, Gale, 2007.Reproduced in Biography

ResourceCenter. FarmingtonHills, Mich.: Thomson Gale.2007

[181] Brown, Dan –Angels&Demonspage38

[182] Brown, Dan –Angels&Demonspage39

[183] Brown, Dan –Angels&Demonspage40-41

[184] Galileo died in1642 and Bernini died in1680

[185] Brown, Dan –Angels&Demonspage41

[186]http://www.randomhouse.com/catalog/display.pperl?isbn=9780739326756

[187]TheLondonTimes

Germanmediagiantgrewfaton Nazi propaganda byRogerBoyesOctober9,2002

[188]ACloserLookwithMichael Corbin April 12,2005

[189] DeCamp, John –The Franklin Cover-Up page105

[190]http://www.pw.org/mag/pc_thompson.htm

[191] Orwell, George –Nineteen Eighty-Four page73-74

[192] Orwell, George –Nineteen Eighty-Four page156

[193] Orwell, George –

Nineteen Eighty-Four page213

[194] The RegisterGoogle developingeavesdropping software:Audio 'fingerprint' forcontent-relevant adsSeptember3,2006

[195] Jackson, Steve.“Illuminati Designer Article”Steve Jackson Games

http://www.sjgames.com/illuminati/designart.html

[196]http://www.sjgames.com/SS/

[197]http://www.davidicke.com/content/view/4384/48/

[198] Lardner, George –On the Set: Dallas inWonderland,TheWashingtonPost5-19-1991

[199]Petras, James (May1992). “The Discrediting ofthe Fifth Estate: The PressAttacks on JFK,” Cineaste,pp.15

[200]Ebert,Roger(1991-12-20). “JFK”,Chicago Sun-Times.

[201] Weinraub, Bernard(1992-04-02). “Valenti Calls

J.F.K. ‘Hoax’ and ‘Smear’”,TheNewYorkTimes

[202]Ebert,Roger(2004-12-15). “Ebert’s 10 BestLists:1967-present,”ChicagoSun-Times

[203]Reeves,Phil(1992-01-20). “Top award forKennedy film”, TheIndependent,p.12.

[204] This was areference to the VeriChipimplantable RFID tag whichisdesignedtodojustthat.

[205] CNET News FBItaps cell phone mic aseavesdropping tool ByDelcanMcCullagh andAnneBroacheDecember1,2006

[206] Kansas City Star

“Rescue Me” characterbelieves 9/11 was an insidejob ... and so does the actorplayinghimJanuary19,2009

[207]Ibid

[208]Ibid

[209] New York TimesPlot EchoesOne Planned by9/11 Mastermind in '94 by

Ramond Bonner August 10,2006

[210]http://www.ballerstatus.com/article/news/2008/06/4838/